Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutAgenda Report - September 2, 2009 K-04AGENDA ITEM • M� CITY OF LODI COUNCIL COMMUNICATION TM AGENDA TITLE: Adopt Resolution Approving City of Lodi's Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP) and Approving Staffing Additions MEETING DATE: September 2, 2009 PREPARED BY: Public Works Director RECOMMENDED ACTION: Adopt a resolution approving the City of Lodi's Sewer System Management Plan and approving staffing additions. BACKGROUND INFORMATION: The State Water Resources Control Board adopted on May 2,2006, the Statewide General Waste Discharge Requirements (GWDR) as required by Order No. 2006-0003. The Order requires that all public collection systems composed of more than one mile of pipeline be regulated. The purpose of the Order is to protect the State's water from wastewater discharges associated with periodic collection system failures. The Order requires that each operator of a publicly -owned collection system develop and implement a system -specific Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP). The purpose of the plan is to assure properfunding and managementof sanitary sewer systems statewide. Compliance with the Order is also a provision of the City's Waste Discharge Permit for the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility, adopted in September 2007. Resolution No. 2007-217 was adopted by the City Council on November 7, 2007, approving the City's SSMP work plan and schedule. The 11 required elements of the SSMP and the status of each are presented below: 1. Collection System Management Goals: The goals of the plan are identified and completed. 2. Organization of Personnel: The organization of staff is completed. 3. Legal Authority for Permitting Flows to the System: The legal authority for the City is established in the Lodi Municipal Code; however, some modifications to the code may be required to implement the City's plan. 4. Operations and Maintenance Activities: The operation and maintenance program has been implemented, although regular improvements are anticipated as part of the plan. 5. Design and Performance Provisions: The City's design and construction standards have been completed and will be reviewed and updated on an ongoing basis. 6. Overflow Emergency Response Plan: The City's Sanitary Sewer Overflow Response Plan has been completed and will be regularly reviewed as part of the plan. 7. Fats, Oils and Grease Program: The City's Fats, Oils, and Grease (FOG) program is in place but could be more comprehensive. Enhancementsto the program will be made overtime. 8. System Capacity Assurance: The City staff has completed a System Capacity and Assurance Plan. This plan identified current and future improvement needs within the collection system. 9. System Monitoring and Measurement Plan: The monitoring, measuring, and program modifications are identified but will require review and updating on an ongoing basis. 10. Internal SSMP Audits: The SSMP audits are based on assessments of the implementation and progress of the plan and, therefore, will be prepared after several months of operation of the plan. 11. SSMP Public Communications Program: This component has been identified as an area requiring improvement. APPROVED: Blair King, � y ager KAWP\C0UNCIL\09\HdoptSSMP2.doc 08/28/2009 Adopt Resolution Approving City of Lodi's Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP) and Approving Staff Additions September 2, 2009 Page 2 The purpose of the Order is to assure that the City is adequately educating and informing the public about the wastewater collection system status and is performing proper operations and maintenance activities. Adoption of the SSMP is the final step in complying with the Order. Properfunding and management of the City's wastewater collection system will be an ongoing City requirement to fully comply with the GWDR. The cost of compliance and the budget impact to the Wastewater Utility have been anticipated in the Wastewater Model. In order to implementthe SSMP and other requirements of the City's Waste Discharge Permit, staff has previously advised Council that staffing additions in the Wastewater Utilitywould be required. Council is requested to approve the addition of an Environmental Compliance Inspector, Plant and Equipment Mechanic, and Management Analyst. The Environmental Compliance Inspectorwill fill a crucial compliance monitoring role related to the monitoring of the SSMP and to reduce sanitary sewer overflows within the collection system. Estimated annual cost for this position is $105,000. The Plant and Equipment Mechanicwill be dedicated to service at White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility and is required to service and repairthe new equipment added during the recently -completed expansions to the plant. The estimated annual cost for this position is $95,000. A new ManagementAnalyst position will service both the Water and Wastewater Utilities. The duties of the position include monitoring and maintaining the financial models, tracking the budget performance of the utilities, and implementing a public outreach program for the water, wastewater and solid waste utilities. The estimated cost for this position is $90,000 and would be shared by the water and wastewater utility. The wastewater and water rate models include the costs for these added positions. The costs will be incorporated into this year's budget at the mid -year budget adjustment. A copy of the Sewer System Management Plan Report is on file at the PublicWorks Department, and a copy was previously provided to the City Council. FISCAL IMPACT: The SSMP, as implemented overtime, will continually identify operational and capital needs to minimize sanitary sewer overflows. It is anticipated that these needs and costs will be addressed in future budgets. FUNDING AVAILABLE: Added staffing costs to be incorporated via mid -year budget adjustment. Jordan Ayers Deputy City Manager/intemal Services Director F. Wal y ndelin Public Works Director Prepared by Kevin Gaither, Water Services Technician FWS/CS/KG/dsg cc: Charles E. Swimley, Water Services Manager K:\WP\C0UNCIL\09\NdoptSSMP2.doc 08/26/2009 RESOLUTION NO. 2009-125 A RESOLUTION OF THE LODI CITY COUNCIL ADOPTING THE CITY'S SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN AND APPROVING STAFF ADDITIONS WHEREAS, the State Water Resources Control Board adopted the Statewide General Waste Discharge Requirements (Order No. 2006-0003) on May 2, 2006. The Order requires that all public collection systems comprised of more than one mile of pipeline be regulated; and WHEREAS, the Order requires that each operator of a publicly -owned collection system develop and implement a system -specific Sewer System Management Plan. The purpose of the plan is to assure proper funding and management of sanitary sewer systems statewide. Compliance with the Order is also a provision of the City's Waste Discharge Permit for the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility, adopted in September of 2007. Resolution No. 2007-217 was adopted by the City Council on November 7, 2007, approving the work plan and schedule for the City's Sewer System Management Plan; and WHEREAS, adoption of the Sewer System Management Plan is the final step in complying with the Order; and WHEREAS, in order to implement the Sewer System Management Plan and other requirements of the City's Waste Discharge Permit, staffing additions will be required. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the Lodi City Council does hereby adopt the City of Lodi's Sewer System Management Plan; and BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City Council does hereby approve the addition of an Environmental Compliance Inspectorand Plant and Equipment Mechanic. Dated: September 2, 2009 I hereby certify that Resolution No. 2009-125 was passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of Lodi in a regular meeting held September 2, 2009, by the following vote: AYES: COUNCIL MEMBERS — Hitchcock, Katzakian, and Mayor Hansen NOES: COUNCIL MEMBERS —None ABSENT: COUNCIL MEMBERS —Johnson and Mounce ABSTAIN: COUNCIL MEMBERS — None 2009-125 The City of Lodi Public Works Water Services Sanitary Sewer Management Plan (SSMP) September 2, 2009 Iwz Presentation Overview • WDR - Order 2006-003 • What is a SSMP? • Lodi's wastewater collection system and its maintenance • Sanitary Sewer Overflows (SSO's) • Lodi's response to the WDR • Proposed staffing additions M WDR Order 2006-003 • Enhance protection for public health and recreational waters • More rigorous and consistent sanitary sewer overflow reporting • Sanitary Sewer Management Plan (SSMP) • Inform, educate and communicate What is a Sanitary Sewer Management Plan "SSMP" SSMP Objectives • Minimize Number of SSO's • Compliance with Reporting Objectives • Public Transparency M 1. 2. 3. ' Elements of SSMP Collection System 6. Overflow Emergency Management Goals Response Plan Organization of Personnel Legal Authority for Permitting Flows to the System 4. Operations and Maintenance Activities 5. Design and Performance Provisions 7. Fats, Oils and Grease Program 8. System Capacity Assurance 9. System Monitoring and Measurement Plan 10. Internal SSMP Audits 11. Public Communications Program Lodi's Wastewater Collection System Maintenance HYYY. 72 -J 6 MILES TO m I � I 0 0 J rr� 9 T� �p f] �Q O W 9 � a' 3 4` OF U � T FO [� W911CPldRI(B PIPE DIAMETER 5" OR SMALLER 8' 10' TO 15" 1 B' TO 24" 80" TO 96" 42'= 48' FORCE MAIN CITY BOUNDARY O MANHOLE Q PUMP STATION O MODELOUTFALL PUMP STATION BOUDARY Final Destination... dt OL - �'{. rS r n i a f 7 t/ Maintenanc tot e Crews At Wo rk . . ..... ... ........ ... . ......... 0 •M re 0 I It MM2= Sanitary Sewer Overflow f What is an SSO? • Sanitary Sewer Overflow (SSO) — "Any overflow, spill, release, discharge or diversion of untreated or partially treated wastewater from a sanitary sewer system." -- WDR 2006-003 f Examples of SSO's y --i" . . . L I !1. 1. a ), .6; T ONE-- f SSO Categories • Category 1 — Exceed 1,000 gallons or, — Reach a drainage channel and/or surface water or, — Discharge to a storm drainpipe that was not fully captured and returned to the sanitary sewer system • Category 2 — All other City sewer discharges • Private — Discharges caused by blockages in private laterals Lodi's Response to the WDR f Lodi's Response to the WDR • Online reporting • Plug and spill tracking using GIS • Sanitary Sewer Management Plan (SSMP) • Modified operations • Propose staffing additions M Proposed Staffing Additions • Environmental Compliance Inspector ■ Enhance FOG program ■ Support additional monitoring requirements ■ Augment City's pretreatment program • Plant Equipment Mechanic (White Slough) ■ Service and repair facility upgrades • Analyst ■ Monitor and maintain financial models ■ Track budget performance ■ Oversee public outreach program C Hp..qtinnq. TAh-Inaton Street Nine Prot -lie WAMMM �5 r -IMI �►A' aa7e ,rue Flo LM CA In �y IDE 6i4 HM�HM[RQH lGM6 �� 1E 03706 up STOCICM STOCaRm nAp 0636P 4? PSGGO C E6h 1617 Yy � r# feti r� �h tan ,/m Tall h Nh on Mn 11F no an em mm cm Elm 615 tam 1615 9wm >ms mlm >FS Ulm FS EMI ilm Ile SMs ]Ole S1m 6N5 aDlm m1m Smo imlm vlm 1M6i 11615 1>mis 151m 1m15 >mlm SMan [R} COL PEAK PLOW HOL (2-YEARSTVRM) 6 YEAR STOW H[L 70 YEAR STOW HOL SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN Prepared for City of Lodi, California 4 Holmes International AUGUST 2009 Revision Date: 0811312009 DRAFT SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN Prepared for City of Lodi, California By Holmes International In accordance with the contract Between City of Lodi and Holmes International Dated September 26, 2007 Revision Date: 0811312009 DRAFT Sewer System Management Plan TABLE OF CONTENTS LISTOF FIGURES....................................................................................................... VII LISTOF TABLES......................................................................................................... VII LISTOF ACRONYMS................................................................................................. VIII LISTOF TERMS............................................................................................................ X BACKGROUND AND INTRODUCTION..................................................................... B-1 A. Background....................................................................................................................................... B-1 B. What is a Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP)?.....................................................................B-3 C. What are the SSMP Requirements?................................................................................................. B-3 D. What is the City Required to Do?........................................................................ .............................. B-4 GOALS........................................................................................................................ 1-1 A. WDR/SSMP Goal Requirement........................................................................................................ 1-1 B. City of Lodi Goals.................................................................................................................. ............ 1-1 C. Appendix A — Development Plan and Schedule............................................................................... 1-1 ORGANIZATION.................................................................................. .......................2-1 A. WDR/SSMP Organization Requirement............................................................................................ 2-1 B. SSMP Responsibility Organization Chart .......................................................................................... 2-1 C. Chain of Communication for Reporting SSOs................................................................................... 2-4 D. Appendix B — Organization Documents............................................................................................ 2-5 LEGAL AUTHORITY................................................................................................... 3-1 A. WDR/SSMP Legal Authority Requirement........................................................................................ 3-1 B. Industrial Pretreatment Program....................................................................................................... 3-1 C. Municipal Code and Design and Construction Standards................................................................. 3-2 Revision Date08113/2009 iii DRAFT Table of Contents Sewer System Management Plan D. Municipal Code — SewerAccess Authority........................................................................................ 3-2 E. Municipal Code — FOG..................................................................................................................... 3-3 F. Municipal Code — Enforcement Authority.......................................................................................... 3-3 G. Inter -Agency Agreements and Satellite Systems............................................................................. 3-4 H. Appendix C — Legal Authority Documents......................................................................................... 3-4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES....................................................... 4-1 A. WDR/SSMP Operation and Maintenance Program Requirement.................................................... 4-1 B. Lodi Collection System Maps............................................................................................................ 4-2 C. Lodi Preventive Operations & Maintenance Activities........................................................................ 4-2 D. Lodi Rehabilitation and Replacement Plan...................................................................................... 4-7 E. Lodi Training Plan.............................................................................................................................. 4-8 F. Equipment and Critical Replacement Parts....................................................................................... 4-9 G. Appendix D — Operation and Maintenance Program Documents ............................... ...................... 4-9 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE PROVISIONS.......................................................... 5-1 A. WDR/SSMP - Design and Performance Provisions Requirement................................................... 5-1 B. Sanitary Sewer Design and Specifications........................................................................................ 5-1 C. Sanitary Sewer Construction and Performance Provisions .............................................................. 5-2 D. Appendix E — Design and Performance Provision Documents......................................................... 5-2 OVERFLOW EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN ........................................................ 6-1 A. WDR/SSMP Overflow Emergency Response Plan Requirement ............................... ...................... 6-1 B. Notification Procedures..................................................................................................................... 6-2 C. Response Program..................................................................................................... ......................6-2 D. Regulatory Notification Procedure ..................................................................................................... 6-4 E. Staff and Contractors Training.......................................................................................................... 6-4 F. Emergency Response Coordination.................................................................................................. 6-4 Revision Date: 08/1312009 DRAFT iv Table of Contents Sewer System Management Plan G. Spill Mitigation and Containment Procedure..................................................................................... 6-4 H. Appendix F - Overflow Emergency Response Plan Documents ........................ :.............................. 6-4 FOG CONTROL PROGRAM....................................................................................... 7-1 A. WDWSSMP — FOG Control Program Requirement.......................................................................... 7-1 B. Public Education Plan....................................................................................................................... 7-2 C. FOG Disposal Plan............................................................................................................................ 7-2 D. Record Keeping Requirements......................................................................................................... 7-2 E. Legal Authority to Prohibit SSOs and Blockages Caused by FOG Discharges ................................ 7-3 F. BMP, Grease Removal Devices, Recordkeeping, and Reporting Requirements ............................. 7-3 G. Inspection and Enforcement Authority —FOG Producers ..................................... ............................ 7-4 H. FOG Characterization Assessment and Hot Spot Cleaning Schedule ............................................. 7-4 1. FOG Control Program Measures..................................................................................................... 7-4 J. Appendix G — FOG Control Program Documents............................................................................. 7-5 SYSTEM EVALUATION, CAPACITY, AND ASSURANCE PLAN ............................. 8-1 A. WDWSSMP - System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan Requirement ............................... 8-1 B. Evaluation Process — Capacity Enhancement Projects.................................................................... 8-1 C. Design Criteria................................................................................................................................... 8-2 D. Capacity Enhancement Measurers................................................................................................... 8-2 E. Capital Improvement Program Schedule.......................................................................................... 8-2 F. Appendix H - System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan Documents ................................... 8-2 MONITORING, MEASUREMENT, AND PROGRAM MODIFICATION ....................... 9-1 A. WDWSSMP — Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modification Requirement ......................... 9-1 B. Utility Metrics to Prioritize SSMP Activities........................................................................................ 9-1 C. Metrics to Monitor Effectiveness of SSMP........................................................................................ 9-2 D. Metrics to Assess Preventative Maintenance Program ............................... ....... 9-2 Revision Date: 0811312009 DRAFT v Table of Contents Sewer System Management Plan E. SSMP Performance Monitoring and Update Process....................................................................... 9-2 F. SSO Trends — Frequency, Location and Volume.............................................................................. 9-3 G. Appendix I - Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications Documents ............................. 9-4 PROGRAM AUDIT AND ANNUAL REPORT........................................................... 10-1 A. WDR/SSMP -SSMP Program Audits Requirement ........................................................................ 10-1 B. Audit Procedures, Roles and Responsibilities............................................................................... 10-1 C. SSMP Program Modification/Update Process................................................................................. 10-3 D. Appendix J - SSMP Program Audit Documents.............................................................................. 10-3 COMMUNICATION PROGRAM................................................................................ 11-1 A. WDR/SSMP - Communication Program Requirement.................................................................... 11-1 B. Internal Communication — Staff, Utility Commission, and City Council etc ..................................... 11-1 C. Stakeholder Communication — Residential, Commercial and Industrial ......................................... 11-2 D. Appendix K- Communication Program Documents........................................................................ 11-2 LIMITATIONS.............................................................................................................. L -I APPENDIXA.................................................................................................................. A APPENDIXB.................................................................................................................. B APPENDIXC..................................................................................................................0 APPENDIXD.................................................................................................................. D APPENDIXE.................................................................................................................. E APPENDIXF.................................................................................................................. F APPENDIXG..................................................................................................................G APPENDIXH.................................................................................................................. H Revision Date: 0811312009 DRAFT vi Table of Contents Sewer System Management Plan APPENDIXI..................................................................................................................... APPENDIXJ................................................................................................................... J APPENDIXK.................................................................................................................. K LIST OF FIGURES FigureB-1. Lodi Vicinity Map.............................................................................................................. B-2 Figure B-2. SSMP Responsibility Organization Chart .................................................................... 2-2 Figure B -3. SSO Plan Flow Chart........................................................................................... .6-3 LIST OF TABLES Table B-1. Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP) Requirements ........................... .....13-3 Table B-2. Sewer System Management Plan Time Schedule .......................................... .....B-7 Revision Date: 0811312009 vii DRAFT LIST OF ACRONYMS AB Assembly Bill BAT Best Available Technology BMP Best Management Practice CASA California Association of Sanitation Agencies CCTV Closed -Circuit Television CFR Code of Federal Regulations CIP Capital Improvement Plan or Capital Improvement Program and Capital Improvement Project City City of Lodi CM Corrective Maintenance CMMS Computerized Maintenance Management System CDFG California Department of Fish and Game CWEA California Water Environment Association CVCWA Central Valley Clean Water Association EPA Environmental protection Agency ERP Emergency Response Plan EUD Eiivironmental Utilities Department FOG Fats, Oils, and Grease FSE Food Service Establishments GIS Geographical Information System GPS Global Positioning System GWI Groundwater Induced Infiltration GWDR General Waste Discharge Requirements and/or Waste Discharge Requirements (WDR) UI Inflow/ Infiltration ICS Incident Command System IERP Integrated Emergency Response Plan IWD Industrial Waste Division LRO Legally Responsible Official MGD million gallons per day Revision Date: 0811312009 viii DRAFT List of Acronvms MRP Monitoring and Reporting Program MSC Municipal Service Center MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets NPDES National Pollution Discharge Elimination System NRC National Research Council O&M Operation and Maintenance OERP Overflow Emergency Response Plan OES Office of Emergency Services Order SWRCB Order No. 2006-0003-DWQ adopted May 2,2006 PdM Predictive Maintenance PM Preventative Maintenance Sewer System Management Plan PMP Preventative Maintenance Program POTWs Publicly Owned Treatment Works R&R Rehabilitation and Replacement RD/II Rainfall Dependent Infiltration and Inflow RWQCB Regional Water Quality Control Board SCAP Southern California Alliance of Publicly Owned Treatment Works SIUs Significant Industrial Users SOP Standard Operating Procedure or Standard Maintenance Procedure SPWA South Placer Wastewater Authority SSMP Sewer System Management Plan SSO Sanitary Sewer Overflow SWRCB State Water Resources Control Board TOC Table of Contents TTC Trenchless Technology Center USA Underground Service Alert WDP Waste Discharge Permit WDR Waste Discharge Requirements and/or General Waste Discharge Requirements (GWDR) WW Wastewater WWCS Wastewater Collection WWTP Wastewater Treatment Plant Revision Date: 08/13/2009 ix DRAFT Sewer System Management Plan LIST OF TERMS Authorized Representative — The person designated, for a municipality, state, federal or other public agency, as either a principal executive officer of ranking elected official, or a duly authorized representative of that person. Blockage — Something that partially or fully blocks the wastewater from flowing through a sewer pipeline. The blockage can be caused by debris in the sewer, grease buildup, root intrusion, or a partial or full collapse of the pipeline. If not caught in time, the blockage may cause an overflow. This is also called a stoppage. California Association of Sanitation Agencies (CASA), - CASA is a non-profit, statewide trade association representingpublic agencies that provide wastewater collection, treatment, disposal, and/or water reclamation services to about 90 percent of the sewered population in California. Website: h=://www.casaweb.org/ California Water Environment Association (CWEA) — CWEA is an association of 8,000 -plus professionals in the wastewater industry. CWEA is committed to keeping California'swater clean. CWEA trains and certifies wastewater professionals, disseminates technical information, and promotes sound policies to benefit society through protection and enhancement of the water environment. CWEA offers services at the state level and locally through 17 geographical local sections. Through their on-line bookstore, CWEA offers technical references for sewer system operation and maintenance. Website: http://www.cwea.org/ . Central Valley Clean Water Association (CVCWA) — CVCWA is an association comprised of over 50 wastewater treatment and collection system agencies. CVCWA's mission is to effectivelyrepresent the interests of public wastewater agencies in the Central Valley in regulatory matters and to support the exchange of information so members can best meet their business challenges. Website: h=://www.cvcwa.org/ . Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board — Also known as Regional Water Board or RWQCB. The mission of this state regulatory agency is to: preserve, enhance and restore the quality of California'swater resources, and ensure their proper allocation and efficient use for the benefit of present and future generations. Website: http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/centralvalley/ . Dynamic Model — Computer hydraulic model simulationwhich solves the complete dynamic flow routing equations (St. Venant's equations) for accurate simulation ofbackwater, looped connections, surcharging, and pressure flow in a collection system. Enrollee — The legal public entity that owns a sanitary sewer system, as definedby the GWDR, which has submitted a complete and approved application for coverage under the GWDR. This is also called a sewer system agency or wastewater collection system agency. Fats, Oils and Grease (FOG) -Fats, oils, and grease that are discharged into the sanitary sewer collection systemby Food Service Establishments (FSE), homes, apartments and other sources. FOG is a major cause of blockages leading to increased maintenance and sometimes SSO's. FOG Control Program — To be implemented at the Enrollee's discretion. May include public education program; plan and schedule for the disposal of FOG; legal authority to prohibit FOG related discharges; requirement to install grease removal devices; authority to inspect grease producing facilities; Revision Date: 08/13/2009 DRAFT I t o4 Tenn: I N1011,x,!, iit Plan identification of sanitary sewer system sections subject to FOG blockages and the establishment of a cleaning schedule for each section; development and implementation of source control measures for all sources of FOG. Geographical Information System (GIS) —A database linked with mapping, which includes various layers of information used by government officials. Examples of information found on a GIS can include a sewer map; sewer features such as pipe location, diameter, material, condition, last date cleaned or repaired. The GIS also typically contains base information such as streets and parcels. Governing Board — This is the governing board of the sewer entity developing the SSMP. Examples would be the Board of Directors, the City Council, or the County Board of Supervisors. GWDR — General Waste Discharge Requirements — A GWDR is an authorization to discharge waste with certain conditions, which can be issued on an individual basis or to a group of dischargers. The Statewide General WDR for Sanitary Sewer Systems was adopted by the SWCRB and will be implemented by the Regional Water Boards and SWRCB. Groundwater Induced Infiltration (GWI) — Infiltration attributed to groundwater entering the sewer system. Infiltration — The seepage of groundwater into a sewer system, including service connections. Seepage frequently occurs through defective or cracked pipes, pipe joints, connections or manhole walls and joints. Inflow — Water discharged into a sewer system and service connections from such sources as, but not limited to, roof leaders, cellars, yard and area drains, foundation drains, cooling water discharges, drains from springs and swampy areas, around manhole covers or through holes in the covers, cross connections from storm and combined sewer system, catch basins, storm waters, surface runoff, street wash waters or drainage. Inflow differs from infiltration in that it is a direct discharge into the sewer rather than a leak into the sewer itself. Lateral — The poi -tion of sewer that connects a home or business with the main line in the street. Sometimes sewer system agencies own or maintain a portion of the lateral. UpperLateral: Portion of lateral from building to property line (or easement line), usually privately owned and maintained. Lower Lateral: Portion of lateral from property line (or easement line) to sewer mainline in the street or easement. This portion of the lateral is sometimes privately owned and maintained and sometimes publicly owned and maintained. Monitoring and Reporting Program - The Monitoring and Reporting Program established in the WDR that establishes monitoring, record keeping, reporting and public notification requirements for the GWDR. Overflow Emergency Response Plan — Identifies measures to protect public health and the environment. A plan must include the following: notification procedure, appropriate response plan, regulatory notification procedures, employee training plan, procedures to address emergency operations, a program that ensures all reasonable steps are taken to contain and prevent discharges. Private Lateral: That portion of the Lateral that is owned and maintained by the private property owner that it serves. Based on an individual agency's ordinance, this mayjust be the Upper Lateral or can include the Lower Lateral. Revision Date: 0811312009 Xi DRAFT List of 1eiins Sewei System ManagementPlan Preventative maintenance (PM) —Regularly scheduled servicing of machinery, infrastructure or other equipment using appropriate tools, tests, and lubricants. This type of maintenance can prolong the useful life of equipment, infrastructure, and machinery and increase its efficiency by detecting and correcting problems before they cause a breakdown of the equipment, or failure of the infrastructure. R -Value — Is the amount of rainfall that reaches the collection system via infiltration and inflow. This value is typically expressed as a percentage of total rainfall volume that reaches the collection system. Rainfall Dependent Infiltration and Inflow — Infiltration and Inflow that is attributed directly to rainfall. Regional Water Board — Is a short name for any of the nine regional boards including the San Francisco Bay Area Regional Water Quality Control Board and the Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board. Rehabilitation and Replacement Plan (also referred to as a Capital Improvement Plan) — Identifies and prioritizes system deficiencies and implements short-term and long-term rehabilitation actions to address each deficiency. Sanitary Sewer OverflowJ550) — The Statewide GWDR defines an SSO as any overflow, spill, release, discharge or diversion of untreated or partially treated wastewater from a sanitary sewer system, including overflows or releases that reach waters of the United States, overflows or releases that do not reach water of the United States, and backups into buildings and/or private property caused by conditions within the publicly owned portion of the sewer system. Sanitary Sewer Overflow Categories • Category 1— All discharges of sewage resulting from a failure in the Enrollee's sanitary sewer system that equals or exceeds 1000 gallons; or result in a discharge to a drainage channel and/or surface water; or discharge to a storm drainpipe that was not fully captured and returned to the sanitary sewer system. ® Category 2 — All other discharges of sewage resulting from a failure in the Enrollee's sanitary sewer system • Private Lateral Sewage Discharges — Sewage discharges that are caused by blockages or other problems within a privately owned lateral Sanitary Sewer Systems — Any system of pipes, pump stations, sewer lines, or other conveyances, upstream of a wastewater treatment plant head works used to collect and convey wastewater to the publicly owned treatment facility. Temporary storage and conveyance facilities are considered to be part of the sanitary sewer system and discharges into these temporary storage facilities are not to be considered SSO's. Satellite Collection System — The portion, if any, of a sanitary sewer system owned or operated by a different public agency than the agency that owns and operates the wastewater treatment facility to which the sanitary sewer system is tributary. Sewer System Management Plan-SSMP —A series of written site specific programs that address how a collection system owner/operator conducts their daily business as is outlined in the WDR. Each SSMP is unique for an individual discharger. The plan includes provisions to provide proper and efficient management, operation, and maintenance of sanitary sewer systems, while taking into consideration risk management and cost benefit analysis. The plan must also contain a spill response plan. Certification is offered by technically qualified and experienced persons and provides a useful cost effective means for ensuring that SSMP's are developed and implemented appropriately. Revision Date: 08/1312009 xii 101ZT1A1 List of Terms Sewer System Management Plan Southern California Alliance of Publicly Owned Treatment Works - Is a non-profit organization comprised of Publicly Owned Treatment Works including wastewater treatment plants and public collection system owner/operators dedicated to assisting its member cities and agencies in achieving regulatory compliance. Website: http://scapLora/ Stakeholder - A person or organization that has a vested interest in the development and outcome of the SWRCB Order No. 2006-0003 Statewide General Waste Discharge Requirements for Sanitary Sewer Systems. State Water Resources Control Board: Also called the State Board. This is the State agency that developed and passed the GWDR for collection systems and the agency that maintains the SSO reporting web site. Static Model — A computer hydraulic model that uses the Manning's Equation to determine hydraulic capacity of the gravity pipelines and either the Manning's or Hazen -Williams equations to determine the hydraulic capacity of the pressure pipeline system. The capacity is compared to the peak hydraulic flow in the system to determine potential deficiencies. The static model assumes the peak hydraulic flow occurs at all locations within the collection system at the same time. Stoppage — Something that partially or fully blocks the wastewater from flowing through a sewer pipeline. A stoppage can be caused by debris in the sewer, grease buildup, root intrusion, or a pai-tial or full collapse of the pipeline. If not caught in time, a stoppage may cause an overflow. This is also called a blockage. System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan —A required component of an agency's SSMP and is an important part of any agency's overall Capital Improvement Plan that provides hydraulic capacity of key sanitary sewer system elements for dry weather peak flow conditions, as well as the appropriate design storm or wet weather event. Wastewater Collection System: See Sanitary Sewer System. Revision Date: 08/13/2009 DRAFT Q) W [m,. F:\' c,3 S f E M M A @ `3 A G E BBV C E N I PLAN A BACKGROUND AND INTRODUCTION The City of Lodi (City) operates under the council-manager form of municipal government. The City Council is the elected governing board of the City. Members are elected "at -large" through regular elections. The city, a municipal corporation, consists of all the territory within the boundaries thereof, and all territory outside the boundaries thereof over which it has jurisdiction or control by virtue of any constitutional or statutory provision. The City Council is responsible for approving budgets and setting policy. The City Manager has the responsibility of management of all City Departments and all hiring of personnel, and conducts the upper level management and business of the City. The City Attorney receives policy direction from the City Council and acts as legal advisor and counsel to the City Council., City Manager, and City Departments. The City Attorney also represents the City in litigation against the City. The Public Works Director is responsible to plan, organize, direct, and review the activities and operations of the Public Works Department. This includes the following Divisions: Water Services, Engineering, Streets and Drainage, Fleet and Facilities Services, and Transportation. The Public Works Director is the Legally Responsible Official (LRO) in the WDR. The Water Services Manager has overall responsibility for the management and oversight of the entire Water and Wastewater Utilities including the Sewer System Management Plan and monitoring and reporting plan. He oversees revenue and expenses, along with operation and maintenance of the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility, the wastewater collection system, and the drinking water system for the City. The Water Services Division hired Holmes International in February 2007, to perform a comprehensive audit of the wastewater collection system practices in terms of WDR compliance. This audit produced a SSMP development plan and implementation schedule. Following the audit, the SSMP was prepared. Service Area and Relevant Statistics: Figure B-1 illustrates the boundary of City of Lodi's geographical service area. Statistics provided in this SSMP are as of 2008 and subject to change over time. Statistics subject to change will be updated in the appendices and on the City's website (www.Lodi.ca.us). Revision Date: 08/13/2009 B-1 101ZT1AI ;�+►�CITY OF LODI SERVICE BOUNDARY CITY OF LODI PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT HWY. 12 6 MILgS TO 1-5 c �— C z Sewer System Management Plan WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYST$M i t I MOKEIUMNEI RIVER i n LAKE w VINE ST � Til 1 SERVICE BOUNDARY FigureB.1. Lodi VicinityMap Z i w rn rrn I3 TURNER RD U•P•R•R• VICTOR IRDI HWY. 12 Revision Date: 08/13/2009 DRAFT B-2 SewerSvstem ManaaementPlan The City of Lodi service area is approximately 12 square miles, has approximately 17,500 residential, 1,300 commercial and 55 industrial sewer connections and one Wastewater Treatment Plant. The City provides service to a population of approximately 63,400 people. The wastewater collection and conveyance system consists of 188.5 miles sewer pipe ranging in size of 4" to 36" in diameter, about 3,200 manholes, and 9 neighborhood pumping or lift stations that convey an average dry weather flow of approximately 6.6 MGD. Sanitary sewerage is conveyed from the City's service area to White Slough Wastewater Treatment Plant. B. What is a Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP)? The California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) adopted a Statewide General Waste Discharge Requirement (WDR) order No. 2006-0003 May 2,2006. This WDR dictates each publicly owned sanitary sewer system, termed Enrollee, develop, document, and implement a Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP) and make it available to the public and State and Regional Water Quality Control Boards (RWQCB) upon request. The following paragraphs briefly summarize the key elements of an SSMP and the implementation requirements for Enrollees. SSMP's are state -mandated requirements for Californiapublic collection system agencies that own or operate sanitary sewer systems greater than one (1) mile in length. The goal for these plans is to reduce sanitary sewer overflows (SSO's), protect public health and environment and improve the overall maintenance and management of sewer systems including neighborhood lift stations. C. What are the SSMP Requirements? Table B-1 identifies each required SSMP element and indicates what criterion must be addressed to achieve compliance with each respective/corresponding element. SSMP Elements I Criteria Goals • Properly manage, operate and maintain all parts of the collection system • Provide capacity to convey base and peak flows • Minimize the frequency and severity of sanitary sewer overflows (SSO's) • Mitigate the impact of SSO's • Identify agency staff responsible for the SSMP Organization • Identify chain of communication for responding to and reporting SSO's • Control infiltration and inflow (1/I) from the collection Legal Authority system and laterals • Require proper design and construction of sewers and connections Revision Date: 08/13/2009 B-3 DRAFT Sewer System Management Plan Table 13-1. Sewer SSMP Elements S�Menl IVI'lliagenient Plan (SSMI') Requirenients Criteria • Require proper sewer installation, testing and inspection • Ability to impose source control requirements • Maintain up-to-date maps • Allocate adequate resources for system operation and maintenance Operation and Maintenance * prioritize preventative maintenance activities Program • Identify structural equipment to minimize equipment/facility downtime • Provide staff training on a regular basis • Identify minimum design and construction standards and Design and Construction specifications Standards . Identify procedures and standards for inspecting and testing • Provide SSO notification procedures . Develop and implement a plan to respond to SSO's Overflow Emergency • Develop procedures to report and notify SSO's Response Plan • Develop procedures to prevent overflows from reaching surface waters, and to minimize or correct any adverse impact from SSO's Fats, Oil and Grease (FOG) • Develop a Fats, Oil and Grease (FOG) control plan, if Control Program needed • Establish a process to access the current and future System Evaluation and capacity requirements Capacity Assurance • Implement a capital improvement plan to provide hydraulic capacity Monitoring, Measurement • Measure the effectiveness of each SSMP element and • Monitor each SSMP element and make updates as Program Modifications necessary SSMP Audits • Conduct audits every two years or more frequently that includes identifying deficiencies and steps to correct them • Communicate with public (Customers) on SSMP Communication Program development, implementation and performance and create a plan for communication with tributary/satellite sewer systems D. What is the City Required to Do? The WDR Provisions describes the requirements for compliance and consequences for non-compliance: Revision Date: 0811312009 DRAFT B-4 _.Sewer System Management Plan 1. The Enrollee must comply with all conditions of the Order. Any noncompliance with this Order constitutes a violation of the California Water Code and is grounds for enforcement action. 2. It is the intent of the State Water Board that sanitary sewer systems be regulated in a manner consistent with the general WDR. Nothing in the general WDR shall be: a. Interpreted or applied in a manner inconsistent with the Federal Clean Water Act, or supersede a more specific or more stringent state or federal requirement in an existing permit, regulation, or administrative/judicial order or Consent Decree; b. Interpreted or applied to authorize an SSO that is illegal under either the Clean Water Act, an applicable Basin Plan prohibition or water quality standard, or the California Water Code; c. Interpreted or applied to prohibit a Regional Water Board from issuing an individual NPDES permit or WDR, superseding this general WDR, for a sanitary sewer system, authorized under the Clean Water Act or California Water Code; or d. Interpreted or applied to supersede any more specific or more stringent WDR's or enforcement order issued by a Regional Water Board. The Enrollee shall take all feasible steps to eliminate SSO's. In the event that an SSO does occur, the Enrollee shall take all feasible steps to contain and mitigate the impacts of an SSO. 3. In the event of an SSO, the Enrollee shall take all feasible steps to prevent untreated or partially treated wastewater from discharging from storm drains into flood control channels or waters of the United States by blocking the storm drainage system and by removing the wastewater from the storm drains. 4. All SSO's must be reported in accordance with Section G of the general WDR. In any enforcement action, the State and/or Regional Water Boards will consider the appropriate factors under the duly adopted State Water Board Enforcement Policy. And, consistent with the Enforcement Policy, the State and/or Regional Water Boards must consider the Enrollee's efforts to contain, control, and mitigate SSO's when considering the California Water Code Section 13327 factors. In assessing these factors, the State and/or Regional Water Boards will also consider whether: a. The Enrollee has complied with the requirements of this Order, including requirements for reporting and developing and implementing a SSMP; b. The Enrollee can identify the cause or likely cause of the discharge event; There were no feasible alternatives to the discharge, such as temporary storage or retention of untreated wastewater, reduction of inflow and infiltration, use of adequate backup equipment, collecting and hauling of untreated wastewater to a treatment facility, or an increase in the capacity of the system as necessary to contain the design storm event identified in the SSMP. It is inappropriate to consider the lack of feasible alternatives, if the Enrollee does not implement a periodic or continuing process to identify and correct problems. Revision Date: 0811312009 B-5 DRAFT Sewer System ManagementPlan d. The discharge was exceptional, unintentional, temporary, and caused by factors beyond the reasonable control of the Enrollee; e. The discharge could have been prevented by the exercise of reasonable control described in a certified SSMP for: 0 Proper management, operation and maintenance (O&M); Adequate treatment facilities, sanitary sewer system facilities, and/or components with an appropriate design capacity, to reasonably prevent SSO's (e.g., adequately enlarging treatment or collection facilities to accommodate growth, infiltration and inflow (UI), etc.); Preventive maintenance (including cleaning and fats, oils, and grease (FOG) control); Installation of adequate backup equipment; and ® Inflow and Infiltration prevention and control to the extent practicable. The sanitary sewer system design capacity is appropriate to reasonably prevent SSO's. g. The Enrollee took all reasonable steps to stop and mitigate the impact of the discharge as soon as possible. 6. When a SSO occurs, the Enrollee shall take all feasible steps and necessary remedial actions to: 1) control or limit the volume of untreated or partially treated wastewater discharged, 2) terminate the discharge, and 3) recover as much of the wastewater discharged as possible for proper disposal, including any wash down water. The Enrollee shall implement all remedial actions to the extent they may be applicable to the discharge and not inconsistent with an emergency response plan, including the following: a. Interception and rerouting of untreated or partially treated wastewater flows around the wastewater line failure; b. Vacuum truck recovery of SSO's and wash down water; c. Cleanup of debris at the overflow site; d. System modifications to prevent another SSO at the same location; e. Adequate sampling to determine the nature and impact of the release; and f. Adequate public notification to protect the public from exposure to the SSO. 7. The Enrollee shall properly, manage, operate, and maintain all parts of the sanitary sewer system owned or operated by the Enrollee, and shall ensure that the system operators (including employees, contractors, or other agents) are adequately trained and possess adequate knowledge, skills, and abilities. Revision Date: 0811312009 L3. 11:? -3 A I Sewer System Management Plan 8. The Enrollee shall allocate adequate resources for the operation, maintenance, and repair of its sanitary sewer system, by establishing a proper rate structure, accounting mechanisms, and auditing procedures to ensure an adequate measure of revenues and expenditures. These procedures must be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and comply with generally acceptable accounting practices. 9. The Enrollee shall provide adequate capacity to convey base flows and peak flows, including flows related to wet weather events. Capacity shall meet or exceed the design criteria as defined in the Enrollee's System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan for all parts of the sanitary sewer system owned or operated by the Enrollee. 10. The Enrollee shall develop and implement a written SSMP and make it available to the State and/or RWQCB upon request. A copy of this document must be publicly available at the Enrollee's office and/or available on the Internet. This SSMP must be approved by the Enrollee's governing board at a public meeting. 11. In accordance with the California Business and Professions Code sections 6735,7835, and 7835. 1, all engineering and geologic evaluations and judgments shall be performed by or under the direction of registered professionals competent and proficient in the fields pertinent to the required activities. Specific elements of the SSMP that require professional evaluation and judgments shall be prepared by or under the direction of appropriately qualified professionals, and shall bear the professional(s)' signature and stamp. 12. The mandatory elements of the SSMP are specified below. However, if the Enrollee believes that any element of this section is not appropriate or applicable to the Enrollee's sanitary sewer system, the SSMP program does not need to address that element. The Enrollee must justify why that element is not applicable. Note: The mandatory elements and associated WDR section and due dates in Table B-2 below are applicable to the City of Lodi. Mandatory Elements Due Date Application for Permit Coverage (Complete) Nov 2, 2006 Reporting Program (Continuous Ongoing Requirement) Sep 2,2007 SSMP Development Plan and Schedule (Complete) Nov 2,2006 Goals (Complete) I Nov 2, 2007 Organizational Structure (Complete) Nov 2, 2007 Legal Authority May 2, 2009 Operations and Maintenance Program May 2, 2009 Overflow Emergency Response Program I May 2,2009 FOG Control Program Revision Date: 0811312009 B-7 May 2,2009 DRAFT Sewer System Management Plan i aDie is -z. Newer k stem management rian i ime Ncneauie Mandatory Elements Due Date Design and Performance Provisions Aug 2, 2009 System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan Aug 2, 2009 Monitoring, Measurement and Program Modifications Aug 2,2009 Program Audits Aug 2, 2009 Communication Program Aug 2,2009 Final SSMP Aug 2, 2009 The purpose of this SSMP is to describe the activities the City of Lodi Water Services Division uses to manage the City's' wastewater collection system to further eliminate preventable SSO's, minimize those SSO's that do occur and protect both public health and the environment. The Plan Includes: Established goals that align the management, operation and maintenance and capacity assurance activities in a manner that will focus staff efforts to achieve the intended purpose of this SSMP. Comply with the SWRCB's General Waster Discharge Requirement (WDR) order No. 2006-0003 issued May 2,2006. Describe how the City Water Services Division complies with each element of the S WRCB's WDR SSMP requirements addressing the following: An introduction, that provides an overview of the City and its' wastewater utility's size, complexity and SSMP responsibility. An organizational structure, identifying SSMP responsibilities, j ob classifications, contact information, and location of SSMP documents. A narrative describing how the City Water Services Division complies with each requirement. WDWSSMP requirements for each element, Policies, procedures, and programs the City of Lodi has in place or will have in place to achieve compliance with the SWRCB WDWSSMP. A living appendix for contact personnel, j ob descriptions, policies, procedures, and programs subject to change. The City's internet websites addresses for support/associated SSMP documents. (Some documents will be placed on the City's intranet site for security reasons. All electronic documents will be made available to State and Regional water board staff upon request). Water Services Division statistical records indicating that prior to the creation of this SSMP; it has had a reasonably low Sanitary Sewer Overflow (SSO) rate in comparison to other communities in California of similar size and complexity. The majority of these SSO have occurred from blockages in main lines. The Revision Date: 0811312009 DRAFT B-8 SewerSvstem ManauementPlan average volume spilled per SSO has been less than 1,000 gallons/event. Ail SSO's have been mitigated in a timely manner and have not negatively impacted public health or the environment. Revision Date: 08/13/2009 B-9 DRAFT SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN SECTION 1 - GOALS A. WDR/SSMP Goal Requirement The goal of the SSMP is to provide a plan and schedule to properly manage, operate, and maintain all parts of the sanitary sewer system. This will help reduce and prevent SSO's, as well as mitigate any SSO's that do occur. B. City of Lodi Goals The City's Water Services Division has established six goals to guide the development, implementation and success of Lodi's SSMP. These goals are designed to facilitate and target the management, operation and maintenance of the sanitary sewer collection system in a manner that will sustain the infrastructure, protect public health and the environment, and achieve compliance with State Water Resources Control Board's General Waste Discharge Requirement (WDR) for Sanitary Sewer Systems. These goals include: 1. Complete a SSMP development plan and implementation schedule. 2. Properly manage, operate, and maintain all portions of the City's wastewater collection system. 3. Provide adequate capacity to covey peak wastewater flows. 4. Minimize the frequency of SSO's. 5. Mitigate the impacts that are associated with all SSO's that may occur. 6. Comply with all applicable regulatory notification and reporting requirements. C. Appendix A - Development Plan and Schedule Appendix A includes the following: A-1 Lodi's SSMP Development Plan and Implementation Schedule Revision Date: 0811312009 1-1 DRAFT SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN SECTION 2 - ORGANIZATION A. WDR/SSMP Organization Requirement The WDR/SSMP organization requirement specifies that each SSMP identifythe following: 1. The name of the agency's responsible or authorized representative. 2. The names and telephone numbers for management, administrative, and maintenance positions responsible for implementing specific measures in the SSW program. The SSW must identify lines of authority through an organization chart or similar document with a narrative explanation; and 3. The chain of communication for reporting SSO's, from receipt of a complaint or other information, including the person responsible for reporting SSO's to the State and Regional Water Board and other agencies if applicable (such as County Health Officer, County Environmental Health Agency, Regional Water Board, and/or State Office of Emergency Services [OES]). B. SSMP Responsibility Organization Chart The SSW Responsibility Organization Chart for Lodi is illustrated in Figure B-2. Revision Date: 08/13/2009 2-1 DRAFT 2: Organization Sewer System Management Plan Figure 8-2. SSMPResponsibility Organization Chart City Attorney Legal Authority City C NAMCii Funding and Approval of Final SSMP Finance Public Works Dir Rates Oversight of Water, Wastewater, Storm Drains, Streets, and Fleet Services Legally Responsiblefor WDR Compliance City Engineer Water Services Manager DasQgn& inspedionStan. dards Overall Responsibilityfor Operation and Capacity Assurance Plan ivlawtaranceof Saakwy Sewer System, WWTP and Pumpina Stations Water/Wastewater Superintendent Water Services Tech Overall Responsibilityfor Operation& —r - ���•••�••--• �•• Maintenanceof Collection System Including &Reporting Goals, Organization, Monitoring, Measurement & Plan Modifications, SSMP ProgramAudits Electrician Service & Maint W/WW Supervisor FMechanicsI I CCTV Crew Revision Date: 0811312009 Laboratory Services Supervisorl I Electrician Chief Wastewater Plant Operator Manages Water Quality Laboratory I I Manages Day to Day Operations Maintanence Construction ' W/WW SupervisorJW/WW Supervisor Enviro Compliance Inspectors Laboratory Techs VacCon Crew Construction Crew 2-2 DRAFT Operations I I Maintenance 2 2: Organization _ Sewer System Management Plan General Position Description - SSW Responsibilities: City Council: The City Council is the elected governing board of the City. Members are elected "at large" through regular elections. The city, a municipal corporation, consists of all the territory within the boundaries thereof, and all territory outside the boundaries thereof over which it has jurisdiction or control by virtue of any constitutional or statutory provision. The City Council is responsible for approving budgets and setting policy. City Manager: The City Manager has the responsibility of management of all City Departments and all hiring of personnel, and conducts the upper level management and business of the City. ® City Attorney: Receives policy direction from the City Council and acts as legal advisor and counsel to the City Council., City Manager, and City Departments and represents the City in litigation against the City. Public Works Director: The Public Works Director is responsible to plan, organize, direct, and review the activities and operations of the Public Works Department. This includes the following Divisions: Water Services, Engineering, Streets and Drainage, Fleet and Facilities Services, and Transportation. The Public Works Director is the Legally Responsible Official (LRO) in the WDR. • City Engineer/Deputy Public Works Director: The City Engineer is responsible for the Design and Performance standards and for the Capacity Assurance Plan Water Services Manager: Has overall responsibility for the management and oversight of the entire water and wastewater utilities. Oversees revenue and expenses, along with operation and maintenance of the Water Pollution Control Facility, wastewater collection system and drinking water system for the City. Has overall responsibility for the Sanitary Sewer Overflow Emergency Response Plan (SSORP), the FOG Control Program, Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications, Periodic Audits, and the Communication Program. Overall responsibility for reporting SSO's to the State and Regional Water Board and other agencies when applicable. ® Water/Wastewater Superintendent: Overall responsibility for the operation and maintenance of the water distribution and the wastewater collection system. As needed will report SSO's to the State and Regional Water Board and other agencies when applicable. Water Services Technician: Performs technical duties such as mapping, drafting, and data management. Has responsibility for reporting as assigned. As needed will report SSO's to the State and Regional Water Board and other agencies when applicable. Laboratory Services Supervisor: Oversees the water/wastewater laboratory activities and the environmental compliance program, and prepares regulatory compliance reports. As part of the industrial waste program, oversees the pretreatment and FOG inspection programs. Environmental Compliance Inspector: Ensures that the City's Industrial Pretreatment Program is in compliance with local, State and Federal requirements. Performs FOG related inspections. Revision Date: 08/13/2009 2-3 DRAFT 2: OrganizationSewer System Management Plan Water/Wastewater Supervisor: Is responsible for the day-to-day supervision of the wastewater utility maintenance workers in the areas of closed-circuit television (CCTV) and system cleaning. Ensures that written SSO and maintenance reports are completed. Water/Wastewater Maintenance Worker 111: Responsible to ensure that the crews carry out the work assigned to them by the Supervisor. Each of the following crews is assigned one or two maintenance workers: construction, service maintenance, and wastewater system cleaning and CCTV. As needed, will record field data for SSO reports. ® Water/Wastewater Maintenance Worker I and Maintenance Worker II -: Responsible to carry out tasks and duties assigned by the Water/Wastewater Maintenance Worker III. Performs the CCTV inspections and, sewer cleaning. As needed, will record field data for SSO reports. ® Senior Plant and Equipment Mechanic: Oversees the operation and maintenance of the sewer lift stations including inspections, routine maintenance, trouble shooting and repairs. As needed, will record field data SSO repoi-ts. Plant and Equipment Mechanic: Performs the operation and maintenance of the sewer lift stations including inspections, routine maintenance, trouble shooting and repairs. As needed, will record field data for SSO reports. Utility Control Operator: Answers and dispatches customer calls, generates and closes out utility reports. Administrative Support Staff. Answer and dispatch customer call as needed. C. Chain of Communication for Reporting SSO's City of Lodi SSO Reporting Chain of Communication 1. Most reports are received by Lodi control and relayed to the water services division. Primary Staff member: Able Palecio, Utility operations Supervisor Backup staff member: Bob Anderson, Utility Service operator II Backup staff member: Pat Novinger, Utility Service operator II Backup staff member: Rod Brown, Utility Service operator II Backup staff member: Mark Verbiski, Utility Service operator II 2. Calls from Lodi control are received by water services division administrative staff. Usually Lodi Control contacts staff directly; administrative staff may receive initial reports from the public. Primary staff member: Diana Gonzales, Office Supervisor Backup staff member: Michelle Niemantsverdriet, Senior Administrative Clerk 3. During work hours documented calls from Lodi Control or administrative staff members are given to water/wastewater supervisors: Primary staff member: Ron Stawski Water/Wastewater Supervisor Revision Date: 08/13/2009 DRAFT 2-4 2. Organization Sewer System Management Plan Backup staff: Richard Lenfestey, Water/Wastewater Supervisor Backup staff member: Chris Knoll, Water/Wastewater Supervisor 4. During work hours calls from Lodi Control or administrative staff are dispatched by the supervisors to watedwastewater maintenance workers who respond to the spills and are responsible for documenting the initial spill report. Primary staff members: All water/wastewater maintenance staff members are trained and respond to spills. Back staff members: All water/wastewater maintenance staff members are trained and respond to spills. 5. During non -work hours calls received from Lodi Control or the answering service are referred to the emergency call -out list. The emergency call -out list has all available water/wastewater staff members listed. 6. Initial reports are reviewed and signed by a water/wastewater supervisor and are forwarded to the Water/Wastewater Superintendent and/or the Water Services Manager for the remainder of the reporting to all applicable state agencies except the on line reporting step. A copy of the finalized signed spill report is forwarded to the Water Services Technician for the final posting to the states online reporting web site. Primary staff member: (Vacant), Water/Wastewater Superintendent Backup staff member: Kevin Gaither, Water Services Technician Backup staff member: Charlie Swimley, Water Services Manager 0. Appendix B - Organization Documents Appendix B includes the following: B-1 Contact List — Personnel Responsible for SSMP Elements B-2 Contact List — Personnel Responsible for SSO Reporting B-3 Water Services Division Flow -chart Sanitary sewer overflow plan B-3 Contact List — Personnel Responsible for Responding to SSO's emergency call -out list (updated weekly) Revision Date: 08/13/2009 2-5 DRAFT SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN SECTION 3 - LEGAL AUTHORITY NOTE: In accordance with State Order No. 2006-0003-DWQ , this plan is intended to be an internal working document that will continually evolve to further improve operations and reduce SSO's. The red text in this plan reflects elements that are required by the order, however, implementation dates for the elements are left to the discretion of the agency. The proposed implementation dates are established in appendix A-2 A. WDR/SSMP Legal Authority Requirement The WDR/SSMP Legal Authority requirement specifies that each Enrollee must demonstrate, through sanitary sewer system use ordinances, service agreements, or other legally binding procedures, that it possesses the necessary legal authority to: 1. Prevent illicit discharges into its sanitary sewer system, (examples may include UI, stormwater, chemical dumping, unauthorized debris and cut roots, etc). 2. Require that sewers and connections be properly designed and constructed; 3. Ensure access for maintenance, inspection or repairs for portions of the lateral owned or maintained by the Public Agency; 4. Limit the discharge of FOG and other debris that may cause blockages, and 5. Enforce any violation of its sewer ordinances. B. Industrial Pretreatment Program The following is an overview the Industrial Pretreatment program extracted from the Lodi Municipal Code (LMC): LMC 13.12.120 Federal pretreatment requirements. Users in industrial categories subject to the categorical pretreatment standards development by the EPA under the Clean Water Act of 1977 (PL 95 217) 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. are required to achieve limitations based on best practical control technology (BPT) immediately and best available technology economically achievable (BAT) by July 1, 1983, in accordance with Sections 301 and 304. New sources are required to comply with new source performance standards (NSPS) based on best available demonstrated control technology (BDT) for industrial users in terms of concentration and equivalent mass values. Users must comply with pretreatment standards promulgated pursuant to Section 307 and the Federal Register 40 CFR Subchapter IV. Dilution of any discharge may not be used to comply with any pretreatment standards. Categorical industrial users must submit baseline monitoring reports, compliance schedule reports, ninety -day compliance reports, and periodic reports on continued compliance as required including identifying information per 40 CFR 403.12(1) and such reports must be signed by an authorized representative Revision Date: 0811312009 3-1 191:?1AI 3: Legal Autlhority Sewer System Management Plan B. Comply with water quality standards, sludge disposal or effluent limitations specified in the city's National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit; C. Meet technically based local limits, which must be calculated per federal pretreatment program guidelines. The city must annually provide public notification of industrial users which during the previous twelve months significantly violated applicable pretreatment standards. (Ord. 1613 (part), 1995) LMC 13.12.1301ndustrialwaste permits. Source control of industrial discharges shall be accomplished by use of a permit and monitoring system as described in this chapter. Discharge of industrial waste from any person within the city onto land or to any natural outlet may be permitted only if the discharge complies with all requirementsof the regional water quality control board and of all other local, state and federal laws and regulations. (Ord. 1613 (part), 1995) C. Municipal Code and Design and Construction Standards LMC 13.12.280 Design standards All construction of public sewerage systems or appurtenances thereof shall conform to the design criteria, the standard plans and specifications and the inspection and testing procedures in accordance with current city public improvement design standards. (Ord. 1613 (part), 1995) 6-71 Sanitary Sewer Construction Specifications 6-71.01 General Sanitary sewers shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the applicable sections of the Standard Specifications listed in these Special Provisions, these Special Provisions and as shown on the plans. Sanitary sewer pipe shall be either extra strength vitrified clay pipe (VCP), all sizes polyvinyl chloride pipe (PVC), up to 15", and asbestos cement pipe (ACP), up to 8". D. Municipal Code - Sewer Access Authority LMC 13.12.520 Inspection, sampling, monitoring and analysis. The publicworks director or designated representative may inspectthe facilities of any user to ascertain whether the purpose of this chapter is being met and all requirementsare being complied with. Personsor occupants of premiseswhere wastewater is created or discharged shall allow the publicworks director or designated representative ready access at all reasonable times to all parts of the premises for the purposes of inspection or sampling or in the performance of any of their duties. The public works director or designated representative shall have the right to set up on the user's property such devices as are necessary to conduct sampling or metering operations and be allowed to copy any of the user's discharge records. All user discharge records shall be retained for a minimum of three years per 40 CFR 403.12(0). Where a user has security measures in force which would require proper identification and clearance before entry into their premises, the user shall make necessary arrangements with its security guards so that upon presentation of suitable identification, the publicworks director or designated representative will be permitted to enter without delay for the purposes of performing their specific responsibilities. The user will be charged a fee to recoverthe costs for inspections (investigations), sampling, monitoring and analyses Revision Date: 0811312009 3-2 DRAFT 3: Legal Authority Sewer System Management Plan performed by the city for purposes of billing and ensuring compliancewith all regulations. (Ord. 1613 (part), 1995) E. Municipal Code - FOG LMC 13.12.115 Grease, oil and sand interceptors. Grease, oil and sand interceptors shall be provided by the dischargerwhen they are necessary for the proper handling of wastes containing grease in excess of one hundred fifty milligrams per liter of animal and vegetable origin and fifty milligrams per liter of mineral origin, or any flammable wastes, sand, grit and other harmful ingredients. All interceptors shall be of a type and capacity approved in writing, prior to installation, by the public works director, and shall be located so as to be readily and easily accessible for cleaning and inspection. Grease and oil interceptors shall be constructed of impervious materials capable of withstanding abrupt and extreme changes in temperature. They shall be of substantial construction, watertight, usually a minimum of one thousand gallons and equipped with easily removable covers which, when bolted in place, are gastight and watertight. Grease and/oroil/sand interceptors shall be constructed in any place or building having a capacity to serve group meals or commercial and industrial cleaning facilities. Where installed, all grease, oil, sand and grit interceptors shall be maintained by the owners at owner's expense in continuous efficient operation at all times. Materials collected shall not be reintroduced into the sewerage system. Records of all maintenance, cleaning and hauling of materials shall be maintained by the owner and such records shall be available at all times for inspection by city personnel. (Ord. 1613 (part), 1995) F. Municipal Code -Enforcement Authority LMC 13.12.570 Cease and desist order. When the city finds that a discharge of wastewater has taken place in violation of prohibitions or limitations of this chapter, or the provisions of a wastewater discharge permit, the public works director may issue an order to cease and desist, and direct those persons not complying with such prohibitions, limits, requirements or provisions, to: A. Comply forthwith; B. Comply in accordancewith a time schedule set forth by the city; or C. Take appropriate remedial or preventive action in the event of a threatened violation. (Ord. 1613 (part), 1995) LMC 13.12.600 Liability. Any person, firm or corporation, or any partner, officer, agent or employee thereof, who deposits or permits to be deposited into the city's sewerage system any wastes other than those permissible under the terms of this chapter and the terms of a valid permit granted under this chapter is liable for any and all damage caused to the city by virtue of such act, including compensation for damage to the city's facilities, and all costs of any legal fees, suits or judgments against the city which may be attributable to such wastes so discharged. (Ord. 1613 (part), 1995) LMC 13.12.610 Injunction. Whenever a discharge of wastewater is in violation of the provisions of this chapter or otherwise causes or threatens to cause a condition of contamination, pollution or nuisance, the city may Revision Date: 0811312009 3-3 DRAFT 3: Legal Aulhonly Sewer System Management Pbn petition the superior court for the issuance of a preliminary or permanent injunction, or both, as may be appropriate in restraining the continuance of such discharge. (Ord. 1613 (part), 1995) LMC 13.12.620 Damage to sewerage system -Charge. When a discharge of wastewaters or any other substance causes an obstruction, damage or any other impairmentto the city's sewerage system, the city shall assess a charge against the user for the work, materials and services required to clean or repair the affected portions of the sewerage system. (Ord. 1613 (part), 1995) LMC 13.12.630 Civil penalties. Any person who violates any provision of this chapter or permit condition or who discharges wastewater which causes pollution, or who violates a cease and desist order, prohibition, effluent limitation, national standard of performance, pretreatment or toxicity standard shall be liable civilly to a penalty not to exceed six thousand dollars for each day in which such violation occurs. The city attorney, upon order of the city council, shall petition the superior court to impose, assess and recover such sums. (Ord. 1613 (part), 1995) LMC 13.12.640 Termination of service. The city may revoke any wastewater discharge permit, or terminate or restrict or cause to be terminated or restricted wastewater service to any premises, which may include termination or restriction of the water service if warranted, if a violation of any provisions of this chapter is found to exist or if a discharge of wastewater causes or threatens to cause a condition of contamination, pollution or nuisance as defined in this chapter. The city also reserves the right to immediately disconnect any user, upon informal notice only, in the event of an unlawful discharge which may cause imminent danger to human health, the environment, or which threatens to interfere with the treatment plants operation. This provision is in addition to other statutes, rules or regulations, authorizing termination of service for delinquency in payment. (Ord. 1613 (part), 1995) G. Inter -Agency Agreements and Satellite Systems The City currently has a Memorandum of Understanding with Flag City as the sole satellite sewer system. A satellite sewer or collection system is the portion, if any, of the sanitary sewer system which is owned or operated by a different public agency than the agency that owns and operates the wastewater treatment facility to which the sanitary sewer system is tributary. The City also has Industrial System Discharge Permits and Encroachment Permits for many local wineries. Since these are private systems that connect to the City's sewer system, they are not considered satellite systems under the WDR. Appendix C - Legal Authority Documents Appendix C includes the following: ul 1 Pretreatment Program Enforcement Response Plan - TOC C-2 Municipal Codes Revision Date: 08/13/2009 3-4 DRAFT 3: Legal Authority Sewer System Management Plan C-3 Sanitary Sewer Design C-4 Sanitary Sewer System Construction C-5 Joint Exercise of Powers Agreement: C-6 City and City Inter -Agency agreement Revision Date: 0811312009 DRAFT 3-5 SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN SECTION 4 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES NOTE: In accordance with State Order No. 2006-0003-DWQ , this plan is intended to be an internal working document that will continually evolve to further improve operations and reduce SSO's. The red text in this plan reflects elements that are required by the order, however, implementation dates for the elements are left to the discretion of the agency. The proposed implementation dates are established in appendix A-2 A. WDWSSMP Operation and Maintenance Program Requirement The WDR/SSMP Operation and Maintenance Program requirement specifies that each SSMP must include those elements listed below that are appropriate and applicable to the Enrollee's system: Maintain an up-to-date map of the sanitary sewer system, showing all gravity line segments and manholes, pumping facilities, pressure pipes and valves, and applicable storm water conveyance facilities; 2. Describe routine preventive operation and maintenance activities by staff and contractors, including a system for scheduling regular maintenance and cleaning of the sanitary sewer system with more frequent cleaning and maintenance targeted at known problem areas. The Preventative Maintenance (PM) program should have a system to document scheduled and conducted activities, such as work orders; 3. Develop a rehabilitation and replacement plan to identify and prioritize system deficiencies and implement short-term and long-term rehabilitation actions to address each deficiency. The program should include regular visual and television inspections of manholes and sewer pipes, and a system for ranking the condition of sewer pipes and scheduling rehabilitation. Rehabilitation and replacement should focus on sewer pipes that are at risk of collapse or prone to more frequent blockages due to pipe defects. Finally, the rehabilitation and replacement plan should include a capital improvement plan that addresses proper management and protection of the infrastructure assets. The plan shall include a time schedule for implementing the short- and long-term plans plus a schedule for developing the funds needed for the capital improvement plan; 4. Provide training on a regular basis for staff in sanitary sewer system operations and maintenance, and require contractors to be appropriatelytrained; and Provide equipment and replacement part inventories, including identification of critical replacement parts. Revision Date: 0811312009 4-1 DRAFT 4: Operation and Maintenance Activities Sewer System Management Plan B. Lodi Collection System Maps The City's wastewater collection system maps are maintained and managed in the following manor: The City has up-to-date maps of the wastewater collection system. Map are generated electronically using Autodesk Map Guide, an AutoCAD based program. The electronicmaps are viewable from the City's web page under the "Mapping" tab. The mapping shows the approximate location of the manholes and connecting sewer pipelines when the "Wastewater" tab is checked and an area has been selected and expanded to an appropriate scale. As one zooms in on an area of interest, the pipeline size is shown along with an arrow that indicates the direction of flow in the pipeline. Zooming in closer will display the recorded length of the pipeline segment. If the computer mouse pointer is positioned over one of the circles indicating a manhole location, the manhole number will be displayed on the screen. If the pointer is positioned over any of the lines indicating the sewer pipelines, attributes about the pipeline are shown. 2. Hard copy 11" x 17" maps are located in the Water Services Division field trucks and at the City's Municipal Service Center and City Engineering office, see Appendix D-1 "Collection System Grid Map". C. Lodi Preventive Operations & Maintenance Activities 1. Collection System Overview and Responsibility Overview The City's Water Services Division provides service to a population of approximately 63,400 people. The wastewater collection and conveyance system consists of 188.5 miles sewer pipe ranging in size of 4 -inches to 36 -inches in diameter, about 3,200 manholes, and 9 pumping or lift stations that convey an average dry weather flow of approximately 6.6 MGD. Sanitary sewerage is conveyed from the City's 12 mile geographical service area to White Slough Wastewater Treatment Plant. The vast majority of Lodi's wastewater collection system gravity sewer was constructed using vitrified clay sewer. Vitrified clay pipe (VCP) is pipe made from clay that has been subjected to verification, a process which fuses the clay particles to a very hard, inert, glass -like state. VCP is commonly used in sewer gravity collection mains because of its reasonable price and resistance to almost all domestic and industrial sewage, particularly the sulfuric acid that is generated by hydrogen sulfide, a common component of wastewater. About 58% of Lodi's gravity sewer system was constructed using VCP. The other major pipe materials used have been plastic (28.8%) and reinforced concrete pipe (9.8%). Approximately 73% of the gravity sewer system is composed of pipeline with a diameter of 8 -inches or less. Over 92% of the gravity sewer system is composed of pipeline with a diameter of 18 -inches or less. All of the pressure sewers (force mains) are constructed using pipelines that are 18 -inches in diameter or less. The City operates and maintains nine wastewater pumping stations, also called lift stations. The pumping stations are also called lift stations since the pumps lift the water from the deeper incoming sewers and discharge the water into a nearby sewer located at a higher elevation than the pipeline leading into lift station wet well. Revision Date: 08/13/2009 4-2 DRAFT 4: Operation and Mai ntenanceActivities Sewer Svstem Management Plan All of the pump stations are equipped with constant speed pumps. Seven of these pumping stations are wet pit / dry pit type package pumping stations. The other two are submersible pump stations. All of the wet pit / dry pit pumping stations have been manufactured by Smith & Loveless. These stations arc manufactured using steel shells using preset dimensions set by the manufacturer. This standardization helps by allowing some parts to be interchanged between pumping stations. It also allows for standardization of the operation and maintenance procedures. Lift stations are generally differentiated from pumping stations in that lift station generally have very short discharge pipelines, with only enough pipeline to lift the water from the deeper inlet sewers to a shallower discharge sewer located near the lift station. Seven (7) of the lift stations are separate wet pit / dry pit design types constructed using prefabricated components installed in steel units. Wet pit / dry pit type pumping stations have a separate wet well from the "dry pit" where the pumps, motors, and electrical controls are located. Connecting pipes allow the pumps to pump the wastewater from the wet pit through gate valves into the pumps and then discharge the wastewater to the discharge piping through a set of check and gate valves. The check valve protects the pump from back pressure on the discharge line when the pump is not running. The two gate valves are installed to allow the pump to be removed from service for maintenance or replacement. Two (2) of the lift stations are submersible pump stations. Submersible pump stations have only one chamber where the wastewater is received from the sewers and where the pumping equipment is located. With this type of pumping stations the pumps are lowered into the wastewater in the wet well on a rail system where the discharge pumping connects as the pump is lowered to its desired placement. The pumps and connected motors are specially designed so that they can operate successfully while being fully submerged in the wastewater. Seven (7) of the sewer lift stations have fixed backup power generators installed at the stations. The two lift stations that do not have backup power includes the domestic lift station that only serves a public restroom facility at one of the City's parks (Lodi Lakes) and the Industrial lift station at Sacramento Street. All but one of the lift stations (Lodi Lake) has information about how it is operating relayed to Lodi Control where this information is monitored for abnormal conditions. When abnormal conditions like high water levels in the wet well are noted, a field crew is dispatched to determine what might be causing this condition and to correct it. The City maintains the sewer pipelines and the pumping stations. The City does NOT own or maintain the service lateral piping which conveys the wastewater from the house or structure to the connection to the sewer main. The property owner is responsible for any maintenance in the service lateral. Responsibility The Water Services Manager has overall responsibility for the management and oversight of the City's water and wastewater utilities including the Sewer System Management Plan and the monitoring and reporting plan. He oversees revenue and expenses, along with operation and Revision Date: 0811312009 4-3 DRAFT 4: Operation and Mai ntenanceActivities Sewer Svstem Manaaement Plan maintenance of the White Slough Wastewater Treatment Plant, wastewater collection system and drinking water system for the City. The operation and maintenance of the wastewater collection system is performed by the Water Services Division of the Public Works Department. The Water/Wastewater Superintendent manages the operation and maintenance of the wastewater collection system pipelines and the sewer lift stations. There are three Supervisors working under the Water/Wastewater Superintendent with one maintenance crew assigned to each Supervisor. There is also a Senior Plant & Equipment Mechanic and a Public Works Electrician who report directly to the Water/Wastewater Superintendent. A Plant and Equipment Mechanic works under the Senior Plant and Equipment Mechanic. These positions include 3 management level positions, 5 supervisory positions, 14journey level positions, and 2 entry level positions. The Laboratory Services Supervisor at the wastewater treatment plant is responsible for the water quality testing that is performed in the water quality laboratory and for NPDES compliance reporting. All testing for fats, oils and grease is performed at the wastewater treatment plant laboratory. The City has 2 Maintenance Technicians 3's who are assigned as the lead person to operate the Vac/Con cleaning truck. These two people are rotated every 4 months, rotating between one of the 3 maintenance trucks when they are not assigned to the hydro flusher cleaning truck. The City has 2 Maintenance Technicians 3's who are assigned to operate the CCTV equipment. These two people are rotated every 4 months, rotating to the wastewater treatment plant when they are not assigned to the CCTV van. The rotation keeps the experience and expertise needed to correctly operate this equipment while also providing diversity of assignments. 2. Pipeline Cleaning Program The City uses a preventive maintenance (PM) approach to operating and maintaining the wastewater collection system. The pipeline preventive maintenance or PM program consists of: a. Cleaning the 161 pipelines segments where grease related stoppages have occurred one or more times on a cycle of approximately once every 2 months. (Appendix D-2 "Hot Spot List") b. Cleaning the entire pipeline system which is currently estimated to be completed over a 3 year interval. c. Viewing the internal pipeline conditions of the gravity sewer pipelines using closed circuit television inspection equipment to determine where the pipeline should be repaired or replaced. d. Inspecting and maintaining the pumping stations bi-weekly, or once every other week. e. Making emergency repairs as needed. f. Developing rehabilitation projects for repairs that do not need to be repaired immediately and funding these projects through the City's Capital Improvement Plan. The cleaning is prioritized to first clean the pipelines on the City's Two Month list. A field copy of the Two Month list and a spreadsheet summarizing the pipeline information is included in Appendix D-2. This list includes pipelines where multiple stoppages have occurred, where a pipeline is added Revision Date: 08/13/2009 4-4 DRAFT 4. Operation and Maintenance Activities Sewer System ManagementPlan to the list if there have been stoppages reported in the public sewer main pipeline within the past 5 years. In addition to cleaning the pipelines on the Two Month list, the crews clean the pipelines that are going to be inspected by the closed circuit television (CCTV) crew. The work with the CCTV crew is scheduled to systematically clean and TV the pipelines using the City's map grid system. Under this approach, all of the pipelines in one of the City's map grids are cleaned and inspected before the crews move onto the next grid. Sewer cleaning or flushing is performed using the combination high velocity cleaner / vacuum truck. Sewer cleaning is accomplished using a machine that pressurizes water contained on the truck. The water is conveyed into the sewer pipeline through a high pressure hose where the water is released at high pressure through one of several nozzles that can be attached to the end of the hose. The nozzles direct the high pressure water to be released into the sewer in a conical pattern behind the nozzle, creating a high pressure cone of water that is reeled back though the pipeline using a winch on the truck. This sprays the interior of the pipeline with the high pressure water and will clean off collected sediment and scum from the pipeline walls. This operation is also called "hydro -flushing". The selection of the cleaning nozzle used during hydro flushing is dependent upon conditions expected to be encountered in the pipeline. The standard radial nozzle is used when it is suspected that the pipeline will contain mostly solids and grit. The nozzle jets on the standard nozzle are designed to clean the pipe wall and flush debris back towards the downstream manhole. Where grease deposits are anticipated, the warthog nozzle is used. The warthog rotary nozzle is designed to clean and remove grease and light root accumulations from mainlines and service laterals. This nozzle is a self rotating nozzle with the head propelled by j et rotation force. An internal fluid governor controls the rotation speed during cleaning. For plugged sewers, a penetrator nozzle is used. Where root removal is needed, an attachment that contains links of chain can be attached to the end of a special nozzle that will spin the chain links at high speed as the nozzle is passing through the pipeline. This "chain flail" will cut off most of the roots in a pipeline if they are not too large. Hydro -flushing is performed starting at the upstream manhole and pulling the hose and nozzle downstream so that the water and debris can wash out of the pipeline being cleaned. When a lot of grease or debris is encountered, the vacuum tubing is placed in the downstream manhole to remove debris and grease from the downstream manhole as this material is being removed from the pipeline. The cleaning crew will note the relative amount and type of material removed during the cleaning operation on the Vac/Con daily report. The amount of grease, sand, and solids is noted on this report where the amount is noted as a dash for none, light, moderate, or heavy. A blank copy of the Wastewater System Maintenance Daily Report and three copies of completed reports are included in Appendix _. 3. Sewer Pipeline and Manhole Inspection The City's inspection program consists of visual observation by field crews and closed circuit television (CCTV) inspection. a. Closed circuit television (CCTV) inspection Revision Date: 08/13/2009 C IP DRAFT 4: Operation and Maintenance Activities Sewer System Management Plan The Water Services Division owns and operates a TV van equipped with closed circuit television (CCTV) inspection equipment including a self propelled TVI camera with a reel of cable connecting the camera to the van while the camera is inside a pipeline during an inspection. The van is also equipped with a viewing and recording station with a computer, monitor, and video recording equipment. Data is collected and stored on the computer located on the CCTV van. The data is captured and stored using Cues DataCap 4.0 software. This software has built in codes for coding and storing collected defect and attribute information. The data is transferred to the Water Services Division's offices at the Corporation Yard nightly by burning CD's and printing hard copies of the inspection repoi-ts. A copy of a typical inspection report is contained in Appendix _. Most of the CCTV work is accomplished using the self propelled tractor unit. The tractor is propelled by a tract type device, similar to the tracts on an Army tank. There are some small lines where the camera is attached to skids and is pulled through the pipeline using the hose from the cleaning truck. All distances are referenced to the face of the camera. b. Visual Inspections Visual inspections are performed on the sewer system manholes at a higher frequency than CCTV inspections because of the relative ease of performance. This type of inspection can give a good indication as to the condition and proper functioning of the collection system and generally includes: i. Manhole Inspection — Frame and cover — Grade adjustments — Flow surcharging — Manhole bottom channels — Structural integrity/manhole degradation — I/I into manhole — Other miscellaneous problems ii. Sewer Inspection — Dirt and stone brought back while cleaning — Abnormal amount of debris in line — Excessive amounts of grease in line — Blockage or obstruction in line — Excessive flow (relative to upstream flows) — Any miscellaneous problems Any of the above items would result in further study of the sewer and include CCTV inspection, sewer repair, or manhole repair iii. CCTV Inspection — Requested by cleaning crew because of a suspected problem — In connection with 1/1 investigation work — Condition assessment forjustifying sewer rehabilitation work Revision Date: 0811312009 4-6 DRAFT 4: Operation and Maintenance Activities Sewer System Management Plan — Routine check on the effectiveness of sewer cleaning 4. Pumping or Lift Station Maintenance The Water Services Division has a maintenance program and schedules to minimize the number of lift station failures. The City's Preventive Maintenance (PM) program for the pumping or lift stations includes inspecting and maintaining the pumping stations once every other week. The maintenance schedule for the lift stations is included in Appendix D-4. During the biweekly checks the pumps are manually started to be sure that they are working; the humidifier, fans, and vent are checked; the bubbler switch is turned to check the compressors, the check valves are lifted to check that they are working correctly, and the pumps are back flushed if there is any indication that they may be plugged. The pump hours are recorded and the switch positions are noted. The emergency generators are also checked. A sewer lift station check list is included in Appendix D-4. If major work is performed at the site, an entry is also made into the City's lift station log book. 5. Construction and Repair When identified, pipe segments are repaired either by City crews or by outside contractors. The division budgets annually for this task. 6. Customer Service The City responds to all customer complaints or requests for information. A copy of the City's Customer Service Request is attached in Appendix D6. The division collects customer service feedback through surveys handed out by maintenance crews and mechanics. 7. Staff Suppoi-t The Water Services Division field operation is supported by a full time Office Supervisor, one Senior Administrative Clerk and one Administrative Clerk. The duties of these positions include answering and dispatching customer calls; generating and closing out customer service request and work orders. Acts as a receptionist to interact with the general public, maintains statistical records and tabulates data; receives two-way radio calls; secures and records information and uses radio to dispatch necessary city services. 8. Scheduling and Management Information System Work is scheduled daily based on current needs. The City uses a standard 40 hour work week. At the end of each month, the Sewer Collection System Supervisor tabulates the work accomplished during the month. Work is tracked through time sheets. Lift station data is summarized on spreadsheets. Budget data is kept on a spreadsheet. The City's wastewater collection system rehabilitation and replacement plan is included in the 9 -year Capital Improvement Program (CIP) based on specific project needs. The City also budgets for unknown Revision Date: 0811312009 4-7 DRAFT 4: Operation and Maintenance Activities Sewer System Management Plan needs in the annual operating budget by budgeting for sewer pipe materials and other general supplies used during the course of a year by the City's crews. The City has identified wastewater pipelines that need to be replaced due to high levels of infiltration and inflow, blocked sewers, and problem pipelines located in backyard easements. The City has also identified a number of water pipelines that need to be replaced. The City has budget for and created Capital improvement Projects 3 and 4 to address water and sewer replacement needs. These projects combine like elements in similar parts of the community for construction. The funds for Projects 3 & 4 are generally proportioned by about 40% for water main replacements and 60% for sewer main repair or replacement. 11111111111111 1& r k The City Water Services Division provides the following training incentives and for the wastewater collection system staff Employees are given a 2% pay incentive for California Water Environment Association (CWEA) Collection System Operator certification for level above their j ob responsibilities. To maintain their certification they must complete 12 hours of continuing training every two years. The test for the required CWEA certification ensures that employee that hold these certification do possess the knowledge, skills and abilities to skillfully perform the collection system operator duties. See CWEA website http://www.ewea.org/pdf/tcp/hb—csm.pdf for most current requirements. 2. Employee safety and response training a Hold bi-weekly safety tailgate meetings and maintain sign -in log. b Present safe practice reminder at all meetings. c Confined space entry — formal confined space entry program d Review Material Safety Data sheets (MSDS) for new chemicals used. e SSO / emergency response 3. Employee certifications and training a. Employees to receive and renew j ob specific certifications for DMV, CPR, and First Aid, as required. b. Employees shall be knowledgeable of and re-trained in the Confined Space Procedures, annually. c. Employees shall be knowledgeable of and re-trained in the Gas Detector Procedures, annually. d. Staff is sent to out sourced training programs with formal curriculums that cover confined space safety, lockout and trench/shoring training. These elements require testing and certification of successful completion. Training records are kept by the City's Water Services Division. Revision Date: 0811312009 Elf-] DRAFT 4: Operation and Mai ntenanceActivities Sewer System Management Plan F. Equipment and Critical Replacement Parts The Water Services Division's equipment and critical replacement parts inventory lists are located in Appendix D-5. The City maintains contingency equipment and some replacement parts for the wastewater system. The equipment and spare parts are stored at the City's Corporation Yard or at the White Slough Wastewater Treatment Plant. This inventory includes: 1 2— portable pumps * 2. 0 portable emergency generators * * Portable generators and additional pumps are available 24/7 from multiple local equipment suppliers like United Rentals and Rain For Rent. 3. An assortment of various sized plastic and vitrified clay pipe ranging in size from 4 -inches to 12 - inches in diameter "t. Spare manhole covers Lodi maintains spare electrical components for the lift stations at the wastewater treatment plant. Seven of the lift stations have emergency generators on site in the event of a power outage. Seven (7) of the lift stations have SCADA monitoring that is relayed to Lodi Control for remotely monitoring lift station operating conditions, i.e. pump running, high wet well levels, power failures, etc. The City can also readily repair any pipeline collapse that may occur for any pipe size up the 12 -inches in diameter which covers 95% of the sewer system. In addition to spare parts on hand, there are three shops in Modesto (Center State Pipe & Supply Co, Groeniger & Co. and Howk Systems) where replacement piping and equipment can be obtained 24 hours per day 7 days per week. G. Appendix D - Operation and Maintenance Program Documents Appendix D includes the following: D-1 City of Lodi Sewer Map Grid System D-2 Maintenance Cleaning Schedule D-3 Closed Circuit Television Video Report D-4 Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) D-5 CWEA CertificationHandbook D-6 Equipment Inventory List D-7 Critical Replace Parts List (to be included at a later date) D-8 Technical Memorandum O&M Program SSMP Audit -Rehabilitation and Replacement Plan Revision Date: 08/13/2009 4-9 DRAFT SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN SECTION 5 - DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE PROVISIONS NOTE: In accordance with State Order No. 2006-0003-DWQ , this plan is intended to be an internal working document that will continually evolve to further improve operations and reduce SSO's. The red text in this plan reflects elements that are required by the order, however, implementation dates for the elements are left to the discretion of the agency. The proposed implementation dates are established in appendix A-2 A. WDR/SSMP - Design and Performance Provisions Requirement The WDR/SSMP Design and Performance Provision requirement specifies that each Enrollee have the following: 1. Design and construction standards and specifications for the installation of new sanitary sewer systems, pump stations and other appurtenances; and for the rehabilitation and repair of existing sanitary sewer systems; and 2. Procedures and standards for inspecting and testing the installation of new sewers, pumps, and other appurtenances and for rehabilitation and repair projects. B. Sanitary Sewer Design and Specifications The City's sewer design standards and specification are located in the City Engineer's office. The following is an overview of those requirements: The purpose of the City Design Standards is to provide direction in the application of improvements which are to be dedicated to the public and accepted by the City for maintenance or operation, and to provide for coordinated development of those facilities to be used by and for the protection of the public. This includes certainprivate works, as well as improvements to be installed within existing City rights-of- way and easements. Whereas it is the intent of these Standardsto govern all new construction, City staff shall interpret and apply the Standards in a manner which achieves their intent, while encouraging and enabling the redevelopment of infill and vacant parcels especially within the City's Redevelopment Project Area. Revision Date: 08/13/2009 DRAFT 5-1 5: Design and Performance Provisions Sewer System Management Plan All improvements within the City rights-of-way shall be installed in accordance with the approved improvement plans and specifications,the City of Lodi Design Standards, the City of Lodi Construction Standards and the State of CaliforniaDepartment of Transportation Standard Specifications. C. Sanitary Sewer Construction and Performance Provisions The City's/District's construction standards are located in the City Engineer's Office. The following is an overview of those requirements: Lodi's Department of Public Works Standard Plans for wastewater series 200, miscellaneous series 500 and engineering series 600 cover -design and construction standards and specifications for the installation of new sanitary sewer systems. Lodi uses CCTV inspection and standard plan 610 sanitary sewer leakage test both hydrostatic and air test for newly installed sewers acceptance D. Appendix E - Design and Performance Provision Documents Appendix E includes the following: E-1 Table of Contents — Section Blank — Sanitary Sewer Design E-2 Table of Contents - Section Blank — Sanitary Sewer System construction E-3 Standard Plans F -d Technical Memorandum, SSMP Preparedness Audit Design and Performance Provisions Revision Date: 08/13/2009 5-2 DRAFT SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN SECTION 6 - OVERFLOW EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN NOTE: In accordance with State Order No. 2006-0003-DWQ , this plan is intended to be an internal working document that will continually evolve to further improve operations and reduce SSO's. The red text in this plan reflects elements that are required by the order, however, implementation dates for the elements are left to the discretion of the agency. The proposed implementation dates are established in appendix A-2 A. WDR/SSMP Overflow Emergency Response Plan Requirement The WDR/SSMP Overflow Emergency Response Plan requirement specifies that each Enrollee shall develop and implement an Overflow Emergency Response Plan (OERP) that identifies measures to protect public health and the environment. At a minimum, this plan must include the following: 1 Proper notificationprocedures so that the primary responders and regulatory agencies are informed of all SSO's in a timely manner; A program to ensure an appropriate response to all overflows; Procedures to ensure prompt notificationto appropriate regulatory agencies and other potentially affected entities (e.g. health agencies, Regional Water Boards, water suppliers, etc.) of all SSO's that potentially affect public health or reach the waters of the State in accordance with the Monitoring and Reporting Program (MRP). All SSO's shall be reported in accordance with this MRP, the California Water Code, other State Law, and other applicable Regional Water Board WDR's or NPDES permit requirements. The SSMP should identify the officials who will receive immediate notification; 4 Procedures to ensure that appropriate staff and contractorpersonnel are aware of and follow the Emergency Response Plan and are appropriately trained; 5 Procedures to address emergency operations, such as traffic and crowd control and other necessary response activities; and 6 A program to ensure that all reasonable steps are taken to contain and prevent the discharge of untreated and partially treated wastewater to waters of the United States and to minimize or correct any adverse impact on the environment resulting from the SSO's, including such accelerated or additional monitoring as may be necessary to determine the nature and impact of the discharge. Revision Date: July 16, 2008 6-1 DRAFT 6:Overflow EmeraengvResponse Plan SewerSystem Mana@ementPlan B. Notification Procedures The Water Services Division SSO notification procedures are contained in the City Water Services Division's sanitary sewer overflow procedures manual, and a copy is located in the on call vehicle. The procedures are in a three ring binders and are available to all Water Services Division personnel responsible for responding to SSO's, mitigating SSO's and reporting SSO's. The organizational response plan and chain of communication chart are located the City of Lodi's MSC and the complete written response plan including names and contact information is located in Appendix F-1. Whenever SSO procedure updates are necessary they are made and a revised date is placed on each page of the procedure. This helps to ensure timely SSO response, migration and reporting. Figure 6-2 illustrates the Water Services Division's SSO response and notification procedures. C. Response Program The Water Services Division has developed procedures for responding to SSO's. The purpose of these procedures is to ensure that all SSO responses are handled efficiently and effectively and that all regulatory requirements are met. Collection Systems Division staff is required to know and follow these procedures. These procedures are summarized in Figure B-3 below. Revision Date: 08/13/2009 6-2 DRAFT 6: Overflow Emergency Response Plan Sewer System Management Plan CITY OF LODI SANITARY SEWER OVERFLOW PLAN FLOW CHART WORKING LODI HOURS CONTROL ~- 1� i IS THE SERVICE .INE CAUSING AN OVERFLOW INSIDE/OUTSIDE? YES 4-11 --►I NO NOTI FY CUSTOMER & LODI CONTROL TO COMPLETE SERVICE REQUEST CONTACTED YES BLOCKAGEAND CLEAN UP. 2. IF IT'S A MAJOR SPILL (1000 gal. OR MORE)CALL SU PERVISOWSU PERINTENDENT. 3. STAY AT LOCATION TO VERIFY CUSTOMERTAKES CARE OF BLOCKAGEAND CLEAN UP. 4, NOTIFY LODI CONTROL TO COMPLETE SERVICE REQUEST. 6. CHECK BACK AT LOCATIONDURINO WORKING HOURS TO VERIFY SPILL HAS STOPPED. 1. KEULIES I ASSIS I ANGE 2. IF II5A MAJOR SPILL (1000 gal. OR MORE) CALL SUPERVISOWSUPERINTENDENT. 3. CLEAR BLOCKAGE, & CLEAN UP SPILL OUTSIDE BUILDING. 4. FILL OUT REPORT FOR BILLINGTHE CUSTOMER. 5. NOTIFY LODI CONTROL TO COMPLETE SERVICE REQUEST. 6. SPILL INSIDE BUILDING IS CUSTOMERS RESPONSIBILITY, PROVIDE CUSTOMER WITH NOTICE OF CLEAN UP RESONSIBILITY. ANSWERING REPORTED SERVICE I YES OVERFLOW INSIDE/OUTSIDE? YES Ir ---*,4 NO 1. CLEAR CITY MAIN 2. NOTIFY LODI CONTROL TO OR AN IMMINENT TO THE PUBLIC OR SENSITIVE WATERWAY? NO MAJOR OVERFLOW MAJOR OVERFLOW 1.CALL 1. CLEAR STOPPAGE & SUPERVISOR/SUPERIN RESTORE FLOW. TENDENT, 2. CONTAIN SPILL AND 2. CLEAR STOPPAGE & RETURN TO SYSTEM. RESTORE FLOW. 3. CLEAN UP 3. CONTAIN SPILLW/ 4. REMOVEALL SIGNS EARTH BERMS, PLUGS OF GROSS FOR STORM DRAINS, & POLLUTION. SAND BAGS & PLASTIC 5. FLUSH WITH SHEETS FOR DROP WATER. INLETS. DISINFECTAREA IF 4. INVESTIGATE NEEDED. OVERFLOW INSIDE 6. NOTIFY LODI STRUCTURES& IF I ICONTROLTO POSSIBLE TAKE PICTURES. 5. RETURN SPILL TO FOLLOW UP COLLECTION SYSTEM PROCEDURES W/ VAC -CON TRUCK, PUMPS % HOSES OR I. INVESTIGATE WATER TRUCK. CAUSES OF SPILL. 6. FOLLOW MINOR 2. ADD TO NEXT DAYS OVERFLOW TASKS 4 CLEANING SCHEDULE THRU 7, IF NEEDED. 3. DO TV INSPECTION. _ 4. REPAIR OR REPLACEANY BROKEN LINE SEGMENTS. Figure S-3. SSO Plan Flow Chart Revision Date: 0811312009 DRAFT 6-3 H 6: Overflow Emergency Response Plan Sewer System Management Plan D. Regulatory Notification Procedure The Public Works Director is the legally responsible official (LRO) to certify SSO reports that have been submitted to SWRCB data base. Both the Public Works Director and the Water Services Manager are responsible for reporting SSO to the SWRCB, RWQCB, OES and Health Department as necessary. E. Staff and Contractors Training The Water Services Division has established and implemented the following SSO response training: Water Services Division employees are required to complete SSO response training and periodically throughout the year spill response is covered in the weekly safety tailgate meetings. Contractors are advised of the City's wastewater collection system policies and procedures and are required to train all of their employees on the City's procedures prior to performing work on the City's wastewater collection and conveyance system. F. Emergency Response Coordination The Water Services Division has sent employee's to table top exercises, monthly tailgate meetings, associated classes through WW related organizations such as CWEA, First Responder and Haz Woper training that all include SOP'S. G. Spill Mitigation and Containment Procedure The Water Services Division has written an Overflow emergency response plan and has created a Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for spill mitigation and containment plan that is described in Figure 6-2 SSO Procedures Flow Chart. H. Appendix F - Overflow Emergency Response Plan Documents Appendix F includes the following: F-1 Sanitary Sewer Overflow Response Plan F-2 Water Service Division Required Training F-3 Water Service Division Recommended Training -Tail Gate Meeting F-4 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for Spill Mitigation and Containment Revision Date: 08/13/2009 6-4 DRAFT SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN SECTION 7 - FOG CONTROL PROGRAM NOTE: In accordance with State Order No. 2006-0003-DWQ , this plan is intended to be an internal working document that will continually evolve to further improve operations and reduce SSO's. The red text in this plan reflects elements that are required by the order, however, implementation dates for the elements are left to the discretion of the agency. The proposed implementation dates are established in appendix A-2 A. WDR/SSMP - FOG Control Program Requirement The WDR/SSMP Fog Control Program requirement specifies that each Enrollee shall evaluate its service area to determine whether a FOG control program is needed. If an Enrollee determines that a FOG program is not needed, the Enrollee must providejustification for why it is not needed. If FOG is found to be a problem, the Enrollee must prepare and implement a FOG source control program to reduce the amount of these substances discharged to the sanitary sewer system. This plan shall include the following as appropriate: 1 An implementation plan and schedule for a public education outreach program that promotes proper disposal of FOG; 2 A plan and schedule for the disposal of FOG generated within the sanitary sewer system service area. This may include a list of acceptable disposal facilities and/or additional facilities needed to adequately dispose of FOG generated within a sanitary sewer system service area; 3 The legal authority to prohibit discharges to the system and identify measures to prevent SSO's and blockages caused by FOG; 4 Requirements to install grease removal devices (such as traps or interceptors), design standards for the removal devices, maintenance requirements, Best Management Practice (BMP) requirements, record keeping and reporting requirements; 5 Authority to inspect grease producing facilities, enforcement authorities, and whether the Enrollee has sufficient staff to inspect and enforce the FOG ordinance; 6 An identification of sanitary sewer system sections subject to FOG blockages and establishment of a cleaning maintenance schedule for each section; and Development and implementation of source control measures for all sources of FOG discharged to the sanitary sewer system for each section identified in (f) above. Revision Date: 08/13/2009 7-1 DRAFT 7: Fog Control Program Sewer System Management Plan B. Public Education Plan The Water Services Division is initiating a FOG outreach program to residents, restaurants and the plumbing community on the proper disposal of FOG. This program will include TV spots, flyers direct mail and site visits to food service establishments. Objective: Educate City of Lodi residents and restaurants on the proper disposal of FOG to meet or exceed outreach standards set forth in the State General WDR Requirements, and FOG Control Program adopted in May 2006. Strategy: Conduct a multi -media public awareness and marketing campaign to meet objective by utilizing the following tactics (attached). Target audience is Lodi residents and restaurants. The residential campaign uses a main message that is present on all ad and collateral pieces. Depending upon topic and audience segment, sub -messages will be tailored to fit with main message. All material will contain a web link reference (www.Lodi.ca.u�) to direct audience members to more information. The restaurant campaign will incorporate more technical and specific information needed to comply with WDR. The messages in this campaign will be distributed directly (direct targeted mailing and/or site visits) as this audience segment is less voluntary than the residential segment (i.e. restaurants are obligated to comply and enforcement is easier in cases of non-compliance, whereas the residential audience is harder to reach and we are relying on them to incorporate behavioral changes to help comply with WDR). C. FOG Disposal Plan The Water Services Division has created the following FOG disposal plan: The Permittee shall be required to keep all manifests, receipts and invoices of all cleaning, maintenance, grease removal of/from the grease control device, disposal carrier and disposal site location for no less than three years. D. Record Keeping Requirements The Water Services Division has created the following record keeping requirements: The Permittee shall, upon request, make the manifests, receipts and invoices available to any City/District representative, or inspector. The minimum records requirements are 1, 2, and 3 below and may include 4, 5, and 6: 1. A logbook of grease interceptor, grease trap or grease control device cleaning and maintenance practices. Copies of records and manifests of waste hauling interceptor contents. 3. Records of sampling data and sludge height monitoring for FOG and solids accumulation in the grease interceptor. Revision Date: 08/13/2009 7-2 DRAFT 7: Fog Control Program Sewer System Management Plan 4. A record of Best Management Practices being implemented including employee training. 5. Records of any spills and/or cleaning of the lateral or sewer system. 6. Any other information deemed appropriate by the Public Works Director/Water Services Manager etc. to ensure compliance with these regulations. E. Legal Authority to Prohibit SSO's and Blockages Caused by FOG Discharges Municipal code section 13.12.115 provides the following authority to establish grease interceptor requirements: Grease, oil and sand interceptors shall be provided by the discharger when they are necessary for the proper handling of wastes containing grease in excess of one hundred fifty milligrams per liter of animal and vegetable origin and fifty milligrams per liter of mineral origin, or any flammable wastes, sand, grit and other harmful ingredients. All interceptors shall be of a type and capacity approved in writing, prior to installation, by the public works director, and shall be located so as to be readily and easily accessible for cleaning and inspection. Grease and oil interceptors shall be constructed of impervious materials capable of withstanding abrupt and extreme changes in temperature. They shall be of substantial construction, watertight, usually a minimum of one thousand gallons and equipped with easily removable covers which, when bolted in place, are gastight and watertight. Grease and/or oil/sand interceptors shall be constructed in any place or building having a capacity to serve group meals or commercial and industrial cleaning facilities. Where installed, all grease, oil, sand and grit interceptors shall be maintained by the owners at owner's expense in continuous efficient operation at all times. Materials collected shall not be reintroduced into the sewerage system. Records of all maintenance, cleaning and hauling of materials shall be maintained by the owner and such records shall be available at all times for inspection by city personnel. (Ord. 1613 (part), 1995) F. BMP, Grease Removal Devices, Recordkeeping, and Reporting Requirements The Water Services Division has included the following FOG BMP's, removal device, record keeping, and reporting requirements in the proposed addendum: Requirements for BMP's: All FSE's shall implement BMP's in accordance with the requirements and guidelines established by the City under its FOG Control Program in an effort to minimize the discharge of FOG to the sewer system. All FSE's shall be required, at a minimum, to comply with the BMP's set forth in the terms and conditions of the FOG WDP. Grease Interceptor Requirements: All FSE's shall provide wastewater acceptable to the City, under the requirements and standards established herein before dischargingto any public sewer. Any FSE required providing FOG pretreatment Revision Date: 0811312009 7-3 DRAFT 7: Fog Control Program Sewer System Management Plan shall install, operate, and maintain an approved type and adequately sized grease interceptor necessary to maintain compliance with the objectives of this Ordinance. Grease interceptor sizing and installation shall conform to the current edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code. Grease interceptors shall be constructed in accordance with the design approved by the City Engineer and shall have a minimum of two compartments with fittings designed for grease retention. The grease interceptor shall be installed at a location where it shall be at all times easily accessible for inspection, cleaning, and removal of accumulated grease. Access manholes, with a minimum diameter of 24 inches, shall be provided over each grease interceptor chamber and sanitary tee. The access manholes shall extend at least to finished grade and be designed and maintained to prevent water 1/I. The manholes shall also have readily removable covers to facilitate inspection, grease removal, and wastewater sampling activities. Specific record keeping requirements are specified in 7.6 record keeping and reporting requirements. G. Inspection and Enforcement Authority - FOG Producers The Lab/Industrial Waste Division has included the following criteria in the proposed addendum: 1. All FSE's proposing to discharge or currently dischargingwastewater containing FOG into the City's sewer system shall obtain a FOG WDP from the City. 2. FOG WDR's shall be expressly subject to all provisions of this Ordinance and all other regulations, charges for use, and fees established by the City. The conditions of FOG WDR's shall be enforced by the City in accordance with this Ordinance and applicable State and Federal Regulations. H. FOG Characterization Assessment and Hot Spot Cleaning Schedule The Water Services Division has completed a FOG characterization assessment and has established the following hot spot cleaning schedule: The Water Services Division identified all of the commercial and industrial FOG dischargers within their jurisdictional boundaries during the SSMP preparedness review/audit and listed them in the data collection form. FOG data is form Appendix G. FOG hot spot location data is maintained in the Water Services Division's CMMS and quarterly, semi- annual and annual sewer line maintenance work orders are issued and completed to ensure that hot spot lines do have grease blockages/SSO's between cleaning schedules. I. FOG Control Program Measures The Water Services Division has established the following FOG Waste Discharge Permit (WDP) Conditions in the proposed addendum: Revision Date: 0811312009 7-4 DRAFT 7: Fog Control Program Sewer System Management Plan The issuance of a FOG WDP may contain any of the following conditions or limits: 1. Limits on discharge of FOG and other priority pollutants. 2. Requirements for proper O&M of grease interceptors and other grease control devices. 3. Grease interceptor maintenance frequency and schedule. 4. Requirements for implementation of BMP's. 5. Requirements for maintaining and reporting status of BMP's. 6. Requirements for maintaining and submitting logs and records, including waste -hauling records and waste manifests. i. Requirements to self -monitor. 8. Requirements for the FSE to construct, operate and maintain, at its own expense, FOG control device, and sampling facilities. 9. Additional requirements as otherwise determined to be reasonably appropriate by the Public Works Director to protect the City's system or as specified by other Regulatory Agencies. 10. Other terms and conditions, which may be reasonably applicable to ensure compliance with this ordinance. J. Appendix G - FOG Control Program Document Appendix G includes the following: G-1 Fats, Oils, and Grease (FOG) Characterization Data Form G-2 Proposed Addendum to Lodi Municipal Code - Food Service Establishments (FSE' s) G-3 Hot Spot Cleaning Schedule Revision Date: 08/13/2009 7-5 DRAFT SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN SECTION 8 - SYSTEM EVALUATION, CAPACITY, AND ASSURANCE PLAN NOTE: In accordance with State Order No. 2006-0003-DWQ , this plan is intended to be an internal working document that will continually evolve to further improve operations and reduce SSO's. The red text in this plan reflects elements that are required by the order, however, implementation dates for the elements are left to the discretion of the agency. The proposed implementation dates are established in appendix A-2 A WDR/SSMP - System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan Requirement The WDR/SSMP System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan requirement specifies that each Enrollee shall prepare and implement a capital improvement plan (CIP) that will provide hydraulic capacity of key sanitary sewer system elements for dry weather peak flow conditions, as well as the appropriate design storm or wet weather event. At a minimum, the plan must include: 1. Evaluation: Actions needed to evaluate those portions of the sanitary sewer system that are experiencing or contributingto an SSO discharge caused by hydraulic deficiency. The evaluation must provide estimates of peak flows (including flows from SSO's that escape from the system) associated with conditions similar to those causing overflow events, estimates of the capacity of key system components, hydraulic deficiencies (including components of the system with limiting capacity) and the major sources that contribute to the peak flows associated with overflow events; 2. Design Criteria: Where design criteria do not exist or are deficient, undertake the evaluation identified in (a) above to establish appropriate design criteria; and 3. Capacity Enhancement Measures: The steps needed to establish a short- and long-term CIP to address identified hydraulic deficiencies, including prioritization, alternatives analysis, and schedules. The CIP may include increases in pipe size, I/I reduction programs, increases and redundancy in pumping capacity, and storage facilities. The CIP shall include an implementation schedule and shall identify sources of funding. 4. Schedule: The Enrollee shall develop a schedule of completion dates for all portions of the CIP developed in a thru c above. This schedule shall be reviewed and updated consistent with the SSMP review and update requirements as described in Section D. 14. B. Evaluation Process - Capacity Enhancement Projects The Water Services Division has performed the following capacity enhancement projects: * Revision Date: 08/13/2009 8-1 DRAFT 8: System Evaluation, Capacity, and Assurance Plan Sewer System Management Plan C. Design Criteria The Water Services Division has established and implemented the following design criteria: The City of Lodi Standard Plans 300 series for wastewater. The City of Lodi Construction Specifications. The City of Lodi Public Improvement Design Standards D. Capacity Enhancement Measurers The Water Services Division has established the following capacity enhancement measures: * E. Capital Improvement Program Schedule The Water Services Division has established and implemented the following CIP schedule: * F. Appendix H - System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan Documents Appendix H includes the following: H-1 Technical Memorandum -S SMP Audit System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan H-2 Technical Memorandum -Trunk Sewer Hydraulic Analysis H-4 Wastewater Condition Assessment Date — Power point Presentation H-5 Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) Lodi Wastewater Collection System Condition Assessment H-6 2009 Wastewater Capacity Study * Note: As of August 2009 City Staffhas completed the capacity assurance modeling work and is in the process of identifying projects that will reduce potential SSO's Revision Date: 0811312009 8-2 .1 Tai SEWERY SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN SECTION 9 - MONITORING, MEASUREMENT, AND PROGRAM MODIFICATION NOTE: In accordance with State Order No. 2006-0003-DWQ , this plan is intended to be an internal working document that will continually evolve to further improve operations and reduce SSO's. The red text in this plan reflects elements that are required by the order, however, implementation dates for the elements are left to the discretion of the agency. The proposed implementation dates are established in appendix A-2 A. WDR/SSMP - Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modification Requirement The WDR/SSMP Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modification requirement specifies that each Enrollee shall do the following: 1. Maintain relevant information that can be used to establish and prioritize appropriate SSMP activities; 2. Monitor the implementation and, where appropriate, measure the effectiveness of each element of the SSMP; 3. Assess the success of the preventative maintenance program; 4. Update program elements, as appropriate, based on monitoring or performance evaluations; and 5. Identify and illustrate SSO trends, including: frequency, location, and volume. B. Utility Metrics to Prioritize SSMP Activities The Water Services Division has established the following Utility metrics: The Water Services Division has established four categories of metrics to monitor and measure the effectiveness of the various elements of this SSMP and its success in terms of meeting its goals. Those metrics include the following categories of metric information: 1. System Information: Number of SSO's/100 miles of pipe, Miles of WW lines cleaned monthly and annually, Miles of WW lines televised monthly and annually. 2. Financial Information 3. Sewer Maintenance Revision Date: 08/13/2009 9-1 DRAFT 9: Monitorina., Measurement, and Proaram Modification Sewer System Management Plan 4. Performance Measures C. Metrics to Monitor Effectiveness of SSMP The Water Services Division has established the following SSMP implementation schedule: The Water Services Division Division's SSMP implementation schedule assigns individual staff responsibility for each SSMP element and defines the frequency that each element must be monitored and updated to ensure that the goals of this SSMP are achieved. This schedule is included in Appendix I. D. Metrics to Assess Preventative Maintenance Program The Water Services Division has established the following preventative maintenance sewer metrics: The Water Services Division uses sewer maintenance metrics to monitor and measure and adjust maintenance program activities. These metrics are maintained in the CMMS and monitored on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, and annual basis. The goal of the Water Services Division is to reduce the number and volume of SSO's identified in Table 1 of the Historical Summary of Sanitary Sewer Overflows in Appendix 1-3. The sewer maintenance measures include the following metrics and the performance measures identified in 9.6 SSO Trends -Frequency, Location, and Volume. Total miles cleaned per year miles Total miles visually inspected per year (not CCTV) miles Independent manhole inspections How often Total miles treated with chemicals for roots per year miles Total miles of mechanical root control miles Total miles CCTV inspected per year miles Total number of sewer maintenance field staff I # Average high velocity cleaning per crew per day feet Average cost of sewer mechanical cleaning $/ft Loader rates Average cost of chemical root treatment $/ft Average cost of CCTV $/ft E. SSMP Performance Monitoring and Update Process The Water Services Division has established the following monitoring process: Revision Date: 08/13/2009 9-2 DRAFT 9: Monitorina. Measurement. and Proaram Modification SewerSystem Mana,?ement Plan F. SSO Trends - Frequency, Location and Volume The Water Services Division has established the following performance monitoring process: The Water Services Division uses performance metrics to monitor and measure and adjust maintenance program activities. These metrics are maintained the CMMS and monitored on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual and annual basis. The performance measures include the following: Total number of spills per year (all spills) ................................ _...... ....................._._............................. ........_........................ __...... _............ _...... _........................................................................ __....................... _............................................................................... ; Spills _......... _.._................................ __..... Total volume of spills per year (all spills) ......................... _...... ............................. _....................................... .................... ............ -........................._................................................................................ __........... ...................................................................... Gallons min/max --- .................................. _......................................... Total number of wet weather spills per year Spills Total volume of wet weather spills per year Gallons % Spills caused by FOG and volume % Spills Caused by Roots and volume j % .........................................................................................................................................._......_........................................................__..._._..._...._.................................................................-..........................................._................_.............................................._... % Spills Caused by Vandalism and volume % Spills repeated within 2 years % Customer service requests per year, actionable/responsible for ............ ............ .................. ......................................................... ...._...................... .................._.............................................................................................................................. _.............. _......................... Total # SR ......................................................... _.................................. ; Total number of sewer caused odor complaints Complaints Total # of Pump/Lift Station Failures per year (cause overflow) Failures Total number of pipe failures per year (cause overflow) Breaks Average response time, goal verses actual .. . ..... ............... ...................................................................................................... ..................... ... ....................._.__._._.......... _................................. _.... __....... __......................... .............. ....................... I Minutes ............................................................. ............ ...................... Number of claims per year, flooding Claims .......... .._..................................................................................._........................................................................................................................................................................................................_........................................................................_.................................... Total cost of claims per year ............. ............................._.................................................. _._....................._.... _.................... _.... ............ -.................................. ...................... ..._.._.................................... ..__...._... _._.................. $ ;............................... ._..... _........................ ..............., Total work orders performed per year _ ..... Word orders ....... % of work orders completed, emergency or corrective I %Emergency ......... ...— 3 %corrective . _........ .. .... ......... % of work orders completed that are preventable ; ...... _ .. . i % Revision Date: 08/13/2009 9-3 DRAFT 9: Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modification Sewer System Management Plan Total miles repaired as emergency per year ( miles IIi. ------.......... .._................. _._._......... . — l Total miles rehabilitated or replaced per year ....... _. miles _ ............__.........._ ....................1 Total new miles constructed per year 'miles ................... ...... _._.__.... _................ _.._............................... _...... _._......................... G. Appendix 1- Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications Documents Appendix I includes the following: I-1 Water Services Division S SMP Implementation Schedule 1-2 Water Services Division Fiscal Year System Information, Financial Information, Sewer Maintenance and Performance Measures Historical Summary of Sanitary Sewer System Overflows Revision Date: 0811312009 9-4 DRAFT SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN SECTION 10 - PROGRAM AUDIT AND ANNUAL REPORT NOTE: In accordance with State Order No. 2006-0003-DWQ , this plan is intended to be an internal working document that will continually evolve to further improve operations and reduce SSO's. The red text in this plan reflects elements that are required by the order, however, implementation dates for the elements are left to the discretion of the agency. The proposed implementation dates are established in appendix A-2 A WDR/SSMP - SSMP Program Audits Requirement The WDR/SSMP - SSMP Program Audits requirement specifies that each Enrollee shall conduct periodic internal audits, appropriate to the size of the system and the number of SSO's. At a minimum, these audits must occur every two years and a report must be prepared and kept on file. This audit shall focus on evaluatingthe effectiveness of the SSMP and the Enrollee's compliance with the SSMP requirements identified in this subsection (D.13), including identification of any deficiencies in the SSMP and steps to correct them. B. Audit Procedures, Roles and Responsibilities The Water Services Division has established the following audit procedure: The Water Services Manager will perform periodic internal audits to determine the effectiveness of each element of the SSMP. The Water/Wastewater Superintendentwill generate the following information and system metrics on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, and annually for the purpose of tracking, monitoring and adjusting the performance of the SSMP activities. 1. System Information 2. Financial Information 3. Sewer Maintenance 4. Performance Measures A primary focus in the evaluation of Water Services Division information and system metrics will be the elimination of preventable SSO and reduction of the impact of those SSO's that do occur. The Water Services Division audit schedule is as follows: Revision Date: 0811312009 10-1 DRAFT 10: Program Audit and Annual Report _ _ Sewer System Management Plan 1. Annually for the first two years following the adoption and approval of this SSMP. 2. Every two years thereafter the adoption and approval of this SSMP 3. This SSMP will be updated every five years from the date of adoption and approval and will include all significant program changes that have occurred following the last City Council certification/approval. Revision Date: 0811312009 10-2 DRAFT 10: Program Audit and Annual Report Sewer System Management Plan C. SSMP Program Modification/Update Process The Water Services Division has established the following program modification and update process: The Water Services Division will monitor and review sewer performance metrics on a monthly basis and the status of each element of the SSMP on an annual basis for the first two years following the adoption of this SSMP. Formal SSMP audits will be conducted every two years following the adoption of this SSMP. The Waster ServicesManager will initiate/direct corrective action to be taken when and if SSMP deficiencies are identified between/during periodic internal audits. When significant changes are made to the SSMP that require re -certification, the Water/Wastewater Superintendent will enter the data in the online SSO database and mail the form to the State Water Board. D. Appendix J - SSMP Program Audit Documents Appendix J includes the following: J-1 Procedures for Audit Fora J-2 Audit Form Revision Date: 0811312009 10-3 DRAFT SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN SECTION 11 - COMMUNICATION PROGRAM NOTE: In accordance with State Order No. 2006-0003-DWQ , this plan is intended to be an internal working document that will continually evolve to further improve operations and reduce SSO's. The red text in this plan reflects elements that are required by the order, however, implementation dates for the elements are left to the discretion of the agency. The proposed implementation dates are established in appendix A-2 A. WDR/SSMP - Communication Program Requirement The WDWSSMP Communication Program requirement specifies that each Enrollee shall communicate on a regular basis with the public on the development, implementation, and performance of its SSMP. The communication system shall provide the public the opportunity to provide input to the Enrollee as the program is developed and implemented. The Enrollee shall also create a plan of communication with systems that are tributary and/or satellite to the Enrollee's sanitary sewer system. This elementrequires that the City/Agency establish a program to communicate with the public and tributary/satellite systems on the development, implementation and performance of this SSMP. The program must provide a means for public input and feedback regarding the status of the City/Agency's SSMP. As part of the communication program the final SSMP must be approved by the City/Agency's City Council at a public meeting. B. Internal Communication- Staff, Utility Commission, and City Council etc. The Water Services Division has created the following power point presentations to educate the City Council, Public, and Staff: The Water Services Division has created two power point presentations to introduce the SWRCB WDWSSMP requirements and the City of Lodi's responsibility to comply with the Statewide WDR Order No. 2006-0003. The Water Services Division's WDR awareness program is an overview for staff and the Sanitary Sewer Systems Regulations/WDR power point presentation is used to educate the City Council and the public as needed. Revision Date: 08/13/2009 DRAFT 11: Communication Program Sewer System Management Plan C. Stakeholder Communication - Residential, Commercial and Industrial The Water Services Division has created the following SSMP educational material for public outreach: The City of Lodi publishes a newsletter every two months to communicate with customers and stakeholders about sewer utilities. It is distributed in the utility bills and posted on the City's website. The Water Services Division is expanding use of the City's web -site to present WDR/SSMP requirements and program status to residential, commercial, industrial and public stakeholders. Sample newsletters are included in Appendix K. The Water Services Division is initiating a comprehensive FOG outreach program to residents, restaurants and the plumbing community on the proper disposal of FOG. This program will include television spots, flyers direct mail and site visits to food service establishments. D. Appendix K - Communication Program Documents Appendix K includes the following: K-1 Water Services Division WDR Awareness Program Power point Presentation K-2 Sanitary Sewer Systems Regulations/Waste Discharge Requirement Power point Presentation (City Council) K-3 Two Newsletters Preventing FOG in the Pipes and Not Flushing Medications Down the Sewer K-4 FOG Outreach Program - Marketing Objective and Strategy Revision Date: 0811312009 11-2 DRAFT SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN LIMITATIONS Report Limitations This document was prepared solely for the City of Lodi in accordance with professional standards at the time the services were performed and in accordance with the contract between the City of Lodi and Holmes International dated September 26,2007. We have relied on information or instructions provided by the City of Lodi and other parties and, unless otherwise expressly indicated, have made no independent investigation as to the validity, completeness, or accuracy of such information. Revision Date: 08/13/2009 L-1 APPENDIX A SSMP Development Plan and Schedule Appendix A includes the following: A-1 Lodi's SSMP Development Plan and Implementation Schedule A-2 Lodi's SSMP Implementation Schedule Revision Date: 08/13/2009 `" ►I Organization Documents Appendix B includes the following: B-1 Contact List -Personnel Responsible for SSMP Elements B-2 Contact List - Personnel Responsible for SSO Reporting B-3 Contact List —Personnel Responsible for Responding to SSOs Weekly Standby Revision Date: 08/13/2009 APPENDIX C Legal Authority Documents Appendix C includes the following: C-1 Pretreatment Program Enforcement Response Plan - TOC C-2 Municipal Codes C-3 Sanitary Sewer Design C-4 Sanitary Sewer System Construction C-5 Joint Exercise of Powers Agreement C-6 City and City Inter -Agency agreement Revision Date: 0811312009 APPENDIX D Operation and Maintenance Program Documents Appendix D includes the following: D-1 City of Lodi Sewer Map Grid System D-2 Maintenance Cleaning Schedule D-3 Closed Circuit Television Video Report D-4 Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) D-5 CWEA Certification Handbook D-6 Equipment Inventory List D-7 Critical Replace Parts List (to be included at a later date) D-8 Technical Memorandum O&M Program SSMP Audit -Rehabilitation and Replacement Plan Revision Date: 08/13/2009 APPENDIX E Design and Performance Provisions Documents Appendix E includes the following: E-1 Sanitary Sewer Design Standards E-2 Sanitary Sewer System Construction Standards E-3 Standard Plans E-4 Technical Memorandum, SSMP Preparedness Audit Design and Performance Provisions Revision Date: 08/13/2009 APPENDIX F Overflow Emergency Response Documents Appendix F includes the following: F-1 Sanitary Sewer Overflow Response Plan F-2 Water Service Division Required Training F-3 Water Service Division Recommended Training -Tail Gate Meeting F-4 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for Spill Mitigation and Containment Revision Date: 08/13/2009 APPENDIX G FOG Control Program Documents Appendix G includes the following: G-1 Fats, Oils, and Grease (FOG) CharacterizationData Form G-2 Addendum to Lodi Municipal Code - Section B lank.xxx Discharges of Fats, Oils, and Grease from Food Service Establishments (FSEs) G-3 Hot Spot Cleaning Schedule Revision Date: 08/13/2009 APPENDIX H System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan Documents Appendix H includes the following: H-1 Technical Memorandum-SSMP Audit System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan H-2 Technical Memorandum -Trunk Sewer Hydraulic Analysis H-4 Wastewater Condition Assessment Date —Power point Presentation H-5 Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) Lodi Wastewater Collection System Condition Assessment H-6 2009 Wastewater Capacity Study Revision Date: 08/13/2009 APPENDIX I Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications Documents Appendix I includes the following: I-1 Water Service Division SSMP Implementation Schedule 1-2 Water Service Division Fiscal Year System Information, Financial Information, Sewer Maintenance, and Performance Measures 1-3 Historical Summary of Sanitary Sewer System Overflows Revision Date: 08/13/2009 APPENDIX J SSMP Program Audit Documents Appendix J includes the following: J-1 Procedure for Audit Form J-2 Audit Form Revision Date: 0811312009 APPENDIX K Communication Program Documents Appendix K includes the following: K-1 Water Service Division WDR Awareness Program PowerPoint Presentation K-2 Sanitary Sewer Systems Regulations/Waste Discharge Requirement PowerPoint Presentation (Governing Board/PUC/City Council) K-3 Two Newsletters Preventing FOG in the Pipes and Not Flushing Medications Down the Sewer K-4 FOG Outreach Program - Marketing Objective and Strategy Revision Date: 0811312009 APPENDIX A SSMP Development Plan and Schedule Appendix A includes the following: A-1 Lodi's SSMP Development Plan and Implementation Schedule A-2 Lodi's SSMP Implementation Schedule Revision Date: 08/13/2009 A-1 City of Lodi SSMP Work Plan and Schedule The Sewer System Management Plan, also called an SSMP, work plan and schedule is developed to support the City's SSMP goals and strategies. The work plan is a detailed tactical action plan with activities, schedules, and resources to implement the SSMP. The SSMP work plan and schedule is also one the first required deliverables to comply with the Statewide General Waste Discharge Requirements (GWDRs) for Sanitary Sewer Systems, Water Quality Order No. 2006- 0003 (Sanitary Sewer Order) adopted by State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) on May 2,2006. Goals Table 1 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the SSMP Goals. Table 1- Goals Formally adopt SSMP goals to provide a plan and schedule 11/02/07 K. Gaither to properly manage, operate, and maintain all parts of the sanitary sewer system to help reduce and prevent SSOs as well as mitigate any SSOs that do occur Organization Table 2 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Organization. The Public Works Department has the primary responsibility for compliance with the state order. The Public Works Director is Richard Prima; the tasks associated with the compliance are shared between the Water Services Division and the Engineering Division. The manger for the Water Services Division is Charles E Swimley Jr.; the Manager for the Engineering Division is F. Wally Sandelin; the superintendent for the Water Services Division is Vacant. Kevin Gaither is the Water Services Technician and is assigned as the project manager for the development of the Sanitary Sewer Management Plan (SSMP). Table 2 - Organization Identify the name of the responsible or authorized 11/02/07 K. Gaither representative Identifythe names and telephone numbers for management, 11/02/07 K. Gaither administrative, and maintenance positions responsiblefor discharges into its sanitary sewer system implementing specific measures in the SSMP program 5/02/09 K. Gaither possesses the necessary legal authority to require that Identify the chain of communicationfor reporting SSOs, from 11/02/07 K. Gaither receipt of a complaint or other information, including the Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City person responsiblefor reporting SSOs to the State and possesses the necessary legal authority to ensure access for Regional Water Board and other agencies owned or maintained by the PublicAgency; Legal Authority Table 3 presents the plan for meeting the GVWDR requirements for the Legal Authority. Table 3 — Legal Authority M -0 E I Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City --- --- I I 5/02/09 K. Gaither possesses the necessary legal authority to prevent illicit discharges into its sanitary sewer system Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City 5/02/09 K. Gaither possesses the necessary legal authority to require that sewers and connections be properly designed and constructed; Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City 5/02/09 K. Gaither possesses the necessary legal authority to ensure access for maintenance, inspection, or repairs for portions of the lateral owned or maintained by the PublicAgency; Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City 5/02/09 K. Gaither possesses the necessary legal authority to limit the discharge of fats, oils, and grease and other debris that may cause blockages, and Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City 5/02/09 K. Gaither possesses the necessary legal authority to enforce any violation of its sewer ordinances Operation and Maintenance Program Table 4 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Operation and Maintenance Program. Table 4 — Operation and Maintenance Program 00 0 Document design and construction standards and -_ Include an up-to-date map of the sanitary sewer system 5/02/09 W. Sandelin Describe routine preventive operation and maintenance 5/02/09 K. Gaither activities by staff and contractors testing the installation of new sewers Develop a rehabilitation and replacement plan to identify and 5/02/09 K. Gaither prioritize system deficiencies and implement short-term and long-term rehabilitation actions to address each deficiency including regularvisual and TV inspections of manholes and sewer pipes Provide training on a regular basis for staff insanitary sewer 5/02/09 K. Gaither system operations and maintenance Provide equipment and replacement part inventories 5/02/09 K. Gaither Design and Performance Provisions Table 5 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Design and Performance Provisions. Table 5 —Design and Performance Provisions 1 0 Document design and construction standards and 8/02/09 W. Sandelin specifications for the installation of new sanitary sewer systems Document procedures and standards for inspecting and 8/02/09 W. Sandelin testing the installation of new sewers Overflow Emergency Response Plan (OERP) Table 6 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Overflow Emergency Response Plan. Table 6 — Overflow Emergency Response Plan Documentthat the Overflow Emergency Response Plan 5/02/09 K. Gaither (OERP) contains proper notification procedures so that the primary responders and regulatory agencies are informed of all SSOs in a timely manner Documentthat the OERP contains a program to ensure an 5/02/09 K. Gaither appropriate response to all overflows; Document that the OERP contains proceduresto ensure 5/02/09 K. Gaither prompt notification to appropriate regulatory agencies and other potentially affected entities of all SSOs that potentially affect public health or reach the waters of the State in accordance with the GWDR Monitoring and Reporting Program (MRP). Documentthat the OERP identifies the officials who will receive immediate notification Document that the OERP contains procedures to ensure that 5/02/09 K. Gaither appropriate staff and contractor personnel are aware of and Follow the OERP and are appropriately trained Documentthat the OERP contains proceduresto address 5/02/09 K. Gaither emergency operations such as traffic and crowd control Document that the OERP contains a program to ensure that 5/02/09 K. Gaither all reasonable steps are taken to contain and prevent the discharge of untreated and partially treated wastewater to 'Naters of the United States and to minimize or correct any adverse impact on the environment resulting from the SSOs, including such accelerated or additional monitoring as may be necessary to determine the nature and impact of the discharge Fats, Oils, and Grease (FOG) Control Program Table 7 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the FOG Control Program. Table 7 — FOG Control Program Evaluate the City's service area to determine whether a FOG 5/02/09 K. Gaither control program is needed. If FOG is found to be a problem, prepare and implement a FOG source control program to reduce the amount of these substances discharged to the sanitary sewer system. This Dlan shall include the followina as appropriate • An implementation plan and schedule for a public 5/02/09 K. Gaither education outreach program that promotes proper disposal of FOG • A plan and schedule for the disposal of FOG generated 5/02/09 K. Gaither within the sanitary sewer system service area • The legal authority to prohibit discharges to the system 5/02/09 K. Gaither and identify measures to prevent SSOs and blockages caused by FOG 0 Requirementsto install grease removal devices, design 5/02/09 K. Gaither standards for the removal devices, maintenance requirements, BMP requirements, record keeping and reporting requirements a Authority to inspect grease producing facilities, 5/02/09 K. Gaither enforcement authorities and sufficient staff to inspect and enforce the FOG ordinance a Identification of sanitary sewer system sections subject to 5/02/09 K. Gaither FOG blockages and establishment of a cleaning maintenance schedule for each section D Development and implementation of source control 5/02/09 K. Gaither measuresfor all sources of FOG discharged to the sanitary sewer system System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan Table 8 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan. Table 8 — System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan Prepare and implementa capital improvementplan (CIP)that 8/02/09 W. Sandelin will provide hydraulic capacity of key sanitary sewer system elements for dry weather peak flow conditions, as well as the appropriate design storm or wet weather event. At a minimum, the plan must include: • Evaluation: Actions needed to evaluate those portions of 8/02/09 1 W. Sandelin the sanitary sewer system that are experiencing or Responsible contributing to an SSO discharge caused by hydraulic K. Gaither Develop and maintain relevant information that can be used to establish and prioritize appropriate SSMP activities deficiency 8/02/09 K. Gaither • Design Criteria: Where design criteria do not exist or 8/02/09 W. Sandelin are deficient, undertake the evaluation identified above to 8/02/09 K. Gaither establish appropriate design criteria 81021N K. Gaidw • Capacity Enhancement Measures: Establish a short- 8/02/09 W. Sandelin and long-term CIP to address identified hydraulic deficiencies, including prioritization, alternatives analysis, and schedules. The (XP shall include an implementation schedule and shall identify sources of funding. • Schedule: Develop a schedule of completion dates for 8/02/09 W. Sandelin all portions of the capital improvement program. Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications Table 9 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications. Table 9 — Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications ctivities Responsible 8/02/09 K. Gaither Develop and maintain relevant information that can be used to establish and prioritize appropriate SSMP activities Develop and monitorthe implementation and, where appropriate, measure the effectiveness of each element cf the SSMP 8/02/09 K. Gaither Assess the success of the preventative maintenance program 8/02/09 K. Gaither Update program elements, as appropriate, based on monitoring or performance evaluations 8/02/09 K. Gaither Identify and illustrate SSO trends, including: frequency, location, and volume 81021N K. Gaidw Program Audits Table 10 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the SSMP Program Audits. Table 10 - Program Audits Conduct periodic internal audits, appropriate to the size of the 8/02/09 K. Gaither system and the number of SSOs. At a minimum, these audits must occur every two years and a report must be prepared and kept on file. Communication Program Table 11 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Communication Program. Table 11- Communication Program Communicate on a regular basis with the public on the 8/02/09 K. Gaither development, implementation, and performance of its SSMP. The communication system shall provide the public the opportunity to provide input as the program is developed and implemented. Also create a plan of communication with systems that are tributary and/or satellite to the City's sanitary sewer system A-2 City of Lodi SSMP Implementation Schedule The Sewer System Management Plan, also called an SSMP, implementation schedule is developed to support the City's SSMP goals. The implementation schedule is an action plan with activities, schedules, and resources estimated to implement the SSMP. Goals Table 1 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the SSMP Goals. Table 1- Goals Formallyadopt SSMP goals to provide a plan and schedule 11/02/07 K. Gaither to properly manage, operate, and maintain all parts of the sanitary sewer system to help reduce and prevent SSOs as well as mitigate any SSOs that do occur Organization Table 2 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Organization. The Public Works Department has the primary responsibility for compliance with the state order. The Public Works Director is Richard Prima; the tasks associated with the compliance are shared between the Water Services Division and the Engineering Division. The manger for the Water Services Division is Charles E Swimley Jr.; the Manager for the Engineering Division is F. Wally Sandelin; the superintendent for the Water Services Division is Vacant. Kevin Gaither is the Water Services Technician and is assigned as the project manager for the development of the Sanitary Sewer Management Plan (SSMP). Table 2 - Organization Identify the names and telephone numbers for management, 11/02/07 K. Gaither administrative, and maintenance positions responsiblefor implementing specific measures in the SSMP program Identify the chain of communication for reporting SSOs, from 11/02/07 K. Gaither receipt of a complaint or other information, including the person responsiblefor reporting SSOs to the State and Regional Water Board and other agencies Legal Authority Table 3 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Legal Authority. Table 3 —Legal Authority AetiAtiQs Flan Date Responsible Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City 5/02/09 K. Gaither possessesthe necessary legal authorityto prevent illicit discharges into its sanitary sewer system Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City 5/02/09 K. Gaither possesses the necessary legal authority to require that sewers and connections be properly designed and constructed; Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City 5/02/09 K. Gaither possesses the necessary legal authority to ensure access for maintenance, inspection, or repairs for portions of the lateral owned or maintained by the PublicAgency; Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City 5/02/09 K. Gaither possessesthe necessary legal authorityto limitthe discharge of fats, oils, and grease and other debris that may cause blockages, and Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City 5/02/09 K. Gaither possesses the necessary legal authority to enforce any violation of its sewer ordinances Operation and Maintenance Program Table 4 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Operation and Maintenance Program. Table 4 — Operation and Maintenance Program Include an up-to-date map of the sanitary sewer system 1 5/02/09 1 W. Sandelin Describe routine preventive operation and maintenance 5/02/09 K. Gaither activities by staff and contractors Develop a rehabilitation and replacement plan to identify and 5/02/09 K. Gaither prioritize system deficiencies and implement short-term and long-term rehabilitation actions to address each deficiency including regular visual and TV inspections of manholes and sewer pipes Providetraining on a regular basis for staff in sanitary sewer 5/02/09 K. Gaither system operations and maintenance Provide equipment and replacement part inventories 5/02/09 K. Gaither Design and Performance Provisions Table 5 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Design and Performance Provisions. Table 5 — Design and Performance Provisions Activities Plan Date Responsib Document design and construction standards and 8/02/09 W. Sandelin specifications for the installation of new sanitary sewer systems Document procedures and standards for inspecting and 8/02/09 W. Sandelin testing the installation of new sewers Overflow Emergency Response Plan (OERP) Table 6 presents the plan for meeting the GVWDR requirements for the Overflow Emergency Response Plan. Table 6 — Overflow Emergency Response Plan Document that the Overflow Emergency Response Plan 5/02/09 K. Gaither (OERP) contains proper notification procedures so that the primary responders and regulatory agencies are informed d all SSOs in a timely manner Documentthat the OERP contains a program to ensure an 5/02/09 K. Gaither appropriate response to all overflows; Document that the OERP contains proceduresto ensure 5/02/09 K. Gaither prompt notification to appropriate regulatory agencies and other potentially affected entities of all SSOs that potentially affect public health or reach the waters of the State in accordance with the GWDR Monitoring and Reporting Program (MRP). Document that the OERP identifiesthe officials who will receive immediate notification Document that the OERP contains proceduresto ensure that 5/02/09 K. Gaither appropriate staff and contractor personnel are aware of and follow the OERP and are appropriately trained Document that the OERP contains procedures to address 5/02/09 K. Gaither emergency operations such as traffic and crowd control Document that the OERP contains a program to ensure that 5/02/09 K. Gaither all reasonable steps are taken to contain and prevent the discharge of untreated and partially treated wastewater to waters of the United States and to minimize or correct any adverse impact on the environment resulting from the SSOs, including such accelerated or additional monitoring as may be necessaryto determine the nature and impact of the discharge Fats, Oils, and Grease (FOG) Control Program Table 7 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the FOG Control Program. Table 7 —FOG Control Program 1Evaluate the City's service area to determine whether a FOG 6/1/10 K. Gaither (,ontrol program is needed. If FOG is found to be a problem, prepare and implement FOG source control program to i educe the amount of these substances discharged to the ,;anitary sewer system. This plan shall include the following as appropA& e 6/1/10 An implementation plan and schedule for a public education outreach program that promotes proper K. Gaither disposal of FOG 6/1/10 K. Gaither • A plan and schedule for the disposal of FOG generated within the sanitary sewer system service area • The legal authority to prohibit discharges to the system 6/1/10 K. Gaither and identify measuresto prevent SSOs and blockages caused by FOG • Requirementsto install grease removal devices, design 6/1/10 K. Gaither standards for the removal devices, maintenance requirements, BMP requirements, record keeping and reporting requirements • Authority to inspect grease producing facilities, 6/1/10 K. Gaither enforcement authorities and sufficient staff to inspect and enforce the FOG ordinance • Identification of sanitary sewer system sections subject to 6/1/10 K. Gaither FOG blockages and establishment of a cleaning maintenance schedule for each section • Development and implementation of source control 6/1/10 K. Gaither measuresfor all sources of FOG discharged to the sanitary sewer system System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan Table 8 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan. Table 8 — System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan Prepare and implement a capital improvement plan (CIP) that 8/02/09 W. Sandelin will provide hydraulic capacity of key sanitary sewer system elements for dry weather peak flow conditions, as well as the appropriate design storm or wet weather event. At a minimum, the plan must include: • Evaluation: Actions needed to evaluate those portions of 8/02/09 W. Sandelin the sanitary sewer system that are experiencing or contributing to an SSO discharge caused by hydraulic deficiency • Design Criteria: Where design criteria do not exist or 1/l/10 W. Sandelin are deficient, undertake the evaluation identified above to establish appropriate design criteria • Capacity Enhancement Measures: Establish a short- 3/1/10 W. Sandelin and long-term CIP to address identified hydraulic deficiencies, including prioritization, alternatives analysis, and schedules. The CIP shall include an implementation schedule and shall identify sources of funding. • Schedule: Develop a schedule of completion dates for 3/1/10 W. Sandelin all portions of the capital improvement program. Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications Table 9 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications. Table 9 — Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications Develop and maintain relevant information that can be used to establish and prioritize appropriate SSMP activities Develop and monitor the implementation and, where appropriate, measure the effectiveness of each element of the SSMP Assess the success of the preventative maintenance program Update program elements, as appropriate, based on monitoring or performance evaluations 3/1/10 1 K. Gaither 3/1/10 1 K. Gaither 3/1/10 1 K. Gaither 3/1/10 1 K. Gaither Identify and illustrate SSO trends, including: frequency, 3/1/10 K. Gaither location, and volume Program Audits Table 10 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the SSMP Program Audits. Table 10 - Program Audits Conduct periodic internal audits, appropriate to the size of the 6/1/10 K. Gaither system and the number of SSOs. At a minimum, these audits must occur every two years and a report must be prepared and kept on file. Communication Program Table 11 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Communication Program. Table 11- Communication Program Communicate on a regular basis with the public on the 1/1/10 K. Gaither development, implementation, and performance of its SSMP. The communication system shall provide the public the opportunity to provide input as the program is developed and implemented. Also create a plan of communication with systems that are tributary and/or satellite to the City's sanitary sewer system APPENDIX B Organization Documents Appendix B includes the following: B-1 Contact List -Personnel Responsible for SSMP Elements B-2 Contact List - Personnel Responsible for SSO Reporting B-3 Contact List —Personnel Responsible for Responding to SSOs Weekly Standby Revision Date: 0811312009 General Position Description - SSMP Responsibilities: City Council: The City Council is the elected governing board of the City. Members are elected "at - large" through regular elections. The city, a municipal corporation, consists of all the territory within the boundaries thereof, and all territory outside the boundaries thereof over which it has jurisdiction or control by virtue of any constitutional or statutory provision. The City Council is responsible for approving budgets and setting policy. City Manager: The City Manager has the responsibility of management of all City Departments and all hiring of personnel, and conducts the upper level management and business of the City. City Attorney: Receives policy direction from the City Council and acts as legal advisor and counsel to the City Council., City Manager, and City Departments and represents the City in litigation against the City. Public Works Director: The Public Works Director is responsible to plan, organize, direct, and review the activities and operations of the Public Works Department. This includes the following utilities: Wastewater and Water, and other divisions: Engineering, Streets and Drainage, Fleet and Facilities Maintenance, Transportation, and Construction. The Public Works Director is the Legally Responsible Official (LRO) in the WDR. City Engineer/Deputy Public Works Director: The City Engineer is responsible for the Design and Performance standards and for the Capacity Assurance Plan Water Services Manager: Has overall responsibility for the management and oversight of the entire Water and WW Utilities. Oversees revenue and expenses, along with operation and maintenance of the Water Pollution Control Facility, Wastewater Collection System and Drinking Water System for the City. Has overall responsibility for the Sanitary Sewer Overflow Emergency Response Plan (SSORP), the F O G Control Program, Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications, Periodic Audits, and the Communication Program. Overall responsibility for reporting SSOs to the State and Regional Water Board and other agencies when applicable. Water/Wastewater Superintendent: Overall responsibility for the operation and maintenance of the Water Utility and the Wastewater Collection System. As needed will report SSOs to the State and Regional Water Board and other agencies when applicable. Water Services Technician: Performs technical duties such as mapping, drafting, and data management. Has responsibility for reporting as assigned. As needed will report SSOs to the State and Regional Water Board and other agencies when applicable. Laboratory Services Supervisor: Oversees the water/wastewater laboratory activities and the environmental compliance program, and prepares regulatory compliance reports. As part of the industrial waste program, oversees the pretreatment and FOG inspection programs. Environmental Compliance Inspector: Ensures that the City's Industrial Pretreatment Program is in compliance with local, State and Federal requirements. Performs FOG related inspections. Water/Wastewater Supervisor: Is responsible for the day-to-day supervision of the WW Utility Maintenance Workers in the areas of Closed -Circuit Television (CCTV) and system cleaning. Ensures that written SSO and maintenance reports are completed. Water/Wastewater Maintenance Worker 111:Responsible to ensure that the crews carry out the work assigned to them by the Supervisor. Each of the following crews is assigned one or two Maintenance Workers: Construction, Service Maintenance, and Wastewater Clean/TV. As needed, will record field data for SSO reports. Water/Wastewater Maintenance Worker I and Maintenance Worker II -: Responsible to carry out tasks and duties assigned by the Water/Wastewater Maintenance Worker III. Performs the CCTV inspections and, sewer cleaning. As needed, will record field data for SSO reports. Senior Plant and Equipment Mechanic: Oversees the operation and maintenance of the sewer lift stations including inspections, routine maintenance, trouble shooting and repairs. 08/13/2009 Senior Plant and Equipment Mechanic: Operates and maintains of the sewer lift stations including inspections, routine maintenance, trouble shooting and repairs. As needed, will record field data for SSO reports. Utility Control Operator: Answers and dispatches customer calls, generates and closes out utility service reports. 11 Administrative Support Staff:Answer and dispatch customer call as needed. 08/13/2009 City Manager: Blair King, 209-333-6700 City Attorney: Stephen Schwabauer, 209-333-6701 Public Works Director: 209-333-6706 City Engineer/Deputy Public Works Director: F. Wally Sandelin, 209-333-6706 Water Services Manager: Charles Swimley, 209-333-6740 Water/Wastewater Superintendent: Frank Beeler, 209-333-6740 Water Services Technician: Kevin Gaither, 209-333-6740 Laboratory Services Supervisor: Michael Schafer, 209-333-6749 Environmental Compliance Inspectors: Brian Longpre, Brian Bock, 209-333-6749 Water/Wastewater Supervisors: Martin Jones, Richard Lenfestey, Chris Knoll, 209-333-6740 Water/Wastewater Maintenance Worker 111: Dave Towne, Rodney Olsen, John Flores, Thomas Gabriel, Lester Smith, 209-333-6740 * ® Water/Wastewater Maintenance Worker I and Maintenance Worker Il, Jason R. Burkland, David Delbarba, Nathan Shropshire, Thomas Rodriguez, 209-333-6740 * Senior Plant and Equipment Mechanic: Ronald Stawski, 209-333-6740 Senior Plant and Equipment Mechanic: William Cooper, Jason A. Burkland, Ken Capitanich,John Croce, 209-333-6740 ® Utility Control Operators: Abel Palacio (Supervisor), 209-368-5738, or 209-333-6767 Administrative Support Staff: Diana Gonzales (Supervisor), 209-333-6740 * See attached call -out list for emergency numbers. 08/13/2009 City of Lodi chain of communication for reporting an SSO #1 all reports are received by Lodi control and relayed to the water services division. Primary Staff member: Able Palecio Utility operations Supervisor Backup staff member: Bob Anderson Utility Service operator II Backup staff member: Pat Novinger Utility Service operator II Backup staff member: Rod Brown Utility Service operator 11 Backup staff member: Mark Verbiski Utility Service operator II #2 Calls from Lodi control are received by water services division administrative staff. Primary staff member: Diana Gonzales Office Supervisor Backup staff member: Michelle Niemantsverdriet Senior Administrative Clerk Backup staff member: Sharnay Moultre Administrative Clerk 43 documented calls from administrative staff members are given to water supervisors: Primary staff member: Martin Jones Water/Wastewater Supervisor Backup staff: Richard Lindfestey Water/Wastewater Supervisor Backup staff member: Chris Knoll Water/Wastewater Supervisor #4 Calls from the administrative staff are dispatched by the supervisors to water/wastewater maintenance workers who respond to the spills and are responsible for documenting the initial spill report. Primary staff members: All w/ww maintenance staff members are trained and respond to spills. Back staff members: All w/ww maintenance staff members are trained and respond to spills #5 initial reports are reviewed and signed by a water/wastewater supervisor and forwarded to the water/wastewater superintendent for the remainder of the reporting to all applicable state agencies except the on line reporting step. A copy of the finalized signed spill report is forwarded to the water services technician for the final posting to the states online reporting web site. Primary staff member: Vacant Water/Wastewater Superintendent Backup staff member: Kevin Gaither Water Services Technician Backup staff member: Charlie Swimley Water Services Manager 6-3 CALLOUT LIST : WATERIWAS'TEWATER WATENWASTEWATER SERVICE Name JASON BURKLAND DAVE DEL -BARBA DAVE TOWNE THOMAS RODRIGUEZ CHRIS KNOLL RON STAWSKI KEN CAPITANICH JOHN CROCE JR. GEORGEDUNCAN LESTER SMITH RODNEY OLSEN TOM GABRIEL BOBBY BURKLAND BILL COOPER JOHN FLORES NATHAN SHROPSHIRE WA TER OEA S TE WA TER TECH Name JASON BURKLAND CHRIS KNOLL RON STAWSKI KEN CAPITANICH JOHN CROCE JR. BILL COOPER RICHARD LENFESTEY KELLY POWERS WATER/WASTEWA TER ASST Name JOSE FLORES DOMINIC WILLIAMS GEORGEAGNEW APPENDIX C Legal Authority Documents Appendix C includes the following: C-1 Pretreatment Program Enforcement Response Plan - TOC c-2 Municipal Codes c-3 Sanitary Sewer Design c-4 Sanitary Sewer System Construction C-5 Joint Exercise of Powers Agreement C-6 City and City Inter -Agency agreement Revision Date: 08/13/2009 c-2 ORDINANCE NO. 1501 AN ORDINANCE CF THE LODI CITY COUNCIL REPEALING LODI MUNICIPAL CCCE CHAPTER 13.12 - MAER SERVICE - AND REENACTINGA NEW ORDINANCE RELATING TO SEWER SERVICE BE IT ORDAINED BY THE LODI CITY COUNCIL AS FOLLOWS SECTION 1. Lodi Municipal Code Chapter 13.12, Sewer Service, is repealed in its entirety and a new ordinance relating to sewer service is reenacted as follows: di Mun,1.cipi,,LG 4€ I 511 l P s: i 0 Cha ter 13.12 SER SERVICE Sections: Article I. General Provisions 13.12.010 Purpose and policy. 13.12.020 Definitions. Article 11. Discharge Restrictions 13.12.030 Prohibited discharges. 13.12.040 Storm drainage and groundwater. 13.12.050 Unpolluted water. 13.12.060 Septic tanks. 13.12.070 Radioactive wastes. 13.12.080 Garbage grinders. 13.12.090 Direct discharge—Use of service sewer. 13.12.100 Holding tank waste. 13.12.110 Restricted discharges. 13,12,115 Grease, oil, and sand interceptors. 13.12.120 Federal industrial requirements. 13.12.130 Industrial waste permits. 13.12.140 Other legal restrictions. 13.12.150 Connections outside city. 13.12.160 Screening of industrial waste. Article 111. Service Charges and Connection Fees 13.12.170 Classification. 13.12.180 Domestic system service charges. 13.12.190 Domestic system connection fees. 13.12.200 Industrial system service charqes. 13.12.210 Industrial system connection fees. 13. 12.215 Adjustments and additions. 13.12.220 Storm drain and cooling water service charges. 13.12. 225 Storm drainage impact fee. 13.12 230 Holding tank waste charges. 13.12 240 Charges and fees. 13.12 245 Schedule of charges and fees. 13.12 250 Billing and collections. 13.12 260 Appeals. ArtJ..cle IV. Construction Generally. 13.12.270 Permit. 13.12.280 Design standards. 13.12,290 Application for service. Article V. Extensions 13.12.300 Purpose. 13.12.310 Application. 13.12.320 Applicant's obligation. 13.12.330 Extension for full frontac4e width 13.12.340 Minimum diameter. 13.12.350 Reimbursement—Application. lb El 11 13.12.360 Reimbursement —Agreement. 1:3 , 12 . 370 Reimbursement—oversize mains. 13.12.380 Reimbursement—City eligibility. 13.12.390 Reimbursement— Payment. 13.12.400 Reimbursement —Entitlement letter. 13.12.410 Reimbursement —Unclaimed. Article VI. Administration 13.12,420 Discharge reports. 13.12.430 Discharge permit —Required. 13.12.440 Discharge permit—Optional. 13.12.450 Discharge} ermit_AppLication. 13.12.460 Discharge permit Conditions. 13.12.470 Discharge permit _Term—Changes—Renewal. 13.12.480 Discharge permit_ Transfer. 13.12.490 Discharge permit—Suspension. 13.12.500 Discharge permit—Revocation, 13.12.510 Monitoring facilities. 13.12,520 Inspection, sampling, monitoring and analysis, 13.12.530 Accidental discharge prevention. 13.12.540 Confidential information. 13.12.550 special agreements. Article VII.Enfoxcement 13.12.560 Accidental discharge notice. 13.12.570 Cease and desist order. 13.12.580 Compliance timetable. 13.12.590 Appeals. 13.12.600 Liability. 13.12.610 Injunction. 13.12.620 Damage to sewerage system Charge. 13.12.630 Civil penalties. 13.12.640 Termination of service. 13.12.650 Public notice of violation. Article I. General Provisions 13.12.010 Purpose and policy. These wastewater discharge regulations set uniform requirements for discharges of domestic, industrial waste and storm drainage water into the city sewerage system to enable the city to comply with the administrative provisions of the Clean Water Grant Regulations, water quality requirements set by the Regional Water Quality Control Board and the applicable effluent limitations, national standards of performance, toxic and pretreatment effluent standards, and any other discharge criteria which are required or authorized by state or federal law, and to derive the maximum public benefit by regulating the quality and quantity of wastewater discharged into those systems. (Priorcode § 20-1) 4 13.12.020 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined in this chapter, terms shall be as adopted in the latest edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, published by the American Public Health Association, the American Water Works Association, and the Water Pollution Control Federation. Waste constituents and characteristics shall be measured by the approved methods as defined below. The following words shall have these meaning(s),, 1. "Approved methods" means the analytical methods listed in the Federal Register 40 CFR Part 136, unless expressly stated, or as established by federal or state regulatory agencies. 2. "Bedroom(s)" means room(s) of a residential user designed or used primarily for sleeping purposes, as determined by the city, based on criteria such as those rooms having closets. 3. "Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD)" means the amount of dissolved oxygen required to meet the metabolic needs of aerobic microorganisms in water containing organic matter as determined by approved methods and, unless otherwise noted, exerted in a period of five days at twenty degrees Celsius. 4. "By-pass" means an intentional diversion of waste or wastewater from any portion of an industrial users treatment facility. 5. "Chemical oxygen demand (COD) " means the oxygen equivalent of that portion in a sample that is susceptible to oxidation by a strong chemical oxidant as determined by approved methods 6. "Commercial user" means any user of the sewerage system except those specifically classified as residential user or industrial user. 7, "Community sewer or collection system" means a sewer owned and operated by the city tributary to the treatment plant. It includes, but is not limited to sanitary and industrial, pumping stations, syphons, canal crossings, manholes, and sewers leading from the property line or easement line to the collection sewer. a. "Compatible pollutant" means biochemical oxygen demand, suspended solids, and fecal coliform bacteria, plus additional pollutants identified in the city's National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)permit. 9. "Connection fee" means a charge, as described in this chapter, levied on new construction. The fee is normally paid at the time of issuance of a building permit. 10. "Contamination" means an impairment of the quality of the receiving waters by waste to a degree which creates a hazard to the public health through poisoning or through the spread of disease. 11. "Critical user" means a user who is required to obtain a permit, as defined in Article VI of this chapter. 12. "Dissol�ied solids" means residue upon evaporation of water after filtration as determined by approved methods. Also termed "total dissolved solids" or "TDS ," 13. "Domestic sewage" means the waterborne wastes derived from the ordinary living processes and of such character as to permit k satisfactory disposal, without special treatment, into the community sewer. 14. "Domestic system" means a portion of the sewerage system and treatment facility used primarily for domestic sewage. 15. "Employee" means, for "unit of measure" purposes, the total number of all classifications of employees from all shifts that physically work at the site producing the wastewater discharge. Temporary or part time employees shall be prorated to their time equivalent to a full time employee. 16. "Federal Act or Federal Regulations" means the federal Water Pollution Control Act, PL 92-500, and any amendments thereto; as well as any guidelines, limitations and standards promulgated by the Environmental Protection Agency pursuant to the Act including the Federal Register, 40 CFR Subchapter IV for pretreatment regulations and the Federal Clean Water Act. 17. "Fixed total dissolved solids" means residue upon evaporation of water and heating to five hundred and fifty degrees centigrade after filtration as determined by approved methods. 18. "Gpd or gpd" means gallons per day. 19. "High strength user" means a user with discharge volume in excess of 0.2 MGY or a daily average waste strength in excess of the limitations in Section 13.12.110 or in excess of three hundred milligrams per liter BOD and/or three hundred milligrams per liter SS and/or nine hundred milligrams per liter COD or as determinedby the public works director. 20. "Holding tank waste" means any domestic waste from holding tanks, contained in vessels, chemical toilets, campers, trailers, septic tanks, vacuum tank trucks, or other stationary or mobile sources. 21. "Industrial system" means the portion of the sewerage system used primarily for industrial waste which discharges directly to the ponding and irrigation system at the treatment plant. 22. "Industrial user" means a user who discharges industrial waste to the sewerage system. Any user of a publicly -owned treatment works identified in the U.S. Standard Industrial Classification Manual, 1987, under the following divisions: Division A Agriculture, Forestry, and Fishing Division 8 Mining Division D Manufacturing Division E Transportation, Communications, Electric, Gas and Sanitary Service Division I Services A user in these divisions may be excluded from the industrial user category if the discharge is essentially domestic sewage. See also "User" 23. "Industrial waste" means the waterborne waste and wastewater from any production, manufacturing or processing operation of whatever nature, including institutional and 4 commercial operations, where water is used for the removal of significant quantities of waste other than from human habitation of premises connected to the domestic or industrial sewers. Contents of chemical toilets, septic tanks, waste holding tanks and waste sumps shall be classed as industrial waste. 24. "Interference" means the inhibition or disruption of the sewer system, treatment processes or operations of the treatment plant which contributes to the violation of its discharge requirements including inhibition or disruption of sludge disposal practices or compliance with any of the statutory authorities listed in the Federal Register 40 CFR Part 403.3(i). 25. "mgd or MGD" is the abbreviation for million gallons per day. 26. "VIGY" is the abbreviation for million gallons per year. 21. "Mass emission rate" means the weight of material discharged to the sewerage system during a given time interval. Unless otherwise specified, the mass emission rate shall mean pounds per day of a particular constituent or combination of constituents. 28. "Moderate strength user" means users with a wastewater strength of less than three hundred milligrams per liter of BOD and SS and having a moderate waste flow less than 0.2 MGY. 29. "Natural outlet" means any outlet into a watercourse, ditch, pond, lake or other body or surface or groundwater. 30. "New source" means an industrial user discharging or planning to discharge from a source at which: 1) Construction is carried out at a site at which no other source is located, 2) Construction totally replaces the process or production equipment that produces the wastewater at an existing source, or 3) The wastewater producing process constructed Is substantially independent of an existing source at the same site. 31. "Nuisance" means anything which is injurious to health, or is offensive to the senses, or an obstruction to the free use of property so as to interfere with the comfort or enjoyment of life or property, or which affects at the same time an entire community or neighborhood or any considerable number of persons, although the extent of the annoyance or damage inflicted upon individualsmay be unequal. 32. "Pass through" means the introduction of a pollutant by a user into the sewerage system which leaves the treatment plant in quantities or concentrations that alone or in conjunction with other sources, cause a violation of the city's discharge requirements. 33. "Permit" means wastewater discharge permit issued by the public works department. 34. "Person" means any individual, partnership, firm, association, corporation or public agency, including the state of California and the United States of America. 35. 'iji" means the logarithm of the reciprocal of the hydrogen-ion activity in moles per liter of solution as determined by approved methods. 5 36. "Pollutant" means any substance which can cause pollution. 31. "Pollution" means an alteration of the quality of the receiving waters by waste to a degree which unreasonably affects such waters for beneficial use or facilities which serve such beneficial uses. Pollution may include, but not be limited to, contamination. 38. "pretreatment"means the treatment or flow limitation of industrial wastes prior to discharge to the city sewerage system. 39. "Private sewer, building sewer or house service sewer" means that part of the building sewer beginning at the junction thereof with the building plumbing or drainage system and terminating at the property line or at the easement line. 40. "Residential user" means a single-family house or each unit of a duplex, flat, group dwelling, apartment or any other living accommodation which has facilities for sleeping and the preparation of food, whether sanitary facilities connected to the collection system are provided for the occupants thereof, whether or not such sanitary facilities are installed therein or connected thereto; living accommodations designed or used for short-term transient lodging which are rented to other than the controlling occupant of the premises shall be considered as a commercial unit. 41. "Settleable solids"means that portion of matter present in sewage, industrial waste or waters introduced into the storm drains that readily settles out of the carrier liquid in a quiescent state as determined by approved methods. 42. "Sewage" means the waterborne wastes received from human habitation and use of premises for residential, commercial, institutional and industrial purposes. 43. "Sewage service charge" means an regular charge for each user based upon each user's proportional use of the sewerage system. 44. "Sewage service unit or SSU" is defined as each increment of flow equal to the flow from an average two-bedroom residence two hundred and six gallons per day) and having a strength less than three hundred milligrams per liter BOD and SS. 45. "Sewer" means a pipe or conduit which carries sewage and/or industrial wastes and to which storm, surface and groundwaters are not intentionally admitted. When used in this chapter, "sanitary sewer" means those pipelines operated primarily for the collection of domestic sewage. "Industrial sewer" means those pipelines operated primarily for the collection of industrial waste. "Storm sewer" means those pipelines operated primarily for the collection of stormwaters. 46. "Sewerage system" means all works for collecting, pumping, treating, disposing, storing or reclaiming sewage, industrial waste and/or storm water . 47. "Slug" means a sudden large increase or decrease (factorof two or more) from normal waste volume or concentration. 48, "Storm drain system" means any portion of t h e sewerage system used for the conveyance of stormwater or surface or 6 subsurface drainage water. 49. "Suspended solids" or "SS" means that portion of residue present in sewage, industrial waste, or waters introduced into the storm drains that is retained on a filter (nonfilterable)as determined by approved methods. 50. "Treatment plant" means the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility of the city, and includes but is not limited to the domestic sewage treatment facilities, industrial waste treatment facilities, sludge disposal facilities, and irrigatable lands. 51. "Unpolluted water" means water to which no constituent has been added, either intentionally or accidentally, which would render such water unacceptable to the agency having jurisdiction thereof for disposal to the storm drain system or natural drainages or directly to surface waters. 52. "User" means any person that discharges, causes or permits the discharge of wastewater or stormwater into a sewerage system. 53. "Waste" includes sewage and any and all other waste substances, liquid, solid, gaseous, or radioactive, associated with human habitation, or of human or animal origin, or from any producing, washing, manufacturing or processing operation of whatever nature, including such waste placed within containers of whatever nature prior to, and for purposes of, disposal. 54. "Wastewater" means waste and water, whether treated or untreated, discharged into or permitted to enter a sewerage system. 55. "Wastewater constituents and characteristics" means the individual chemical, physical, bacteriological and radiological parameters and such other parameters that serve to define, classify or measure the contents, quality and strength of wastewater as determined by a state certified laboratory,and the volume, rate of flow or other parameters that serve to define quantity. 56. "Wastewater discharge permit" means a permit issued by the city for a user to discharge into a sewerage system. (Priorcode 20-2) Article 11. Discharge Restrictions 13.12.030 Prohibited discharges. No person shall discharge to the sewerage system, natural outlet, street or earth surface, wastes which cause, threaten to cause or are capable of causing either alone or by interaction with other substances any of the following: A. Fire or explosion or injury in any way to the sewerage system or the operation of the treatment plant. Prohibited materials include, but are not limited to, gasoline, kerosene, alcohols, sulfides, or any other substance which causes two consecutive readings on an explosion hazard meter at any point in the sewerage system to be more than five percent (50), or any single reading more than ten percent (10 %) of the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) , B. Obstruction of flow in a sewerage system or injury of the system or damage to the sewerage collection, or treatment facilities by ashes, cinders, sand, mud, grit, straw, offal, shavings, metal, glass, rags, feathers, tar, plastics, wood, sawdust, manure or other solid or viscous substances capable of causing obstruction of the flow or other interference with the proper operation of the sewerage system as determined by the public works director; C. Danger to life or safety of personnel, or emission of chemical contaminants into the atmosphere of any confined space of the sewerage system at levels in excess of Threshold Limit Values (TL\!) established for airborne Contaminants. D. A nuisance or prevention of the effective maintenance or operation of the sewerage system, through having or creating a strong, unpleasant odor; E. Air pollution by the release of toxic or malodorous gases or malodorous gas -producing substances; F. Interference or pass through at the treatment plant affectingwastewater treatment, land disposal, or sludge or scum processing and disposal; G. A detrimental environmental impact or a nuisance in the waters or wastewaters of the state or a condition unacceptable to any public agency having regulatory jurisdiction over the city; H. Discoloration or any other condition in the quality of the city's treatment plant effluent and/or storm system discharge in such a manner that receiving water quality requirements established by law cannot be met by the city; I. Conditions at or near the city's treatment facilities which violate any statute or rule, regulation or ordinance of any public agency of state or federal regulatory body; J. Quantities or rates of flow or pollutants which cause interference or overload the city's sewerage system or treatment facilities or cause excessive city collection or treatment costs or hamper treatment facility operation; K., Pollutants which can cause corrosive structural damage to the sewerage system or treatment facilities, but in no case a PH lower than 5.0 is allowed per federal regulations: L. Any influent to the treatment plant to be over 104 degrees fahrenheit (fortydegrees Celsius) . (Priorcode 5 20-3) 13.12.040 Storm drainage and groundwater. Stormwater, groundwater, rainwater, street drainage, subsurface drainage, roof downspouts, exterior foundation drains, swimming pools, groundwater from cleanup operations, or other sources of drainage water shall not be discharged through direct or indirect connections to a domestic system without a permit issued by the public works department . (Priorcode'S 20-4) 13.12.050 unpolluted water. A. Unpolluted water, including but not limited to, cooling water, process water or blow -down from cooling towers or evaporative coolers shall not be discharged through direct or indirect connection to the community sewer unless a permit is issued by the city. The city may approve the discharge of such water only when no reasonable alternativemethod of disposal is available. B. If a permit is granted for the discharge of such water into the community sewer, the user shall pay the applicable user charges and fees and shallmeet such other conditions as required by the public works director. (Priorcode § 20-5) 13.12.060 Septic tanks. No person shall be permitted to use a septic tank for disposal of wastewater if the property to be served is within one hundred feet of the domestic system. Where such domestic sewer exists and buildings are inhabited or used by human beings, the property oi,,rnez(s) shall install lateral service connection(s) in accordance with this chapter. (Priorcode 20-6) 13.12.070 Radioactive wastes. No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged any radioactive waste into a sewerage system except: A. When the person is authorized to use radioactive materials by the State Department of Health or other governmental agency empowered to regulate the use of radioactive materials; and B. When the waste is discharged in strict conformity with current California Radiation Control Regulations (California Administrative Code, Title 17) and the Atomic Energy Commission regulations and recommendations for safe disposal; and C. When the person is in compliance with all rules and regulations of all other applicable regulatory agencies; and D. When the person is in possession of a permit issued by the city which specifically allows such discharges. (Priorcode C, 20-7) 13.12.080 Garbage grinders. A. Wastes from garbage grinders shall not be discharged into a domestic sewer system except: 1. Wastes generated in normal daily preparation of food by residential users; or 2. Where the user has obtained a permit for that specific use from the city, and agrees to undertake whatever self-monitoring is required to enable the public works director to equitably determine the user charges based on the waste constituents and characteristics. B. Garbage grinders must shred the waste to a degree that all particles will be carried freely under normal flow conditions prevailing in the domestic sewer. Garbage grinders shall not be �9 El El used for grinding plastic, paper products, inert materials oz garden refuse. (Priorcode § 20-8) 13.12.090 Direct discharge—Use of service sewer. No person shall discharge any substances directly into a manhole or other opening in a sewerage system except through an approved private sewer or house service sewer. (Priorcode '15 20-9) i _12.100 Holding tank waste. A user proposing to discharge holding tank domestic waste into a domestic sewer must secure a permit for each separate discharge. This permit shall state the specific location of discharge, the time of day the discharge is to occur, the volume of the discharge, the wastewater constituents and characteristics and origin of such wastes. Holding tank wastes discharged at the treatment plant facilities may be given a discharge permit which would apply to more than one separate discharge at the discretion of the public works director. If a permit is granted for discharge of such waste into the domestic sewer, the user shall pay the applicable user charges and fees and shallmeet such other conditions as required by the public works director. (Priorcode § 20-10) 13.12.110 Restricted discharges. No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged to a sewerage system any of the following without first obtaining a wastewater discharge permit that specifically permits such waste discharge characteristics: A. Discharqe during a daily twenty -four-hour period in excess of fifty thousand gallons; B. Waters or waste with a pH factor lower than 6.5 or higher than 8.5 for more than three hours over a twenty-four hour period; C. Discharges containing metal pickling or etching wastes or plating solutions, whether neutralized or not; D. Any discharge which has an average daily concentration exceeding the following technically based local limits: Maximum Allowable Toxicant Concentration(mg/L) Arsenic 2.5 Cadmium 0.5 Chromium, total 29 Copper 3.0 Cyanide, total 1.4 Lead 4.0 Mercury 0.8 Nickel 13 Silver 2.9 Zinc 3.5 E. Discharges containing phenols or other taste -producing and 10 El j odor -producing substances in concentrations exceeding limits which may be established by the public works director as necessary to meet water quality requirements; F. Discharges to the collection system at temperatures exceeding one hundred sixty degrees Fahrenheit (seventy degrees Celsius) or exceeding one hundred ten degrees Fahrenheit (forty-threedegreesCelsius) for any eight-hour period; G. Materials which exert or cause in the sewerage system or receiving waters unusual concentrations either of inert suspended solids (such as but not limited to, soil solids, fuller's earth, lime slurries, lime residues, plastics, or ash), H. Discharges containing fixed total dissolved solids (such as, but not limited, to sodium chloride, sodium Sulphate, or other inorganic salts) in excess of six hundred milligrams per liter or in such quantities to cause the effluent TDS of the treatment plant to exceed five hundred milligrams per liter. I. Any industrial waste, based upon twenty -four-hour composite sampling, (orother representative sampling when not feasible) containing settleable solids in excess of two hundred milligrams per liter, suspended solids in excess of one thousand milligrams per liter and BOD in excess of one thousandmilligrams per liter. (Priorcode;� 20-11) 13.12.115 Grease, oil, and sand interceptors. Grease, oil, and sand interceptors shall be provided by the discharger when they are necessary for the proper handling of wastes containing grease in excess of one hundred fifty milligrams per liter of animal and vegetable origin and fifty milligrams per liter of mineral origin, or any flammable wastes, sand, grit and other harmful ingredients. All interceptors shall be of a type and capacity approved in writing, prior to installation, by the public works director, and shall be located so as to be readily and easily accessible for cleaning and inspection. Grease and oil interceptors shall be constructed of impervious materials capable of withstanding abrupt and extreme changes in temperature. They shall be of substantial construction, watertight and equipped with easily removable covers which, when bolted in place, are gastight and watertight. Grease and/or oil/.sand interceptors shall be constructed in any place or building having a capacity to serve group meals or commercial and industrial cleaning facilities. Where installed, all grease, oil, sand and grit interceptors shall be maintained by the owners at owner's expense in continuous efficient operation at all times. Materials collected shall not be reintroduced into the sewerage system. Records of all maintenance, cleaning, and hauling of materials shall be maintained by the owner and such records shall be available at all times for inspection by City personnel. 13.12.120 Federal pretreatment requirements. Users in industrial categories subject to the categorical pretreatment standards development by the EPA under the Clean Water Act of 1977 (PL 95 217) 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. are required to achieve limitations based on Best Practical Control Technology (8QT) immediately and Best Available Technology Economically Achievable (BAT)by July 1, 1983 in accordance with Sections 301 and 304. N e w sources are required to comply with New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) based on Best Available Demonstrated Control Technology (BDT)for industrial users in terms of concentration and equivalent mass values. Users must comply with pretreatment standards promulgated pursuant to Section 307 and the Federal register 40 CFR Subchapter IV. Dilution of any discharge may not be used to comply with any pretreatment standards. Categorical industrial users must submit Baseline Monitoring Reports, compliance schedule reports, 90 day compliance reports, and periodic reports on continued compliance as required and such reports must be signed by an authorized representative of the industrial user and be retained for a minimum of three years (orperiod of litigation, whichever is longer) . The city may issue standards more stringent than the federal standards if the public works director determines that the limitations in the federal standards are not sufficient to: A. Protect the operation of the city's treatment facilities; or B. Comply with water quality standards, sludge disposal or effluent limitations specified in the city's National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. C. Meet technically based local limits, which must be calculated per federal pretreatment program guidelines. The city must annually provide public notification of industrial users which during the previous 12 months significantly violated applicable pretreatment standards. (Priorcode § 20-12) 13.12.130 Industrial waste permits. Source control of industrial discharges shall be accomplished by use of a permit and monitoring system as described in this chapter. Discharge of industrial waste from any person within the city o n t o land or to any natural outlet may be permitted only if the discharge complies with all requirements of the regional water quality control board and of all other local, state and federal, laws and regulations. (Priorcode:., 20-13) 13.12.140 Other legal restrictions. Nothing contained in this chapter shall be construed to limit any additional requirements that may be imposed by the County Health Officer, by the Regional Water Quality Control Board, Fish and Game, or by other governmental agencies having jurisdiction. (Prior code 20- 14) 13.12.150 El Connections outside city. No discharge from facilities or properties outside the limits of the city shall be allowed into the sewerage system. (Priorcode§ 20-15) 13.12.160 Screening of industrial waste. No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged to the industrial system an industrial waste that is too large to pass through or, has not been pretreated by being passed through, a screening device with a maximum screen opening of 1.5 millimeters. (Prior code S 20-16) Article 111. Service Charges and Connection Fees 13.12.170 Classification. All users shall be classified for wastewater collection, treatment and disposal purposes in accordance with the principal activity conducted by the person, or the quantity and quality of discharge, as determined by the public works director. The purpose of classification is to facilitate the regulation of wastewater discharge based on quantity and quality of flow, to provide an effective means of industrial waste source control, and to establish a system of sewage service charges and connection fees which will ensure, but not be limited to, the recovery of city capital, operating and maintenance costs in an equitable manner. It is the responsibility of the user to provide the City a reasonable estimation of wastewater quantity and quality, or other applicable units of measure, and any increases thereof, for the purpose of classification and assessment of service charges and connection fees. (Priorcode'5 20-17) 13.12.180 Domestic system service charges. A. Basis. Charges for use of the domestic system shall be determined by the volume, biochemical oxygen demand (BOD)and suspended solids (SS) of wastes discharged. B. Applicability. Those residential, commercial and industrial users whose discharge of wastes classify them as a moderate -strength user and those dischargers of industrial and commercial wastes that classify as high-strength users shall pay charges as determined in this section. Determination of the category for each specific user shall be made by the public works director. C. Moderate -strength Users. All moderate -strength users shall be assigned sewage service units. The minimum sewage service units assigned to any commercial and industrial user shall be 1.0 unit. The cost of treating one sewage service unit is calculated by dividing the total operating, maintenance and capital costs of wastewater facilities allocated to moderate strength users by the total number of units. Service charges for moderate -strength 13 LA users shall be determined by multiplying the cost of one sewage service unit by the number of sewage service uni ts'assi�ned to each user. 1. Residential user sewage service units shall be based upon the number of bedrooms per dwelling units as follows: Number of Sewage Service Bedrooms Units 1 0.75 2 1.00 3 1.25 4 1.50 5 1.75 6 2.00 7 2.25 2. Commercial and industrial user sewage service charges shall be based on the number of sewage service units assigned to each user. The unit of measure for determining the number of sewage service units assigned to each user are as follows: User Description Unit of Measure 1. Meeting place, religious 2. Meeting place, public 3. Hotel, motel without kitchenettes 4 Hotel, motel with kitchenettes S. Veterinary clinic 6. Post office 7. Funeral parlor 8. Service station with service garages 9. Service station without service garages 10. Car wash, automatic bay 11. Car wash, self serve bays 12. School, 8th grade and below 13. High school 14. Eating place, seating only 15. Eating place, seating and take-out, 16. Eating place, "pizza parlor" 17. Eating place, take-out only 18. Lunch truck business 19. Laundry, coin -op., reg. mach. 20. Laundry, coin op., big mach. 21. Comm. laundry and dry cleaning 22. Dentist 'soffice 23. Office, store, warehouse, manufacturer, Doctor's, Chiropractor's and X-ray offices 24. Grocery Store, Supermarket (Having %ieg/fruit or butcher/meat sections) 25. Bar 26. Barber, beauty shop 14 Each 200 seats Each 100 seats Each 3 beds Each unit Each 4 employees Each 15 employees Each 3 employees Each 2.5 pumps Each 7 pumps 20 SSU' z per bay 2 SSU`s per bay Each 20 students Each 15 students Each 10 seats Each 7 seats Each 35 seats Each 5 employees Each 5 employees Each 1.5 machines Each lmachine Each 3 employees Each 5 employees Each 8 employees Each 4 employees Each 20 seats Each 3 workstations 11 27, Hospital, convalescent home Each 3 beds 28. Rest and retirement home Each 3 beds,, 29. Mobile home park Each 1.33 pads 30. RV dump station Each station One sewage service unit shall be assigned to each unit of measure. Fees shall be based on nearest one-tenth sewage service unit except minimum number of sewage service units shall be 1.0. At the discretion of the Public Works Director a commercial user's service charges and/or connection fees may be based on actual wastewater discharge flows estimated by use of an influent water meter or other appropriate means. D. High-strength Users. 1. All high-strength user sewage service charges shall be determined based upon the actual quantity of flow, BOD, and SS discharged annually. The unit cost of collection, treatment and disposal for each characteristic shall be determined and multiplied by the measured wastewater characteristics for each user to develop the annual sewage service charge. 2. The unit cost for each of the characteristics set out in subdivision 1 of this subsection shall be determined by: (a) distributing the total capital, operation and maintenance cost between moderate -strength and high-strength users, (b) proportion the costs for high-strength users among various characteristics, and (c) divide the total cost for each characteristic by the total quantity discharged by the high strength users. 3. The sewage service charge shall be determined by multiplying the unit cost by the quantity of each characteristic. (Priorcodev 20-18) 13.12.190 Domestic system connection fees. The connection fee shall cover the capital cost associated with the wastewater treatment facilities capacitywhich will be utilized by the new discharger. Any actual costs incurred by the city in making the connection shall be separate and in addition to the connection fee described in this section. A. Moderate -strength user connection fees shall be based on a rate per sewage service unit as assigned under Section 13.12.180. The minimum connection fee for a new commercial or industrial user shall be one sewage service unit and additions or modifications shall be prorated to the nearest 0.1 sewage service unit. a, High-strength user connection fees shall be based on a unit rate for flow, BOD and SS. The estimated annual quantities of each characteristic shall be justified to, and approved by, the public works director for the purpose of determining the connection fee. (Priorcode 5 20-19) 15 13.12.200 Industrial system service charges. A. Industrial system sewage service charges shall be determined based upon the actual quantity of flow and BOD discharged annually. The unit cost for each characteristic will be determined annually and multiplied by each user's measured effluent characteristics. The total of the two characteristic fees shall be the annual sewage service charge. B. The unit cost for each characteristic shall be determined by distributing the total operation, maintenance and capital costs to each characteristic at a proportionate rate and dividing each proportionate cost by the total annual quantity of each characteristic discharged to the system. (Prior code 20-20) 13.12.210 Industrial system connection fees. Fees shall be determined on an individual basis by the public works director and shall be, in part, based upon the value of existing capacity to be utilized and/or the cost of providing additional new capacity. The connection fee shall be based on a unit rate for the cost of treating flow and BOD. (Prior code � 20-21) 13.12.215 Adjustments and additions. A. Service charge adjustments. When it is found that a reasonable estimation of wastewater quantity or quality, or other applicable units of measure, have not been used for the assessment of sewage service charges the city has the right to make adjustments as determined by the public works director. Undercharges for the period of incorrect billing up to three years, per California Code of Civil Procedures, Section 338, are due and payable on demand and overcharges will be credited. B. Connection fee adjustments. Any user, after one full year of operating data is available, may request the public works director to make an adjustment, or the public works director may institute an adjustment, if a significant variation exists between the estimated and actual wastewater quantity or quality, or other applicable units of measure. Increases in connection fees shall be due and payable on demand at the time the public works director makes the fee adjustment and decreases will be credited. C. Connection fee additions. When a user has in the opinion of the public works director significantly increased either wastewater quantity or quality or units of measure over what was used for all previous connection fee calculations, additional connection fee charges shall be assessed for the additional wastewater treatment capacity utilized. Such additional connection fees shall be due and payable on demand at the current rate at the time the public works director makes the determination. 16 13.12.220 Storm drain and cooling water service charges. A. The rate for disposal of stormwaters, swimming pool or cooling water discharges, or wash waters into the city's storm drains will be established by resolution. B. The city shall estimate and determine the amount of storm, s,.Amming pool, cooling water or wash waters deposited into the city's storm drains unless the user of the service elects to provide, install and maintain in good working order an integrating meter satisfactory to the city for the purposes of measuring such storm, swimming pool, cooling water or wash waters. C. In determining the amount of storm, swimming pool, cooling water or wash waters deposited into the city's storm drain system, no charge shall be made for the storm waters or minor irrigation waters or drainage from roofs, pavements or hard -surfaced areas within the city limits. Where such drainage is metered along with wash water, a credit of one thousand two hundred fifty gallons per year for each one hundred square feet, as projected and measured upon a horizontal plane, of such drainage area tributary to the meter shall be allowed. Where roofs or other areas are sprinkled or flushed, such flushing or sprinkling waters shall be included in the quantities for billing purposes. For areas outside the corporate limits of the city tributary to the city's storm drain system, stormwaters shall be included in the quantities determined for billing purposes and unless otherwise metered, the annual quantity of stormwaters shallbe assumed as equal to one thousand two hundred fifty gallons per one hundred square feet, as projected and measured upon a horizontal plane of roof, pavement or hard—surfaced area service. [Prior code;=; 20-22) 13.12.225 Storm drainage impact fee. A. Purpose Findings. 1. In order to implement the goals and objectives of the city's general plan, and to mitigate the impacts upon the drainage system of the city caused by future development, certain public drainage improvements or facilitiesmust be or have been required to be constructed. The city council has determined that a development impact fee is necessary and appropriate in order to finance these public drainage improvements and to pay for each development's fair share of the construction costs of such improvements. In establishing the fee described in this section, the city council has found the fee to be consistent with its general plan, and pursuant to Government Code Section 65913.2, has considered the effects of the fee with respect to the city's housing needs as established in the housing element of the general plan. 2. The city council also finds that the city's storm drain system, which consists of an interconnected network of pumping stations, retention basins and trunk lines, has been planned as 17 a unified system and constructed in stages since 1963 using a combination of funding sources, including a master storm drain fee. The city council finds that it is in the best interest of the entire city that properties that are to be developed pay the cost of additional storm drain facilities in accordance with the storm drain master plan so such costs will not become a burden on city taxpayers. B. Established. 1. There is established, upon issuance of all building, use or occupancy permits and subdivisionmaps for development in the city, a storm drainage fee. 2. This fee is established to pay for public drainage improvements. The city council shall, in a council resolution adopted after a duly noticed public hearing, set forth the specific amount of the fee, describe the benefit, list the specific municipally owned improvements to be financed, describe the estimated cost of these facilities, describe the reasonable relationshipbetween this fee and the various types of new developments, and set forth the time for payment. As described in the fee resolution, this development fee shall be paid by each developer as specified in Government Code Section 53077.5, referring to time of collection. On an annual basis, the city council shall review this fee to determine whether the fee amounts are reasonably related to the impacts of developments and whether the described public drainage facilities are still needed. 3. Said resolution and associated studies shall be available to the general public for a period of at least fourteen days prior to the public hearing. C. Limited Use of Fee Revenues. The revenues raised by payment of these fees shall be placed in a separate and special account, and such revenues, along with any interest earnings on that account, shall be used solely to: 1. Pay for the City's future construction of drainage facilities described in the resolutions enacted pursuant to subsection B of this section, or to reimburse the city for those described or listed facilities constructedby the city with funds advanced by the city from other sources; 2. Reimburse developers who have been required or permitted by subsection D of this section to install such listed facilities which are oversized, with supplemental size, length or capacity: or 3. Pay for and/or reimburse costs of program development and ongoing administration of the fee program for such public facilities. D. Developer Construction of Facilities. Whenever a developer is required, as a condition of approval of a subdivisionmap or development permit, to construct a public drainage facility described in a resolution adopted pursuant to subsection B of this section, which facility is determinedby the city to have supplemental size, length or capacity over that needed for the impacts of that development, and when such construction is 18 necessary to ensure efficient and timely constructionof the facility's network, a reimbursement agreement with the developer, and a credit against the fee which would otherwise be charged pursuant to this section on the development project, shall be offered. The reimbursement amount shall not include the portion of the improvement needed to provide services or mitigate the burdens created by the development. E. Appeals. Any appeal from the imposition of fees under this section shall be done in substantial conformance with the procedures found in Section 13.12.590 of this chapter. F. Effective Date of Fee. The ordinance codified in this section was adopted at a noticed public hearing, at which time the city council also considered the initial development impact fee resolution. This fee shall apply to the issuance of any building, use or occupancy permit, or for any development approval issued after thirty days following the passage of the ordinance codified in this section. (Ord. 1440 5 S,, 1 - 6, 1988) 13.12.230 Holding tank waste charges. The charge for a discharge of holding tank wastes shall be based on the method for determining charges for the high strength user in the domestic system as outlined in Section 13.12.180(D). Characteristics of BOD and SS shall be determined by random sampling of holding tank waste discharges. (Priorcode � 20-23) 13.12.240 Charges and fees. The schedule of charges and fees for domestic system service charges and connection fees, industrial system service charges and connection fees, storm drain service charges, inspection sampling and analysis charges, and holding tank waste charges will be those established and adopted by the city council from time to time by resolution. (Ord. 1429V, 1, 1988: prior code � 20-24) 13.12.245 Schedule of charges and fees. The fee schedule for sewage service, connection fees, and monitoring operative, is as follows: DOMESTIC SYSTEM:* A. Residential. 1. Sewage service charge. Number of Bedrooms 1 2 3 4 S Monthly Rate $ 4.64 6.19 1.14 9.28 10.83 19 12.38 13.93 2. Connection fee: $1825.00 per unit* *"Unit's : Se4gage service unit, defined as each increment of flow of a typical two-bedroom residence (206 gallons per day and having BOD and SS strengths of less than 300 milligrams -per liter) Units for residential, commercial, and industrial users are shown in section 13.12.180. B, Commercial. 1. Annual sewage service: $74.28 per unit per year 2. Connection fee: $1825.00 per unit C. Industrial. 1. Annual sewage service. Moderate strength user: $74.28 per unit per year High strength user: Unit Item Unit Charge Flow MG. $357.41 per MG. BOD 1, 000 Lbs . 174.90 per 1,000 lbs. SS 1, 000 lbs. 142.97 per 1,000 lbs. 2. Connection Fee. Moderate strength user: $1825.00 per unit. High strength user Unit Item Unit Charge Flow MG. $9733.01 per MG. BOD 1,000 lbs. 4009.18 per 1,000 lbs. SS 1,000 lbs. 1805.59 per 1, 000 lbs. INDUSTRIAL SYSTEM: A. Annual sewage service Unit Item Unit Charge Flow MG. To be determined by the public works BOD 1,000 lbs. director as outlined in Section 13.12.200 of this code. B. Connection fee: To be determined by the public works director as outlined in Section 13.12.210 of this code. HOLDING TANK WASTES:* A. Dumping charge: $54.75 per 1, 000 gal. all El 11 STORM DRAIN SYSTEM: A. Storm drain disposal charge: $66.13 per MG *Editors Note: Ord.1463 § S provides as follows: The above fees for the Domestic System and Holding Tank Wastes shall be increased 15% annually on October 1 of each year until the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility expansion has been completed or this ordinance is superseded. (ord, 14635 1,1989: Ord, 1428 § 1, 1988) INSPECTION, SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS:* *Fee Schedule to be set by resolution. 13.12.250 Billing and collections. All billing and collections shall be per Section 13.04.030 of this code. (Priorcode S 20-25) 13.12.260 Appeals. The owner or occupants of any premises who finds that the charges and/or fees provided for in this article are unjust or inequitablemay make application to the public works director to have the feesmodified, in accordance to Section 13.12.590. A commercial or industrial discharger, after one full year of operating data is available, may request the public works director to make an adjustment, or the public works director may institute an adjustment, if a significant variation exists between the estimated and actual quantities for each characteristic. Increases in connection fees shall be due and payable on demand at the time the public works director makes the fee adjustment and decreases will be credited. Increases or decreases in sewage service charges shall be implemented in the next billing following the determination by the public works director that adjustment is appropriate. Where water usage is metered, the estimated sewer flows may be compared to a two-bedroom residence (one SSU) to determine or adjust the connection fee or sewage service charge. (Ord, 1463 4, 1989: prior code � 20-26) Article IV. Construction Generally. 13.12.270 Permit. No unauthorized person shall uncover, make any connection with or opening into, use, alter or disturb any sewerage system or appurtenances thereof without first obtaining a written permit from the public works director. (Priorcode, 20-43) 13.12.280 Design standards. All construction of public sewerage systems or appurtenances thereof shall conform to the design criteria, the standard plans and specifications and the inspection and testing procedures in accordance with current city standards. 21 (Priorcode s; 20-44) 13.12.290 Application for service. Whenever a property owner is desirous of obtaining sewer service where no adequate sewer system exists, an application shall be made to the public works director for sewer service in accordance with Article V of this chapter. (Priorcode § 20-45) Article V. Extensions 13.12.300 Purpose. The city council is desirous of adopting a sewer service and extension policy that is fair and equitable to all developing properties and that provides that the cost of extension shall be distributed among subsequently developing properties connecting thereto. (Priorcode 5 20-46) 13.12.310 Application. Whenever a property owner is desirous of obtaining sewer service, an application shall be made to the public works director for sewer service. The public works director shall determine the closest adequate sewer and, if an extension is necessary, indicate the size of the main to be extended and the limits of the extension. (Priorcode S 20-47) 13.12.320 Applicant's obligation. Whenever the public works director determines that a sewer extension is necessary, the applicant will be required to install, at the applicant's own expense, the sewer extension in accordance with engineering plans furnished by applicant and approved by the public works director. The plans shall be prepared in accordance with the city design standards. (Priorcode§ 20-48) 13.12.330 Extension for full frontage width. In every case where a sewer is to be tapped to serve a parcel, the same shall be extended the full frontage of the parcel unless the public works director determines that the sewer will not need to be extended to serve any other properties. (Priorcode § 20-49) 13.12.340 Minimum diameter. The minimum size sewer main shall have a nominal inside diameter of six inches. Larger size mains may be required as determined by the public works director from engineering calculations or the city master sewer plan. (Prior code 20-50) 13.12.350 Reimbursement Application. Whenever an applicant for sewer 22 extension constructs or installs a sewer that may serve abutting properties, the applicant may apply for a sewer extension reimbursement agreement. The public works director shall determine the extent to which abutting properties may be served and recommend a sewer extension agreement to the city council prior to construction of any sewer. (Priorcode 20-51) 13.12.360 Reimbursement —Agreement. The sewer extension reimbursement agreement shall contain the following: A. The amount of the reimbursable costs shall be determined by the public works director and subject to the approval of the city council. B. Reimbursable costs shall include estimated sewer construction costs, less any applicable credits, plus an administrative and engineering cost of ten percent of the construction cost. C. Sewer laterals serving individual properties shall not be included as a reimbursable cost. D. There shall be no reimbursement to the applicant in excess of reimbursable costs stated in the agreement. E. No interest, finance or security costs shall be included in the reimbursable costs. F. Reimbursement shall be paid from charges collected by the city from abutting properties as they connect to the new sewer. G. Reimbursement shall be paid only from charges collected within ten years from the date of the agreement. The city shall have no obligation to pay reimbursement from any source other than reimbursement funds collected pursuant to this chapter. Charges collected from abutting properties after ten years shall be retained by the city. H. The charges collected for reimbursement shall be based upon front footage parallel to the sewer of the abutting properties. I. An administrative cost of two percent of the total reimbursable cost shall be deducted from any moneys paid to the city as payment for administering the reimbursement provisions of this chapter. J. Reimbursement shall be payable to heirs, successors and assigns of the applicant. (Priorcode § 20-52) 13.12.370 Reimbursement Oversize mains. Whenever engineering calculations or the city master sewer plan require that a sewer main larger than ten inches in diameter be installed, the city shall pay to the applicant the difference in cost of material between the actual sewer to be installed and a ten -inch sewer. The difference in costs of material shall be determined by the public works director. Payment shall be made at the time the sewer reimbursement agreement is approved by the city council. (Priorcode k�, 20-53) 23 F] D 13.12.380 Reimbursement City eligibility. Whenever the city has extended or installed e, sewer that will serve abutting properties, the city shall be eligible for reimbursement in a like manner as other applicants. (Prior code § 20-54) 13.12.390 Reimbursement Payment. Whenever the city council has approved a sewer extension reimbursement agreement, the front footage charges shall be collected by the city from any parcel abutting the sewer covered in the agreement at the time of development and prior to sewer service being provided to the abutting parcel. (Prior code ,; 20-55) 13.12.400 Reimbursement Entitlement letter. When payment for reimbursement—has been made, the public works director shall prepare a letter of entitlement stating the fees collected, reference to the sewer extension reimbursement agreement, the amount to be reimbursed, and the administrative charge to be retained by the city. This letter of entitlement shall be forwarded to the finance director for actual reimbursement under terms of the agreement. (Priorcode § 20-56) 13.12.410 Reimbursement Unclaimed. The finance director shall mail the reimbursement—to the last address on file with the finance director of the applicant in the sewer reimbursement agreement. Any reimbursement returned or unclaimed after two years from the date of mailing will revert to the city's general fund. (Prior code 20-57) Article VI. Administration 13.12.420 Discharge reports. In addition to the federally required reports described in section 13.12.120, the city may require that any high-strength user discharging, or proposing to discharge, wastewater into a sewerage system, file a periodic discharge report. The discharge report may include, but not be limited to, nature of process, volume, rates of flow, mass emission rate, temperature, pH, production quantities, hours of operation, number and classification of employees, or other information which relates to the generation of waste including characteristics in the wastewater discharge. Such reports shall also include the chemical characteristic and quantity of liquid or gaseous materials used annually as well as those stored on site, even though the latter may not normally be discharged. All reports are due 14 days after the conclusion of monitoring or receipt of the laboratory analysis report and must be signed by an authorized representative of the industrial user. All such 24 reports shall be retained for a period of three years (orperiod of litigation, whichever is longer), and shall be made available for inspection and copying by the city. In addition to discharge reports, the city may require information in the form of wastewater discharge permit applications and self-monitorin g reports. (Priorcode§ 20-27) 13.12.430 Discharge permit—Required. All critical users proposed to connect or to discharge into a sewerage system after the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter must obtain a wastewater discharge permit before connecting to, or discharging into, a sewerage system. All existing critical users connected to, or discharging into, a sewerage system must apply for a wastewater discharge permit within one hundred eighty days after the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter, except for subsection D of this section which shall be ninety days after notification by the public works director. For purposes of this chapter, "critical user" means any user whose user classification is identified in the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Manual in any of Divisions, A, B, D, E and I and who (A)has a discharge flow of fifty thousand gallons o r more per average workday, or ( S ) has a flow greater than five percent of the flow in the city `swastewater treatment s y s t e m, or (c)has in user's wastes toxic pollutants in toxic amounts as defined in standards issued under Section 307 (a)of the Federal Act, or (D) is found by the public works director to have significant impact, either singularly or in combination with other contributing industries, on the treatment or sewerage collection system. ( Prior code ? - 8 ( a 13.12.440 Discharge permit—Optional. The public works director may issue a wastewater discharge permit to any user in accordance with the terms of this article in the following categories: A. A user who requires the user charges and fees to be based on an estimation of wastewater flow; B. Any user whose wastewater strength is less than the normal range for the user classification because of pretreatment, process changes or other reasons; C. Any single dwelling, office, commercial business, lodge, apartment, church or multi -use building user who discharges only domestic waste. (Priorcode 5 '0 -28!b } 13.12.450 Discharge permit —Application. A. Users seeking a wastewater discharge permit shall complete and file with the public works director an application in the form prescribed by the public works director, and accompanied by any applicable fees. The applicant may be required to submit, in units and terms appropriate for evaluation, the following information: 25 1. Name, address and SIC number of applicant; 2. Volume of wastewater to be discharged; 3. Wastewater constituents and characteristics including, but not limited to, those mentioned in Article 11 of this chapter; 4. Time and duration of discharge; 5. Average and thirty -minute peak wastewater f low rates, including daily, monthly and seasonal variations, if any;, 6. Any other information determined necessary by the public works director to evaluate the permit application. This may include, but is not limited to, the following: a. Site plans, floor plans, mechanical, and plumbing plans, water supply and discharge information and details to show all sewers and appurtenances by size, location and elevation, b. Description of activities, facilities and plant process on the premises including all materials, processes and types of materials which are, or could be, discharged, C. Each product produced by type, amount and rate of production, d. Number of employees and hours of work. B. The public works director will evaluate the data furnished by the user and may require additional information. After evaluation and acceptance of the data furnished, the public works director may issue a wastewater discharge permit subject to terms and conditions provided in this article. (Priorcode § 20-28(< .. 13.12.460 Discharge permit—Conditions. Wastewater discharge permits shall be expressly subject to all provisions of this chapter and all other regulations, user charges and fees established by the city council. The conditions of wastewater discharge permits shall be uniformly enforced by the public works director or assigned agent in accordance with this chapter, and applicable state and federal regulations. Permits may contain the following: A. The unit charge or schedule or user charges and fees for the wastewater to be discharged to the sewerage system: B. The collection of connection fee, inspection fee and prepayment for the prorated portion of annual user charges, if collected annually; C. The average and maximum wastewater characteristics; D. Limits on rate and time of discharge or requirements for flow regulations and equalization; E. Requirements for installation of inspection, monitoring, and sampling facilities; F. Pretreatment requirements; G. Specifications for monitoring programs which may include sampling locations, frequency and method of sampling, number, types and standards for tests and reporting schedule; H. Requirements for submission of technical reports or discharge reports; I. Requirements for maintaining plant records relating to wastewater discharge as specified by the city, and affording the 26 city access thereto; J. Mean and maximum mass emission rates, or other appropriate limits when incompatible pollutants (asdefined in Article I of this chapter) are proposed or present in the user' s wastewater discharge; K. Other conditions as deemed appropriate by the public works director to ensure compliance with this chapter and federal and state regulations. (Priorcode o-)8(d)t 13.12.470 Discharge permit -Term -Changes -Renewal. Permits shall be issued for a specified time period, not to exceed five years. A permit maybe issued for a period less than a year or may be stated to expire on a specific date. A user discharging after the expiration date of the permit shall be considered in violation of this chapter. It is the responsibility of the user to apply for a new discharge permit 60 days before the expiration date of their existing permit. The terms and conditions of the permit may be subj ect to modification and change by the city during the 1 i f e of the permit, as limitations or requirements stipulated in this chapter are modified and changed. The user shall be informed of any proposed changes in user's permit at least thirty days prior to the effective date of change. Any changes or new conditions in the permit shall include a reasonable time schedule for compliance. (Priorcode % � 0 W 8 c ) , 13.12.480 Discharge permit Transfer. Wastewater discharge permits are issued to a specific user for a specific operation. A wastewater discharge permit shall not be assigned, transferred or sold to a new owner, new user, different premises or a new or changed operation without prior written approval of the public works director. (Priorcode° � 9i13, 13.12.490 Discharge permit -Suspension. A permit may be temporarily suspended at any time if it is the public works director's opinion that the continued discharge of the waste or water into the sewerage system would substantially jeopardize the ability of the treatment facilities or sewerage system to meet water qquality requirements or would cause an unsafe condition to occur. 1 n lieu of temporary suspension of permits, the public works director may impose such temporary restrictions, conditions or limitations upon the quantities, qualities and rates of discharge made thereunder as deemed necessary to assure that the receiving water quality requirements will not be violated or to alleviate he unsafe condition. Notice of the temporary suspension or t h e imposition of temporary restrictions, conditions or limitations shall be given in writing by the public works director to the permittee at least twenty-four hours prior to their effective date. Delivery of the notice to the permittee's place of business shall constitute delivery of notice to permittee. (Priorcode S 21 E 13.12.500 Discharge permit—Revocation. Any user who violates the following conditions of the permit or of this chapter, or applicable state and federal regulations, is subject to having this permit revoked: A. Failure of a user to factually report the wastewater constituents and characteristics of their discharge; B. Failure of the user to report in advance significant changes in operations or wastewater constituents and characteristics; C Refusal of reasonable access to the user's premises and/or records for the purpose of inspection or monitoring of all possible sources of pollution; D, Failure to pay wastewater bill: E. Violation of conditions of the permit. (Priorcode F 13.12.510 Monitoring facilities. A. The public works director may require the user to construct and maintain, at the user's expense, monitoringfacilities which meet all government safety regulations (OSHA) o allow inspection, sampling, and flow measurement of the building sewer or internal storm drainage systems and may also require sampling or metering equipment to be provided, installed, operated and maintained at the user's expense. The monitoring facility should normally be situated on the user's premises, but the public works director may, when such a location would be impractical or cause undue hardship on the user or the city, require the facility to be constructed in the public right-of-way and located so that it will not be obstructed by landscaping or parked vehicles. B. When the monitoring facility is inside the user's fence, there shall be accommodations to allow access for the public works director or designated representative, such as a gate secured with a city lock. There shall be ample room in or near such monitoring facility to allow accurate sampling and compositing of samples for analysis. The monitoring facility shall be maintained at all times in a safe and proper operating condition at the expense of the user. C. Whether constructed on public or private property, plans and specifications shall be approved by the public works director and be in accordance with all applicable city construction standards and specifications. Construction shall be completed within sixty days following written notification by thecit unless a time extension is otherwise granted by the city. (yljrior code § 20-29) 13.12.520 Inspection, sampling, monitoring, and analysis. The public works director or designated representative may inspect the 28 facilities of any user to ascertain whether the purpose of this chapter is being met and all requirements are being complied with. Persons or occupants of premises where wastewater is created or discharged shall allow the public works director or designated representative ready access at all reasonable times to all parts of the premises for the purposes of inspection or sampling or in the performance of any of their duties. The public works director or designated representative shall have the right to set up on the user's property such devices as are necessary to conduct sampling or metering operations and be allowed to copy any of the user's discharge records per 40 CFR 403.12(1)(2). Where a user has securitymeasure s in force which would require proper identification and clearance before entry into their premises, the user shall make necessary arrangements with its security guards so that upon presentation of suitable identification, the public works director or designated representative will be permitted to enter without delayfor the purposes of performing their specific responsibilities. The user will be charged a fee to recover the costs for inspections (investigations) sampling, monitoring, and analyses performed by the city for purposes of billing and insuring compliance with all regulations. (Priorcode § 20-30) 13.12.530 Accidental discharge prevention. A. Each user shall provide protection from accidental discharge of prohibited materials or other wastes regulated by this chapter. Such facilities shall be provided and maintained at a level of operation comparable to that of the original construction at the user's expense. Detailed plans showing facilities and operating procedures to provide this protection shall be submitted to the public works director before construction of the facility. B. The review of such plans and operating procedures by the public works director will in no way relieve the user from the responsibility of modifying the facility to provide the protection necessary to meet the requirements of this chapter. (Priorcode �, 20-31) 13.12.540 Confidential information. A. All information and data on a user obtained from reports, questionnaires, permit application, permits and monitoring programs and from inspections shall be available to the public or other governmental agency without restriction unless the user specifically requests and is able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the public works director that the release of such information would divulge information, processes or methods that would be detrimental to the user's competitive position. 8, When requested by the person furnishing a report, the portions of a report which might disclose trade secrets or secret 29 processes shall not be made available for inspection by the public, but shall be made available to governmental agencies for use in making studies; provided, however, that such portions of a report shall be available for use by the state or any state agency in judicial review or enforcement proceedings involving the person furnishing the report. Wastewater constituents and characteristics will not be recognized as confidential information. C. Information accepted by the public works director as confidential shall not be transmitted to any governmental agency or to the general public by the public works director, until and unless prior and adequate notification is given to the user. (Priorcode§ 20-32) 13.12.550 Special agreements. Special agreements and arrangements between the city and any persons or agencies may be established when, in the opinion of the city council, unusual or extraordinary circumstances compel special terms and conditions. However in no case may federal pretreatment standards be waived or modified. (Priorcode si 20-33) Article VII. Enforcement 13.12.560 Accidental discharge notice. A. Notice to Authorities. 1. Users shall notify the Water/Waste�gater Superin(t enPeF} or the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facilities (WS personnel immediately by telephone or in person, or by calling the Public Works Department 24 hr emergency number, upon accidentally discharging wastes in violation of this chapter, or in violation of a city -issued discharge permit to enable countermeasures to be taken by the city to minimize damagetag the sewerage system, treatment facility, treatment processes an or the receiving water. 2. This notification shall be followed, within ten calendar days of the date of occurrence, by a detailed written statement to the public works director describing the cause, location, type, volume, concentration, date, time, and duration of the accidental discharge, measures taken to correct the problem, and steps taken to prevent future occurrence. 3. Such notification will not relieve users of liability for any expense, loss or damage to the sewerage system, treatment plant, or treatment process, or for any fines imposed on the city on account thereof under Section 13350 of the California Water Code or for violations of Section 5650 of the California Fish and Game Code. B. Employee Training. In order that employees of users be informed of the city's requirements, users shall make available to their employees copies of this chapter, together with such other wastewater information and notices which may be furnished by the city from time to time directed toward more effective ce 11 water pollution control. A notice shall be furnished and permanently posted on the user's bulletin board advising employees whom to call in case of an accidental discharge in violation of this chapter. (Priorcode § 20-34) 13.12.570 Cease and desist order. When the city finds that a discharge of wastewater has taken place in violation of prohibitions or limitations of this chapter, or the provisions of a wastewater discharge permit, the public works director may issue an order to cease and desist, and direct those persons not complying with such prohibitions, limits, requirements, or provisions, to: A. Comply forthwith; B. Comply in accordance with a time schedule set forth by the city; or C. Take appropriate remedial or preventive action in the event of a threatened violation. (Priorcode; 20-35) 13.12.580 Compliance timetable. When the city finds that a discharge of wastewater has been taking place, or is threatening to take place, in violation of prohibitions or limitations prescribed in this chapter, or wastewater source control requirements, effluent limitations or pretreatment standards, or the provisions of a wastewater discharge permit, the city may require the user to submit for approval, with such modifications as it deems necessary, a detailed time schedule of specific actions, which the user shall take in order to prevent or correct a violation of requirements. (Priorcode § 20-36) 13.12.590 Appeals. A. Any user, permit applicant, or permit holder affected by any decision, action or determination, including cease and desist orders, made by the public works director, interpreting or implementing the provisions of this chapter or in any permit issued in this chapter, may file with the public works director a written request for reconsideration within twenty days of such decision, action or determination, setting forth in detail the facts supporting the user's request for reconsideration. The public works director may accept the application, reject the application for sound reasons or direct the applicant, at applicant's sole expense, to maintain and operate in a manner satisfactory to the public works director such indicating or integratingmeters as may be required to properly measure the flow, establish sampling equipment, tests and procedures satisfactory to the public works director to determine the characteristics of the wastes. B. If the ruling made by the public works director is unsatisfactory to the person requesting reconsideration, the person may, within twenty days after notification of the city's action, file a written appeal to the city council. The written 31 appeal shall be heard by the council within twenty days from the date of filing. The city council shall make a final ruling on the appeal within twenty days of the hearing. The public works director's decision, action or determination shall remain in effect during such period of reconsideration. (Prior code S 20-37) 13.12.600 Liability. Any person, firm or corporation, or any partner, officer, agent or employee thereof, who deposits or permits to be deposited into the city's sewerage system any wastes other than those permissible under the terms of this chapter and the terms of a valid permit granted under this chapter is liable for any and all damage caused to the city by virtue of such act, including compensation for damage to the city's facilities, and all costs of any legal fees, suits or judgments against the city which may be attributable to such wastes so discharged. (Prior code 20-33) 13.12.610 Injunction. Whenever a discharge of wastewater is in violation of the provisions of this chapter or otherwise causes or threatens to cause a condition of contamination, pollution or nuisance, the city may petition the superior court for the issuance of a preliminary or permanent injunction, or both, as may be appropriate in restraining the continuance of such discharge. (Priorcode!� 20-39) 13.12.620 Damage to sewerage system—Charge. When a discharge of wastewaters or any other substance causes an obstruction, damage or any other impairment to the city's sewerage system, the city shall assess a charge against the user for the work, materials, and services required to clean or repair the affected portions of the sewerage system. (Priorcode § 20-40) 13.12.630 Civil penalties. Any person who violates any provision of this chapter or permit condition or who discharges wastewater which causes pollution, or who violates a cease and desist order, prohibition, effluent limitation, national standard of performance, pretreatment or toxicity standard shall be liable civilly to a penalty not to exceed six thousand dollars for each day in which such violation occurs. The city attorney, upon order of the city council, shall petition the superior court to impose, assess and recover such sums. (Prior code § 20-41) 13.12.640 Termination of service. The city may revoke any wastewater discharge permit, or terminate or cause to be terminated wastewater service to any premises, if a violation of any provisions of this chapter is found to exist or if a discharge of 32 wastewater causes or threatens to cause a condition of contamination, pollution or nuisance as defined in this chapter. The city also reserves the right to immediately disconnect any user, upon informal notice only, in the event of an unlawful discharge which may cause imminent danger to human health, the environment, or which threatens to interfere with the treatment plants operation. This provision is in addition to other statutes, rules or regulations, authorizing termination of service for delinquency in payment. (Priorcode 5 20-42) 13.12.650 Public notice of violation. In accordance with Federal Pretreatment Regulations 40 CFR 403 the city shall publish, at least annually in the largest daily newspaper circulated in the service area, a description of those industrial users which are found to be in significant violation with any provisions of this chapter or any permit or order issued hereunder during the period since the previous publication. M SECITON 2. All ordinances and parts of ordinances in cori'fl ict herewith are repealed insofar as such conflict may exist. SECTION 3. This ordinance shall be published one time in the "Lodi NbNs Sentinel", a daily newspaper of general circulation printed and published in the City of Lodi and shall be in force and take effect thirty days from and after its passage and approval. Approved this 28th day of November 1990 SNIDER Mayor Attest : M City Clerk State of California County of San Joaquin, ss. I, Alice K Reimche, City Clerk of the City of Lodi, do hereby certify that Ordinance No. 1501 was introduced at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Lodi held November 7, 1990 and vAes thereafter passed, adopted and ordered to print at a regular meeting of said Council held November 28, 1990 by the following vote: Ayes : Council Members - Hinchman, Olson, Pinkerton, Reid and Snider (Mayor) Noes: Council Members - None Absent: Council Members - None Abstain : Council Members - None I further certify that Ordinance No. 1501 was approved and signed by the Mayor on the date of its passage and the same has been published pursuant to law. ALICE M. RENCHE „ City Clerk Approved as to Form BOBBY W, McNATT City Attorney ORDINANCE NO. 1613 AN ORDINANCEOF THE CITY OF LODI REPEALING CHAPTER 13.12OF THE LODI MUNICIPALCODEAS CURRENTLY ENACTED, AND REENACTINGTHIS TITLE RELATINGTO SEWER SERVICE BE ITORDAINED BYTHE LODI CITYCOUNCILAS FOLLOWS: Article I. General Provisions 13.12.010 Purpose and policy. These wastewater discharge regulationsset uniform requirements for discharges of domestic, industrial waste and storm drainage water into the City sewerage system to enable the City to comply with the administrative provisions of the Clean Water Grant Regulations,water quality requirements set by the RegionalWater Quality Control Board and the applicable effluent limitations, national standards of performance,toxic and pretreatment effluent standards, and any other discharge criteria which are required or authorized by state or federal law, and to derive the maximum public benefit by regulating the quality and quantity ofwastewater discharged into those systems. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.020 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined in this chapter, terms shall be as adopted in the latest edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, published by the American Public Health Association, the American Water Works Association, and the Water Environment Federation. Waste constituents and characteristics shall be measured by the approved methods as defined below. The followingwords shall havethese meaning(s): 1, "Approved methods" means the analytical methods listed in the Federal Register 40 CFR Part 136, unlessexpressly stated, or as established by federal or state regulatoryagencies. 2. "Bedroom(s)" meansroorn(s) of a residential user designed or used primarilyfor sleeping purposes, as determined by the City, based on criteria such as those rooms having closets. 1 11 3. "Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD)" means the amount of dissolved oxygen required to meet the metabolic needs of aerobic microorganisms in water containing organic matter as determined by approved methodsand, unlessotherwise noted, exerted in a periodof five days at twenty degrees Celsius. 4. "By-pass" means an intentional diversion of waste or wastewater from any portion of an industrial user's treatmentfaci lity. 5. "Capacity fee" means a charge as described in this chapter, levied on construction, or on new, expanded or ongoing activity,which usest' TW capacity. The fee is normally paid at the time of issuanceof a building permit. 6. "Chemical oxygen demand (COD)" means the oxygen equivalent of that portion in a sample that is susceptibleto oxidation by a strong chemical oxidantas determined by approved methods. 7_ "Commercial user' means any user of the sewerage system except those specifically classified as residential user or industrialuser. 8. "Community sewer or collection system" means a sewer owned and operated by the City tributary to the treatment plant. It includes, but is not limitedto, sanitary and industrial, pumping stations, siphons, canal crossings, manholes, and sewers Ieadingfrom the property lineor easement Iineto the collection sewer. 9. "Compatible pollutant" means biochemical oxygen demand, suspended solids, and fecal coliform bacteria, plus additional pollutants identified in the City's National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)permit. 10. "Contamination" means an impairment of the quality of the receiving waters by waste to a degree which creates hazardto the public healththrough poisoningor through the spread of disease. 11. "Dissolved solids" means residue upon evaporationof water afterfiltration as determined by approved methods. Also termed "total dissolved solids" or'708". 12. "Domestic sewage" means the waterborne wastes derived from the ordinary living processes and of such characterasto permit satisfactory disposal, without special treatment, intothe domestic system. 13. "Domesticsystem or sanitary sewer system" means a portion of the sewerage system and treatment facility used primarilyfor domestic sewage. 2 2 14. "Employee" means, for "unitd measure" purposes, the total numberof all classificationsof employees from all shifts that physicallyworkat the site producing the wastewater discharge. Temporary or part time employeesshall be proratedto their time equivalentto a full time employee. 15. "FederalAct or Federal Regulations" means the FederalWater Pollution Control Act, PL 92-500, and any amendments thereto; as well as any guidelines, limitations and standards promulgated by the Environmental ProtectionAgency pursuantto the Act includingthe Federal Register, 40 CFR Subchapter IV for pretreatmentregulationsand the Federal Clean Water Act. 16. "Fixed total dissolved solids" means residue upon evaporation of water and heating to five hundred and fifty degrees centigrade after filtration as determined by approved methods. 17. "Gpd or g pd meansgallons per day. 18. "High strength user" means a user with discharge volume in excess cf 2.0 MGY or a daily average waste strength in excess of the limitations in Section 13.12.110 or in excess cf either three hundred milligrams per liter BOD or three hundred milligrams per liter SS or nine hundred milligrams per liter COD or as determined by the Public Works Director. 19. "Holding tank waste" means any domesticwaste from holding tanks, contained in vessels. chemical toilets, campers, trailers, septictanks, vacuum tank trucks, or other stationary or mobilesources. 20 "Industrialsystem"meansthe portiond the sewerage system used primarilyfor industrialwaste which discharges directly intothe ponding and irrigationsystem at the treatment plant. 21. "Industrial user" means user subjectto regulation by Clean WaterAct Section 307(b), (c), or (d) or 40 CFR 403-3(g) and (h)who discharges industrialwaste intothe sewerage system. 22. "Industrialwaste" means the waterbome waste and wastewater from any production, manufacturing or processing operation ofwhatever nature, including institutionaland commercial operations, where water is used for the removal of significant quantities of waste other than from human habitation cf premises connected to the domestic or industrial sewers. Contents cf chemical toilets, septic tanks, waste holding tanks and waste sumps shall be classed as industrialwaste. 23. "Interference" means the inhibition or disruption d the sewer system, treatment processes or operations of the treatment plant which contributesto the violation of its discharge requirements including 3 11 n inhibition or disruption of sludge disposal practices or compliancewith any of the statutory authorities listed in the Federal Register40 CFR Part 403,3(1). 24. "mgd or MGD" is the abbreviation for milliongallons perday. 25. "MGY" isthe abbreviationfor million gallons peryear. 26. "Mass emission rate" means the weight of material discharged into the sewerage system during a given time interval. Unless otherwise specified, the mass emission rate shall mean pounds per day of a particularconstituentor combination of constituents. 27. "Moderate strength user" means users with a wastewater strength of less than three hundred milligramsper literof BODand SS and havingawaste flow lessthan 2.0 MGY. 28. "National Pretreatment Standard, Pretreatment Standard, or Standard" means any regulation containing pollutant discharge limits promulgated by the EPA in accordance with Clean Water Act section 307(b) and (c) which applies to Industrial Users. This term includes prohibitive discharge limits established pursuantto 40 CFR403.5. 29. "Natural outlet" means any outlet into a watercourse, ditch, pond, lake or other body of surfacewater or groundwater. 30. "New source"meansan industrial user discharging, or planningto discharge,from a sourceatwhich: 1) Construction is carried out at a site at which no other source is located. 2) Construction totally replacesthe process, or production equipmentthat produces,the wastewater at an existing source, or 3) The wastewater producingprocess constructed is substantially independentof an existing source at the same site. 31. "Nuisance" means anything which is injuriousto health, or is offensiveto the senses, or an obstruction to the free use of property so as to interferewith the comfort or enjoyment of life or property, or which affects at the same time an entire community or neighborhoodor any considerable numberof persons, although the extent of the annoyance or damage inflicted upon individuals may be unequal. 2 11 32. "Pass through" means the introductionof a pollutantby a user intothe sewerage system which leaves the treatment plant in quantities or concentrations that alone or in conjunctionwith other sources, cause a violation of the City's discharge requirements. 33. "Permit" meanswastewater discharge permit issued by the Public Works Department. 34_ "Person" means any individual, partnership, firm, association, corporation or public agency, including the State of California and the United States of America. 35. "pH" means the negative logarithm of the hydrogen -ion activity in moles per liter cP solution as determined by approved methods. 36. "Pollutant' means any substancewhich can cause pollution. 37. "Pollution" means an alteration of the quality of the receiving waters by waste to a degree which unreasonably affects such waters for beneficial use or facilities which serve such beneficial uses. Pollution may include, but not be limitedto, contamination. 38. "Pretreatment" means the treatment or flow limitation of industrial wastes prior to discharge into the City sewerage system. 39. "Private sewer, building sewer or houseservicesewer" means that partof the building sewer beginning at thejunction, thereof, with the building plumbing or drainage system and terminating at the property line or at the easement line. 40. "Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW)" means any devices and systems used in the storage, treatment, recycling and reclamation of municipal sewage or industrial wastes of a liquid nature. This includessewers, pipes,and other conveyances ifthey convey wastewater to aPOTW treatmentplant. 41. "Residential user" means a single-family house or each unit of a duplex, flat, group dwelling, apartment or any other living accommodation which has facilities for sleeping and the preparation of food. whether sanitary facilities connected to the collection system are providedfor the occupants, thereof, whether or not such sanitary facilities are installed therein or connected thereto; living accommodations designed or used for short-termtransient lodgingwhich are rentedto other than the controlling occupant of the premises shall be considered as a commercial unit. 5 42. "Settleable solids" means that portion of matter present in sewage, industrial waste or waters introduced into the storm drainsthat readily settles out of the carrier liquid in a quiescentstate as determined by approved methods. 43. "Sewage" means the waterborne wastes received from human habitation and use of premises for residential, commercial. institutionaland industrial purposes. 44_ "Sewage service charge" means a regularcharge for each user based upon each user's proportional use of the sewerage system. 45. "Sewage service unit or S S U is defined as each incrementof flow equal to the flow from an average two-bedroom residence ( two hundred and six gallons per day) and having a strength less than three hundred milligrams per liter BODand SS. 46. "Sewer" means a pipe or conduitwhich carries sewage and/or i nd ustrial wastes and to which storm, surfaceand groundwaters are not intentionally admitted. When used in this chapter, "sanitary sewer' means those pipelines operated primarily for the collection of domestic sewage. "Industrial sewer" means those pipelinesoperated primarilyfor the collectionof industrialwaste. 47. "Sewerage system" means all works for collecting, pumping, treating, disposing, storing or reclaiming sewage, industrialwaste and/or stormwater. 48. "Significant user" means all industrial users subject to Categorical PretreatmentStandards under 40 CFR 403.6 and 40 CFR Chapter I, SubchapterN; and any other industrial user that: dischargesan average of 25,000 gallons per day or more of process wastewater to the P O W (excluding sanitary, noncontact cooling and boilerblowdown wastewater); contributes process wastestream which makes up 5 percentor more of the averagedryweather hydraulicor organic capacity of the P O Wtreatment plant; or is designated by the Public Works Director on the basis that the industrial user has a reasonable potential for adversely affectingthe P07Ws operation or for violatingany pretreatmentstandard or requirement. 49. "Slug" means a sudden large increase or decrease (factor of two or more) from normal waste volume or concentration. 50. "Slug discharge" means any dischargeof a non -routine. episodic nature including but not limitedto, an accidentalspill or a non -customary batch discharge. 6 v 51. "Storm drain system" means any portion of the sewerage system used for the conveyance of stormwateror surface or subsurfacedrainagewater. 52. "Storm sewer" means those pipelines operated primarily for the collection of stormwaters.53. "Suspended solids" or " S S or 'TSS" means that portion of residue present in sewage, i nd ustrial waste, or waters introduced into the storm drains that is retained on a filter (nonfilterable)as determined by approved methods. 54. 'Treatmentplanl' means the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facilityof the City, and includes but is not limited to the domestic sewage treatment facilities, industrialwaste treatment facilities, sludge disposal facilities,and irrigatable lands. 55. "Unpolluted water" means water to which no constituent has been added, either intentionally or accidentally, which would render such water unacceptable to the agency havingjurisdiction, thereof, for disposalto the storm drain systemor natural drainages or directlyto surfacewaters. 56"User' means any person that discharges, causes or permits the discharge of wastewater or stormwater into a sewerage system. 57. 'Waste" includes sewage and any and all other waste substances, liquid, solid, gaseous, or radioactive,associatedwith human habitation,or of human or animal origin, or from any producing,washing, manufacturing or processing operation of whatever nature, including such waste placed within containers of whatever nature priorto, and for purposes of, disposal. 58 'Wastewater means waste and water, whether treated or untreated, discharged into or permitted to enter a sewer. 59. 'Wastewater constituents and characteristics" means the individual chemical, physical, bacteriological and radiological parameters and such other parameters that serve to define, classify or measure the contents, quality and strength of wastewater as determined by a state certified laboratory, and the volume, rate of Fbv or other parametersthat serve to define quantity. 60. 'Wastewater discharge permit" means a permit issued by the City for a user to discharge into a seweragesystem. (Priorcode20-2) 7 Article II, Discharge Restrictions 13.12.030 Prohibiteddischarges. No person shall discharge into the sewerage system, natural outlet, street or earth surface, wastes which cause, threatento cause, or are capable of causing, either alone or by interactionwith other substances, any of the following: A. Fire or explosion or injury in any way to the sewerage system or the operation of the treatment plant. Prohibited materials include, but are not limited to, gasoline, kerosene, alcohols, solvents. sulfides, or any other substancewith a closed cup flashpoint of less than 140 degrees Fahrenheitor (sixty degrees Celsius) using the test methods specified in 40 CFR 261.21 or which causes two consecutive readings on an explosion hazard meterat any point in the sewerage system to be more than five percent(v%), or any single reading morethan ten percent (10%) of the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL); B. Obstruction of flow in a sewerage system or injury of the system or damage to the sewerage collection, or treatment faci I ities by ashes, cinders, sand, mud, grit, straw, offal, shavings, metal, glass, rags, feathers, tar, plastics, wood, sawdust, manure or other solid or viscous substances capable of causing obstruction of the flow or other interferencewith the proper operation of the sewerage system as determined by the Public Works Director; C. Acute worker health and safety problems resultingfrom the presenceof toxic gases, vapors, or fumes within the POTW per40 CFR 403 5(I3)(b)(7), D. A nuisance or prevention of the effective maintenance or operation of the sewerage system, through having or creating a strong, unpleasantodor; E. Air pollution bythe releaseof toxic or malodorousgasesor malodorous gas -producing substances; F. Interferenceor pass through at the treatment plant affecting wastewater treatment, land disposal, or sludge or scum processingand disposal; G. A detrimental environmental impact or a nuisance in the waters or wastewaters of the state or a condition unacceptableto any publicagency having regulatoryjurisdictionoverthe City; 8 H. Discoloration, or any other condition, in the quality of the City's treatment plant effluent and/or storm system discharge in such a mannerthat receivingwater quality requirementsestablished by law or other contracts cannot be met by the City; I, Conditions at or near the C i s treatment facilities which violate any statute or nils regulation or ordinance of any public agency of state or federal regulatory body; J. Quantities or rates of flow or pollutantswhich cause interferenceor overload the City's sewerage system or treatment facilities or cause excessive City collection or treatment costs or hamper treatment facility operation; K. Pollutantswhich can cause corrosive structural damage to the seweragesystern or treatment facilities, but in no case a pH lowerthan 5.0 is allowed perfederal regulations; L. Influentto the treatment plantto be over one hundredfour degreesfahrenheit (forty degrees Celsius); M. Waters orwaste with a pH factor lowerthan 6 or higherthan 10; N. Any dischargewhich has an average daily concentration exceeding the following technically based 10CA limits: MaximumAllowable Toxicant Concentration(rng/L) Arsenic 2.5 Cadmium 0.5 Chromium, total 29 Copper 3.0 Cyanide, total 1.4 Lead 4.0 Mercury 0.8 Nickel 13 Silver 2.9 Zinc 3.5 9 O. Dischargesof new or increased contributionsof pollutants, or changes in the nature of pollutants, to the POTW by Industrial Userswhere such contributions do not meet applicable PretreatmentStandards and Requirements or where such contributionswould cause the POTWto violate its NPDES permit per40 CFR 403.8(f)(1)(i); P. Petroleumoil, nonbiodegradable cutting oil, or productsof mineraloil origins in amountsthatwill cause interferenceor passthrough; Q. Dischargeswhich, ifotherwise disposed of, would be a hazardouswasteunder40 CFR Part261; R. Discharges containing concentrations of tetrachloroethylene (PCE) or trichloroethylene (TCE) exceedingfive microgramsperliterfor any grab sample. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.040 Storm drainage and groundwater. Rainwater, groundwater, street drainage, subsurface drainage, roof downspouts, exterior foundation drains, groundwaterfrom cleanup operations, or other sources of drainage water shall not bed ischarged through direct or indirect connections into a domestic system. (Ord. 1501 § 1 (part), 1990) 10 11 11 13.12.060 Septictanks. No person shall use a septic tank for disposal of wastewater if the property to be served is within one hundred feet of the domestic system unless permitted by the PublicWorks Director. Where such domestic sewer exists and buildings are inhabited or used by human beings, the property owner(s) shall install lateralservice connection(s) in accordancewith this chapter. (Ord. 1501§ 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.070 Radioactivewastes. No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged any radioactive waste into a sewerage system except: A When the person is authorizedto use radioactive materials by the State Departmentof Health or other governmentalagency empowered to regulatethe useof radioactive materials; and B. When the waste is discharged in strict conformity with current California Radiation Control Regulations (California Administrative Code, Title 17) and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission regulations and recommendationsfor safe disposal; and C When the person is in compliance with all rules and regulations of all other applicable regulatory agencies. (Ord. 1501§ 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.080 Garbage g ri nders. A. Wastes from garbage grinders shall not be discharged intoa domestic sewer system except: 1. Wastes generated in normal preparationoffood by residentialusers;or 2. Where the user has obtained a permit for that specific use from the City, and agrees to undertake whatever self-monitoring is required to enable the Public Works Director to equitably determine the user charges based on the waste constituents and characteristics. B. Garbage grinders must shred the waste to a degree that all particleswill be carried freely under normal flow conditions prevailing in the domestic sewer. Garbage grinders shall not be used for grinding plastic, paper products, inert materialsor garden refuse. (Ord. 1501 § 1 (part), 1990) 11 13.12.090 Directdischarge- Use of service sewer. 1% person shall dischargeany substances directly into a manhole or other opening in a sewerage system except through an approved private sewer or house sewer lateral. (Ord. 1501 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.100 Holding tank waste. A user proposing to discharge holding tank domesticwaste into a domestic sewer must secure a permit for each separate discharge. This permitshall state the specific location of discharge, the time of day the discharge is to occur, the volume cf the discharge, the wastewater constituents and characteristics and origin of such wastes. Holding tank wastes discharged at the treatment plant facilities may be given a discharge permitwhich would apply to more than one separated ischarge at the discretion of the PublicWorks Director. If a permit is granted for discharge of such waste into the domestic sewer, the user shall pay the applicable user charges and fees and shall meet such other conditions as required by the Public Works Director. (Ord. 1501§ 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.110 Restricteddischarges. No person shall discharge or cause to bed ischargedto a sewerage system any of the following without first obtaining a wastewater discharge permit that specifically permits such waste discharge characteristics: A. Dischargescontaining metal pickling or etching wastes or plating solutions, whether neutralized or not; k3 Discharges containing phenols or other taste -producing and odor -producing substances in concentrations exceeding limitswhich may be established by the Public Works Director as necessary to meetwater quality requirements; C. Slug discharges into the collection system at temperatures exceeding one hundred forty degrees Fahrenheit (sixty degrees Celsius) or exceeding one hundred ten degrees Fahrenheit (forty-three degrees Celsius)for any eight-hour period; 12 D. Materials which exert or cause in the sewerage system or receivingwaters unusual concentrations either cC inert suspended solids (such as, but not limited to, soil solids, fuller's earth, lime slurries, lime residues, plastics, or ash); E. Discharges containing fixed total dissolved solids (such as, but not limited to, sodium chloride, sodium sulfate, or other inorganicsalts) in such quantities to cause the effluent TDS of the treatment plantto exceedfive hundred milligrams per liter. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.115 Grease, oil, and sand interceptors. Grease, oil, and sand interceptors shall be provided by the discharger when they are necessary for the proper handling of wastes containing grease in excess of one hundredfifty milligrams per liter of animal and vegetable origin and fifty milligrams per liter of mineral origin, or any flammable wastes, sand, grit and other harmful ingredients. All interceptors shall be d a type and capacity approved in writing, prior to installation, by the Public Works Director, and shall be located so as to be readily and easily accessible for cleaning and inspection. Grease and oil interceptors shall be constructed of impervious materialscapableof withstanding abrupt and extreme changes in temperature. They shall be d^ substantial construction, watertight, usually a minimum of one thousand gallons and equipped with easily removable covers which, when bolted in place, are gastight and watertight. Grease and/or oil/sand interceptors shall be constructed in any place or building having a capacity to serve group meals or commercialand industrialcleaning facilities. Where installed, all grease, oil, sand and grit interceptors shall be maintained by the owners at owners expense in continuous efficient operation at al times. Materials collected shall not be reintroduced into the sewerage system. Records of all maintenance, cleaning, and hauling of materials shall be maintained by the owner and such records shall be available at all times for inspection by City personnel. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.120 Federal pretreatment requirements. Users in industrial categories subject to the categorical pretreatment standards developmentby the EPA under the Clean Water Act cf 1977(PL 95 217) 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. 13 are requiredto achieve limitations based on Best Practical Control Technology (BPT) immediately and Best Available Technology EconomicallyAchievable (BAT) by July 1, 1983, in accordancewith Sections 301 and 304. New sources are requiredto comply with New Source PerformanceStandards (NSPS) based on Best Available Demonstrated Control Technology (BDT) for industrial users in terms of concentration and equivalent mass values. Users must comply with pretreatment standards promulgated pursuantto Section 307 and the Federal register40 CFR Subchapter IV. Dilution of any discharge may not be used to comply with any pretreatment standards. Categorical industrial users must submit Baseline Monitoring Reports, compliance schedule reports, 90 day compliance reports, and periodic reports on continued complianceas required including identifying information per 40 CFR 403.12(1) and such reports must be signed by an authorized representative of the industrial user and meet certification requirementsof 40 CFR 403.O(2)(ii) and 403.12(b)(6) and be retainedfor a minimum of three years (or period of litigation, whichever is longer). The City may issue standards more stringent than the federal standards if the Public Works Director determinesthatthe limitationsin the federal standards are notsufficient to: A. Protectthe operation of the City's treatment facilities; or B Comply with water quality standards, sludge disposal or effluent limitations specified in the City's National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. C, Meet technically based local limits, which must be calculated per federal pretreatment program guidelines. The City must annually provide public notificationof industrial userswhich duringthe previous 12 months significantly violated applicable pretreatmentstandards. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.130 Industrialwaste permits. Source control of industrial discharges shall be accomplished by use of a permit and monitoring system as described in this chapter. Dischargeof industrialwaste from any personwithin the City onto land or to any natural outlet may be permitted only if the discharge complies with all requirements of the RegionalWater Quality Control Board and of all other local, state and federal laws and regulations. (Ord. 1501§ 1 (part), 1990) 14 13.12.140 Other legal restrictions. Nothing contained in this chapter shall be construed to limit any additional requirements that may be imposed by the County Health Officer, by the RegionalWater Quality Control Board, Fish and Game, or by other governmentalagencieshavingjurisdiction. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.150 Connections outside City. No discharge from facilities or properties outside the limits of the City shall be allowed into the sewerageor storm drainagesystems. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.160 Screeningofindustrialwaste. No personshall discharge or cause to bedischargedto the industrialsystem an industrialwaste that istoo largeto passthrough or, has not been pretreatedby being passedthrough, a screen i ng device with a maximumscreen opening of 1.5millimeters. (Ord. 1501§ 1 (part), 1990) Article H I, Service Charges and Capacity Fees 13.12.170 Classification. All users shall be classified for wastewater collection. treatment and disposal purposes in accordancewith the principal activity conducted by the person, or the quantity and quality of discharge, as determined by the Public Works Director. The purpose of classification is to facilitate the regulation of wastewater discharge based on quantity and quality of flow, to provide an effective means of industrialwaste source control, and to establish a system of sewage service charges and capacity fees which will ensure, but notbe limited to, the recovery of City capital, operating and maintenancecosts in an equitable manner. It is the responsibilityof the userto providethe City a reasonable estimation of wastewater quantity and quality, or other applicable units of measure, and any increases thereof, for the purpose of classification and assessmentof service charges and capacity fees. (Ord. 1501 § 1(part), 1990) 15 13.12.180 Domestic system service charges. A Basis. Charges for use of the domestic system shall be determined by the volume, biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) and suspended solids (SS) of wastes discharged. B. Applicability. Those residential, commercial and industrial users whose discharge of wastes classify them as a moderate-strengthuser and those dischargersof industrialand commercialwastes that classify as high-strength users shall pay charges as determined in this section. Determination of the category for each specific user shall be made by the PublicWorks Director. C. Moderate -strength Users. All moderate -strength users shall be assigned sewage service units. The minimum sewage service units assigned to any commercial and industrial user shall be 1.0 unit. Service chargesfor moderate -strength users shall be determined by multiplyingthe cost of one sewage Service unit by the numberof sewage Service units assignedto each user. 1 Residential user sewage service units shall be based upon the numberof bedrooms per dwelling unit as follows: Numberof Sewage Service Bedrooms Units 1 0.75 2 1.00 3 1.25 4 1.50 5 1.75 6 2.00 7 2.25 2. Commercial and industrial user sewage service charges shall be based on the number of sewage service unitsassignedto each user. The unitof measurefor determiningthe numberof sewage service units assigned to each user are as follows: User Description Unitof Measure W -I 1. Meeting place, religious Each 200 seats 2. Meeting place, public Each 100 seats 3. Hotel, motelwithout kitchenettes Each beds 4. Hotel, motelwith kitchenettes Each unit 5. Veterinary clinic Each4 employees 6. Postoffice Each 15employees 7. Funeralparlor Each employees a. Service station with service garages Each2.5 pumps 9. Service station without service garages Each 7 pumps 10. Car wash, automatic bay 20 SSU's per bay 11. Carwash, self serve bays 2 SSU's per bay 12. School, 8th grade and below Each 20 students 13. Highschool Each 15students 14. Eating place, seating only Each 10 seats 15. Eating place, seating and take-out. Each 7 seats 16. Eating place, "pizza parlor' Each 35 seats 17. Eating place,take-out only Each 5 employees 18. Lunchtruck business Each 5 employees 19. Laundry,coin-op., reg. mach. Each 1.5machines 20. Laundry,coin op., big mach. Each machine 21. Comm. laundryand dry cleaning Each 3 employees 22. Dentist's office Each 5 employees 23. Office, store, warehouse, manufacturer, Each8 Employees Doctor's,Chiropractor'sand X-ray offices 24. Grocery Store, Supermarket (Having Each4 employees veg/fruit or butcherlmeatsections) 17 25. Bar 26. Barber, beautyshop 27. Hospital, convalescent home 28. Restand retirementhome 29. Mobile home park 30. RVdump station Each 20 seats Each 3workstations Each 3 beds Each 3 beds Each 1.33 pads Each station One sewage service unit shall be assigned to each unit of measure. Fees shall be based on a minimum of one sewage service unit and fractions of sewage service units thereafter. At the discretion of the Public Works Director, a commercial user's service charges andlor capacity fees may be based on actual wastewater discharge flows estimated by use of an influentwater meteror other appropriate means. D. High-strength Users. 1 All high-strength user sewage service charges shall be determined based upon the actual quantity of flow, BOD, and SS discharged annually. 2 The sewage service charge shall be determined by multiplyingthe quantity of dischargedflow, BOD, and SS by the costfor each characteristic. (Ord. 1501 1(part), 1990) E. Significant users. All significant users shall be assessed two additional sewage service units in service charges to cover the City's costs of meeting Federal Pretreatment Programrequirements. 13.12-190 Domestic system capacity fees. The capacity fee shall cover the capital cost associated with the POTW capacitywhich will be utilized by the discharger. Any actual oasts incurred by the City in makingthe physical connection(tap) shall be separateand in addition to the capacity fee described in this section. A. Moderate -strength user capacity fees shall be based on a rate per sewage service unit as assigned under Section 13.12.180. The capacity fee for a new commercial or industrial user shall be a minimum of one sewage service unit, and additionsor modificationsshall be proratedto fractions of sewage service units. 18 t B. High-strength user capacity fees shall be based on a unit rate for flow, BOD and SS. The estimated annual quantities of each characteristicshall bejustified to, and approved by, the Public Works Directorfor the purposeofdeterminingthe capacityfee. (Ord, 1501§ 1 (part). 1990) C. City projects and projectsfunded by the City are exempt from capacity fees as described in this section. 13.12.195 Downtown business district capacity fees. A. The City councilfinds and declaresthat the downtown area of Lodi as defined in this part, which is the traditional center of the City's business community, is presently in danger of losingeconomic viability. The purpose of this section is to protect a crucial part of Lodi's economy and preserve a portion of the City's heritage by offering incentivesfor businessesto locate, relocate or expand existing commercial uses within this area. R. For purposesof this section, the "downtown business district' shall mean an area whose boundaries are the same as those for the area subject to the City of Lodi Bond issue, Series 1984-1, dated May 24,1984, more particularlydescribed in the bond documentsand map on file with the City clerk's office. C. Any permitted commercial use which locates, relocates or expands within the downtown business district as defined shall be responsiblefor a maximum capacity fee notto exceedthat for two sewagesenrice units(SSU's)nrhere the SSU's (orequivalentSSU's)being assessed, as established in Section 13.12.190of this code are eight or less SSU's. If the SSU's (or equivalent SSU's) being assessed are greater than eight, the commercial use shall be responsiblefor two SSU's plus the assessed (or equivalent)SSU'sover eight. D. Notwithstand ingany exemption granted underthis section, the monthly or annual sewage fees set by City council from time to time for any commercial use locating, relocatingor expandingwithin the downtown business district, shall be calculatedon the full numberof sewage service unitswhich the usewould have otherwise been responsible for under Section 13.12.180of this code if such use was located outside the downtown business district. (Ord. 1511§ 1, 1991) 19 13.12.200 Industrialsystem servicecharges. A. Industrial system sewage service charges shall be determined based upon the actual quantity of flow and BOD discharged annually. The unit cost for each characteristic will be determined annually and multiplied by each user's measured effluent characteristics. The total cf the two characteristicfees shall be the annual sewage servicecharge. B. The unit cost for each characteristic shall be determined by distributing the total operation, maintenance and capital coststo each characteristicat a proportionate rate and dividing each proportionate cost bythe total annualquantityof each characteristicdischargedtothe system. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.210 Industrial system capacity fees. Fees shall be determined on an individual basis by the Public Works Director and shall be, in part, based upon the value of existing capacity to be utilized and/or the cost of providing additional new capacity. The capacity fee shall be based on a unit ratefor flow and BOD. (Ord. 1501; 1(part),1990) 13.12.21 5 Adjustments and additions. A Service charge adjustments. When it is found that a reasonableestimationof wastewater quantity or quality, or other applicable units of measure, have not been used for the assessment of sewage service charges the City has the right to make adjustments as determined by the Public Works Director. Underchargesfor the period of incorrect billing up to three years, per California Code of Civil Procedures, Section 338, are due and payableon demand and overchargeswill be credited. B. Capacity fee adjustments. Any user, after one full year of operating data is available, may requestthe PublicWorks Directorto make an adjustment, or the Public Works Director may institute an adjustment, if significant variation exists between the estimated and actual wastewater quantity or quality, or other 20 171 C applicable units of measure. Increases incapacity fees shall be due and payable on demand at the time the PublicWorks Director makesthe fee adjustment and decreaseswill be credited. C. Capacity fee additions. When a user has in the opinion of the Public Works Director significantly increased either wastewater quantity or quality or units of measure over what was used for all previous capacity fee calculations, additional capacity fee charges shall be assessed for the additional wastewater treatment capacity utilized. Such additional capacity fees shall be due and payableon demand at the current rateat the timethe Public Works Directormakesthe determination. (Ord. 1501 § 1(part). 1990) 13.12.220 Storm drain and coolingwater service charges. A. The rate for disposal of stormwaters, cooling water discharges, or construction flush waters into the City'sstormdrain systemwill be established by resolution. B. The City shall estimate and determine the amount of storm, coolingwater or construction flush waters deposited intothe City's storm drains unlessthe user of the service electsto provide, install and maintain in good working order an integrating meter satisfactory to the City for the purposes of measuring such storm, coolingwater or constructionflush waters. C. In determining the amount of storm, coolingwater or constructionflush waters deposited intothe City's storm drain system, no charge shall be made for the storm waters or minorin igation waters or drainagefrom roofs, pavementsor hard -surfaced areas within the City limits. Where such drainage is metered along with Construction flush water, a credit of one thousand two hundred f# gallons per year for each one hundred square feet, as projectedand measured upon a horizontal plane, of such drainage area tributary to the meter shall be allowed. Where roofs or other areas are sprinkled or flushed, such flushing or sprinkling waters shall be included in the quantities for billing purposes. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.230 Holding tank waste charges. The charge for a discharge of holding tank wastes shall be based on the method for determining charges for the high strength user in the domestic system as outlined in Section 21 13.12.180(D). Characteristicsof BOD and SS shall be determined by random sampling of holdingtank waste discharges. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.240 Charges and fees. The schedule of charges and fees for domestic system service charges and capacity fees, industrial system service charges and capacity fees, storm drain service charges, inspection sampling and analysis charges, and holding tank waste charges will be those established and adopted by the City councilfrcm time to time by resolution. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.250 Billing and collections. All billing and collectionsfor service charges shall be per Section 13.04.030 of this code. (Ord. 1501§ 1 (part),1990) 13.12.260 Appeals. The owner or occupants of any premiseswho finds that the charges and/or fees provided for in this article are unjust or inequitable may make application to the Public Works Director to have the fees modified, in accordance to Section 13.12.590. A commercial or industrial discharger, after one full year of operating data is available, may requestthe Public Works Directorto make an adjustment, or the Public Works Director may institutean adjustment, if a significantvariation exists between the estimated and actual quantitiesfor each characteristic. Increasesin capacity fees shall be due and payableon demand atthe time the PublicWorks Directormakesthefee adjustmentand decreaseswill becredited. Increasesor decreases in sewage service charges shall be implementedin the next billing following the determination by the Public Works Directorthat adjustment is appropriate. Where water usage is metered, the estimated sewer flows may be compared to a two-bedroom residence (one SSU) to determineor adjustthe capacityfee or sewage service charge. (Ord. 1501§ 1 (part), 1990) 0 Article IV. ConstructionGenerally. 13,12,270 Permit. No unauthorized person shall uncover, make any connection with or opening into, use, alter or disturb any sewerage system or appurtenances, thereof without first obtaining a written permit from the Public Works Director. (Ord. 1501§ 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.280 Design standards. All constructionof publicsewerage systems or appurtenancesthereof shall conform to the design criteria, the standard plans and specifications and the inspection and testing procedures in accordancewith current City public improvementdesign standards. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.290 Application for service. Whenever a property owner is desirous of obtaining sewer service where no adequatesewer systemexists, an application shall be madeto the PublicWorks Directorfor sewer service in accordancewithArticle V of this chapter. (Ord. 1501 § 1(part), 1990) Article V. Extensions 13.12.300 Purpose. The City council is desirous of adopting a sewer service and extension policy that is fair and equitable to all developing propertiesand that providesthat the cost of extension shall be distributed among subsequently developing properties connecting thereto. For purposes of this article, storm drains shall be considered as sewers except as specifically stated otherwise. (Ord. 1527§ 5, 1991; Ord 1501 § 1(part), 19901 23 11 C 13.12.310 Application. Whenever a property owner is desirous of obtaining sewer service, an application shall be madeto the PublicWorks Di rectorfor sewer service. The PublicWorks Directorshall determinethe closest adequate sewer and, if an extension is necessary, indicatethe size of the mainto be extended and the limits of the extension. (Ord. 1501 § 1(part), 1990) 13.12.320 Applicant's obligation. Whenever the Public Works Director determines that a sewer extension is necessary, the applicant will be required to install, at the applicant's own expense, the sewer extension in accordance with engineering plans furnished by applicant and approved by the PublicWorks Director. The plans shall be prepared in accordancewiththe City design standards. (Ord. 1501§ 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.330 Extension for full frontage width. In every case where a sewer is to be tapped to serve a parcel, the same shall be extended the full frontage of the parcel unlessthe PublicWorks Director determines that the sewer will not needto be extended to serve any other properties. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.340 Minimum diameter. The minimumsize sewer main shall have a nominal inside diameter of six inches. The minimum size storm drain shall have a nominal inside diameter of twelve inches. Larger size mains maybe required as determined by the PublicWorks Director in accordancewith the City public improvementdesign standardsor the City mastersewer and storm drain plans. (Ord. 1527§ 7, 1991;Ord 1501§ 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.370 Reimbursement- Oversize mains. Wherever the City requires that a sewer main larger than ten inches in diameter or a storm drain larger than eighteen inches in diameter be installed in order to serve additional property or to conformto the applicable master plan, the applicant shall be reimbursedfor the oversized pipe. 24 The reimbursementshall be based on the difference in cost betweenthe actual pipeto be installed and a ten - inch sewer or eighteen inch storm drain as applicable. The difference in cost shall be determined by the PublicWorks Director. The reimbursementshall be made in accordancewith Chapter 16.40. (Ord. 1527,- 7, 1991; Ord 1501 1(part), 1990) ArticleVl_ Administration 13.12.420 Dischargereports. In addition to the federally required reports described in section 13.12.120, the City may require that any high-strength user discharging, or proposing to discharge, wastewater into a sewerage system, file a periodic discharge report. The discharge report may include, but not be Iimitedto, nature of process, volume, rates of Row, mass emission rate, temperature, pH, production quantities, hours of operation, number and classification of employees, chemicals and materials stored or used, or other informationwhich relates to the generation of waste including characteristics in the wastewater discharge. Such reports shall also includethe chemical characteristic and quantity of liquid or gaseous materials used annually as well as those stored on site, even though the latter may not normally be discharged. M reports are due 14 days after the conclusion of monitoringor receiptof the Iaboratoty analysis report and must be signed by an authorized representativeofthe industrialuser. All such reportsshall be retainedfor a period of three years (or period of litigation, whichever is longer), and shall be made available for inspection and copying by the City. In addition to discharge reports, the City may require information in the form of wastewater discharge permit applicationsand self-monitoring reports. (Ord. 1501 § 1(part), 1990) 13.12.430 Discharge permit- Required. All significant users proposed to connect or to discharge into a sewerage system after the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter must obtain a wastewater discharge permit before connecting to, or discharging into, a sewerage system. All existing significant users connected 25 to, or discharging into, a sewerage system mustapply for a wastewater discharge permitwithin one hundred eighty days after the effectivedate of the ordinance codified in this chapter. (Ord. 1501 § 1(part), 1990) 13.12.440 Discharge permit - Optional. The Public Works Director may issue a wastewater discharge permit to any user in accordancewiththe terms of this article in the following categories: A. A userwho requiresthe usercharges and fees to be based on an estimation ofwastewaterflow; B. Any user whose wastewater strength is less than the normal range for the user classification because of pretreatment, process changes or other reasons; C, Any single dwelling, office, commercial business, lodge, apartment, church or multi -use building user who dischargesonly domesticwaste. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.450 Discharge permit- Application. A. Users seeking a wastewater discharge permit shall completeand file with the PublicWorks Directoran application in the form prescribed by the Public Works Director, and accompanied by any applicablefees. The applicant may be required to submit, in units and terms appropriate for evaluation, the following information: 1. Name, address and SIC number of applicant; 2. Volume of wastewater to be discharged; 3. Wastewater constituentsand characteristics including, but not limitedto, those mentioned inArticleiI of this chapter; 4. Time and duration of discharge; 5. Average and peakwastewaterflow rates, includingdaily, monthly and seasonal variations, if any; 6. Any other information determined necessary by the Public Works Director to evaluate the permit application. This may include, but is not limitedto, the following: 26 C C a. Site plans, floor plans, mechanical. and plumbing plans, water supply and discharge information and detailsto show all sewers and appurtenances by size, location and elevation, b. Descriptionof activities, facilities and plant process on the premises including all materials, processes and types of materialswhich are, or could be, discharged, c. Each product produced by type, amount and rateof production, d Numberof employees and hours of work. B. All wastewater discharge permit applications and user reports must be signed by an authorized representative of the user and contain the following certificationstatement: " I certify under penalty of lawthat this document and all attachmentswere prepared under my direction or supervision in accordancewith a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Basedon my inquiryofthe personor personswho managethe system, orthose personsdirectly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true. accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, includingthe possibilityof fine and imprisonmentPorknowing violations." D, The Public Works Directorwill evaluate the data furnished by the user and may require additional information. After evaluation and acceptance of the data furnished, the PublicWorks Director may issue a wastewater discharge permitsubjectto terms and conditions provided inthis article. D. Users must notifythe PublicWorks Directorof any planned significant changesto, the user's operations or system which might alter the nature, quality, or volume of its wastewater at least thirty days before the change. (Ctd 1501 § 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.460 Discharge permit- Conditions. Wastewater discharge permits shall be expressly subject to all provisionsof this chapter and all other regulations, user charges and fees established by the City council. The conditions of wastewater discharge permits shall be uniformly enforced by the PublicWorks Directoror assigned agent in accordance with this chapter, and applicable state and federal regulations. Permits may contain the following: 27 A. The unit charge or schedule or user charges and fees for the wastewater to be discharged to the sewerage system; B. The collection of capacity fee, inspectionfee and prepayment for the prorated portion of annual user charges, if collected annually; C. The average and maximumwastewater characteristics; D. Limitson rate and time of dischargeor requirementsfor flow regulationsand equalization; E. Requirementsfor installation of inspection, monitoring, and samplingfacilities; F. Pretreatment requirements; G. Specifications for monitoring programswhich may includesampling locations, frequency and method ofsampling, number, types as specified in 40 CFR 403 12(b)(5) and (g)(4) and standards for tests as specified in 40 CFR 136and reportingschedule; H. Requirementsfor submission of technical reports or discharge reports; I. Requirementsfor maintaining plant records relatingto wastewater discharge as specified by the City, and affording the City access thereto; J. Mean and maximum mass emission rates, or other appropriate limitswhen incompatible pollutants (as defined inArticle lof this chapter) are proposedor presentin the user'swastewaterdischarge; K. Otherconditions as deemed appropriate by the PublicWorks Directorto ensure compliancewith this chapter and federal and state regulations; L. Requirementsfor"slug discharge" plans as required by 40 CFR403 8(f (2)(v) (Ord. 1501 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.470 Discharge permit - Term - Changes- Renewal. Permits shall be issued for a specified time period, not to exceed five years. A permit may be issued for a period less than a year or may be stated to expire on a specific date. A user discharging after the expiration date of the permitshallbe considered in violation of this chapter. It is the responsibility of the userto apply for a new discharge permit60 days beforethe expiration date of their existing permit. The terms and conditions cf the permit may be subject to modification and 28 change by the City during the life of the permit, as limitationsor requirements stipulated in this chapter are modified and changed. The user shall be informedof any proposed changes in user's permit at leastthirty days prior to the effective date of change. Any changes or new conditions in the permit shall include a reasonabletimeschedulefor compliance. (Ord. 1501§ 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.480 Discharge permit - Transfer. Wastewater discharge permits are issued to a specific user for a specific operation, A wastewater discharge permit shall not be assigned, transferred or sold to a new owner, new user, different premises or a new or changed operation without prior written approval of the Public Works Director. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.490 Discharge permit- Suspension. A permit may be temporarily suspended at anytime if it is the PublicWorks Director's opinion that the continued discharge of the waste or water into the sewerage system would substantially jeopardize the ability of the treatment facilities or sewerage system to meet water quality requirements orwould cause an unsafe condition to occur. In lieu of temporarysuspensionof permits,the Public Works Director may impose such temporary restrictions, cond itionsor Iimitationsuponthe quantities, qualitiesand rates of discharge made thereunder as deemed necessaryto assure that the receiving water quality requirements will not be violated or to alleviate the unsafe condition. Notice of the temporary suspension orthe impositionof temporary restrictions.conditionsor Iimitationsshallbegiven inwriting by the Public Works Directorto the permitteeat Ieasttwenty-four hours priorto their effective date. Delivery of the notice to the permittee's place of business shall constitute delivery of notice to permittee. (Ord. 1501 § 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.500 Discharge permit° Revocation. Any user who violates the following conditions of the permit or of this chapter, or applicablestate and federal regulations, is subjectto havingthis permit revoked: 29 A. Failure ofa userto factually reportthe wastewater constituents and characteristicsoftheir discharge; B. Failure of the user to report in advance significant changes in operations or wastewater constituents and characteristics; C. Refusal of reasonable access to the user's premisesand/or recordsfor the purpose of inspection or monitoringof all possiblesourcesof pollution; D. Failureto pay City utilitybills; E. Violation of conditionsof the permit. (Ord. 1501 § 1(part), 1990) 13.12.510 Monitoringfacilities. A. The Public Works Director may require the user to construct and maintain, at the user's expense, monitoringfacilities which meetall govemmentsafely regulations(OSHA)to allow inspection, sampling, and flow measurementof the building sewer or internal storm drainage systems and may also require sampling or metering equipment to be provided, installed, operated and maintained at the user's expense. The monitoring facility should normally be situated on the user's premises, but the Public Works Director may, when such a location would be impractical or cause undue hardship on the user or the City, require the facility to be constructed in the public right-of-wayand locatedso that itwill not be obstructed by landscaping or parkedvehicles. B. When the monitoringfacility is insidethe user's fence, there shall be accommodations to allow access for the PublicWorks Directoror designated representative, such as a gate secured with a City lock. There shall be ample room in or near such monitoring facility to allow accurate sampling and compositing of samples for analysis. The monitoring facility shall be maintained at all times in a safe and proper operating condition at the expense of the user. C. Whether constructed on public or private property, plans and specifications shall be approved by the Public Works Director and be in accordance with all applicable City construction standards and specifications. Construction shall be completed within sixty days following written notification by the City, unless a time extension is otherwise granted by the City. (Ord. 1501 § 1(part), 1990) 30 13.12.520 Inspection. sampling, monitoring, and analysis. The Public Works Director or designated representative may inspect the facilities of ary user to ascertain whether the purpose of this chapter is being met and all requirements are being complied with. Persons or occupants of premiseswhere wastewater is created or discharged shall allow the PublicWorks Directoror designated representative ready access at all reasonable times to all parts of the premisesfor the purposesof inspection or sampling or in the performanceof any of their duties. The Public Works Directoror designated representative shall have the right to set up on the user'spropertysuch devices as are necessaryto conductsamplingor meteringoperations and be allowed to copy any of the user'sdischarge records. All user discharge records shall be retainedfor a minimumof three years per 40 CFR 403.12(0). Where a user has security measures in force which would require proper identification and clearance before entry into their premises, the user shall make necessary arrangements with its security guards so that upon presentation of suitable identification. the Public Works Director or designated representativewill be permittedto enterwithout delay for the purposesof performingtheir specific responsibilities. The userwill be charged a fee to recoverthe costs for inspections(investigations),sampling, monitoring, and analyses performed by the City for purposes of billing and insuring compliance with all regulations. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.530 Accidental discharge prevention. A Each user shall provide protection from accidental discharge of prohibited materialsor other wastes regulated by this chapter. Such facilitiesshall be providedand maintainedat a levelof operation comparable to that of the original construction at the user's expense. Detailed plans showing facilities and operating proceduresto providethis protection shall be submitted to the Public Works Director before construction of the facility. 31 B. The review of such plans and operating procedures by the Public Works Directorwill in noway relieve the user from the responsibility of modifying the facility to provide the protection necessary to meet the requirementsofthis chapter. (Ord. 1501 § 1 (part), 1990) C, If any wastewater is spilled onto any surface or area in such a mannerwhere there is the possibilityof contact with any person, that wastewater shall be cleaned up at the expense of the property owner or a designatewithin a reasonabletime as determined by the City, or the City will clean up the spilled wastewater and bill the property owner or designate for the cleanup. If warranted, or as directed by the City, property managementm ust adequately notifytenants and postarea of spillwith warning signs. 13.12.540 Confidential information. A. All information and data on a user obtained from reports, questionnaires, permit application, permits and monitoring programs and from inspectionsshall be availableto the publicor other governmental agency without restriction unless the user specifically requests and is able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the PublicWorks Directorthat the release of such informationwould divulge information, processesor methods thatwould be detrimentalto the user's competitive position. B. When requested by the person furnishing a report, the portionsofa reportwhich might disclosetrade secrets or secret processes shall not be made available for inspection by the public, but shall be made available to governmental agencies for use in making studies per 40 CFR 403.14; provided, however, that such portions of a report shall be available for use by the state or any state agency in judicial review or enforcement proceedings involving the person furnishing the report. Wastewater constituents and characteristicswill not be recognized as confidential information. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.550 Special agreements. Special agreements and arrangements between the City and any persons or agencies may be establishedwhen, in the opinion of the City council, unusual or extraordinarycircumstances 32 compel special terms and conditions. However, in no case may federal pretreatmentstandards bewaived or modified. (Ord. 1501§ 1 (part), 1990) ArticleVll, Enforcement 13.12.560 Accidental discharge notice. A Noticeto Authorities. 1. Upon accidentally discharging wastes in violation of this chapter, or in violation of a City -issued discharge permit users shall notify the Waterwastewater Superintendent or the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facilities(WSWPCF) personnel immediately by telephone or in person, or by calling the PublicWorks Department24 hour emergency number to enable countermeasuresto betaken by the City to minimize damage to the sewerage system, treatment facility, treatment processes and/or the receivingwater. 2. This notification shall be followed, within ten calendar days of the date of occurrence. by a detailed written statementto the Public Works Director describing the cause, location, type. volume, concentration, date, time, and duration of the accidental discharge, measurestaken to correctthe problem. and stepstaken to preventfuture occurrence. 3, Such notication will not relieve users of liability for any expense, loss or damage to the sewerage system, treatment plant, or treatment process, or for any fines imposedon the City on accountthereof under Section 13350of the California Water Code or for violations of Section 5650 of the California Fish and Game Code. B. isampling performed by a user indicates violation, the user must notii the Waterwastewater Superintendentor the WSWPCF personnelwithin twenty-four hours of becoming aware of the violation. The user shall also repeatthe sampling and analysis and submit the results of the repeatanalysis to the Public Works Directorwithinthirty days after becomingaware of the violation per40 CFR 403.12(g)(2). C. Employee Training. In order that employees of users be informed of the City's requirements. users shall make available to their employees copies of this chapter, together with such other wastewater information and noticeswhich may be furnished by the City from time to time directed toward moreeffective 33 water pollution control. A notice shall be fumished and permanently posted on the user's bulletin board advisingemployeeswhom to call in case of an accidental discharge in violation of this chapter. (Ord.1501 § 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.570 Cease and desist order. When the City finds that a discharge of wastewater has taken place in violation of prohibitions or limitations cf this chapter, or the provisions of a wastewater discharge permit, the Public Works Director may issue an order to cease and desist, and direct those persons not complying with such prohibitions,limits, requirements,or provisions,to: A Comply forthwith; Comply in accordance with a time scheduleset forth by the City; or c. Take appropriate remedial or preventive action in the event of a threatened violation. (Ord. 1501§ I (part), 1990) 13.12.580 Compliance timetable. When the City finds that a discharge of wastewater has been taking place, or is threatening to take place, in violation of prohibitions or limitations prescribed in this chapter, or wastewater sourcecontrol requirements, effluent limitationsor pretreatment standards, or the provisionsof a wastewater discharge permit, the City may require the user to submit for approval, with such modificationsas it deems necessary, a detailed time schedule of specific actions, which the user shall take in order to prevent or correct a violation of requirements. (Ord. 1501§ 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.590 Appeals. A Any user, permitapplicant, or permit holder affected by any decision, action or determination. including cease and desist orders, made by the Public Works Director, interpretingor implementingthe provisions of this chapter or in any permit issued in this chapter, may file with the Public Works Director written request U for reconsiderationwithin twenty days of such decision, action or determination, setting forth in detailthe facts supporting the user's request for reconsideration. The PublicWorks Director may accept the application, reject the application for sound reasons or direct the applicant, at applicant's sole expense, to maintain and operate in a manner satisfactory to the PublicWorks Directorsuch indicatingor integrating meters as maybe required to properly measurethe flow, establish sampling equipment,tests and proceduressatisfactotyto the PublicWorks Directorto determinethe characteristicsofthe wastes. B. If the ruling made by the Public Works Director is unsatisfactory to the person requesting reconsideration,the person may, within twenty days after notificationof the City's action, file a written appeal to the City council. The written appeal shall be heard by the councilwithin twenty days from the date of filing. The City council shall makea final rulingon the appealwithin twenty days of the hearing. The PublicWorks Director's decision, action or determination shall remain in effect during such period of reconsideration. (Ord. 1501 § 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.600 Liability. Any person, firm or corporation, or any partner, officer, agent or employeethereof, who deposits or permits to be deposited into the City's sewerage system any wastes other than those permissible underthe terms of this chapter and the terms of a valid permit granted under this chapter is liable for any and all damage caused to the City by virtue of such act, including compensationfor damage to the C i s facilities, and all costs of any legal fees, suits orjudgments againstthe City which may be attributableto such wastes so discharged. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.610 Injunction. Whenever a dischargeof wastewater is in violation of the provisionsOf this chapter or otherwise causes or threatens to cause a condition of contamination, pollution or nuisance, the City may petition the superior court for the issuance of a preliminary or permanent injunction, or both, as may be appropriate in restrain ingthe continuance of such discharge. (Ord. 1501 § 1(part), 1990) 35 13.12.620 Damageto sewerage system- Charge. When a discharge of wastewaters or any other substance causes an obstruction, damage or any other impairmentto the C i s sewerage system, the City shall assess a charge against the userfor the work, materials, and services required to clean or repairthe affected portions of the sewerage system. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 13.12.630 Civil penalties. Any personwho violates any provisionof this chapter or permit condition or who discharges wastewaterwhich causes pollution, or who violates a cease and desist order, prohibition, effluent limitation, national standard of performance, pretreatment or toxicity standard shall be liable civilly to a penalty not to exceed six thousand dollarsfor each day inwhich such violation occurs. The City attorney, upon order of the City council, shall petition the superior court to impose, assess and recover such sums. (Ord. 1501 § 1 (part), 1990) 13.12.640 Termination of service. The City may revoke any wastewater discharge permit, or terminate or restrict or cause to be terminated or restricted wastewater service to any premises, which may include termination or restrictionof the water service if warranted, if violation of any provisionsof this chapter is found to exist or if a discharge of wastewater causes or threatens to cause a condition of contamination, pollution or nuisance as defined in this chapter. The City also reservesthe right to immediately disconnect any user, upon informal notice only, in the event of an unlawful discharge which may cause imminent danger to human health, the environment, or which threatensto interferewiththe treatment plants operation. This provision is in addition to other statutes, rules or regulations, authorizing termination of service for delinquency in payment. (Ord. 1501§ 1(part), 1990) 0 13.12.650 Public notice of violation. A In accordance with Federal Pretreatment Regulations 40 CFR 403, the City shall publish, at least annually in the Iargestdaily newspapercirculated in the service area, a description of those industrialuSers which are found to be in significant violation with any provisions of this chapter or any permitor order issued hereunderduringthe periodsincethe previous publication. (Ord. 1501 § 1 (part), 1990) B. Significant violations includeany of the following: 1. Chronic violations cf wastewater dischargelimitations (66percentor more cfall measurements taken in a six month period exceed the daily maximum or the long-term average limit fw the same pollutant parameter); 2. Technical Review Criteria (TRC) violations (33 percent or more of all measurements taken in a six month periodexceed 1.2timesthe Iimitfortoxics or 1.4timesthe IimitforBOD,TSS, and Oil and Grease); 3. Any other violation of an effluent Iimitthe City determines has caused, either alone or in combination with other discharges, passthrough or interference; 4. Any dischargethat causes endangermentth human health, welfare or the environment. or causesthe City to exercise its emergency authorityto haltor preventsuch discharge; 5. Failure to meet a compliance schedule deadline of enforcement order within 90 days after the scheduled date for starting construction, completing construction,or attainingfinal compliance; 6. Required reportsthat are morethan 90 days late; 7. Failureto accurately report noncompliance; 8. Any violation determined to adversely affect the operation or implementation cf the pretreatment C• •'•Irk 37 11 Attest: t *Q ELITE L. AYL R A ting ity Clerk ' State of California County cf San Joaquin, ss. I, Jacqueline L. Taylor, Acting City Clerk of the City cf Lodi, do hereby certify that Ordinance No. 1613 was introduced at a regular meeting of the City Council cf the City of Lodi heldApril 5, 1995andwas thereafter passed,adopted and ordered to print at a regular meeting of said Council heldApril 19,1995by the following vote: AYES: Council Members- Davenport, Pennino,Sieglock, Warner and Mann (Mayor) NOES: Council Members- None ABSENT: Council Members- None ABSTAIN: Council Members- None I further certify that Ordinance No. 1613was approved and signed by the Mayoron the date of its passage and the same has been published pursuantto law. Approved as to Form: 606 W MNA City Attorney 3% c-3 City of Lodi Public Improvement Design Standards Introduction 1 -1 Purpose and Scope These Design Standards are published as required by the City of Lodi General Plan to provide standards for public improvements constructed within the City. They are to be used in conjunction with City Standard Construction Specifications and Standard Plans (hereafter referred to in total as "Standards") They shall apply to all new and reconstructed public improvements done as part of private development, public and private utility work within right-of-way and public utility easements (PUE) and City projects. However, they do not include traffic signal and other minor, informal standards used by the City in the design of publicly funded projects and in the analysis of existing problems. These Standards also apply to street, storm drainage, wastewater and water system improvements which are to be owned and maintained by the City of Lodi, except as noted below. The design of lighting and electrical facilities is not included in these Standards and shall be in accordance with rules and regulations of the City of Lodi Electric Utility Department. Although intended for public improvements, these Standards affect the design of private, on-site facilities. In some cases, other City Departments refer to these Standards for their on-site requirements under separate authority. Generally, such cases are specifically identified in the appropriate sections, Nothing in these Design Standards is intended to reduce or modify applicable Federal, State or Local laws nor to create a standard to be applied retroactively to existing improvements except where specifically noted. 1-2 Design These Standards are not a "Code" nor are they a replacement for engineering design and judgement. The design of each project is in itself a special case and these Standards should not be construed to be the maximum (or minimum) required design on a project. In some cases, it may be impractical to meet these Standards. The design engineers encouraged to meet with City engineering staff to review design problems early to avoid reworking plans where deviations are not permitted. Legal requirements must be met; such requirements are noted "(legal min.)". This document does not attempt to repeat all the various agency, professional and industry standards used in engineering design. Rather it cites acceptable references and sets desired standards for the normal range of work anticipated in Lodi based on expected local conditions. Names of references noted are abbreviated; full names and comments on them are included in Appendix A-5. 1 - 3 Authority These Standards are adopted by Resolution #91-92 of the City Council and implement various sections of the Lodi Municipal Code and General Plan goals and policies. Resolution #91-92 provides that the City Engineer shall interpret and make decisions concerning these Design Standards, The City Engineer is also empowered to update the Standards consistent with the General Plan and City Ordinances, Resolutions and policies affecting these Standards. Section 1 - Streets 1.100 General 1.101 Scope All public streets shall be designed in accordance with acceptable engineering principles and shall conform to these Standards. Primary references for supplemental information and/or details include the Caltrans Highway Design Manual, the Transportation Engineering Handbook, "A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets (the AASHTO "Green" Book) and "Design of Urban Streets". Private streets and parking lots shall be designed according to applicable development approvals, City Codes and Standards and accepted engineering principles. 1.102 Submittals The sequential requirements listed below are based on projects subject to the City's Growth Management Plan Developers and design engineers of projects not subject to the Plan should consult with the City Engineer to determine applicable and appropriate timing of submittals Hpyploprnpnt Plan Stafle (prpliminary plan for pntirp parrpl/rteyplopmont) Development plan submittals shall include a map showing the proposed project, existing streets (rights-of-way, medians, number of lanes and regulatory traffic controls) in the vicinity (400 ft. minimum) of the project and new street rights-of-way proposed for the project. At least one map showing right-of-way and lot lines shall be submitted at a scale of 1 "=200' Lot lines and sight -distance triangles per §1.303 shall also be shown at the following locations: ® intersections at reverse frontage lots; ® intersections at curved streets; o intersections with adjacent building setbacks less than 20 feet A table showing land use categories and acreage, trip generation and total traffic shall be provided. Prniprt Mastpr Plan Stflflp (riptailpri plan for pntirp parnpl/ripvpinpmpnt) A detailed street master plan for an entire project may be required by the City Engineer for projects involving extension of streets through adjacent property or to assure that the layout of the approved development plan will meet these Standards. Improvement Plan Stafle (soprifin improvement plans for portion heinn rtevploppri) Improvement plans shall include the information listed in §5.200 and Appendix A-1 1.200 Design Volumes 1.201 General Unless otherwise designated in the Street Master Plan or approved development plan, the design volumes shall be used to determine required street classifications and shall be approved by the City Engineer For projects less than 100 acres, volumes may be estimated using these Design Standards in consultation with City Engineer; however, a traffic study may be required at locations with access, capacity or other traffic problems. Larger projects and those requesting significant changes to the General Plan shall have a traffic study as required as part of the development approval process. The following table relates street classification and design volume and design speed Street Classification RIW,( 3urb- Curb Width Standard Configuration Design Speed Daily Traffic Volume Range Minor Residential 50 34 2lanes 25 0 500 Standard Residential 55 39 2 lanes 30 500 4,000 Minor Collector 60 44 2 lanes 35 4,0.. 30 Major Collector 68 52 2 lanes 40 10,000 14,000 Park & Public Facilities 04 4 with LT lane/median 0.11 1.1 Industrial (Local) 66 52 2 lanes 40 0 14,000 Secondary Arterial 80 64 4 lanes 50 14,000 22,000 Minor Arterial 94 76 4 lanes 55 22,000 24,000 with LT lane/median Major Arterial 118 102 6lanes 60 24,000 36,000 with LT lane/median See §1 302 regarding cross sections. 1.202 Traffic Studies Traffic studies shall only be conducted after consultation with the City Engineer regardij.A *<».,,, of work, assumptions, computer programs and models to be used and other parameters. Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) average trip generation rates shall be used as approved by the City Engineer. For mixed use development projects, individual building rates shall be added. For example, in a commercial development consisting of a large retail space with detached building pads, shopping center rates may be used for the large retail space and fast food, bank or other appropriate rates used for the pads. "Pass -by" reductions in rates shall be approved by the City Engineer. Minimum trip generation rates per gross acre or other units are shown in the following table: Land Use Type Peak Rgte Daily Rate Single Family Residential 1.1 10 Duplex Residential 0.9 8 Multi -Family Residential 0.7 6 Office 18 128 Light Industrial 11 65 Heavy Industrial 7 40 Light Commercial 15 150 General Commercial 30 300 Shopping Center 30 300 Public Offices & Civic Center 16 160 Park & Public Facilities 04 4 Elementary& Middle School 0.11 1.1 High School 025 2.5 Hospital 15 150 Units TE/D U TE/D U TE/DU TEIAcre TE/Acre TE/Acre TEIAcre TEIAcre TE/Acre TE/Acre TE/Acre TE/Student TE/Student TE/Acre TE =Trip End DU = Dwelling Unit 1.300 Street Design 1.301 General Design Minor and Standard Residential streets shall be designed to discourage through traffic. Incorporation of moderately curved streets, cul-de-sacs, knuckles, and T" intersections in the site plan is encouraged.. Maximum length of continuous straight streets should not exceed 1,000 feet. Continuous straight streets with residential frontage, between two collector or arterial streets, are prohibited. Block lengths shall not exceed 1300 feet. On-site improvements on lots fronting arterial and major collector streets shall be designed ouch that exiting vehicles do not have to back out onto the street, (Use circular or hammerhead driveways, on-site circulation, etc) A cul-de-sac shall be constructed on all permanent dead-end streets. Cul-de-sacs are discouraged in commercial and industrial developments and shall be specifically approved by the Planning Commission or City Council The maximum design volume on a cul-de-sac shall be 500 vehicles per day. The maximum length of a cul-de-sac regardless of volume shall be 750 feet. Permanent cul-de-sac streets shall have a turn -around at the closed end with a minimum right-of- way radius of 50 feet. The reversing curves at the beginning of the turnaround shall also have a 50 -foot RNV radius except in short cul-de-sacs (bulbs) where they would intersect the curb return at the entrance. In such cases, the design shall be specifically approved by the City Engineer. Asymmetrical configurations are permitted. Temporary cul-de-sacs on dead-end streets that are to be extended may be required for Fire Department turn -around depending on the length of the street and location of fire hydrants. Alleys New public alleys are not allowed unless specifically approved by the City Council, however, developments with private streets may be designed to minimize the number of access points onto arterials. & riflht-of- Requirements for roadside or median landscaping or "hardscaping" and right-of-way (reverse frontage) fences are not included in these Standards and shall be determined on a case-by-case basis by the City Engineer subject to project conditions of approval "Knuckles" on residential streets are to provide proper lot width at the setback line and shall conform to Standard Plan 133. Lot lines should follow subdivision boundary lines unless specifically approved otherwise on the development plan. Streets shall be fully improved within tract boundaries. 1.302 Cross Section Cross sections for standard street classifications are shown on Standard Plan 101 These cross sections may be modified by the City Engineer based on specific plans, traffic study requirements for project access lanes or other development approvals. Streets along tract boundaries (half -streets) shall have a minimum 32 -foot improved travelled way. If 'No Parking" is approved by the City Council prior to approving the plans, the width may be reduced to 24 feet Temporary curbing shall be provided at the unimproved edge of the pavement, The standard cross slope of the street shall be 2 5%. Where necessary to match existing facilities, the cross slope on new streets may vary between 1% and 4%. Replacement of existing travel lanes in order to meet cross slope criteria may be required. Intersection, cul-de-sac and knuckle cross slopes should be 2% maximum, 0.75% minimum. Upon approval of the City Engineer, the cross slope may be increased to 9% for overlays, shoulder work or other special circumstances Grinding is normally required to minimize the effects of overlays and may include double passes, the first 6 feet wide, adjacent to the gutter at constant depth, with a second, tapered transition pass next to the first. (See §1.410, Driveway slope for additional criteria at driveways) 11.303 intersection/Driveway Sight Distance Minimum requirements for intersection and driveway sight distances are shown in the "Sight Distance Requirements" table and are based on stopping sight distances for traffic on the major (through) street and stop control on the intersection/driveway Preferred distances are from ITE Handbook Table 19-8 "Suggested Corner Sight Distances at Intersections" which are intended to allow opposing traffic to cross the major street without requiring approach traffic to reduce speed. These longer distances will normally be required for new streets and may be required in other circumstances depending on available setback or other considerations. Planned intersection controls shall be considered in determining the appropriate sight distance. For example, where a traffic signal is planned, and the intersection will be initially controlled with a two-way stop, the minimum sight distance may be provided at the "stop" legs of the intersection. Sight distance shall also be provided at median openings as appropriate. Right-of-way or sight distance easements shall be provided at new reverse frontage fences, signs or other obstructions as appropriate. The "clear" area shall not contain shrubbery, mounds, signs or other obstructions over 30" high. Poles and trees shall be spaced far enough apart to provide adequate sight and tree limbs shall be at least 7 feet above the ground. (This section is not intended to preempt the zoning code with regard to front yard fences in residential areas.) I FACE OF CURB 9 SIGHT OISTANCE "CLEAR* AREA (T Y P ) LEFT LANE LINE (WORST CASE IN MULTI -LANE STREETS) NEA r- OS -0® EDGE OF THROUGH LANE M ® •811 •z "))g' MINIMUM 1 7 PREFER61) VARIES wrrH CURB RETURN RADIUS;.3. Id A DRIVER' S EYE 20 102 / fiI I 34� 0 13 / — "t3 0""•- 35 15 Maior St. Classification Design Speed Minor Residential 25 Standard Residential 30 Minor Collector 35 Major Collector 40 Industrial 40 Secondary Arterial 50 Minor Arterial 55 Major Arterial 60 The above " A and "B" distances (in feet) assume new standard cross sections per Standard Plan 101 Existing streets shall be checked using the worst case of existing or future striping and the higher of the design speed or existing 85th percentile speed. 1.304 Vertical Alignment Vertical curves are rarely required in Lodi due to the flat terrain Thus the following standards are brief and only describe minimum requirements. The design engineer is referred to the references cited for additional design criteria where compound curves are needed such as canal crossings. Where the algebraic difference in longitudinal slope exceeds 1 %, a parabolic vertical curve shall be used. The minimum length of vertical curve shall be per the following: L = KA where L = length of vertical curve, ft K = constant per Table below A = algebraic difference in grades, % Vertical Curve K Values Design Speed Crest Curve Sag Curve 25 20 "D" (ft-) " A B Minimum Preferred 14 25 150 250 16 27 200 300 19 30 250 350 17 34 300 400 23 34 300 400 17 40 430 500 17 52 500 550 15 68 580 600 The above " A and "B" distances (in feet) assume new standard cross sections per Standard Plan 101 Existing streets shall be checked using the worst case of existing or future striping and the higher of the design speed or existing 85th percentile speed. 1.304 Vertical Alignment Vertical curves are rarely required in Lodi due to the flat terrain Thus the following standards are brief and only describe minimum requirements. The design engineer is referred to the references cited for additional design criteria where compound curves are needed such as canal crossings. Where the algebraic difference in longitudinal slope exceeds 1 %, a parabolic vertical curve shall be used. The minimum length of vertical curve shall be per the following: L = KA where L = length of vertical curve, ft K = constant per Table below A = algebraic difference in grades, % Vertical Curve K Values Design Speed Crest Curve Sag Curve 25 20 30 30 30 40 35 50 50 40 80 70 50 160 110 55 220 130 60 310 160 The above table is based on stopping sight distance per Table V-2 of the AASHTO "Green" Book In arterial streets where passing is permitted, higher K values per Table V-3 shall be used. The minimum length of vertical curve shall be 200 ft. for design speeds below 40 mph and 400 ft for design speeds of 40 mph and above. Where the calculated length is below the minimum, the curve may be approximated by an intermediate straight segment(s) Top of Curb and Flowline Grades Flowline grades shall not be less than 0 25% and not greater than 6%. A normal design minimum of 0.30% is recommended to minimize birdbaths. (Note gutter flowline tolerances in the Construction Specifications.) Where matching existing improvements, the minimum grade may be reduced with the approval of the City Engineer. With the specific approval of the City Engineer, curb height may be varied from a minimum of 4" to a maximum of 7" The minimum top cf curb elevations shall be I -foot above the design maximum water surface of the Master Plan Storm Drainage Basin to which the proposed improvement is tributary, This minimum elevation is listed in §3.703 A minimum top -of -curb elevation of 1 -foot above the calculated hydraulic grade line shall be maintained. Grades on opposite sides of the street shall be the same wherever practical On cul-de-sacs, knuckles and other curves (except curb returns)where the curb radius is less than 100 feet, the flowline grade shall be 0.30% minimum. Oirh Return Top of curb fall (in feet) around returns shall be per the following table: `Special Determination At returns where the curb type changes, differences in curb height shall be taken into account in the design so as not to reduce the flowline fall. Median grades shall follow street grades. Minor variation in top of median curb grades on opposite sides of the median is permitted depending on the width and nature of landscaping For aesthetic reasons, the maximum variation at noses or other medians less than 6 feet wide should be 0.15± ft. Median noses and other areas with solid fill in between curbs shall be sloped to drain Retrofit New Construction Radius Minimum Minimum Maximum 0.20 0.50 15 12 20 016 0.20 0.60 25 * 0.25 0.80 30 0.30 0.90 35 0.35 1.00 40 0.40 1.10 45 0.45 120 50 0.50 1.30 `Special Determination At returns where the curb type changes, differences in curb height shall be taken into account in the design so as not to reduce the flowline fall. Median grades shall follow street grades. Minor variation in top of median curb grades on opposite sides of the median is permitted depending on the width and nature of landscaping For aesthetic reasons, the maximum variation at noses or other medians less than 6 feet wide should be 0.15± ft. Median noses and other areas with solid fill in between curbs shall be sloped to drain 1.305 Horizontal Alignment Street Curvature Design of curved arterial and collector streets shall be based on criteria in the Caltrans Highway Design Manual The minimum radius of curvature of centerline for all streets shall be per the following table: Minimum Horizontal Curve Radius Street Classification Design Speed Radius (ft.) Notes Minor Residential 25 220 Standard Residential 30 250 1 Minor Collector 35 500 1 Major Collector, Industrial 40 550 1 Secondary Arterial 50 850 1,2 Minor Arterial 55 1000 1,2 Major Arterial 60 1150 1,2 Notes: Minimum radius is below that indicated in Caltrans ahwa 203 2 "Comfortable Speed on Horizontal Curves" for the standard cross slope. While this is acceptable on residential and industrial streets, larger radii, superelevation or reduced design speed should be considered on collector and arterial streets. 2. Minimum radius assumes no sight obstructions Figure 201.6 "Stopping Sight Distance on Horizontal Curves of the above reference should be checked when walls, or other obstructions are planned within 20 ft. cf the right-of-way, There shall be a tangent between reversing curves of at least 150 feet on arterial and collector streets, and 50 feet on all other streets. Length of pavement transitions affecting travel lanes shall be designed per applicable Caltrans Standards (Hwy. Design Manual §206). At ends of curb & gutter, the minimum transition length shall be based on a 45° pavement transition. Longer distances will be required where a driveway is located at the end of the curb & gutter. Intersection An6le Streets shall intersect at right angles (± 5 degrees). Curved residential streets shall have at least 50 feet of centerline perpendicular (± 5 degrees) to the projected curb line of the intersecting street Longer perpendicular distances may be required on collector and arterial streets. Curb return radii for various street types shall be as shown on Standard Plan 611 Angle points of 5 degrees or less are allowed on residential street centerlines with approval of the City Engineer In such cases, the curb face shall be designed with a 100 -foot radius curve. All streets entering upon opposite sides of any given street shall have their centerlines directly opposite each other or separated by at least 150 feet. Cross streets are to be avoided unless one or more legs are cul-de-sacs. Greater distances may be required on collector and higher classification streets based on anticipated turning volumes. Intersections that are to be signalized shall be four-way. The minimum distance between streets entering a restricted access street shall be as provided by a Specific Plan adopted by the Planning Commission and City Council. The location of any new intersection between a local street and an arterial shall be reviewed by the City Engineer to determine safety and compatibility for signal progression. The City may restrict access to right -turn -only if necessary. 1.306 Medians Medians and median openings shall be constructed at locations shown on Specific Plans or as required as part of project approval. See §1.301 regarding landscaping. Design geometries for parabolic median curb transitions, fiares and left -turn -in -only median openings are shown in the Standard Plans Median curb heights shall be 8" with a minimal reverse gutter provided. Due to excessive pavement deterioration from watering, interior drainage at landscaped medians shall be provided. 1.400 Driveways 1.401 General Requirements The following driveway standards are not applicable to State Highway or controlled access streets where access is limited by deed or map restrictions or other development restrictions. If driveways are approved at such locations, the applicable design requirements shall be used New driveways on restricted access streets (most of Cherokee Lane and other streets per map or deed restrictions) require City Council approval. The number, location and width of permitted driveways is regulated by the Public Works Department and shall be based on the demonstrated needs of the parcel being served They shall not be excessively detrimental to the abutting street capacity, safety, and/or efficiency. The City Engineer may modify any of the following standards in order to provide better traffic movements or because of special or unusual conditions. The ITE publication "Guidelines for Driveway Design & Location" contains additional design guidelines. "Commercial" driveways per Standard Plan 114 shall be used on all driveways serving 4 or more parking stalls and other locations where trucks, including garbage trucks, are anticipated. Where land use changes affect existing driveways proposed for reuse, the City Engineer may require upgrading of the driveway to commercial standards. "Common" driveways straddling a property line to serve two or more parcels, are permitted provided applicable width and clearances are met. 11.402 Special Driveways Special driveways are those with a depressed back of driveway at the property line and a radius instead of a curb transition and are used to provide improved access at high volume driveways and minimize capacity reduction on collectors and arterials. Design geometries are shown on Standard Plan 11 1. Special driveways shall be used when the driveway peak hour volume exceeds 300 vehicles per hour and may be required at lower volume driveways at critical locations Depth of flow in the gutter is limited to 3 inches, see §3.502. '1.483 W idtk Maximum driveway width shall be 35 feet for standard driveways and 56 feet for special driveways unless specifically approved otherwise by the City Engineer for high truck volumes or other factors. The total width of commercial and industrial driveways shall not exceed 60% of the frontage. The minimum width of a single driveway shall be 12 feet and 24 feet for a driveway serving a parking lot with a two-way aisle Additional driveway width may be required on collectors and arterial streets particularly where there is no parking and a travel lane is adjacent to the curb. Standard driveway width is measured at the curb line and includes only the depressed section. Special driveway width is measured between curbs behind the property side. Width of a raised medians separating in and out traffic is not included in the width, 1.404 Distances from Curb Returns Commercial, industrial or other high volume driveways on arterials and major collectors shall be located as far as practical from the nearest curb return and may be prohibited within 100 feet where the intersection is signalized, is planned for signalization, or intersection capacity is critical. At other locations, the top of the driveway transition shall be at least 10 feet from the nearest curb return provided the return meets current standards for radius and location At streets to be widened or improved, the above distances shall"be measured from the ultimate location of the curb return, At alleys the driveway transition shall be permitted no closer than 10 feet from the projected intersecting alley curb face, and no closer than 2 feet from the nearest alley curb return. 1.405 Distances From Utility or Safety Devices Driveway transitions shall clear all public facilities such as street light and traffic signal standards, utility poles, fire hydrants, and street trees by a minimum of 3 feet. Greater distances from fire hydrants is recommended. Any relocation of public facilities required to maintain such clearance shall be at the expense of the party requesting the driveway. 1.406 Distance Between Driveways A minimum of 4 feet of full curb height shall be maintained between the top of transitions of adjoining driveways No driveway shall be constructed which results in a curb length between transitions in excess of 14 feet, unless the curb length is at least 22 feet in length. Where practical, the total space between driveway transitions shall be in multiples of 22 feet plus 4 feet. (Spacing = 22X + 4) '1.407 Distances From Property Line A minimum of 2 feet of full curb height shall be maintained between the property line and the top of the driveway transition except where common use driveways have been permitted. 1.408 Removal Any abandoned driveway shall be completely removed and replaced with standard curb, gutter and sidewalk, Driveways are considered abandoned when on-site development, fencing or other use demonstrates that the driveway is no longer needed 10 Parking lot driveways shall be designed in such a manner as to preclude the use of the abutting public street for vehicular circulation solely related to the parking lot. The driveway shall be commercial type per Standard Plan 114. Design of the lot shall conform to Standard Plan 134 1.410 Driveway Slope Driveways shall be designed to minimize vehicles scraping the pavement in front of the driveway or high -centering at the back of the driveway. In new work, the driveway grade measured at a point 10 feet behind the flowline shall no; s"ceed 0.75 feet above the flowline In designing overlays or driveway replacements, the deflection angle at the flowline determined by a point on the pavement 4 feet out from the flowline and a point on the driveway 10 feet behind the flowline should not exceed 9.75°. 1.500 Curb, Gutter and Sidewalk 1.501 General Requirements Curb, gutter and sidewalk shall be installed in all new developments unless specifically deferred or otherwise waived. Curb and gutter may be required to be extended across adjacent parcels for drainage purposes. New ditches or swales are not permitted across residential frontages. 1.502 Curb and Gutter Type Curb and gutter with a vertical "barrier" type curb shall be installed along frontages conforming to any of the following criteria: ® Collector, arterial or higher classification streets; ® Multi -family residential frontage; Commercial or industrial frontage; School, church, park or other public use frontage; ® Any curb where the street centerline radius is less than 200 feet unless specifically determined otherwise by the City Engineer; ® All curb returns; ® Installations where driveways are existing or known as part of an approved development plan unless specifically determined otherwise by the City Engineer; ® Other areas designated by the Planning Commission or City Council. Roll "mountable" type curb and gutter per Standard Plan 136 may be installed on streets within new single-family developments. Valley gutters (Standard Plan 116) will be allowed only at intersections of cul-de-sac streets which provide access to fewer than 10 lots Various designs of curb and gutter have been used in the City. For minor repairs of existing improvements, the type of curb and gutter shall match existing. In replacing curb returns or over '/> of a block face, vertical or rolled curb & gutter per Standard Plan 135 & 136 shall be used as appropriate. Existing curb & gutter should be considered for replacement where ponding extends into the pavement. In replacement projects, curb height may be varied from 4" to T' to match existing improvements. Four foot transitions with weakened planejoints at each end shall be used to separate different curb & gutter types. 11 1.503 Sidewalk The minimum widths of sidewalk shall be 4 5 feet in residential streets, 4 feet in local industrial streets, 7.5 feet in commercial areas, or as noted on the Specific Plan. The above widths do not include the curb width. Widths shall be increased by at least one foot where fences, walls or other similar clearance obstacles to pedestrians are constructed. At poles, trees and other small structures, the minimum clear width provided shall be four feet. Upon specific approval of the City Engineer, the minimum width may be reduced to three feet (legal min) in extreme cases, The "obstacle course" effect of closely spaced poles and other street hardware on opposite sides of the sidewalk shall be avoided. New poles or other devices placed in the sidewalk on the curb side shall have a minimum distance from the face of curb of one foot. Back of walk transitions necessary to accomplish the above clearances shall have smooth reversing curves or angle points with deflection angles not exceeding 30 degrees. 1.504 Wheelchair Ramps Wheelchair ramps shall be installed in all new curb returns per Standard Plan 132 (legal min.) Ramps may also be required at'T" intersections or knuckle&at a lot line on the side opposite the curb return. Wheelchair ramps shall be retrofit at curb returns where the adjacent street pavement is being reconstructed or new buildings are being constructed on corner lots. Handicapped access shall be included at appropriate locations in medians, parking lots and other improvements (legal min.). 1.505 Back of Sidewalk Improvement of the space between the back of sidewalk and the right-of-way (normally 2V2 ft.) shall be consistent with the proposed land use and minimal City maintenance. Where this space is incorporated into on-site landscaping, maintenance is the responsibility of the owner/developer. At reverse frontage fences, the space shall be filled with additional sidewalk or approved hardscaping except where approved otherwise in the development plan. 1.600 Structural Section The structural section shall be asphalt concrete (AC) pavement with aggregate base designed in accordance with the procedures contained in the "Flexible Pavement Structural Section Design Guide for California Cities and Counties" and these Standards. Full depth asphalt concrete may be specified as an alternate. The City has a computer spreadsheet to make the necessary calculations which is available to consulting engineers. The calculation includes a variable safety factor applied to the AC on high volume streets. The soils report shall be a guide for determining the limits of appropriate R -values for design of structural sections. The limits shall be approved by the City Engineer prior to design. The R -value used in design shall not exceed 60 Upon approval of the City Engineer, the plans may be prepared based on 12 i preliminary R -values with appropriate notes for timely retesting during construction for determination of ' final design values. The Traffic Index shall be established by the City Engineer with a minimum of 2% trucks. The following table provides some minimum values and can be used as a guide in determining appropriate structural sections within a residential development. Lowest Street Maximum APT T.1. Minimum Section R -Value* Minor Residential 200 4.0 0.20"AC/0.30' AB or0.35'AC 30 Minor Residential 500 4.5 0.20'AC/0.30'AB or 0.35" AC 40 Standard Residential 1000 5.0 0.20'AC/0.30' AB or 0.35AC 47 Standard Residential 2300 5.5 0.20'AC/0.30'AB or 0.35'AC 53 Standard Residential 4000 6.0 0.20'AC/0.30' AB or 0.35'AC 58 Minor Collector 4200 6.0 0.20" AC/0.30' AB or 0.35AC 58 Minor Collector 8200 6.5 0.25'AC/0.30' AB or 0.40" AC 60 Minor Collector 10000 7.0 0.25'AC/0.35'AB or 0.40" AC 60 * "Lowest R -value" is the minimum value necessary to allow use of the minimum structural section Minimum subgrade compaction of native material shall be 8" @ 92% relative compaction (R.C.) for residential streets and 6" @ 95% R.C. (removed and replaced material), over 6" @ 90% R.C. compacted original ground on industrial, collector and arterial streets. Any fill or disturbed material below shall also be compacted to 90% R.C. These Design Standards are to be conservatively applied to developments to provide pavement that will have at least a 20 -year design life. Upon approval, transitions and other temporary pavements may be designed for a shorter life. New development may be required to remove and replace existing pavement as necessaryto provide a high quality connection between existing and new improvements. Examples include: • ravelled edges of existing pavement; • additional pavement to meet cross slope standards; • ends of streets being extended; • flares at shoulders; • transitions The City may require that the developer install a reduced pavement section in anticipation of excessive street cuts for utility services to the lots. In such cases, the developer shall pay the City the difference in cost between the full section and the reduced section and the City will be responsible for the installation of the future additional pavement. Trench structural sections shall be as shown on Standard Plan 506 unless approved otherwise and shown on the improvement plans, Pavement cuts may be prohibited in new or recently overlaid streets. In cases where such cuts are permitted, pavement "T" cuts or other special trench replacement sections may be required. Design criteria and specifications for jacking or boring are not included in these Standards and are to be determined on a case-by-case basis. 13 Section 2 - Wastewater 2.100 General 2.101 Scope These standards apply to all public wastewater facilities designed for installation within a public right-of-way or PUE in the City and are limited to sewer mains and laterals 15 inches or less in diameter Standards and requirements for larger sizes will be determined by the City Engineer as needed Except where specifically noted in these Standards or as required as part of project approval, all wastewater facilities installed on private property for private use and ownership shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of the Uniform Plumbing Code, as adopted by the City Wastewater lines shall be designed in accordance with acceptable engineering principles, California OSHA Standards (legal min.), and State of California Title 22 requirements (legal min,), and shall conform to City Standards. Storm water collection facilities shall not be connected to a wastewater line Industrial waste sources may be connected or discharged into a wastewater line with approval of the City Engineer. These Standards do not cover all the applicable City, State and Federal requirements for wastewater quality and monitoring (See Lodi Municipal Code and the Water/Wastewater Superintendent for applicable requirements.) 2.102 Submittals The requirements listed below are based on projects subject to the City's Growth Management Plan. Developers and design engineers of projects not subject to the Plan should consult with the City Engineer to determine applicable and appropriate timing of submittals. Dpypinpmpnt Plan Stane (preliminary plan for entire parrel /development) Development plan submittals shall include a map showing the proposed project, existing septic systems, wastewater mains in the vicinity of the project and new mains, 12" and larger proposed for the project. A table showing land use categories and acreage and average and peak flows shall be provided (average flow in mgd, peak flow in cfs) Proient Master Plan Stage (detailed plan for entire parnel/rievelrtpmont) Prior to preparation cf improvement plans for the first construction phase of the project, a wastewater master plan for the entire project shall be submitted for approval by the City Engineer. The preliminary design submittal shall include the following items: ♦ A plan, 1" = 1 00'scale, showing the proposed system, preliminary pipe sizes, tributary subareas, existing and future tributary areas outside the project limits, zoning, projected land use, and any features affecting the system ® Design flows at majorjunction points including flows coming from outside the project limits. A calculation sheet is provided in the Appendix which may be reproduced by the consulting engineer. ♦ A description and preliminary sketches of any pump stations including: number and size of pumps, wetwell volume and operating levels, provisions for standby power or energy operations, and maintenance access. 14 ® Where the design includes additional tributary areas outside the project as required by the City ami the developer wishes to obtain reimbursementfor oversize pipes, the Engineer shall submit additional calculations and design for the project only in order to estimate the reimbursable portion. Improvement Plan fitaqp (sperifir improvpmpnt plans for portion hpinfl ripvplopprl) Improvement plans shall include the information listed in 95 200 and Appendix A-1 2200 Design Flow Wastewater lines shall be designed on a peak flow basis. Design peak flows shall be estimated by applying the appropriate peaking factor to the average flow. For analysis of existing lines or where existing land use is higher than the zoning, flow shall be calculated based on an average sewage flow of 100 gallons per capita per day with a population of 3.0 capita per single family dwelling unit and 2.0 capita per multiple family dwelling unit. For lines serving new areas or where existing land use is lower than the zoning, the City zoning map and/or general plan shall be used to estimate average flow. The following table summarizes this criteria: Zoning Land Use Pers/unit Units/acre Pers/acre Flow R-1 Residential 30 4 12 0.00186 cfs/acre R-2 Residential 3.0 6 18 0.00279" R -GA Garden Apt 2.0 20 40 0.00619" R -MD Medium Density Residential 20 30 60 0 00928" R -HD High Density Residential 2,0 40 80 0 01238" PR Planned Residential 2.6 7 18.2 0 00282" (unspecified) PR/LD Planned Residential 2.75 5 1375 0 00213" (low density) PWMD Planned Residential 225 12 27 0.00418" (medium density) PR/HD Planned Residential 200 24 48 0.00743" (high density) gal. /acre/day XCx Commercial 2500 0.00387" Mxx Industrial 2000 0.00309" n/a Institutional (Schools, etc) 0.000039 cfs/attendant The above values are average figures based on the assumptions shown. At locations where a specific use is proposed for which the flow would exceed these figures, the higher value shall be used. Peak flow shall be obtained by multiplying the average flow by the following peak factors These peak factors include an allowance for infiltration/inflow The peak flow factor shall be 3 0 for commercial and institutional flows and 2 0 for industrial flow. 15 Peaking factors for residential flow shall be selected from the figure below based upon total upstream service population. P 100 e 43 n 9 F ac t0 10 Wastewater Pealdng Factor 15 100 1-Y 10,000 100,000 Population 2.300 Pipe Design 2.301 Minimum Size New gravity wastewater lines shall be 8 inches or greater in nominal diameter, except the mo,. upstream manhole -to -manhole reach of a main sewer having no potential for further extension may be 6 inches in nominal diameter. 2.302 Design Depth of Flow Main wastewater lines (8 through 10 inches in diameter) shall be designed to flow a maximum of one-half full at peak design flow Trunk wastewater lines (12 inches and larger in diameter) shall be designed to flow a maximum of three-fourths full at peak design flow. 2.303 Slope All sewers shall be designed to use the available slope to give peak flow velocities of not less than 2.0 feet per second based on Manning's formula using an "n" value of 0 013. Minimum slopes and the corresponding design capacity based on §2.302 and 32 303 are >ve Minimum Slope (ft/ft} Design Cap. (cfs) Full Cap. (cfs) 6 0.0048 0.20 0.39 8 0.0033 0.35 070 10 00025 055 1.10 12 0.0019 1.45 156 15 00014 2.25 2.42 It is understood that it is impractical to meet these velocity standards at upstream ends of the collection system and they are waived in such cases Designs in which downstream mains do not meet these velocity standards shall be specifically approved by the City Engineer, Maximum velocity shall not exceed 10 feet per second at peak flow Sewers shall be designed with uniform slope between manholes 16 2.304 Vertical Alignment The minimum cover for wastewater lines shall be 3 feet from the existing or planned final grade, whichever is lower, to the top of the sewer pipe. Laterals shall have a nominal cover of 2'/s feet at the property line or at a point 5 feet outside the curb face or edge of paving, whichever is the greater distance from the roadway centerline.. See §2.401 for additional information regarding service lateral cover and 35 701 for structural considerations. When crossing a water main, the wastewater line shall be installed below the water main with a clearance of at least 12 inches Where this separation cannot be maintained, the City Engineer may approve reduced clearances based on Standard Plan 415. A minimum vertical clearance of at least 3 inches shall be maintained between a wastewater line and a storm drain. Separation distances shall be measured from the nearest edges of the facilities At points of convergence of pipes of various sizes, the pipe crown of the inflowing pipe(s) shall be no lower in elevation than the crown of the outflowing pipe. See §2.502 regarding drop manholes for additional information. 2.365 Horizontal Alignment Wastewater Lines shall be placed within street rights-of-way unless placement in an easement is specifically approved by the City Engineer. Alignment shall be parallel to the street centerline whenever possible. The horizontal alignment of wastewater lines in new streets, easements and private streets shall be as shown on the appropriate City of Lodi Standard Plan. In existing streets and other special cases (such as looped streets in which the utilities may be located concentrically to avoid crossings), the alignment may vary from the Standard Plans, but in no case shall there be less than 10 feet horizontal clearance to a water main, except as specifically approved by the City Engineer in accordance with State Department of Health Services policies. Curved sewers are allowed. However, joint deflections or pipe curvature shall not exceed the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The following table may be used as a conservative guide. If a shorter radius is desired, the appropriate design information (i..e. short pipe lengths, radius fittings, etc) shall be shown on the plans. Minimum Radius of Bending Circle (ft.) Pipe Size Ductile Iron PVC VCP 4 190 160 200 190 160 200 190 210 200 10 190 270 200 12 190 320 200 15 n/a 390 260 Wastewater lines, including laterals, or other sanitary hazards shall not be constructed adjacent to any existing or proposed well site. California State Department of Health Services requirements shall be the minimum required separation, however these may be increased where the well location is not fixed or redrilling is planned. 17 The following standard pipe materials shall be used for gravity flow wastewater line construction and shall conform to the appropriate American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) and American Water Works Association (AWWA) specifications (latest revision): Pipe Material Specification Ductile iron pipe ASTM A746 w/polyethylene lining & ASTM D1248, Class C, 30 mil thickness polyethylene encasement" AWWA C105 PVC sewer pipe and fittings ASTM D3034 SDR 35 Vitrified clay pipe ASTM C700 (extra strength) laterals only: Cast iron soil pipe (4" & 6") ASTM A74, service weight * polyethylene encasement may be omitted if a corrosivity soils report provided per Appendix A of AWWA C105 indicates encasement is not needed. Alternate linings may be approved on a case-by-case basis, New main sewers and/or laterals servicing exclusively industrial and commercial development may be limited to vitrified clay pipe depending on the proposed use. Trench and pipe strength design shall be shown on the improvement plans per §5.700., 2.307 Joints and Fittings Joints and fittings shall be selected and installed to minimize infiltration and to prevent the entrance of roots throughout the life of the system. Ductile iron pipejoints and fittings shall conform to AWWA C110 or other approved joint for wastewater applications. Joints for PVC pipe shall be flexible elastomeric type conforming to ASTM D3212, Solvent weldedjoints for PVC pipe are not permitted. Joints for vitrified clay pipe shall conform to ASTM<£245r 4 Joining of pipe sections of unlike materials shall be accomplished using approved flexible band seals. Otherjoining methods shall not be used unless approved by the City Engineer. 2.400 Services 2.401 General One service is allowed per parcel being served. Additional services may be specifically approved by the City Engineer in order to eliminate the need for on-site pumps or in other extreme circumstances„ The minimum diameter for services (lateral sewers) shall be 4 inches. A lateral sewer installed concurrently with a main sewer shall be of the same type and class of pipe material as the sewer main except where land use, cover or water main separation requirements indicate otherwise. For new services on existing mains, the lateral sewer may be of any approved pipe material as specified in §2,306„ Size and depth of services is to be determined by the design engineer for the parcel being served subject to minimums contained in City Standards. Particular attention should be given to large, deep parcels. On-site lift stations may be necessary at upstream ends of mains, particularly on the east side of the City at the Central California Traction railroad,. 18 2.402 Monitoring Structures A monitoring structure or sampling manhole/riser shall be installed per City standards near the back of walk where required by the City Engineer It shall be in a location accessible to City personnel at all times and may be considered as a cleanout in lieu of a separate required cleanout 2.403 Traps and Waste interceptors Appropriate traps and waste interceptors shall be installed on services or on-site as determined by the City Engineer in conformance with the Lodi Municipal Code. 2.500 Manholes and Miscellaneous Structures 2.501 Manholes Manholes shall be located in areas accessible to cleaning equipment and at: ® the end of each line; ® all changes in pipe grade, size, or alignment; ® all junctions of sewer mains and/or laterals 6 inches or greater in diameter; ® distances not greater than 500 feet in continuous paved areas ® Where access to manholes is restricted, the pipe and accessible manrr' located such that there is a hose lay of no greater than 500 feet from ......,,.» eA< .j»., access point to all portions of the sewer. 24" diameter risers may be used in lieu of standard 48" manholes where the depth to the invert is less than 42 inches. Manholes/risers may be required for inspection purposes at the end cf stubs exceeding 25 feet in length 2.502 Drop Manholes Drop manholes per Standard Plan 301 shall be provided where the inflowing pipe crown elevation is more than 2 feet above the crown elevation of the outflowing pipe. 2.600 Lift Stations 2.681 General Lift stations shown on the Wastewater System Master Plan shall be designed per the following standards. Other lift stations shall be specifically approved by the City Engineer after consideration of all reasonable gravity flow alternatives. Design standards for temporary stations shall be determined on a case-by-case basis. Lift station structures and electrical and mechanical equipment shall be located and designed such that they are protected from physical damage by the 100 -year flood and will remain fully operational and accessible during the design storm. The lift station shall be located off the travelled way of streets and alleys and shall be provided with paved vehicular access and appropriate security as required by the City Engineer. 2.602 Design The lift stations shall be Ecodyne, Smith and Loveless Custom Series 19 Impressed current cathodic protection is required and shall be designed by a qualified corrosion control engineer. California OSHA standards shall be observed in the design of all pumping station access structures At least two pumps shall be provided for each pumping station. If only two units are provided, they shall ha ^o the same capacity. Each shall be capable of handling the peak flow Where three or me" a units are provided, they shall be designed to fit actual flow conditions and must be of such capacity that with any one unit out cf service, the remaining units will have capacity to handle maximum sewage flows. Design pumping rate shall be the peak inflow for the ultimate tributary area For Master Plan Stations, initial lower flow rates shall be considered in the design. It may be appropriate to provide an interim design with fewer or smaller capacity pumps. However, the station and site should be designed for ultimate conditions Wetwells The wetwell size and control setting shall be appropriate to avoid heat buildup in the pump motor due to frequent starting and to avoid septic conditions due to excessive detention time. Total pump starts shall be limited to no more than 10 per hour. Wetwells shall be reinforced concrete with coal tar epoxy lining (Tnemec Hi -Build Tneme-Tar 46H-413, two coats; or approved equivalent). The wetwell floor shall have a minimum slope of 1 to i to a hopper bottom The horizontal area of the hopper bottom shall not be greater than necessary for proper installation and function of the pump inlet. Ancillary Fgnipmpnt Ancillary equipment such as air release or other valve pits shall be provided as necessary including adequate ventilation and corrosion protection. Flentrinal Equipment All wetwell electrical equipment shall be explosion proof and meet National Electrical Code Class 1, Division 2, Group D requirements. All drywell electrical equipment shall be NEMA 4. Telemetry equipment identical to the City's latest SCADA equipment shall be provided. Alarms shall be activated in cases of high water, power failure, pump failure, use of the lag pump, unauthorized entry, or any cause of pump station malfunction. fitanrihv Pnwpr Pump stations of greater than 0.25 mgd peak flow capacity (which include those shown on the Master Wastewater Collection System Plan) shall include permanent installation of standby power. Engines shall be provided with silencing equipment appropriate for the adjacent land use per zoning and General Plan standards. Smaller capacity stations, where approved, shall either provide standby power or dual, manually switchable electrical feeds from separate transformers, 20 Potable water supply with a reduced pressure backflow prevention device (Febco Model 825) is required for all pump stations. Instn mtinns and Fgnipmpnt Three complete sets of operational instructions (including emergency procedures and maintenance schedules), special tools, and such spare parts (i.e., mechanical seals, wear rings, filters, etc.) as may be necessary shall be provided for all pump station equipment. 2.603 Force Mains At average pump flow, a velocity of at least 2 feet per second shall be maintained An automatic air relief valve shall be placed at high points in the force main to prevent air locking Force mains shall enter the gravity sewer system at a point not more than 1 foot above the flow line of the receiving manhole. Cleanouts and other special fittings shall be provided as required by the City Engineer The force main and fittings, including thrust blocking, shall be designed to withstand normal pressure and pressure surges (water hammer) The following standard pipe materials shall be used for force -main construction and shall conform to the applicable ASTM or AWWA specification (latest revision) Pipe Material Specification Ductile iron pipe AWWAC151 w/polyethylene lining & ASTM D1248, Class C, 30 mil thickness polyethylene encasement" AWWA C105 PVC Plastic Pipe AWWA C900 polyethylene encasement may be omitted if a corrosivity soils report provided per Appendix A of AWWA C105 indicates encasement is not needed Alternate linings may be approved on a case-by-case basis. Pipe strength (Class) shall be determined by accepted engineering principles and the pipe specification based on the design pressure. Trench design shall be shown on the plans per§5 700. Friction losses through force mains shall be based on the Hazen and Williams' formula with a value for "C" equal to 120. Separation from Water Mains Force main separation from water mains shall conform to applicable State Dept. of Health Services regulations (legal min), City Standards and appropriate construction details shall be shown on the plans. 21 Section 3 ® Storm Drainage 3.100 General 3.101 Scope These standards apply to all public stormwater facilities designed for installation within a public right-of-way or PUE in the City. Exceptwhere specifically noted in these Standards or as required as part of project approval, all stormwater facilities installed on private property for private use and ownership shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of the Uniform Plumbing Code, as adopted by the City. Stormwater lines shall be designed in accordance with acceptable engineering principles and California OSHA Standards (legal min.), and shall conform to City Standards. Storm water collection facilities shall not be connected to a wastewater line except where specifically required by the City Engineer. Industrial waste sources shall not be connected or discharged into a stormwater line without a specific discharge permit. These Standards do not cover all the applicable City, State and Federal requirements for storm quality and monitoring. (See §5 603 for additional discussion.,) 3.102 Submittals The requirements listed below are based on projects subject to the City's Growth Management Plan. Developers and design engineers of projects not subject to the Plan should consult with the City Engineer to determine applicable and appropriate timing of submittals npypinpmp_nt Plan fttafll (preliminary plan for entire parrel /development) Development plan submittals shall include a map showing the proposed project, existing storm drains in the vicinity of the project and new storm drains, 30" and larger proposed for the project A table showing land use categories and acreage, C -factors and 100 year storm volume (in acre-feet) shall be provided. Project Master Plan Stape (Hptailpri plan for entire parrel /development) Prior to preparation of improvement plans for the first phase, a storm drain master plan for the entire project shall be provided for approval by the City Engineer. The preliminary design submittal shall include the following items: 4 A plan, 1 " = 1 00'scale, showing the proposed system, preliminary pipe sizes, tributary subareas, existing and future tributary areas outside the project limits, zoning, projected land use, and any features affecting the system ® Hydrology and hydraulic calculations together with assumptions, charts, tables, references and methods used. A calculation sheet s provided in the Appendix which may be reproduced by the consulting engineer. ® A plan, preferably 1"= 100' scale, showing proposed street system, existing and proposed drainage system, tributary sub -areas (including offsite drainage), and peak flow in all pipes. e A plan showing the hydraulic grade line (HGL), the proposed storm drain including slopes and sizes and top of curb in profile. Elevations should be shown at all changes in slope of the HGL, proposed storm drain and top of curb. Where the design includes additional tributary areas outside the project as required b the City and the developerwishes to obtain reimbursement for oversize pipes, the Eyngineer sFaafi-submit additional calculations and design for the project only in order to estimate the reimbursable portion. 22 Imprnvempnt Plan Stane (specific: improvement plans for portion heinn developed Improvement plans shall include the information listed in §5 200 and Appendix A-1., 3.200 Design Flow The Rational Method (Q = CIA) shall be used to determine runoff flow (Q) for areas less than " Larger areas require special consideration and should be discussed with the City Engineer prior design. Minimum values for the coefficient of runoff (C) and time of concentration are as follows: Land Use C Factor Tc (minutes) Parks 0.20 30 R-1 and R-2 (Residential) 0.40 25 R -GA, R -MD and R -HD (Apartments) 050 20 Schools and Churches 0.50 20 Commercial 080 10 Industrial 090 10 Surface Pavement 0.95 Roofs 080 Compacted earth (no gravel) 0.75 Lawn & Open Area 020 Where a specific project is proposed, a composite C factor may be determined based on a weighted average of the surface C factors. Values for rainfall intensity (i) for corresponding time of concentration shall be taken from Standard Plan 606 or computed from the formula shown. The area (A) shall be the tributary drainage area in acres. Preliminary estimates of detention volume (V) for development plan submittals shall be calculated based on V (acre-feet) = 0ACA. (0.4 feet of rain =100 yr, 48 hr. storm) 3.300 Pipe Design 3.301 Minimum Size The minimum size for storm drain mains shall be 12 -inch diameter. All new catch basin laterals shall have a minimum diameter of 12 inches, except where an on-site service is connected to the catch basin. In such cases, the lateral shall be one size larger than the service. 3.302 Design Depth cf Flow (Hydraulic Grade Line) Manning's formula shall be used to calculate design flow, slope, velocity and pipe diameter relationships. The friction factor, "n", shall be 0.013 for all types of pipe. Normally, due to the hydraulic grade line determined by the trunk line or downstream basin, storm drains are surcharged 23 The starting hydraulic grade line and assumed flow will be provided by the City at the downstream master plan line or intervening system if calculations are available. If the proposed project's flow is 5% or more above the assumed flow, the new calculations shall be extended downstream until the difference is less than 5% or a basin or pump station is reached. All storm drains shall be designed for the peak flow entering the catch basin at the point of concentration and shall have a minimum of 1 foot of freeboard between the top of curb and the hydraulic grade line. Note: The design does not need to check each catch basin. Flows may be calculated at manholes. However, the following catch basins are to be checked: ® the most upstream catch basin; ® the lowest catch basin; ® catch basins with on-site services; ® other potentially critical catch basins as designated by the City Engineer. 3.303 Slope Storm drains have minimum slopes per the follov shall Size (in.) Minimum Slope (ft/ft) 12 0.0019 15 00014 18 00011 21 0.0009 24 0.00075 30 0.00055 36 0.00044 42 0.00035 48+ 0.00030 The above slopes are intended to provide a velocity of 2.0 feet per second when flowing half full regardless of the slope of the hydraulic grade line. (In the City's surcharged system, velocities based on the design hydraulic grade line are well below 2 feet per second except in trunk lines.) Pipes with lower velocities shall use available fall and shall be specifically approved by the City Engineer. Maximum velocity shall not exceed 10 feet per second. Storm drains shall be designed with uniform slope between manholes. Siphons are not be permitted (See §3.501 regarding separation manholes). Catch basin laterals shall have a minimum fall of 0.10 foot between the catch basin and manhole. Desirable fall is 0.30 foot or more. 3.304 Vertical Alignment The minimum cover on main line storm drains shall be 2 feet in residential streets and 2!/a feet in all other streets. See §5 701 for structural considerations. A minimum vertical clearance of 3 inches shall be maintained between a wastewater lines and other underground utilities. Clearances to water mains shall be the same as that for wastewater lines. (§2.304; Standard Plan 415) 24 In general, at points of convergence of pipes of various sizes, the top of pipe elevations shall match, or, when approved by the City Engineer, the maximum difference in flow lines shall be less than 4 feet. This does not apply to catch basin laterals. 3.305 Horizontal Alignment Horizontal alignment of storm drains shall be per the applicable requirements for wastewater lines (§2.305; Standard Plan 415). Required clearances to water mains shall be the same as wastewater lines Curved storm drains are allowed However,joint deflections or pipe curvature shall not exceed the pipe manufacturer's recommendations The following table may be used as a conservative guide. If a shorter radius is desired, the appropriate design information (i.e. short pipe lengths, radius fittings, etc.) shall be shown on the plans • Concrete pipe figures assume 6 ft pipe length and 3/8" joint pull; plans should indicate required dimensions and require manufacturer's certification 3.306 Pipe Materials The following standard pipe materials shall be used for storm drain construction and shall conform to the appropriate American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) and American Water Works Association (AWWA) specifications (latest revision): Pipe Material Minimum Radius of Bending Circle (ft.) Concrete pipe Pone Size Durtilp iron PVC VCP Cone* 12 190 320 200 200 15 n/a 390 260 240 18 n/a n/a n/a 290 21 n/a n/a n/a 340 24 n/a n/a n/a 390 27 n/a n/a n/a 440 30 n/a n/a n/a 480 • Concrete pipe figures assume 6 ft pipe length and 3/8" joint pull; plans should indicate required dimensions and require manufacturer's certification 3.306 Pipe Materials The following standard pipe materials shall be used for storm drain construction and shall conform to the appropriate American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) and American Water Works Association (AWWA) specifications (latest revision): Pipe Material Specification Concrete pipe ASTM C14 Ductile iron pipe ASTM A746 w/cement lining & AWWA C104, std. thickness polyethylene encasement* AWWA C105 PVC sewer pipe and fittings** ASTM D3034 SDR 35 Reinforced concrete pipe ASTM C76 Vitrified clay pipe ASTM C700 (extra strength) * polyethylene encasement may be omitted if a corrosivity soils report provided per Appendix A of AWWA C105 indicates encasement is not needed ** PVC pipe is not allowed as amain in commercial and industrial areas or in arterial streets Cast -in-place concrete pipe, 30 inches and larger, may be used when specifically approved by the City Engineer. Cast -in-place pipe will not normally be permitted in existing streets. Easement lines shall pass the same leakage tests as wastewater lines. Trench and pipe strength design shall be shown on the plans per§5 700. 25 3.307 Pipe Joints Storm drainjoints shall be designed and installed to minimize infiltration and to prevent the entrance of roots throughout the life of the system. Joints for concrete pipe shall be rubber gasketed joints per ASTM C443. Mortarjoints shall be used only when specifically approved by the City Engineer. Joints for vitrified clay pipe shall conform to ASTM C245. Joints for PVC pipe shall be flexible elastomeric type conforming to ASTM D3212, Joining of pipe sections of unlike materials shall be accomplished using approved flexible band seals. Otherjoining methods shall not be used unless approved by the City Engineer. 3.400 Services 3.401 General In general, only one storm drain service is to be provided per parcel served Additional services may be approved by the City Engineer depending on the on-site layout, available mains and land use/monitoring requirements. Storm drain services are provided to improve public health and safety and minimize inconvenience created by on-site drainage running over the sidewalk and in the gutter. Services carrying process, wash or other wastewater shall be specifically approved by the City Engineer in conformance with the Lodi Municipal Code. Parcels over 1 acre (net) shall have an on-site collection system connected to the public system. Industrial and commercial parcels under 1 acre shall utilize on-site drains or thru-the-curb drains to minimize drainage over the sidewalk. It is recommended that roof drains of large buildings (carrying only drainage) be pipe thru-the curb or connected to an underground system at the property line downstream of any required monitoring device or trap. Underground services shall connect to the public system at a manhole or catch basin. A direct tie may be approved where a suitable on-site access structure is provided and the criteria per §3.501 are met. 3.402 On-site Design Requirements For industrial land use and commercial uses involving potential water quality hazards (including, but not limited to: automotive service, gas stations, and car washes) the following requirements shall apply: ® All storm drainage shall be picked up in an on-site drainage system, unless approved otherwise. ® The on-site drainage system shall be tied to the City's storm drain system, either at the back of a City catch basin or at a storm drain manhole on the City's system An approved sand and oil trap shall be constructed on new storm drain discharge lines The City may also require a sand and oil trap on existing storm drain discharge lines or through -the -curb drains. ® All sand and oil traps shall be readily accessible and on the street side of all fences and gates and not in the sidewalk area. 99 No storm drainage will be allowed to flow over the curb, gutter, and sidewalk into the street Roof drainage may be tied directly to a "through -the -curb drain" per Standard Plan 129 Exceptions are driveway approaches and landscaped areas adjacent to sidewalks ® With approval from the City Engineer, smaller industrial parcels may be allowed to drain through the curb face. This approval shall depend upon existing street conditions, the location of City storm drain facilities, and the size and use of the parcel On-site drainage must still flow through a sand and oil trap. Also, see §5 603 regarding erosion control 3.500 Manholes and Miscellaneous Structures 3.501 Manholes Manholes shall be placed at the intersections of all storm drains including laterals, at all locations where there is a change in size, change in horizontal or vertical alignment and at the ends of all permanent lines. Manhole spacing shall conform to the following limits: Diameter Maximum Spacing 12" to 30" 500 feet 33" to 54" 750 feet .... 60" and over 1000 feet Manholes will not be required at laterals where all the following conditions are met: ® maximum size of catch basin lateral is 15 inches, and; ® the main storm drain has a diameter of 48 inches or larger, and; ® the maximum top of curb to invert depth at the catch basin is 4 feet, and; ® no other existing or future manhole is within 100 feet along the main storm drain centerline, and; ® connection is made in conformance with Standard Plan 305. 24" diameter risers may be used in lieu of standard 48" manholes where the depth to the invert is less than 42 inches. Where the main is over 42 inches in diameter or where large pipes intersect such that a standard 48" manhole is not practical, a special design, usually using standard, prefabricated sections, shall be shown on the plans. On cast -in-place pipe, saddle manholes per Standard Plan 302 may be used. Manholes/risers may be required for inspection purposes at the end of stubs exceeding 50 feet in length Special "separation" manholes may be designed where wastewater and storm lines intersect due to grade restrictions. Criteria and details are to be approved by the City Engineer on a case-by- case basis 3.502 Catch Basins Side inlet catch basins (SICB) shall be located at all gutter low points and shall be spaced in such a manner that design storm flows will not encroach into the travel lanes or exceed the curb height. In addition, at special driveways the depth of flow shall not exceed 3 inches. Standard Plan 608 provides a Hydraulic Street Capacity Chart for use in determining whether the design flows encroach into the travel lanes. 27 The total gutter run contributing to any catch basin shall not exceed 1,000 feet. It is desirable to locate catch basins on the BCR or ECR which will intercept the most runoff and also keep the main pedestrian crossing as dry as possible. Drop inlet catch basins may be constructed only in alleys, parking lots or as temporary installations on unimproved streets where curb and gutter has not yet been installed. In gutters where a new driveway is being installed that conflicts with an existing side inlet catch basin, upon approval of the City Engineer, a drop inlet catch basin may be installed as ajunction box and the SICB must be relocated. 3.600 Pump Stations The only pump stations permitted are those included in the Master Storm Drain system and private, on-site stations serving single parcels Master Storm Drain system stations shall be custom designed for the particular project Private systems shall be designed according to the applicable Building, Plumbing, Mechanical and Electrical Codes adopted by the City. 3.700 Detention Basins 3.7011 General Requirements The Master Storm Drain system is based on the use of large, publicly owned and maintained detention basins in order to meet discharge flow limitations to downstream facilities or receiving waters. Privately owned and maintained drainage basins are prohibited except in the following circumstances: o temporary facilities approved by the City Council, in which the design is planned for ultimate connection to the City system; o permanent facilities specifically approved by the City Council; o facilities in existence at the time of annexation until the property is developed or otherwise improved and falls under City development requirements. 3.702 Temporary Basins Basins Serving Single Parcels If approved, temporary basins on private property to serve single, one -ownership parcels shall be designed with the following criteria: ® A 48-hpur, 10- ear storm, total rainfall of 3.3 inches shall be used if a reasonable outlet is provided. If no disposal other than evaporation, percolation or irrigation is provided, a 48-hour, 100 -year storm, total rainfall of 4.8 inches, shall be used. ® The maximum water surface of the basin shall be 1 foot below the elevation of the top of curb at the lowest catch basin inlet within the tributary area and a maximum of 1 foot above the design hydraulic grade line at the basin. ® Fencing shall be provided around all basins greater than 3 feet in depth. ® Adequate all-weather access shall be provided ® The tributary drainage system shall be designed to connect to the City's future storm drainage system. ® Any additional requirements placed as a condition of approval shall be incorporated into the design, 28 Basins Serving Multiple Parcels For temporary basins serving multiple parcels, the following criteria should be considered in its design. The final design shall be as approved by the City Engineer in accordance with City Council requirements of approval. o The area cannot be reasonably served by a public storm drainage system. ® The Developer shall pay the City for maintaining and operating the storm water drainage system and appurtenances. ® The basin may be deeded to the City as long as the area is used as a ponding basin. When the City of Lodi storm drain system is expanded to serve the area, the parcel of land reverts back to the developer's ownership and shall be restored back to original condition by the owner A minimum 10 -foot wide access road shall be provided around the basin The maximum side slope shall be 6:1. t Six-foot chain link fencing with redwood lath filler shall beprovided around the basin with double 8 -foot vehicle gates and one 3 -foot personnel gate ® The basin shall store a 10 -year, 48-hour storm (3.3 inches) for the service area. ® Facilities shall be provided to enable the basin to be pumped or drained into a public permanent system within a 48-hour period. The pump station shall have 50% standby and a minimum of 2 pumps. o The maximum design water surface of the basin shall be a minimum of 1 foot below the elevation at the to of curb of the lowest catch basin inlet within the tributary area and a maximum of 1 foot above the design hydraulic grade line at the basin. * The tributary drainage system shall be designed to connect to the City's future storm drainage system. 3.903 Permanent Basins Permanent basins, including fencing and other details, shall be specifically designed to the site, using the above criteria for basins serving multiple parcels except that a 48-hour, 100 -year storm, 4.8 inches total rainfall, shall be used. The design shall be compatible with the Storm Drain Master Plan. The following table summarizes hydraulic design criteria for the basins: Drainage Area/Basin Elevation of: Maximum Water Surface Design Hydraulic Grade Line A-1 Kofu Park 37.0 36.0 A-2 Beckman Park 33.0 32.0 B-1 Vinewood Park 35.0 34.0 B-2 Glaves Park 360 35.0 C Pixley Park 470 46.0 D Salas Park 392 38,2 E Westgate Park 34.5 33.5 F (future) 270 26,0 G DeBenedetti Part < 270 26.0 H (drains to Mokelumne River, see below) (future) 23.0 220 Existing outfalls for areas tributary to the Mokelumne River have been designed under various standards. Recently installed outfalls have been designed on the basis of a River hydraulic grade line one foot below the 100 year flood elevation. However, since the design and installation of these outfalls, newer FEMA flood studies have raised this flood elevation. Since no new outfalls are contemplated under the Storm Drain Master Plan, new standards have not been developed. Hydraulic design criteria for new storm drains lines in the H area shall be determined on a case by case basis by the City Engineer. 29 SECTION 4 -Water 4.100 General 4.101 Scope These standards apply to all public water facilities designed for installation within a public right- of-way or PUE in the City and are limited to mains and services 12 inches or less in diameter, Standards and requirements for larger sizes will be determined by the City Engineer as needed In residential developments, on-site mains and hydrants for fire protection shalt be public. Other on-site facilities, unless specifically noted in these Standards or as required as part of project approval, shall be private and shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of the Uniform Plumbing Code, as adopted by the City. (See §4.401 re services) Water lines shall be designed in accordance with acceptable engineering principles, California OSHA Standards (legal min), and California Department of Health Services Regulations, Title 22, Chapter 16, California Waterworks Standards (legal min.), and shall conform to City Standards. 4.102 Su bmittals The requirements listed below are based on projects subject to the City's Growth Management Plan. Developers and design engineers of projects not subject to the Plan should consult with the City Engineer to determine applicable and appropriate timing of submittals. Development Plan Stafp (preliminary plan for entire parrel /development) Development plan submittals shall include a map showing the proposed project, existing wells, existing water mains in the vicinity of the project and new mains, 10" and larger proposed for the project. A table showing land use categories and acreage, average and peak hour flows and maximum day plus estimated fire flow shall be provided (all flows in gpm, except average in mgd) Projprt Master Plan Starip friotailpri plan for entire parrpl /ripvpinpmpnt) Prior to preparation of improvement plans for the first phase, a water master plan for the entire project shall be submitted for approval by the City Engineer. The plan shall show size and location of all proposed mains Flow and pressure calculations are required for commercial, industrial and medium and high density residential developments. Calculations will not normally be required for low density residential developments unless there is a question regarding the need for looping. Where the design required by the City includes capacity above that needed to serve the development and the developer wishes to obtain reimbursement for oversize pipes, the Engineer shall submit calculations and design for the project only in order to estimate the reimbursable portion. Improvement Plan Stan.e (specific improvement plans for portion heinq developed) Improvement plans shall include the information listed in §5 200 and Appendix A-1. See §5.200 regarding timing of well abandonments and improvement plan approval. 30 4.200 Design Flow Unless City of Lodi metered information or data from other agencies is provided or required, the following water demands shall be used: Peaking Factors Land Use Unit Demand Max. Day Max. Hour Residential 285gpcd 2.24 3.28 Commercial/Office 2750 gpad 2.24 3.28 Industrial 2200 gpad 2.24 328 9pcd = gales per calms per day gpad = gallons per acre per day Per capita and density figures per $2.200 shall be used unless specific project information is available. Fire flow for specific projects shall be as provided by the Fire Marshal. For preliminary studies, the highest applicable case of the following fire flow shall be used: Low Density Residential 2000 gpm Medium & High Density Residential 3000 gpm Commercial & Industrial 4000 gpm 4.300 Pipe Design 4.301 Minimum Size The minimum size pipe used for new water mains shall be per the following table: Location/adiacent land use Size (inches) As shown in Water MasterPlan 10,12 as indicated Commercial & Industrial 8 School, other Public Use 8 High Density Residential 8 Low & Medium Density Residential 6 Unsupported looped length exceeding 800 ft. 8 Residential dead-end with DO. fire hydrant 4 Larger sizes may be required based on required fire flow or service demand. Permanent dead-end runs shall be no longer than 250 feet unless specifically approved by the City Engineer. Eight -inch mains shall be used on dead-end runs which serve fire hydrants. Reasonable looping of water mains will be required; the maximum unsupported length of a main is 1300 ft. The following table may be used as a guide for maximum length (ft.) of dead-end mains: Pipe Required Fire Flow (gpm) Diameter 2000 3000 5000 6" lateral 100 N/A N/A 8" 600 275 N/A 10" 1800 850 325 12" 5000 2400 900 31 4 .302 Design Pressure The system shall be designed to maintain a minimum residual pressure of 20 psi at the service point or fire hydrant under the worst case of either: ® maximum day flows plus fire flow, or; o peak hour flow Calculations for individual developments may assume 4000 gpm at 45 psi is available at the point of connection to an 8" or larger, looped line. Other circumstances will require a spec determination by the City Engineer. The Hazen -Williams formula should be used to calculate design flow, pressure loss, velocity and pipe diameter relationships. The coefficient of friction, "C", shall be 110 for pipes 6" and smaller, 120 for 8" and 10", and 130 for 12" and larger pipes unless loss at fittings is calculated separately using equivalent length or other approved methods. In such cases, a "C' of 130 may be used. 4.303 Slope There are no slope requirements for water mains However, inverts and pipe slopes shall be shown on the profile plans as required in the Appendix. All high points within the system shall be located at fire hydrants or permanent blow -offs 4.304 Vertical Alignment The minimum cover on water mains shall be 3 feet. Water main depth should be kept below 5± feet When crossing a wastewater or storm line, it is desirable that the water main be installed above with a clearance of 12 inches. The minimum vertical clearance per Standard Plan 415 shall be maintained. 4.305 Horizontal Alignment Water mains shall be installed within street rights of way unless an easement installation is specifically approved by the City Engineer. Alignment shall be parallel to the street centerline wherever possible. Parallel lines on each side of the street may be required on major arterials or other locations where crossings are determined inappropriate by the City Engineer. The horizontal alignment of water lines in new streets, easements and private streets shall be as shown on the appropriate City of Lodi Standard Plan. In existing streets and other special cases (such as looped streets in which the utilities may be located concentrically to avoid crossings), the alignment may vary from the Standard Plans, but in no case shall there be less than 10 feet horizontal clearance to a wastewater, storm or industrial waste line, except as specifically approved by the City Engineer in accordance with State Department of Health Services policies. When limited right-of-way or other controls are present reduced clearances per Standard Plan 415 may be approved by the City Engineer. Curved water mains are allowed however, joint deflections or pipe curvature shall not exceed the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The table in 32.305 may be used as a conservative guide If a shorter radius is desired, the appropriate design information (i.e. short pipe lengths, radius fittings, etc) shall be shown on the plans. 32 4.306 Pipe The following standard pipe materials shall be used for water main construction and shall conform to the appropriate American Water Works Association standards (latest revision): Pipe Material Standard Asbestos -Cement AWWA C400, Class 150 minimum Ductile Iron AWWA C151 wlcement mortar lining & seal (std thickness) AWWA C104 polyethylene encasement* AWWA C105 PVC (iron pipe 0 D.)** AWWA C900, DR 18 (Class 150) minimum ® polyethylene encasement maybe omitted if a corrosivity soils report provided per Appendix A of AWWA C105 indicates encasement is not needed ** PVC mains are not allowed in industrial and commercial areas if fire services are not installed at the time of main installation due to problems with hot -tapping installed mains. Itis recommended that 8" combination hydrant/fire service taps be installed with the mains due to Fire Code requirements for sprinklers on commercial and industrial buildings Trench and pipe strength design shall be shown on the plans per§5.700 4.307 Joints Joints in water mains shall match the type of pipe being used, except: ® Solvent welded PVC is not allowed; Mechanical joints are only allowed at fittings; ® Cast-iron repair/adapter couplings may be used where approved by the City Engineer 4.400 Services 4.401 General One service is allowed per parcel being served with the following general exceptions as specifically approved by the City Engineer: o in residential developments with on-site public mains, one standard service per dwelling unit may be provided; ® in large parcels with separate buildings, one standard service per building may be provided (Individual shut -offs per unit are required) Due to the variety of building and main configurations and backflow requirements, the above requirements/exceptions are not specific. Details of each project shall be specifically approved by the City Engineer. All commercial and industrial water services shall be metered. Residential services shall be metered in accordance with City Policies 4.402 Domestic Service The minimum size service is 1 inch per Standard Plan 403. Larger diameter services shall be per Standard Plan 406 (1 V2" & 2") and Standard Plan 407 (4" & larger). Size of services is to be 'determined by the design engineer for the parcel/land use being served subject to minimums contained in City Standards. 33 Backflow devices shall be provided on services as required by the Lodi Municipal Code and shall conform to the appropriate Standard Plan. Sufficient space shall be provided between the service box and the first downstream tee or cross to allow future addition of a backflow device. 4.403 Fire Service Private on-site fire protection systems include hydrants and building sprinkler systems installed per the requirements of the City Building and Fire Codes. Fire and domestic systems shall be kept separate on-site, downstream of the service box and shall be valved such that either system can be shut -down without affecting the other These Standards cover requirements imposed by the Public Works Department in its role as a water utility, mainly in the area of backflow and cross connection prevention as required by State law In addition, the City Fire Department requires that the minimum design requirements and construction specifications for public water mains and fire hydrants be applied to private on-site fire protection systems. Backflow requirements vary depending on the type of on-site system and the degree of hazard to the public system Standard classification of on-site systems is as follows: Class I - Direct connections from domestic water mains only; no pumps or reservoir; no physical connections to other water supplies; no anti -freeze or other additives of any kind; and all sprinkler drains discharge to atmosphere. No backflow device required. Class 11 - Same as Class I, except that booster pumps are installed in the service lines from the public main. (An approved pressure sustaining valve is required on booster systems) A connection for a fire pumper truck (Fire Dept. Connection or FDC) may be provided. The Fire Dept, shall not introduce any additives nor draft from outside water sources. No backflow device required. Class III - Direct connection to public water main, with on-site storage or pressure tanks. All storage facilities must only be filled by or connected to the public water supply, and the water in these facilities must be maintained in a potable condition. Double Check Valve Assembly (DC) required. Class IV - Directly supplied from public mains similar to Classes 1& 11, with an unapproved auxiliary water supply on or available to the premises, or a Fire Dept. connection for trucks with additives or an outside supply. Reduced Pressure Principle Assembly (RP) required. Class V - Directly supplied from public mains and interconnected with unapproved auxiliary supplies, such as: pumps taking suction from reservoirs exposed to contamination, or from rivers, ponds, wells, or other industrial water systems; or systems where antifreeze or other additives are used. Reduced Pressure Principle Assembly required. Class VI - Systems supplied from both an industrial water system (private system) and the public system, with or without gravity storage or pump suction tanks. Special Determination required. 34 Typical types of on-site systems and the backfiow requirements are described below: ^Domestic Service f A.S p� a 71 _Detector Check (typ; f 7�1.111 RNV LBackflow i L. Backfiow Device Requiredfor Class: Hydrants only; no sprinklers or other supply Sprinklers only; no FDC or other supply Sprinklers and; hydrants w/FDC More than one connection to City system N ® J - 1Y- R None*None* N/A N/A N/A N/A None*None* NIA NIA RP N/A None*None* DC DC RP S..D DC* DC* DC RP RP S.D S.D.. = Special Determination (Domestic service valves not shown) * State law prohibits backfiow devices on Class I or It fire systems. Interpretation by the State Fire Marshall allow backfiow devices where "special conditions" exist. These special conditions include: Underground fire lines with less than 10 ft parallel clearance to wastewater lines or other pipelines carrying toxic materials. ® Water for one site is (or could easily be) looped to the public system. o Occupancy involves use, storage or handling oftype and quantities of materials in a manner which could present a significant health i�azard to the domestic supply s Premises having usually complex piping systems which already necessitate a backfiow device on the domestic service. 35 Additional Public Works Dept. requirements are: ® Backflow devices shall be approved by the City Engineer (USC Foundation for Cross Connection Control listing required) and the Fire Marshal (UL or FM listing required). ® Detector checks (i.e., bypass meter to detect unauthorized use) are required on building sprinkler systems; not on hydrant systems. 0 Domestic service may be taken from fire service lateral outside the RAV and shall be kept completely separated from the on-site fire system. An approved pressure sustaining valve is required on all booster pump installations. 0 An Encroachment Permit is required for any work or facility to be located in the right-of-way. Piping adjacent: wastewater lines or other "special conditions" described above may require backflow devices on Class I and II systems or higher degrees of protection on other Class systems. Fire Dept. requirements that are related to Public Works standards and specifications include the following: ® Sufficient on-site valves shall be provided to isolate individual hydrants and any sprinkler system. ® The location of all on-site facilities shall be approved by the Fire Marshal. ® Outside stem & yoke (OS&Y) or other approved indicator valves are required on building sprinkler and other above ground valves " fe tydnts, mains, valves and backflow devices shall be installed in accordance with Cityraof Lodi Public Works Construction Specifications and Standard Plans. The above requirements are general minimums and may be increased for unusual or other high hazard conditions. Owners may install devices providing a higher degree of protection, such as an air gap separation system (AG) in place of an RP device. 4.500 Valves, Fire Hydrants and Miscellaneous Appurtenances 4.501 Valves Valves on mains shall be spaced and located in conformance with the following criteria: ® 400 -foot maximum spacing in commercial, industrial and public use or other high value areas. ® 600 -foot maximum spacing in residential areas. ® Water mains shall be valved on each side of railroad, freeway and canal right-of-way crossings. (These valves shall be located outside of the right-of-way being crossed unless easy access is provided) ® At "tees", valves are required as follows: o 2 valves where one leg is less than 8 inches, with one of the valves being on the smaller leg. ° 3 valves where all legs are 8 inches or larger. ® At "crosses", valves are required as follows: o 3 valves where one or more legs is less than 8 inches with valves on each of the smaller legs. 4 valves where all legs are 8 inches or larger., ® At ends of mains or on stubs such that future extensions will not interrupt service. ® No closer than 15 feet from a blow -off. The above valve spacing requirements assume small lot sizes and numerous connections and may be reduced where there are a minimal number of connections in-between valves. 36 4.502 Fire Hydrants Fire hydrants shall be designed and installed per Standard Plan 401. Where the main is located within 15 feet of the hydrant location, the valve on the hydrant lateral shall be located at least 5 feet offset from the hydrant station and the lateral installed with a 90° elbow, (ie. no short, straight hydrant laterals) Fire hydrants shall be supplied from the largest available main. Fire hydrants shall be fed from 2 directions unless specifically approved by the City Engineer and Fire Marshal Public fire hydrant spacing and distribution shall be determined as follows: ® At 300 feet spacing in high density, commercial, industrial zoning or high-value areas; At 500 feet spacing in low density residential areas; On arterials, the above spacing shall apply to both sides of the street; e A fire hydrant shall be located within 200 feet of the radius point of all cul-de-sacs; ® On -street hydrant spacinq may be reduced at reverse frontage locations or in coordination with on-site nydrants as approved by the Fire Marshal. On-site private hydrants shall be located by the Fire Marshal. 4.503 Blow -offs and Temporary Connections Blow -offs per Standard Plan 404 shall be located at the ends of all permanent dead-end mains Temporary blow -offs per Standard Plan 409 shall be located at the ends all dead-end mains planned for future extension and 4 inch and larger services per the appropriate Standard Plan. The design of new mains shall include determination of the location and type (with or without meter/backflow assembly) of temporary connections per Standard Plan 409. The meter/backflow assembly shall be located to provide optimal flow for main flushing and to minimize disruption cf public traffic upon device removal. The meter/backflow assembly is not required on new systems with less than 150 feet of 6 inch or larger pipe. 4.504 Thrust Blocks Water main thrust shall be taken into account is designs. At locations planned for extension, flanged fittings may be required. In areas with unstable soils, a special design for thrust blocks is required and shall be shown on the plans; Standard Plan 405 is sufficient in other areas. 37 Section 5 - Miscellaneous Requirements 5.100 Maps and Easements 5.101 Maps Final Maps and Parcel Maps shall be prepared in conformance with State laws and City ordinances. Applicable certificates and statements shall conform to the appropriate Standard Plan. Final Maps shall be submitted to the County Surveyor for checking prior to filing with the City Engineer Parcel Maps shall be submitted directly to the City Engineer for checking and processing. Records of Survey shall be prepared in conformance with State laws and shall be submitted to the County Surveyor for checking and processing In order to expedite the review process, the City will accept maps to check easements and other City requirements prior to completion of the County technical review. Initial submittals shall consist of three copies of the map. Legal descriptions and title reports may also be required on the initial submittal. (Note, these Standards do not include all the applicable map and subdivision processing requirements, ie: improvement security, insurance, agreements, etc.) Survey monuments shall be provided at all new lots/subdivisions per the following: Location Required Monument Rear or Interior Lot Corner 5/8" dia. x 24" Ig. iron rod at corner or offset if corner is obstructed. Front (street) Lot Corner 5/8" dia. x 24" Ig. iron rod at corner or chiseled cross in concrete offset from corner (show detail on map). Street Right-of-way 3/4" dia. x 30" Ig. iron rod with surveyor's mark at angle points and points of tangency. Street Centerline 3/4" dia, x 30" Ig iron rod with surveyor's mark in City Standard monument box at: (a) intersections of new and existing streets; (b) end of cul-de-sac; (c) points of tangency except where line of sight from other monument exists within the Right-of-way (the intent is to reduce the number of closely spaced monuments); (d) elsewhere, where line of sight is not practical due to length of curve or other obstruction. Subdivision Boundary 3/4" dia x 30" Ig. iron with surveyor's mark at corners. No monument is required at the intersection of street centerline and subdivision boundary. The above are minimum requirements and are not intended to restrict or otherwise interfere with thejudgement of Professional Engineers and Licensed Land Surveyors. 5.102 Easements Public utility easements shall be shown on maps as required in these Standards and as part of development approval. If no map is involved or where specifically approved by the City Engineer, the easement may be granted by separate deed. 38 The width of all public utility easements shall be shall be as determined by the appropriate utility. For wastewater, storm and water lines, the minimum width is 8 feet. Additional width will be required for: ® lines largerthan 15 inches; ® lines deeper than 5 feet; ® locations where the easement is not entirely on one lot; ® locations where multiple lines are installed within the easement. Appropriate easements and temporary construction easements and/or limitations and conditions shall be shown on the plans. Particular attention should be given to trench excavations and existing trees and improvements to remain and future building foundations. 5.200 Improvement Plans and Specifications All public improvements shall be shown on plans prepared by or under the direction of a Registered Civil Engineer except for minor work done under an Encroachment Permit or other circumstances approved by the City Engineer. Privately owned improvements may be shown for information, and in some cases, may be required to be shown to avoid conflicts. Distinction between public and private improvements shall be clearly indicated. The design engineer shall contact electric, telephone, gas, cable TV and any other applicable agencies for locations of existing utilities which shall be shown on the plans. Plans for existing underground City water, wastewater, storm and traffic facilities shall be obtained from the office of the City Engineer. The design engineer shall field verify location and elevation of any existing facility affecting the design of the new improvements. Plans shall be drawn on ANSI D (22" x 34") size veilum or mylar with City Standard title blocks per the Standard Plans. (The City will furnish preprinted vellum or AutoCAD® file upon request.) Sheet titles and drawing numbers will be assigned by City staff. The Appendix contains additional information and requirements for improvement plans including: • General Notes- required on plans; • Bid Item Order - for improvement security estimate; • Plan Submittal Checklist - indicates required items on plans which must be filled out and signed by the Engineer upon submittal cf improvement plans; • Wastewater flow calculation sheet (an Excel® spreadsheet file is available); • Storm drainage calculation sheet (an Excel® spreadsheet file is available). Since the plans will refer to City Construction Specifications, it is not required that the design engineer prepare additional specifications. However, in cases where the work is not adequately covered by the City Specifications, the plans shall provide the additional information necessary. If separate specifications are prepared, they shall be submitted for review and approval. The plans shall identify required contractor submittals. These include: • Asphalt mix design; • Pipe materials and trench section to be used (when alternatives are allowed); • Other agency rights -of -entry (list); • Electrical and mechanical equipment; • Any other item of work where alternatives are allowed or the Contractor wishes to do the work in a fashion other than as shown on the plans or as required by the City. 39 The design engineer is responsible for the design and accuracy of the plans The City check and approval does not relieve the owner/developer from changed or unforeseen conditions, errors contained in the plans or from complying with City, State, Federal or other agency requirements that may be determined to apply during the course of construction. In addition, owner/developer shall comply with any changes required by the City Engineer during the course of work that are necessary or required to complete the work in conformance with City Standards. Rights-of-way, PUE's and construction easements shall be shown on the plans The developer/owner is responsible for obtaining such rights-of-way and easements subject to the provisions of $66462 5 of the Subdivision Map Act For work in the right-of-way of other agencies, the design engineer/owner shall obtain the permit or furnish the necessary information in order for the City to make the application if so required by the agency The appropriate permit conditions shall be included in the design, The plans shall include a requirement that the Contractor obtain a right -of -entry from the agency under the terms of the permit Required utility relocations shall be shown or referenced on the plans as appropriate. Notes requiring the Contractor to arrange for utility relocations are discouraged since this generally delays the project. Items to be salvaged and either reused or delivered to the City shall be clearly identified on the plans. Generally, any reusable sign, casting, metal barricade, or other item determined by the City Engineer shail be salvaged and delivered to the City per the Construction Specifications unless they are approved for reuse in the project Completed San Joaquin County well and septic tank abandonment permits shall be submitted prior to City approval of they.. i 'or map. This requirement may deferred upon specific approval of the City Engineer if the facilities are in use and are needed during construction. The plans shall include a requirement for project/job-site signing on projects over 2 acres is size or as required by the City Engineer on projects involving significant disruption of roadways. The sign shall include the names and telephone numbers of the contractor, project engineer/manager and developer/owner. It is recommended that a pre -construction conference be conducted on all but minor projects. A City representative(s) will attend and the City will provide a meeting room upon request 5.300 As -built Plans and Certifications The developer's engineer shall submit the following certifications, plans and other information prior to acceptance of the project: • Certification that all monuments have been set as shown on the Final Map or Parcel Map; • Certification that all public wastewater, storm and water lines located in public utility easements were placed within the limits of the easement as shown on the plans; • Survey notes from a leveling survey of all benchmarks placed within the project. The survey shall start and close on the benchmark used in the design of the subdivision and shall close within 0.02 feet; • As -built plans showing elevations of utilities and top of curb at all locations designed for future extension; In addition, where construction problems or other indications exist that improvements are not located within the right-of-way as shown on the plans, the City Engineer may require a topographic or other survey. The above certifications shall consist of a City Engineer approved letter, map, or other form, signed and stamped by the responsible Registered Civil Engineer or Licensed Land Surveyor, as appropriate. Hill 5.400 Traffic Control Applicable traffic control requirements shall be included in all plans. References to City and State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) specifications and standards are acceptable where the work is primarily not located with the travelled way of existing streets. Street and lane closures will require specific details to be shown on the plans. Such details may include restrictions on the time of day and duration of work. 5.500 Soils Reports Soils reports shall be provided for all improvements related to Final Subdivision Maps and may be required for other projects depending on the nature of the project and its location. The report shall include the following as applicable: • Location map showing test locations and street layout; • Statement regarding presence of critically expansive soils or other adverse soil conditions, which if not corrected, would lead to structural defects. Additional analytical work may be required depending on the initial findings; • R-yalues per Caltrans test method 301; one test per 600+ feet of street or at locations Cf visible changes in material, with a statement that the depth of the sample is consistent with final subgrade depth based on the grading plan; • Optimum moisture and diy density per Caltrans Methods 216 and 226 at each R -value test location; • Soil corrosivity tests as appropriate where buried steel structures are proposed (such as lift stations) or per Appendix A of AWWA C104 where use of ductile iron pipe is proposed; • Trench design values and recommendations (see §5.701); • Applicable information required per Chapter 70 of the Uniform Building Code; • Grading recommendations and specifications if more restrictive than these Standards. The soils report shall be signed by a Registered Geotechnical Engineer and referenced on the plans and Map (if any) and appropriate measures incorporated into the design. 5.600 Grading and Earthwork 5.6011 Grading Plans Grading plans shall show existing and proposed contours (@ 0.5 foot maximum intervals) including sufficient information on adjacent property and improvements to review the adequacy of the design. A summary of earthwork calculations shall be provided upon request The design shall comply with the appropriate street cross section, vertical alignment, minimum top of curb grade and driveway slope standards described in §1.300 and §1.410. As required by the Community Development Department, on-site low points (drop inlet catch basins) shall be a minimum of 6 inches above the calculated hydraulic grade line or the design maximum water surface of the Master Plan Storm Drainage Basin to which the project is tributary, whichever is higher (See §3.703 for these elevations) Concrete, concrete block or other approved permanent retaining walls/curbs shall be provided where the difference in grade at the property line exceeds 6 inches. At a minimum, cut and fill requirements of the Uniform Building Code, Chapter 70 shall apply. 41 5.602 Dust Control Dust control measures shall be addressed on the plans. The owner/developer is responsible for dust control throughout the project. While specific, detailed requirements have not been developed as part of these Standards, the San Joaquin County Air Pollution Control District (APCD) is in the process of developing dust control regulations which may apply to public and private improvement projects and may be implemented without formal change? * Standards. 5.603 Erosion Control Erosion control measures shall be addressed on the plans. The owner/developer is responsible for erosion control throughout the project. Existing streets adjacent to the project shall be kept clean Measures such as construction vehicle access control, temporary berms/sandbags, material stockpile locations, sweeping schedules or other measures shall be shown on the plans. Specific performance requirements have not been developed as part of these Standards, however the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the APCD are developing regulations which may apply to public and private improvement projects and may be implemented without formal changes to these Design Standards. Dirt and construction debris shall be kept out of existing utility lines by plugging new connections until the new lines are cleaned. Appropriate notes and details shall be shown on the plans. 5.700 Trench and Pipe Strength Design 5.701 General The design engineer shall coordinate the design of the trench and pipe strength with the soils investigation and the type of pipe materials proposed for the project. The design engineer may limit the number of materials for the project. Options for pipe materials and/or embedment materials may be provided, however, the plans shall clearly require the Contractor to make timely submittals on proposed materials and installation methods. The Standard Plans for pipe material/class and embedment conditions may be referenced on the improvement plans when appropriate based on the soils report, depth of burial and other conditions. However, these Plans are very conservative in their assumptions; the design engineer may wish to submit calculations supporting less restrictive designs. (Most of the references cites show designs with significantly lower compaction requirements. These are not appropriate in streets or other areas where settlement is detrimental.) Supplementary details shall be provided on the plans as needed. These Standards do not address construction equipment loads or compaction effort that may damage the pipe. The design engineer should review the soils report carefully for presence of material that will be difficult to compact and should consider specifying imported material in such cases. For shallow installations, specifying installation of pipe after street compaction is obtained should be considered. The Standard Plans referenced below include the following assumptions: ® no control on maximum trench width (ie embankment soil load conditions); ♦ backfill weight = 130 lb/ft3 s H-20 traffic loading; 0 impact load factor per the following table: 42 Impact Load Factor Death of Cover (ft.) —2_ A --A— —5 1.3 1.0 1.0 1. 2 1.3 1.0 1.0 1. 3 1.3 1.0 1.0 1. 4 1.3 1.15 1.0 1. 5 13 1.2 1.1 1. The primary references for trench design, in addition to the cited Standards, are "Gravity Sanitary Sewer Design and Construction" and "Buried Pipe Design". 5.702 Soils Investigation Prior to design, trench conditions shall be investigated by borings, soundings, or test pits along the route of the trench. This soils investigation will include, but will not be limited to, testing to determine the unconfined compressive strength (ASTM D-2573) or penetration resistance (ASTM D- 1586) of the trench soils. Results shall indicate whether trench conditions are stable or unstable. A stable trench is a trench that stands without caving or sloughing and has an unconfined compressive strength (ASTM D-2573) greater than 500 pounds per square foot or a penetration resistance (ASTM D-1586) greater than 8 blows per foot. All other soils shall be considered unstable. Soils in the pipe zone shall be classified per the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487) and per the applicable embedment material classifications described in the appropriate ASTM standard for the pipe materials proposed for use in the project. Where crushed rock pipe embedment is to be used, native soil gradation curves and a filter design shall be prepared (or filter fabric specified). 5.703 Flexible Pipe Flexible pipe includes plastic, ductile iron and other pipe materials which will deflect at least 2% without structural distress. The design initial deflection limit for flexible pipe is 5% except as noted otherwise. The installation design incorporates superimposed load, soil prism load, soil stiffness in the pipe zone and pipe stiffness. Flexible pipe trench sections per Standard Plan 501A are applicable for: ® 4" (thickness class 51) and 6" thru 14" (thickness class 50) ductile iron pipe; ® 4" thru 15" PVC ASTM 3034, SDR 35 pipe; and, ® 4" thru 14"AWWA C900, Class 150 PVC pipe without special design. Based on the soils report, the design engineer shall design the pipe trench section and provide details on the plans or appropriate references to the Standard Plan. 5.703.1 Ductile Iron Pipe Trench and pipe class design for ductile iron gravity sewer pipe shall be per ASTM A746 and City Standards. Trench and pipe class design for ductile iron pressure pipe for water and force mains shall be per AWWA G 150 and C151. Deflection for cement lined pipe shall be limited to 3%. Additional design information is contained in the Cast Iron Pipe Research Association Handbook, manufacturer's literature and other references cited in the Appendix. 43 5.703.2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC, ASTM D3034) Trench design for PVC (SDR 35) pipe shall be per ASTM D2321 and City Standards. Additional design information is contained in the Uni-Bell Handbook of PVC Pipe, manufacturer's literature and other references cited in the Appendix. Where the depth of cover is less than 3 feet, a special design is necessary to account for pipe flexibility and possible pavement damage 5.703.3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC, AWWA C900) Trench design for PVC C900 pipe shall be per AWWA C900 and Manual M23 and City Standards. Additional design information is rcr* literature and other references^ ..... 5.704 Rigid Pipe Rigid pipe includes asbestos -cement, concrete, clay and other pipe materials in which deflection is not considered. The installation design incorporates superimposed load, pipe strength (usually three -edge bearing strength) and bedding factors. A safety factor of 1 5 is required on ultimate or crush load rated pipe; a factor of 1 0 is acceptable on 0.01 inch crack load pipe. Special designs are required for rigid pipe with less than 3 ft. of cover. Appropriate materials and construction methods, such as special embedment, concrete encasement or requiring pipe installation after street compaction, shall be shown on the plans. Rigid pipe trench sections per Standard Plan 501 B & C are applicable for: ® 4" thru 14" AWWA C400 Class 150 asbestos cement pipe; ® 12"thru 30" ASTM C12 & C76 concrete pipe; and, ® 4" thru 30" ASTM C700 extra strength vitrified clay pipe pipe without special design Based on the soils report, the design engineer shall design the pipe trench section and provide details on the plans or appropriate references to the Standard Plan. 5.704.1 Asbestos Cement Pipe (AWWAC400) Trench and pipe class design for asbestos cement water pipe shall be per AWWA C401 and City Standards. Additional design information is contained in the manufacturer's literature and other references cited in the Appendix. 5.704.2 Concrete Pipe (ASTM C14, C76) Trench and pipe class design for concrete pipe shall be per the pipe material ASTM specification, ASTM C12 and City Standards. Additional design information is contained in Concrete Pipe Handbook and Design Manual, manufacturer's literature and other references cited in the Appendix. 5.704.3 Vitrified Clay Pipe (ASTM C700) Trench design for extra strength vitrified clay pipe shall be per ASTM C12, C700 and City Standards. Additional design information is contained in the Clay Pipe Engineering Manual, manufacturer's literature and other references cited in the Appendix. 44 Refer to City Construction Specification §6-19 04 "Excavation Safety" for additional requirements. 9. ALL TESTING for leakage or overdef lection shall be witnessed by a City inspector. 10. BALLING AND CLEANING of storm drain and sanitary sewers shall be done before interior video inspection. Utilities shall be kept clean until City acceptance. 11. STREET LIGHT SYSTEM shown on these plans is for referenceonly. The system shall be installed according to City Electric Utility Department plans. 12. BENCH MARK MONUMENTSfurnished by the City shall be installed at locations shown or as directed by the City Engineer. CONSTRUCTION NOTES (examples) 1. TV LOGS OF EXISTING MAINS will be prepared b the City of Lodi upon request of the Contractor prior to construction. Replacement of any underground mains damaged during construction of this project will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. R -VALUE TESTS shall be taken after grading to verify adequacy of structural section Sections shown are based on the R -values shown on the plans and are for bidding purposes only 3. A pre construction conference will be held for this project The Contractor's job superintendent (and major subcontractor, if any - identify) shall attend 4. A project identification sign shall be installed at (describe location or show on plans) as shown below. The sign shall have (describe color, lettering - 2" high minimum - and material) Rolling Glen Subdivision brought to you by: Lodi New Age Development phone 333-3333 being built by: Lodi Constructors International phone 333-4444 project design by: Lodi Engineering phone 333-5555 A-1.3 Checklist Normal plan drafting and miscellaneous requirements are listed below. The list is to be checked off by the design engineer and submitted with the initial submittal of the plans, except items noted * may be added after the first check, Incomplete plans will be returned without processing. Note that incomplete topography makes it impossible to adequately design and review improvement plans. City staff field review each project as part of the review process. Plans not showing existing improvements affecting the design will be returned. This checklist is not a repeat or a listing of City Standards. The design engineer is still responsible for complying with these Standards in the design and preparation of improvement plans. 46 AppendixA -1 Improvement Plan Requirements A-1.1 General Requirements After approval of the preliminary design, the design shall be incorporated into public improvement plans for the project, In general, the plans shall contain the following: ♦ Key/Title Sheet; Grading Plan; ♦ Civil Plans; s Traffic Control and/or Striping Plans; ® Structural, mechanical, and electrical drawings for appropriate facilities; Specifications for materials and construction procedures for the portions of the project not already covered in the City Standard Construction specifications; ® Applicable soils investigation data; ® Required submittal list Sheets may be combined or omitted depending on the size and complexity of the project Itemized quantity listings (bid items) are not required to be sbown on the plans (See §A - 2 regarding bid items) A-112 Plan Motes The following general notes shall be included in all construction plans, modified as indicated for the particular project. Additional instructions or conditions related to contractual or other agreements between or among the owner/developer, design engineer and contractor shall be listed separately under a section titled "Special Conditions". Notes relating to specific portions of the work or special requirements shall be clearly keyed to the plan and grouped on each sheet under the heading "Construction Notes". Some typical construction notes are also shown below. fiFNIFRAI NOTFfi 1. WORK SHALL CONFORM to City of Lodi Public Improvement Design Standards, Construction Specifications ana Standard Plans unless specifically shown otherwise on these plans. 2. STANDARD PLANS applicable to this project include: (list the following and any others that apply) 101, xxx 3. CONSTRUCTION STAKING for curb & gutter, wastewater lines, storm drains, water lines, street centerlines, paving edges and other public facilities as directed by the City shall be done by a Registered Civil Engineer or Licensed Land Surveyor. 4. CENTERLINE AND PROPERTY LINE DATA shall be obtained from (list City file number of final map, parcel map or record of survey as applicable). 5. EXISTING UTILITIES shall be protected. Utility agencies shall be notified and allowed to mark their utilities in the field at least 48 hours before excavation. < < < < CALL "USA" (800) 642-2444 > > > > 6. STREETAND LOT ROUGHGRADING shall be done before underground work. 7. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES in the street and sidewalk area shall be installed before construction of curb, gutter or sidewalk. These utilities include services, fire hydrant laterals, street light conduit, electric, gas, cable TV and telephone lines. 8 EXCAVATION SAFETY REQUIREMENTS include submitting a CAL OSHA permit or letter of notification to the City before commencing excavations over five feet deep. 45 Improvement Plan Checklist ❑ Sheet size and City of Lodi title block conforming to Standard Plan 604 ❑ * RCE signature, stamp and expiration date ❑ North arrow (to top or right as appropriate) o Scale 0" = 20', 1 " = 40' or as needed for details and sections) ❑ Abbreviations and symbols conforming to Standard Plan 502 & 503 ❑ Existing topo raphy (including siggns and striping) in project work area, field checked and accuratw shown including tre side of the street opposite the work to the curb (or right-of-way if no curb) D Reference plan drawing numbers shown (ie. "Ref. 88D124" for improvements from another project ❑ * Reference to adjacent sheet drawing numbers in the project set (ie. "See 91 D090") ❑ Detail drawings as appropriate, particularly if conditions do not fit Standard Plans o Repeated information consistent between sheets ❑ Grades shown consistently in percent or decimal form ❑ * "USA Call Before You Dig" sticker (City will furnish) ❑ "Construct", "install", "existing" and "future" items consistently noted ❑ * The phrase "work b others" is not to be used The appropriate party should be identified and the limils of such work clearly shown ❑ Distinction between public and private improvements clearly noted. Key/Title Sheet o General Notes per §A -1.2 D Vicinity Map: site location with major streets noted ° north arrow ❑ Key Map (1"=100') with: ° project boundary, street R/W & names ° lot lines and lot numbers 0 * sheet drawing # references and limits ° north arrow & scale 0 reference bench mark and *ones to be installed o underground mains and above ground utilities o main size and direction -of -flow between manhole ° gutter direction -of -flow arrows and high point marker ° street light locations o boundary fencing location & type o Typical Cross Sections (drawn looking up -station) o street sections or table w/street name and stationing limits ° pavement structural section including compaction ° street names noted back -of -walk to RMI treatment shown t o trench sections or table reference to Standard Plan 501 o Miscellaneous table of street segment, design R -value and traffic index ° submittal listing 0 "Special Conditions" notes 0 dust control provisions o "salvage items identified 47 o Existing and design grades or contours including adjacent property o Locations of borings, R -value or other tests D Applicable soils report information o Septic tank & leach field location and abandonment information o Well location and abandonment information o Irrigation risers & standpipes, size & direction on pipes; removal notes o Retaining wall or other grade control details o Erosion control details * Put appropriate information on key or civil sheets if r.0 ^ Civil - Strppt Plans ❑ City/County/State R/W boundaries as applicable ❑ Name of Street or Easement shown o Names of intersecting streets and adjacent drawing Vs shown ❑ RM lines identified ❑ Property lines & lot numbers ❑ Street dimensioned at end of sheet and at transitions ❑ Public utility & sight easements dimensioned ❑ Private & public utilities shown ❑ Existing utility crossings shown (gas, telephone, electrical) ❑ Transition pavement with flares at boundary limits ❑ Street signs at intersections ❑ Centerline survey monuments ❑ Horizontal curve data ❑ Existing poles, signs and structures; any required relocation noted ❑ Stationing shown west to east, south to north, left to right and bottom to top; no negative stationing ❑ Basis of stationing from City reference noted ❑ Equations at stationing crossings provided ❑ Street name at street intersections referenced ❑ Match lines shown, preferably at even stations D Stationing corresponds with subdivision map data D Offsets shown perpendicular to base of stationing ❑ * Streetlights, conduit and transformers per Electric Utility Dept, plans o Curb, gutter & sidewalk: o Standard Plan number for curb and gutter noted o gutter direction -of -flow, high points & low points shown o vertical to rolled 4 foot curb & gutter transition shown o pavement strip removal and replacement at toe of gutter dimensioned and noted o utility pole clearance dimensioned handicap ramps » asphalt ramps for sidewalk transitions where no sidewalk exists o gutter pan detail shown if last asphalt concrete lift is postponed o commercial, special & common driveways noted 48 Civil - Street Profile D Original ground grades shown Q Top of curb grades shown (flowline for curb & gutter replacements) ❑ Edge of pavement, street centerline and RNV grades shown if matching existing pavement ❑ Top of curb profile line ❑ Symbols at grade break & beginning and end of curves shown per Standard Plan 503 ❑ Elevations shown at grade break, beginning & end of curve return, and point of intersection ❑ Vertical curve data Unrierflrotinri Utilities Plan (General) o Horizontal alignment of main dimensioned ❑ Main size and direction -of -flow between manholes shown o Radius and stationing at main noted if not concentric with street centerline o Services shown: at corner lots and along curved right-of-way, services shall be shown and dimensioned to nearest lot line ° for 1 " water and 4" wastewater at standard location, services may shown with an abbreviated notation larger services shall be shown and dimensioned to nearest lot line o *Pipe markers installed at dead -ends or in fields ❑ Manholes are concentric or noted if eccentric (show orientation) Unriernroiinri Utilities Profile- General ❑ Main: ° length and size between manholes noted (length computed between inside edge cf structure walls) ° direction -of -flow arrows with slope shown and invert elevations noted o Station, length, invert@ property line and size of laterals larger than minimum noted ❑ Pipe invert elevations shown at manholes, grade breaks, catch basins and ends of lines ❑ Existing utilities shown or approximated with note "verify depth and/or location in field before start of construction ❑ Crossings and horizontal alignment in accordance with City of Lodi Specifications and California State Health Standards noted o Size, length and elevation of stubs noted ❑ Manholes: g station size and type noted if other than standard diameter barrel ° top of manhole elevation noted 0 "adjust to grade" for existing structures noted Wastewater- Miscellaneous ❑ * Monitoring structures shown where required ❑ * Sand/grease traps shown where required 49 Storm Drain - Miscellaneous o Drainage flow transition from project boundaries to existing flowline shown LI Grade break (if unavoidable) in lateral noted with distance to manhole noted ❑ * Sand/oil trap provided for on-site drainage per City requirements Catch basins installed at lot lines and 18" from curb returns Wefpr - Misnpllanpnns Ii Blind flanges with stubs at cross and tee for future extensions noted ,i Valve on main provided no closer than 15 feet from temporary blow -off o No services between last valve and temporary blow -off ❑ No services within 15 feet of permanent dead-end blow -off ❑ Fire Hydrants: ° hydrants located per Fire Dept fire hydrant plan & Standard Plan No 401 guidelines o fire hydrant assembly or components itemization consistently shown o lateral and valve oriented perpendicular to or parallel to face of curb ° elevations at top -of -curb or back -of -walk provided ° guard posts shown, if required 50 The following list is provided as a general guide for consistency in City projects and improvement: security estimates Items used for each project will vary, but the order and units shall be followed, "incl." means payment for the item may be included in another item cf work. The order is based on the order cf the Caltrans Standard Specifications with some minor exceptions. The final listing shall be numbered. Item Units Dust Control LS or Hour Traffic Control LS Removal of ... (list as needed) LS, EA or incl Abandon ... (well, septic system, or other; list as needed) LS or EA Salvage.. (list as needed) EA Clearing and Grubbing LS Rough Grading CY Roadway Excavation CY Excavation Safety LS Compact Original Ground (Roadway) SF Concrete Subgrade Compaction SF Imported Borrow CY or TON Irrigation System (system or itemize pipe,* valves*, etc) LS, LF, or EA Landscaping (list turf or type as appropriate) LS or SF Trees (list by type, size") EA Clean-up or Finishing Roadway LS or incl. Aggregate Base (AB), Class 2 TON or SF ** Liquid Penetration Treatment TON Pavement Reinforcing Fabric SY Asphalt Concrete (AC) (list by aggregate size*, may separate type, i.e. overlay, transition, etc.) TON or SF ** Asphalt Concrete Leveling Course TON Pavement Repair SF Pavement Grinding (list by depth, width or type per plan table) LF or SF Steel Structures (list as appropriate) EA or LS Painting (list as appropriate) EA or LS Storm Drain Pipe (list *) LF Storm Drain Manhole/Riser (list *) EA Sand/Oil Trap EA Adjust Existing SD Manhole to Grade EA Furnish S D Frame& Cover EA Wastewater Pipe (list *) LF Wastewater Service (list *) EA Wastewater Cleanout (in not included in service price) EA Wastewater Manhole/Riser (list*) EA Wastewater Trap (list *) EA Adjust Existing WW Manhole to Grade EA FumishWW Frame& Cover EA Curb & Gutter (& Sidewalk) (differentiate type, width as appropriate) LF Sidewalk SF Commercial Driveway LF or SF Special Driveway LF or SF Alley Approach SF Tree Well EA Sign Post (list by height," type) EA Mowstrip (or other misc. concrete items) LF 51 Side Inlet Catch Basin EA Drop Inlet Catch Basin EA Survey Monument (list") EA Adjust Existing Monument Frame to Grade EA Furnish Survey Monument Frame and Cover EA Water Main (list *) LF Water Valve (list *) EA Water Service (list *) EA Backflow Assembly (list *) EA Fire Hydrant (specify either assembly wlvalve & lateral or by individual components) EA Permanent Blow -Off EA Temporary Blow -Off (list *) EA Temporary Connection (with/without meter) EA Adjust Existing Water Valve Frame to Grade EA Furnish Water Valve Frame & Cover EA Fence (list *) LF Dead-end Barricade (Fence type) LF Traffic Striping (list *) LF Traffic Legend/Marking (list *) EA Pavement Marker (list *) EA Street Light (list*) EA Traffic Signal and Lighting System LS Signs (list *) EA * indicate size and class/strength/type as appropriate, largest diameter or size first. ** AB and AC quantities are normally in TONS but may be in SF for minor work and subdivision improvement contracts. 52 RRn lr_ `T ITASTEWATE O d UseAverage t, Flows Cumu Area cf6 Total Resid. Acres per Acre cfs Non'R. cfs lative Resid Pop. pers Peak Facto Peak Flow cfs Total Flow cfs Dia in. Pipe Slope ft ./ft. Len, ft. Full Cap. cfs Pipe Vel, fps Peak Flow Depth Vel. d/D fps Invert Elev. up/dn ft. Top of Curb Elev.ft, Remarks R-1 10.0 0.00186 6.02 0.02 120 "473 3.0 0.08 0.12 0.20 8" 0.0033 500 0.70 2.0 0.38 1.7 32.15 36.50 C-2 0.00387 0.04 0.04 R -HD 5,010-012.18 0.06 640 470 376 -6740 0.12 0.51 -1 0.00186 0.02 0710 ' R4R 64 10" 0.0025 500 1.10 2.0 0,47 1.9 30.50 30.33 36.25 ------ 29.08 --------- ------ --------- ----------- ------- -------- ------- WW CAL( gn PROJECT _Eroject Name BY (Limits of Project etc..) CITY OF LODI BBB SHEET NO. PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT CHECKED BY DATE - JOB NUMBER STORM DRAINAGI CALCUL J Ise, Vode Area Acresmin. C Facto AC Sum of AC T.C. I Vhr. Q cfs Dia in. HGL Slope ft./ft. Pipe Slope ft./ft. Length ft. Vel. fps Flow Time min. HGL fall ft. Invert Elev. up/dn ft. HGL Elev. ft. Topof Curb Elev. ft. Remarks -1 10.0 0.40 0780 4.0 -T2ir 12 1.15 13.8 Initial T.C. = 10 m gutter/1.5 fp6/60 s 24 0.00371 0.00075 700 4 Z.l 2.60 29.00 33.60 35.00 ,-HD 1 5.0 5.0 0.50 2.5 0.40 2.0 -249 0.42 8.4 15 1.02 25.3 28.48 27,48 31.00 36.50 (Note: Need to ve above top of pipe artial depth flow 36 0.00143 0.00044 700 3.6 3.3 1.00 27.17 30.00 provided.) ���u� vc�iyn �ianaaras ga.uuu SD Cf A - 5 References Advances in Pipeline Materials. Jey K. Jeyapaian, Civil Engineering, July 1990 (This recent article raises some interesting points about the state of design practice in the United States, including soil stiffness discrepancies) A Guide for the Installation of Ductile Iron Pipe. Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association, 1978 American Society for Testing and Materials. (ASTM), various standards as cited, latest revision unless otherwise specified by the City Engineer; a list of cited standards is available from the City Engineer American Water Works Association. (AWWA), various standards and manuals as cited, latest revision unless otherwise specified by the City Engineer; a list of cited standards is available from the City Engineer A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), 1984 Buried Pipe Design. A P Moser, Mc -craw Hill, 1990 (This is an up-to-date reference that summarizes many of cited references and contains design examples.) Citywide Circulation Study. TJKM Transportation Consultants, Final Report July 20,1990 Clay Pipe Engineering Manual. National Clay Pipe Institute, July 1982 Concrete Pipe Design Manual. American Concrete Pipe Association, 5th printing (revised) June 1980 Concrete Pipe Handbook. American Concrete Pipe Association, January 1980 Design and Construction of Sanitary and Storm Sewers. American Society of Civil Engineers Manual and Report on Engineering Practice - No. 37, Water Pollution Control Federation Manual of Practice - No 9,1969 (second printing, 1976) (Note, while the portions of this manual covering gravity pipe design are largely superceded by ASCE Manual No, 60, this manual contains applicable information on pumping facilities) Design and Performance of PVC Pipes Subiected to External Soil Pressure. Moser, Watkins & Shupe, Buried Structure Laboratory, Utah State University, February 1977 (This research paper contains much of the background material used in later references) Design of Urban Streets. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), Report #80-204, as updated and republished by the California Institute of Transportation Studies and used in their University of California extension course of the same name Draft General Plan. Jones & Stokes, various documents and dates including the Draft Environmental Impact Report, April 1990 and the Draft Policy Document Ductile Iron Pipe and Cast Iron Pipe Handbook. Cast Iron Pipe Research Association, 4th Edition, 1976 (While this handbook contains some text on history and design considerations, it mainly consists of American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards which may be superceded by other standards These ANSI standards are usually conumbered as a corresponding AWWA standard.) Flexible Pavement Structural Section Desion Guide for California Cities and Counties. League of California Cities, 1973 (Includes information and examples on calculation of traffic index from truck wheel load data) 55 Gravity Sanitary Sewer Desian and Construction. American Society cf Civil Engineers Manual and Report on Engineering Practice - No. 60, Water Pollution Control Federation Manual of Practice - No. FD-5,1982 Guidelines for DrivewaDesign & Location. Institute cf Transportation Engineers (ITE), Proposed Recommended Practice, ITE Technical Committee 56-13,1985 Handbook of PVC Pipe Design and Construction.Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association,2nd Edition March 1982 Highway Capacity Manual. Transportation Research Board, 1985 Hi away Design Manual. California Department of Transportation (Caltrans),4th edition & per latest updates issued by Caltrans Introductory Soil Mechanics and Foundations. Sowers & Sowers, Macmillan, 3rd edition, 1971 Residential Streets. American Society of Civil Engineers, National Association cf Home Builders and Urban Land Institute;2nd Edition 1990 (While this reference contains useful general information on design, the various minimum design standards, particularly those for street width, are considered inappropriate for Lodi) Review of (Draft)Sanitary Sewer Design Standards. Ron Heinen,(Kleinfelder),correspondenceJanuary 21, 1988 Sanitary Sewer System Technical Report for the 1990 General Plan Update. Black & Veatch, 1990 Traffic Manual. California Department of Transportation (Caltrans),per latest updates issued by Caltrans Transportation and TrafficEngineering Handbook. Institute cf Transportation Engineers, 2nd edition, 1982 Trip Generation. Institute cf Transportation Engineers, 4th edition, 1987 Water Master Plan. Psomas & Associates, 1990 Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH Manual),BNi Books, 7th edition, 1990 56 ' CITY OF LODI PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Land Use, Zoning Location, Nodel.D. Area Average cfs r I �- Acre Acres Flows le Tota cfs Cumu Rasid: 4cfs �' lative Resid Pop. pe►s Peak Peak Facto Flow cfs BY Invert Elev. up/dn ft. SHEETNO. OF 7CKEDBy DATE JOB NUIVBER cfs Land Use, Zoning Location, Nodel.D. Area Average cfs r I �- Acre Acres Flows le Tota cfs Cumu Rasid: 4cfs �' lative Resid Pop. pe►s Peak Peak Facto Flow cfs Total Flow cfs Invert Elev. up/dn ft. Top of Curl Elev. ft. Remarks Dia in. Slope ft.[ft. Len. ft. cfs ,_,_ fps d/D fps e!£j •f !F I .I Reference: City of Lodi -De ign-St andards- i,^ 000— ------ WASTEWATER FLOW CALCULATIONS Pipe Full Pipe Peak Flow Invert Elev. up/dn ft. Top of Curl Elev. ft. Remarks Dia in. Slope ft.[ft. Len. ft. cfs ,_,_ fps d/D fps e!£j •f !F I WW CALCS.XLS J C-4 CITY OF LODI CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 6 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Index *6-01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK * Not included in public copies of these Specifications *6-02 QUANTITIES *6-03 MATERIALS " in margin indicates revision *6-04 SCHEDULING PROJECT WORK 6- 04.01 Scheduling Work 6-04.02 Contractor' s Cooperation with Other Work 6-04.03 Beginning of Work, Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages *6-05 CONSTRUCTION RIGHT-OF-WAY/PERMITS 6-05.01 Right-of-way 6-05.02 Special Permits 6-05.03 Building Permits 6-06 SPECIFICATIONS 6-06.01 General 6-06.02 Work for Developers and Others 6-10 DUST CONTROL 6-10.01 Dust Control and Watering 6-12 TRAFFIC CONTROL 6-12.01 Traffic Control 6-15 EXISTING FACILITIES 6-15,01 Protection of Existing Facilities 6-15,02 Removal Methods 6-15.03 Abandon Facilities 6-15.04 Adjusting Facilities to Grade 6-15.05 Salvaged Materials 6-16 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 6-19 EARTHWORK 6-19.01 Roadway Excavation 6-19.02 Pipe and Structure Excavation and Backfill 6-19.03 Slurry Cement Backfill 6-19.04 Excavation Safety 6-19.05 Compaction 6-19.06 Imported Borrow 6-20 SPRINKLERS AND LANDSCAPING 6-20.01 Sprinkler Systems - General 6-20.02 Sprinkler System Materials 6-20,03 Sprinkler System Installation 6-20.04 Turf - General 6-20,05 Turf - Sod 6-20.06 Turf - Seeded 6-20.07 Planting - General 6-20.08 Planting Materials 6-20.09 Planting Operations 6-22 CLEAN-UP 6-26 AGGREGATE BASE 6-36 PENETRATION TREATMENT 6-36.01 Liquid Asphalt Penetration Treatment 6-39 ASPHALT CONCRETE 6-39.01 General 6-39.02 Pavement Reinforcing Fabric 6-39.03 Street Paving 6-39.04 Trench Replacement and Shoulder Paving 6-39.05 Asphalt Concrete Leveling Course 6-39.06 Pavement Repair 6-42 PAVEMENT GRINDING 6-55 STEEL STRUCTURES 6-55.01 General *6-55.02 Picnic Shelter Structural Steel, Metal Decking, Fasteners and Roof 6-59 PAINTING 6-59.01 General *6-59.02 Painting Details 6-62 STORM DRAINS 6-62.01 General 6-63 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PIPE 6-64 ASBESTOS CEMENT STORM DRAIN PIPE 6-65 PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE 6-65.01 General 6- 65.02 Jacked Pipe 6-66 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE 6-70 MANHOLES AND MISCELLANEOUS FACILITIES 6-70.01 Manholes 6-71 SANITARY SEWERS 6-71.01 General 6-71.02 Leakage Tests 6-71.03 Vitrified Clay Pipe (VCP) 6-71.04 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC) 6-72 SLOPE PROTECTION 6-72.01 Rock Slope Protection 6-73 CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE 6-73.01 General 6-76 DOMESTIC WATER FACILITIES 6-76.01 General 6-76.02 Materials 6-76.03 Installation 6-76.04 Testing 6-80 FENCES 6-80.01 General 6-80.02 Chain Link Fence 6-84 TRAFFIC STRIPES 6- 85 PAVEMENT MARKERS "6-86 SIGNALS AND LIGHTING 6-86.01 General 6-86.02 Contract Submittals 6-86.03 Maintaining Existing Systems 6-86.04 Installation 6-86.05 Foundations 6-86.06 Standards, Steel Pedestals and Posts 6-86.07 Conduit 6-86:08 Pull Boxes 6-86.09 Conductors and Wiring 6-86.10 Bonding and Grounding 6-86.11 Service 6-86.12 Testing 6-86.13 Galvanizing and Painting 6-86.14 Solid-state Traffic Actuated Controller 6-86.15 Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption 6-86.16 Vehicle Signals 6-86.17 Pedestrian Signals 6-86.18 Detector 6-86.19 Pedestrian Push Button 6-86.20 Luminaires 6-86.21 Signs 6-86.22 Traffic Signal Payment "6-110 TENNIS COURT RESURFACING 6-141 WATER WELL ABANDONMENT 6-141.01 Permits, Certificates, 6-141.02 Specific Well Details 6-141.03 Abandonment of Wells 6-141.04 Additional Site Work 6-141.05 Concrete 6-141.06 Cement Grout Laws and Ordinances Revised September 1989 - m - REFERENCES TO THE "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS" REFER TO THIS PUBLICATION: STANDARD PLANS STATE OF CALIFORNIA BUSINESS, TRANSPORTATION AND HOUSING AGENCY JULY, 1992 1 ISSUED BY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Current price for additional copies of this book may be obtaind by writing STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION GENERAL PUBLICATION DISTRIBUTION UNIT 1900 ROYAL OAKS DRIVE SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95819 Telephone (916)445-3520 6-06 SPECIFICATIONS 6- 06.01 General Section 6-10 through 6-95 of these Specifications (Special Provisions) correspond with the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. Not all the Sections are used. Therefore, there are gaps in the numbering sequence. Sections used contain either: o Changes from the Standard Specifications o Additions to the Standard Specifications o Repetition of the Standard Specifications for clarity and/or emphasis Revised April 1986 6-06.02 Work for Develobers and Others a) These Specifications shall govern work done within the Right-of-way and Public Utility Easements under the following circumstances: o Work done for subdividers and developers under the terms of a development agreement or encroachment permit; o Vlork done by public utilities or their contractors, however nothing in these Specifications shall be construed so as to conflict with or reduce requirements of the State of California General Orders governing such utility work. o Work done by private parties or others. o Work done for the City of Lodi not done under formal contract. b) All work shall be in accordance with applicable portions of the Standard Specifications. Attention is directed to the following Sections: Section 1 "Definitions and Terms" Section 4 "Scope of Work" Section 5 "Control of Work" Section 6 "Control of Materials" Section 7 "Legal Relations and Responsibilities c) Definitions and Terms shall be as described in Section 1 "Definitions and Terms" of the Standard Specifications and the following: Engineer - The City Engineer of the City of Lodi, California or his authorized representatives. Contractor, Developer or Subdivider - As used in these specifications, the Contractor, Developer or Subdivider shall mean that person, firm, corporation, partnership, company, agency or association who causes land to be divided into a subdivision in accordance with the City of Lodi Subdivision Ordinance and who has entered into or executed a contract and/or agreement with the City of Lodi, providing for the completion of all improvements in connection with a subdivision duly filed with, and approved by the City Council of the City of Lodi, or who has been granted a valid encroachment permit to do work within public rights of way or public utility easements. Construction Specifications - Where reference is made to Construction Specification it shall mean this set of specifications. 6.10 Standard Specifications - In these Specifications, or on the plans, where reference is made to Standard Speicfications or to the Standard Specifications, State of California, it shall mean the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, State of California, Department of Transportation, latest edition. Whenever in the Standard Specifications the following terms are used, they shall be understood to mean and refer to the following: Department - Public Works Department of the City of Lodi. fir - The City of Lodi, California. Director of Public Works - Public Works Director and City Engineer of the City of Lodi. Engineer - The City Engineer of the City of Lodi, California or his authorized representatives. Contractor, Developer or Subdivider - As defined above. Laboratory - The designated materials laboratory authorized by the City Engineer to test mterials and work, State - The City of Lodi, California. d) Plans and Specifications on Job Site - A complete approved set of plans and specifications shall be kept on the job site and available at all times. Nonavailability shall be deemed as cause for temporary suspension of the work. e) Lines and Grades All distances and measurements are given and will be made in a horizontal plane unless otherwise noted. The Contractor shall furnish all facilities and work necessary to provide location of the proposed improvements. Three consecutive points shown on the same rate of slope must be used in common, in order to detect any variation from a straight grade. The Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the finished work. All stakes and points set for lines, grades, or measurements of the work shall be preserved in their proper places until their removal is authorized by the Engineer. Section 5-1.07 "Lines and Grades" of the Standard Specifications shall be deleted unless otherwise specified. 6.11 f) Inspection shall be in accordance with Section 5-1.08 °Inspection" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Whenever the Contractor varies the period during which work is carried on each day he shall give due notice to the Engineer, so that proper inspection may be provided. Any work done in the absence of the Engineer will be subject to rejection. Projects financed in whole or in part with state or federal funds shall be subject to inspection at all times by representatives of the Agencies involved or their agents. g) Responsibility for Damage and Work The City of Lodi, the City Council, the City Engineer shall not be answerable in any manner for any loss or damage that may happen to the work or any part thereof, or for any material or equipment used in performing the work; or for injury or damage to any person or persons, either workmen or the public; for damage to adjoining property from any cause whatsoever during the progress of the work or any time before acceptance of the work by the City Council. The City of Lodi, the City Council and the City Engineer shall be indemnified and save harmless from any suits, claims, or actions brought by any person or persons for or on account of any injuries or damages sustained or arising in the construction of the work or in consequence thereof. Except as provided above, until the formal acceptance of the work by the City Council or the City Engineer, the City of Lodi shall not have the charge and care thereof and shall not bear the risk of injury or damage to any part thereof by the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the nonexecution of the work. All injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance shall be rebuilt, restored and made good at no expense to the City of Lodi, except such injuries or damages occasioned by acts of the Federal Government or the public enemy. h) No Personal Liability Neither the City Council, the City Engineer, nor any other officer or authorized assistant or agent shall be personally responsible for any liability arising under the Agreement. i) Responsibility of City The City of Lodi shall not be held responsible for the care or protection of any material or parts of the work prior to final acceptance, except as expressly provided in these specifications. 6.12 j) Work Within Right-of-way of Others The Contractor shall make aTl arrangements with the appropriate agencies for all work to be performed within the agencies right-of- way and the Contractor shall conduct the work in accordance with any and all of the requirements of the agency involved. The Contractor shall pay the cost of all fees, bonds, permits, licenses and other requirements in connection with work within the right-of-way of the other agencies. k) Contractor's Cooperation with Other Work The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that Pacific Gas and Electric Company, Pacific Telephone Company, Lodi Cable TV, and the City of Lodi and/or their contractors may be installing facilities within the project limits and during the construction of the work; it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to contact these agencies to ascertain their schedules of work. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with other contractors so there is the least amount of conflict during all phases of construction. The Contractor is also responsible for making all necessary agreements with the other agencies that might be required during construction. 1) Measurement and Payment shall be in accordance with the Contract or Agreement between the appropriate parties. Measurement and payment sections in these specifications are those normally used by the City of Lodi in its Contracts and are included for reference only. Revised April 1986 6.13 6-10 DUST CONTROL 6-10.01 Dust Control and Watering Dust control and watering shall conform to the provisions in Sections 10 "Dust Control" and 17 "Watering" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. At the request of the Contractor, water for dust control and project construction will be furnished by the City of Lodi without cost to the Contractor. Water is available from fire hydrants within the project boundaries at the locations shown on the plans. The Contractor shall furnish and use City approved hydrant wrenches. Necessary precautions to prevent dust nuisance shall be taken during all phases of construction, on non -working days, and to final acceptance of the work. Payment for dust control and watering shall be considered as included in the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised Dec. 1985 6.14 6-12 TRAFFIC CONTROL 6-12.01 Traffic Control Traffic control shall conform to Section 12 "Construction Area Traffic Control Devices" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Attention is particularly directed to the "MANUAL OF TRAFFIC CONTROLS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE WORK ZONES" published by Caltrans. Nothing in these Specifications is to be construed as to reduce the minimum standards set in said manual. Traffic shall be maintained at all times as provided in these Special Provisions except as otherwise approved by the Engineer. (Insert appropriate wording) The Contractor will be required to keep all residents and businesses notified of the work schedule as it. affects their access. The Contractor shall maintain contact with the City Electric Utility Department dispatch office regarding start and completion of the following: Construction activity that may impede emergency vehicles, school buses, etc. ° Construction activity such as trenches or other excavation that prohibit access. ° Construction activity that removes a fire hydrant from service The Contractor shall provide the name and telephone number of a person directly responsible for the construction activity. The dispatcher will notify Lodi Police and Fire Departments, Life Medical Paramedic Ambulance Service, and Lodi Unified School District. The phone number is: (209) 368-5735 The City will furnish "No Parking" signs which shall be posted by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying, installing and maintaining such fences, barriers, lights, signs and flaggers as are necessary to give adequate warning to the public at all times that the road or street is under construction and of any dangerous conditions to be encountered as a result thereof. All traffic control equipment shall be removed when it is no longer required. Upon request, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a sketch showing the proposed signing and barricading to be used in the project. A11 existing warning, regulatory, and information signs shall be maintained in a visible location during all phases of the construction by the Contractor. 6.15 If it becomes necessary for the City of Lodi to replace or place additional barricades in order to provide adequate safety to the public, the Contractor will be charged $1.00 per barricade per day or portion thereof plus the cost of placement and removal. The Contractor will also be charged for replacement of damaged City barricades. The Contractor shall furnish and place barricades within three working days. No removal charge will be made if the Contractor returns City barricades to the Municipal Service Center. Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals for doing all work involved in furnishing and placing barricades, warning devices, and for flaggers as may be required by the Engineer shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised Oct. 1989 6.16 6-15 EXISTING FACILITIES 6-15.01 Protection of Existing Facilities Protection of existing facilities shall conform to a 1 1 the applicable provisions in Section 8-1.10 "Utility and Non -Highway Facilities: and Section 15 "Existing Highway Facilities" of the Standard Specifications, and, these Special Provisions. All known obstructions to the work are indicated on the plans. However, the City cannot guarantee the accuracy of this information. The Contractor will be held responsible for the maintenance and protection of or damage to existing facilities, structures, obstructions and all underground facilities shown on the plans or brought. to the Contractor's attention during the course of the work. The Contractor shall notify owner agencies for locations of utilities or facilities prior to excavation. The owning utility shall be immediately notified of any damage which is caused by the operations of the Contractor to any facility, utility or structure. At the owning utilities' discretion, repairs shall be made by the Contractor at the owning utilities' direction or by the utility, all to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the existing storm drain lines and sanitary sewers may be carrying miscellaneous drainage and sanitary sewage. The necessary steps shall be taken to prevent flooding of the trench, structure and/or excavations where ties and removals of the storm drain system and sanitary sewer are made. At connections to existing facilities, approved means of preventing sand and debris from entering the existing lines shall be provided. Payment for protection of existing facilities shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor except as provided in the Standard Specifications. Revised April 1986 6.17 6-15.02 Removal Methods Removal of existing improvements shall conform to Section 15-2 "Miscellaneous Highway Facilities", these Special Provisions and as shown on the Plans. All portions of existing concrete to be removed shall be removed in a smooth, neat, vertical plane. Where expansion, contraction or construction joints are not present, the concrete shall be saw cut to a minimum depth of 1-1/2 inches. If an expansion, contraction or construction joint is within 3 feet of the concrete to be removed, the concrete shall be removed to that joint. Prior to final paving, all portions of existing pavement to be removed shall be cut on a neat, straight line. Pavement removed outside the removal line shall be cut parallel to and at right angles to the removal line. The face of the cut shall be smooth and shall not overhang the removal area. Drop hammers are not allowed. Jackhammers may be used if the cuts are overlapped and meet the above criteria. Where edges of remaining pavement are raised by the removal method used, they shall be flattened with a mechanical tamper prior to setting frames or replacing pavement. Where an excavation leaves less than two feet of pavement adjacent to the gutter, the remaining pavement shall be removed and replaced. All removed material, unless otherwise specified, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of outside of the right-of-way in accordance with the provisions in Section 7-1.13 "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way" of the Standard Specifications. Payment for removal of existing improvements shall be in accordance with Section 15-2.07 "Payment" of the Standard Specifications, Revised June 1988 6-15.03 Abandon Facilities Existing facilities shall be abandoned as shown on to -e plans and in accordance with these Special Provisions. Existing manholes, where shown on the plans to be abandoned, shall be abandoned, in accordance with Section 15-2.05A "Frames, Covers, Grates and Manholes" of the Standard Specifications, Frames and covers may be retained by the Contractor. Existing storm drains and utility pipe lines, where shown on the plans to be abandoned, shall be abandoned in place or at the option of the Contractor, shall be removed and disposed of. All resulting openings into existing structures that are to remain in place shall be plugged with commercial quality concrete. Abandoning storm drains and pipe lines in place shall conform to the following: Storm drains and pipe lines that intersect the side slopes shall be removed to a depth of not less than 3 feet, measured normal to the plane of the finished side slope, before being abandoned. Storm drains and pipe lines less than 24 inches in diameter shall be removed or crushed in place, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Storm drains and pipe lines, 24 inches in diameter and larger, shall be backfilled with sand by any method, acceptable to the Engineer, which completely fills the pipe. Sand backfill material shall be clean, free draining, and free from roots and other deleterious substances. The ends of storm drains and pipe lines shall be securely closed by a 0.5 -foot thick tight fitting plug or wall of commercial quality concrete containing not less than 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard. Storm drains and pipe lines shall not be abandoned until their use is no longer required. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in advance of any intended storm drain or pipe abandonment. Existing catch basins, where shown on the plans to be abandoned, shall be abandoned. Covers and grates may be retained by the Contractor. The top portion of the catch basins shall be removed to a depth of 3 feet below finished grade. Payment for abandoning facilities shall be in accordance with Section 15-2.07 "Payment" of the Standard Specifications. Revised Dec. 1985 6.19 6-15,04 Adjusting Facilities to Grade Miscellaneous facilities shall be adjusted to grade in accordance with these Special Provisions. Upon completion of paving, the Contractor shall adjust a l l utility frames and miscellaneous facilities to within 1/8 -inch of finished grade and shall conform to Standard Plan 123 and the Plans. Water valve frames shall be adjusted to grade within 48 hours after paving is completed. All damaged or non -conforming frames and covers shall be replaced with new frames and covers conforming to City Standard Plans. Undamaged and conforming frames and covers may be reused. Unused frames and covers may be retained by the Contractor. (Use following two paragraphs in lieu of above paragraph when appropriate bid items are provided.) All frames and covers shall be replaced with existing frames and covers except as noted on the plans. Existing broken and non- conforming frames and covers shall be brought to the Engineer's attention at the time of removal. Frames and covers lost or broken by the Contractor shall be replaced at no expense to the City. Unused frames and covers may be retained by the Contractor. The contract price for replacement of frames and covers shall only include the cost of furnishing the new frames and covers indicated on the plans or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. The contract price for adjustment to grade shall apply to both reused and new frames and covers. Payment for adjusting facilities to grade shall be in accordance with Section 15-2.07 "Payment" of the Standard Specifications. Revised November 1986 6.20 6-15.05 Salvaged Materials All materials to be salvaged shall be delivered to the Municipal Service Center, 1331 S. Ham Lane, Lodi, CA 95240, during the hours of 8:00 a.m. to noon or 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. Payment for delivering salvaged materials shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised Dec. 1985 6.21 6-16 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 6-16.01 Clearing and Grubbing Clearing and grubbing shall conform to the provisions in Section 16 "Clearing and Grubbing" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Clearing and grubbing shall include all those areas to be improved within the construction limits shown on the plans. A11 vegetable growth, buried logs, trees shrubs, concrete, abandoned miscellaneous facilities and any other objectionable material shall be removed or crushed in place, if applicable, to a depth of not less than 6 inches below any compacted material or as directed by the Engineer. Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be in accordance with Section 16-1.06 "Payment" of the Standard Specifications. Revised Dec. 1985 6.22 6-19 EARTHWORK 6-19.01 Roadway Excavation Roadway excavation shall conform to the provisions in Section 19 "Earthwork" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The roadway excavation shall conform to the line and grades shown on the plans. The compaction requirements for this work shall attain a minimum relative compaction of 95 percent for a minimum depth of 6 -inches. In the event there is surplus excavation, it shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of outside of the right-of-way in accordance with the provisions in Section 7-1.13 of the Standard Specifications. All unsuitable material shall be removed and replaced with material on the site as the Engineer may direct. The contract price paid for roadway excavation shall include full compensation for cutting and removal of existing asphalt concrete, removal and disposal of surplus excavation at a site provided by the Contractor, and shall include the required excavation, grading, and compaction within the work limits as shown on the plans, and specified under these Special Provisions and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. The quantity of roadway excavation shall be considered as a final pay quantity, as specified in Section 9-1.015 "Final Pay Quantities" of the Standard Specifications, and no additional compensation will be provided for except when changes have been ordered by the Engineer. Revised April 1986 6.23 6-19.02 Pipe and Structure Excavation and Backfill Excavation end backfill for pipe, manholes and miscellaneous structures shall conform to the provisions in Section 19.3 "Structure Excavation and Backfill" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Pavement and concrete removal shall conform to Section. 6.15-02 "Removal Methods" of these Special Provisions, All excavation shall be made to the lines and grades shown on the plans. Trench edges shall be no closer than 1 foot to the toe of the gutter unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Where mud, peat or any unstable or objectionable materiel is encountered at or within 6 inches of the bottom of any excavation, such material shall be removed to a depth of at least. 12 inches below the established grade and the trench brought, to grade by placing a suitable material thoroughly compacted in place, all as approved by the Engineer. Trench width, bedding and backfill for pipe shall conform to "Pipe Bedding end Backfill Requirements", Standard Plan 501. The bedding shall be Class C or better unless otherwise specified on the plans. Plastic marking tape, 6" wide, shall be buried 18" to 24" below finish grade over any utility main located outside of the street/sidewalk ares. The tape shall be color coded blue for water lines and green for itewater and drainage lines. The tape shall have black lettering with appropriate "caution" wording and shall be approved by the Engineer. Ponding or jetting of backfill is not allowed unless specifically shown on the plans. Trench backfill shall attain a relative compaction of 90 percent. Backfill compaction within the structural section shall be as shown on the plans. Structural backfill around all structures and manholes may be made with native material and shall attain a relative compaction of 92 percent. Backfill in street areas shall be brought to subcrade and the existing surfacing shall be replaced with the structural section shown on the plans. Trench backfill shall be accomplished as soon as possible after the pipe has been installed, and in existing streets there shall be no more than 200 feet of open and/or uncompacted ditch at the end of the working day, unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. The Contractor shall conduct the construction operations so that trench backfill at all intersections is sufficiently adequate to allow two-way traffic in both directions during all phases of construction unless otherwise specified. Payment for pipe and structure excavation and backfill shell be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work requiring excavation and backfill end no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised September 1989 6.24 6-19.03 Slurry Cement Backfill Slurry cement backfill shall be used only where shown on the plans or required in the Special Provisions or as specifically approved by the Engineer. It shall conform to Section 19-3.062 "Slurry Cement Backfill" of the Standard Specifications. Payment for slurry cement backfill in the price paid for the various cement backfill and no additional therefor. shall be considered as included items of work requiring slurry compensation will be allowed Revised April 1986 6.25 6-19.04 Excavation Safety Excavation Safety shall conform to th"e provisions Tn Sections 5-1.02A "Trench Excavation Safety Plans", and 7-1,01E "Trench Safety" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. In making excavations for the project, the Contractor shall be fully responsible for providing and installing adequate sheeting, shoring and bracing as may be necessary as a precaution against slides or cave-ins and to fully protect all existing improvements of any kind from damage. The Contractor shall obtain a permit from the Division of Industrial Safety and shall submit a copy of approved permit to the Engineer prior to the start of excavation. The cost of the permit shall be included in the total bid cost. If the shoring and bracing plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer. The criteria given by the California Department of Industrial Relations are MINIMA for the conditions shown thereon. In addition to shoring the excavation as specified, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide any and all additional shoring required to support the sides of the excavation against the effects of loads which may exceed those derived by using the criteria set forth by said governing agency. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any damages which may result from his failure to provide adequate shoring to support the excavations under any or all of the conditions of loading which may exist or which may arise during the construction project. The contract price paid per lump sum for excavation safety shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, permit and equipment and for doing all work involved as specified under these Special Provisions and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised April 1986 6.26 6-19.05 Compaction Subgrade preparation shall conform to all applicable parts of Section 19-5 "Compaction" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. (a) Compact Original Ground Unless otherwise shown on the plans, compaction requirements for compacting original ground shall be a minimum relative compaction of 92 percent for a minimum depth of 8 inches and the limits shall conform to those shown on the plans. Any material that is disturbed below the "compact original ground" shall be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent, (b) Miscellaneous Concrete Subgrade Compaction The relative compaction of subgrade for all curb, gutter, sidewalk and driveways shall conform to these Special Provisions and to the requirements designated on the plans. The miscellaneous concrete subgrade shall be graded to conform to the lines and grades shown on the plans. The compaction of the subgrade for miscellaneous concrete shall attain a minimum relative compaction of 90 percent for a minimum depth of 8 inches and 12 inches for commercial driveways. Any organic Material or other unsuitable material found in the subgrade shall be removed and replaced with an acceptable material, as approved by the Engineer. Concrete shall not be placed upon the subgrade until the subgrade has been approved by the Engineer. Finish grade shall be within 1/4 inch of plan grade. (c) Payment (Use appropriate paragraphs) Payment for compaction shall be in accordance with Section 19-5.06 "Payment" of the Standard Specifications. The contract price paid per square foot for compacting original ground shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment, and for doing all the work involved in compacting original ground as shown on the plans and as specified under these Special Provisions and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. The contract price paid per square foot for miscellaneous concrete subgrade compaction shall 6.27 include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment, and for doing all the work involved in compacting and grading the concrete subgrade as shown on the plans and as specified under these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised April 1986 RIM 6-19.06 Imported Borrow Imported borrow shall conform to Section 19-7 "Borrow Excavation" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Payment for imported borrow shall be in conformance with Section 19-7.05 of the Standard Specifications. Revised April 1986 6.29 6-20 SPRINKLERS AND LANDSCAPING 6-20.01 Sprinkler Systems - furnished and installed Provisions and as shown on work not shown or specified part of the work, and necess system, The work includes: General Sprinkler systems shall be in accordance with these Special the plans, including any incidental which can reasonably be inferred as ary to provide a complete and workable 1. Trenching and backfill; 2. Sprinkler material and equipment installation; 3- Maintenance and guarantee of irrigation system for one year; 4. Installation of sprinkler controller, conduit and wiring, (a) "As -Built" Sprinkler Drawings The Contractor shall prepare an " As -Built " drawing on a b l u e l i n e print which shall show deviations from the Bid Documents made during construction affecting the main line pipe, controller locations, valves and sprinkler heads. The drawing shall be delivered to Inspector before final acceptance of work. A map diagram showing location of valves, lateral lines and route of the control wires shall be prepared by the Contractor. The diagram shall identify valves as to size, station, number and type of planting irri.gated, i.e., shrubs or ground cover. The diagram shall be submitted to Engineer for review and approval. (b) Guarantee Work shall be guaranteed for one (1) year from date of acceptance against all defects in material, equipment and execution. Guarantee shall also cover repair of damage to any part of the premises, resulting from leaks or other defects in material, equipment and execution to the satisfaction of the City. Repairs, if required, shall be done promptly upon notification by City at no cost to City. ® (c) Existing Site Conditions Contractor shall become acquainted with all site conditions. Should utilities not shown on the plans be found during excavations, Contractor shall promptly notify the Inspector for instructions as to further action. Failure to do so will make Contractor liable for any and a l l damage thereto arising from Contractor's operations, subsequent to discovery of such utilities not shown on plans. Awl Minor adjustments to the sprinkler system layout shall be made as may be required to work around existing construction at no additional cost to the City. (d) Payment The contract price paid for sprinkler system shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor and equipment to complete the work and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. Revised April 1986 6-20.02 Sprinkler System Materials Materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. After award of the contract and prior to beginning work, Contractor shall submit for review six (6) copies of the complete list of materials which Contractor proposes to install. Quantities of materials and equipment need not be included. No deviations from the Specifications shall be allowed. The decision of City shall be final in the determination of the quality of materials and equipment. (a) Plastic Pipe shall be polyvinyl chloride pipe (PVC) conforming to Section 20-153(1) "Plastic Pipe Supply Line" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The class shall be as follows: In Turf Areas and Planters 1/2" - Class 315 PVC 3/4" - Class 200 PVC 111 and larger - Class 160 PVC Main Line Pipina or Pipe under constant pressure 211 and larger - Class 200 PVC Piping Under Slabs, Foundations and Paving All sizes - Sen. 40 PVC Plastic fittings - Schedule 40 PVC as manufactured by Sloane, Lasco, or equal. (b) Valves shall conform to the following: Gate valves 311 and smaller shall bronze, Class 125 or 150 with threaded ends, non -rising stem, 0 -ring stem gasket or teflon impregnated asbestos packing and handwheel operator. Gate valves shall be Stockham, Mueller, Kennedy or as supplied with backflow prevention assemblies. 6.31 Remote Control Valves shall be as specified on the drawings. Backflow Assemblies shall be as specified on the drawings, (c) Miscellaneous Materials shall conform to the following: Solvent cement shall be compatible with PVC pipe material and size and be of proper consistency. No mixing of solvent with thinner will be allowed Primers shall be used as recommended by the solvent manufacturer. Control wires shall be 24 volt solid wire U.L. approved for direct burial in ground. (Black #14 OF direct lead and white #12 OF common ground.) 110 volt wire shall be 2-#12, CU, THW, one black, one white. Sprinkler heads shall be of the manufacture specified in legend on Drawings. Valve keys shall be furnished for adjusting remote control valves. (2 - 30" keys) Valve boxes shall be furnished for each control valve. Boxes shall be Ametex 12" meterbox with lid marked, "Irrigation," or approved equal. Quick couplers shall be as indicated on the Drawings. (d) Controller shall be Irri-trol Model MC -4 with P-1 pedestal or Rain Bird Model RC -LS. 6-20,03 Sprinkler System Installation (a) Layout shall be done as accurately as possible to conform to the Plans. The Plans, though carefully drawn, are generally diagrammatic to the extent that swing joints, offsets and all fittings are not shown. Job conditions will not always permit locating piping, valves and heads where shown. When this situation occurs, it shall be brought to the Inspector's attention. The Contractor will be held responsible for the relocating of any items without first obtaining Inspector's approval. (b) Excavating and trenching required for the shall be performed as under this Section, installation of the work included prevent cave-ins, including shoring of earth banks to installations, etc. All surfaces, existing underground , damaged or cut as a result of the 6.32 excavations shall be restored to their original condition, Trenches shall be made with enough width to allow a minimum of 4" between parallel pipe lines. Trenches for pipe lines shall be made of sufficient depths to provide the minimum cover from finish grade as follows: 1. 18" over main lines to remote control valves; 2. 12" over lateral lines to heads; 3. 24" under paved parking areas or roads. (c) Pipe and fitting assembly shall be done in a workmanlike manner in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Remote control valves shall be installed where shown and grouped together where practical and shall be placed no closer than 12" and parallel to walk edges, buildings and walls. Boxes shall be set with tops matching finish grade. Pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, dust and moisture before applying primer and solvent. IMPORTANT - Excess solvent shall be cleaned off. Solvent welded joints shall be cured at least 15 minutes before moving or handling, and at least 24 hours before water is permitted in the pipe. Pipe may be assembled and welded on the surface. Pipe shall be shaken from side to side of trench to allow for expansion and contraction. Connections between plastic pipe and metal valves or steel pipe with threaded fittings shall be made using plastic male adapters. A non -hardening pipe dope (Rector seal or teflon tape) shall be applied to male threads. (d) Sprinkler Heads Openings in the pipe shall be capped or plugged to prevent entry of debris. Lawn heads shall be set flush with finished grade or curb and paving, (e) Flushing and testing shall be done after all new sprinkler piping is in place. A full head of water shall be used to flush out the system with all heads removed. After the system is thoroughly flushed, risers shall be capped off and the system pressure tested. All sprinkler lines upstream of remote control valves shall be tested for a period of not less than 2 hours 6.33 and shall show no leakage or loss of pressure. Test pressure shall be 100 psi. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, testing shall be accomplished by openings at the high points of the system and blowoffs at all deadends. The valve controlling the admission of water into the section of pipe to be tested should be opened slowly and fully before closing the hydrants or blowoffs. After the system has been filled with water and all air expelled, all the valves controlling the section to be tested shall be closed, and the line remain in this condition for a period of not less than 24 hours. The pipe shall then be refilled, if necessary, and subjected to the specified pressure for a period of two hours. All sprinkler lines downstream of remote control valves shall be tested under system pressure. Any observable leaks shall be repaired. Minor leakage at swing/swivel joints is acceptable. All leaks that are found shall be immediately corrected and the system again subjected to the same test. All repairs of any damage to the pipes and their appurtenances, or to any other structures, resulting from or caused by these tests, shall be performed by the Contractor as the Engineer may direct, all without cost to the City of Lodi. At the conclusion of the pressure tests, the heads shall be installed and tested for operation in accordance with design requirements under normal operating pressure. (f) Backfill and compaction shall be done after required tests and inspections have been made. Backfill shall be made with clean soil, free of rocks and other material that may damage the pipe. Backfill for all trenches, regardless of the type of pipe covered, shall be compacted to 85% density except where otherwise shown on the Plans. Backfill shall be dressed off to match finish grades. Settling of backfilled trenches which may occur during a one (1) year period after acceptance, shall be repaired by the Contractor, including the complete restoration of damaged planting, paving or other improvements of any kind. 6.34 (g) Automatic control wiring shall be installed with sprinkler mains and laterals in a common trench wherever possible. Wires shall be a minimum of 1" from any pipe or fitting except at terminal points. Slack shall be provided at valves and wires shall be snaked in trenches to allow for contraction of wires. Tie wires in bundles at 10intervals with plastic electrical tape. Control wire splices will be allowed only on runs more than 500 feet. Wires shall be crimped together with Star -Kon #PT -70 connector and sealed with Scotchlok #3576 sealing pack. (h) Electrical service shall be located and installed as shown on the Plans and shall conform to the provisions of Section 20-5.027E "Service" of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall install conduit and wire to the point of connection. Conduit shall conform to the provisions of Section 86-2.05A "Material" of the Standard Specifications. Revised November 1986 6-20,04 Turf - General Turf shall be furnished and installed with these Special Provisions and as shown on the Plans. Subgrade condition and grading shall be approved by the Engineer prior to turf installation. (a) 90 -Day Maintenance Period The Contractor shall be completely responsible for the general maintenance of the entire sprinkler system and the turf for a minimum period of ninety days from the time of first watering. During this maintenance period, any required repairs or adjustments to the sprinkler system shall be made without additional compensation. The Contractor will be required to adequately water the sod, fill low spots, replace unsuitable growth, or do weed control and other work, as determined necessary by the Engineer, during the 90 -day maintenance before final acceptance of the contract. Mowable weeds and grasses shall be kept mowed off before they exceed two inches in height. Clippings shall be removed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The planted areas shall be maintained in a neatly mowed condition at all times. Working days upon which no work will be required, as determined by the Engineer, will be credited as one of the maintenance days, regardless of whether or not the Contractor performs work. 6.35 Working days when the Contractor fails to adequately perform plant establishment work, including but not limited to watering planted area, mowing, filling low spots, replacing unsuitable growth, or controlling weeds, determined to be necessary by the Engineer, will not be credited as one of the maintenance days. At the end of the 90 -day maintenance period, the stand of grass to be acceptable shall be weed free and have no more than 3 percent of the total area in bare spots which shall close in at maturity and produce a full coverage turf. Unacceptable areas shall be reseeded. (b) Cleanup and Final Inspection - Final inspection for approval and acceptance shall be made at the conclusion of the maintenance period. Prior to being considered for inspection, the Contractor shall have performed, within the entire project limits, a final weeding, mowing and clearing of all the debris so as to present the work in a neat and orderly appearance. (c) Imported borrow (topsoil shall conform to the provisions of Section 20-2.01 "Topsoil" of the Standard Specifications. The contract price paid per cubic yard for imported borrow shall include full compensation for furnishing, transporting, placing, grading and compacting, and doing all the work as shown on the Plans and Specifications and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised November 1986 6-20.05 Turf -Sod (a) Sod bed preparation and fertilization shall conform to the applicable provisions of Section 20-3 "Erosion Control" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Soil amendment shall be added at one (1) inch in depth to existing soil. The existing soil with soil amendment shall be cultivated to a depth of three (3) inches and all clods and lumps shall be broken up or removed. The area shall be raked to remove all debris of any kind. Grading and shaping refinements shall be performed to bring surface to true uniform sloping planes free from irregularities and to provide proper and adequate drainage to designated collection points. Soil amendments shall be Red or Fir compost mix (Marley Company) or equal with 1% nitrogen except as otherwise approved by the Engineer. 6.36 After placing imported borrow and sprinkling and when the soil is friable, the Contractor shall cultivate and cross cultivate the entire area to a depth of six inches. Fertilizer shall then be applied in the amount of 42 pounds of nitrogen, 21 pounds of phosphorus and 42 pounds of potassium per acre (14-7-14 at 7 pounds per 1,000 square feet) and worked into the soil during this cultivating process. At the end of the 90 day maintenance period, one-half of the above named amount shall again be applied. If foreign material is exposed by the cultivation, it shall be immediately removed from the area. When the soil has reached a condition of good tilth, the entire area shall be finish graded with a suitable implement to produce a sod bed which is smooth, uniform and ready for planting. All rocks, clods, etc., over one inch in diameter shall be removed from the upper two inches of soil. (b) Sod shall be weed free, viable, and of the type shown on the Plan. A written certification of the sod shall be furnished upon the request of the Engineer, and no placing of sod shall be allowed prior to approval by the Engineer. (c) Sod installation shall be done with closely fitted joints, and the ends of the strips shall be staggered. On irregular shaped areas, sod shall be laid in both directions from the longest straight line that can be drawn through the area. Sod shall be rolled after an initial watering to eliminate irregularities. Immediate initial watering is very important to sod survival. Do not over irrigate causing a spongy soil condition. The Contractor shall be responsible for such protection of the turfed area as necessary to prevent trespassing. (d) Payment - The contract price paid for turf -sod shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment, cultivating, preparing the soil, placing sod, grading, soil amendment, maintenance, fertilizers, and for doing all work involved in placing sod as shown on the plan and specified under these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation w ill be allowed therefor. 6.37 6-20.06 Turf -Seeded (a) Seed Bed Preparation and Fertilization The seed bed preparation and fertil ization shall conform with the applicable parts of Section 20 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Soil amendment shall be added at one (1) inch in depth to existing soil. The existing soil with soil amendment shall be cultivated to a depth of three (3) inches and all clods and lumps shall be broken up or removed. The area shall be raked to remove all debris of any kind. Grading and shaping refinements shall be performed to bring surface to true uniform sloping planes free from irregularities and to provide proper and adequate drainage to designated collection points. Soil amendments shall be Red or Fir compost mix (Marley Company) or equal with 1% nitrogen except as otherwise approved by the Engineer. After the sprinkler system is installed and before seed bed cultivation, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean the area of all foreign material such as rocks, rubble, sticks, roots, wire and any other objectionable material as the Engineer may direct. After sprinkling and when the soil is friable, the Contractor shall cultivate and cross cultivate the entire area to a depth of six inches. Fertilizer shall then be applied in the amount of 42 pounds of nitrogen, 21 pounds of phosphorus and 42 pounds of potassium per acre (14-7-14 at 7 pounds per 1,000 square feet) and worked into the soil during this cultivating process. At the end of the 90 day maintenance period, one-half of the above named amount shall again be applied. If foreign material is exposed by the cultivation, it shall be immediately removed from the area. When the soil has reached a condition of good tilth, the entire area shall be finish graded with a suitable implement to produce a seed bed which is smooth, uniform and ready for planting. All rocks, clods, etc., over one inch in diameter shall be removed from the upper two inches of soil. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that during final grading, the entire area shall be sloped to drain to the existing catch basins. The Contractor is responsible for eliminating all low spots by regrading or filling during the final grading and maintenance period. 6.38 The Contractor shall not plant seed until the bed has been approved by the Engineer. (b) Seed Turf seed shall be weed free, viable, of the following mix: 40% Manhattan Perennial Rye Grass or approved equal, 98% purity, 90% germination rate; 20% Creeping Red Fiscue, 97% purity, 85% germination rate; 40% Newport Blu Kentucky Bluegrass, 98% purity, 870 germination rate; All seed shall be Blue Tag certified Seed shall be brought to the job in suitable bags bearing the dealer's label. A written certification of the seed shall be furnished upon the request of the Engineer, and no seeding shall be allowed prior to approval of the seed by the Engineer. (c) Turf Seeding The Contractor shall sow the seed during a windless period by an approved method at the rate of not less than 300 pounds per acre. After seeding, the area shall be rolled with a ring -type roller or an equivalent approved piece of equipment to insure the seed being covered with soil to a depth no greater than 1/4 -inch The seeded area shall be free of any excessive ridges or depressions so as to insure proper surface drainage. Watering of the seeded area shall be done slowly but thoroughly. At the Contractor's option, seed may be sown using the hydromulch method. The equipment and procedure shall be submitted prior to seeding for approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for such protection of the seeded area as necessary to prevent trespassing. (d) Payment The contract price paid for turf -seeded shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment, cultivating, preparing the soil, seeding, grading, maintenance, and for doing all work involved in seeding areas shown on the Plans and specified under these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 6-20.07 Plantinq - General Plantinq shall consist of furnishing and installing planting materials including preparing planting areas, planting and establishing plants and other M incidental work in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 20-4 "Highway Planting" of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and the details shown on the Plans. Payment for planting shall be included in the contract price paid per each for trees and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment involved in excavating, preparing the soil, placing the trees, staking, fertilizing, backfilling, and for doing all the work involved in placing trees as shown on the plan and specified under these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised April 1986 6-20.08 Planting materials shall conform to the requirements of the Plant List on the plans and to "Horticultural Standards" of the American Association of Nurserymen as to kind, size, age, etc. Plant names used in the plant list conform to "Standardized Plant Names" by American Joint Committee on Horticulture Nomenclature, except in cases not covered therein. In these instances, the custom of the nursery trade is followed. Substitution will not be permitted unless approved by the Engineer. All plants shall be sound, healthy, vigorous, free from plant disease, insect pests or their eggs, and shall have healthy normal root systems and comply with all State and local regulations governing these matters, and be free from any noxious weeds. Plants shall not be pruned prior to delivery except as authorized by the Engineer. In no case shall trees be topped before delivery. All plant materials shall be subject to approval of size, health, quality and character by the Engineer. Where caliper or other dimensions of any plant materials are omitted from the Plant List, it shall be understood that these plant materials shall be normal stock for type listed. Plant material larger than those specified may be supplied in complying in all other respects and at no additional cost to City. Plant materials shall be symmetrical, and/or typical for variety and species and conform to size specified in the Plant List. All plant materials shall be provided from a licensed nursery or other source which has been previously inspected by the County Horticultural Department and shall be subject to acceptance as to quality by the Inspector. Plant stakes shall be two (2) inch diameter lodgepole pine and 10 feet in length. 6.40 Plant ties shall be reinforced rubber straps, one (1) inch wide by ten (10) inches long, with a 1/8 inch minimum thickness. Rubber straps shall have double wire ties 12 inches long at each end of strap. Fertilizer tablets shall be 21 ounce size with a composition of 20- 10-5 nutrient mix of nitrogen, phosphate and potash unless otherwise shown on the plans. 6-20.09 Planting Operations A 1 1 plants shall be planted, staked, and tied according to the details shown on the plan. Trees shall be thoroughly watered immediately after planting. In the event that underground construction work or obstructions are encountered in excavation of the tree holes, alternate locations will be selected by the Engineer. All Trees shall be pruned to remove broken and damaged limbs and branches. Revised November 1986 6.41 6-22 CLEAN-UP Clean-up shall conform to the provisions in Section 22 "Finishing Roadway" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, Upon completion of the work, and prior to requesting final inspection, the work area shall be thoroughly cleaned of all rubbish, construction forms, stakes, excess material, and equipment, and all portions of the work shall be left in a neat and orderly condition. The final inspection will not be made until this has been accomplished. Full compensation for clean-up shall be the price paid for the various contract finishing, and no additional compensation 6.42 considered as included in items of work requiring will be allowed therefor. Revised April 1986 6-26 AGGREGATE BASE Aggregate base shall be Class 2 and shall conform to the provisions of Section 26 "Aggregate Bases" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, Aggregate grading shall be 3/4" maximum unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit current gradation, R -value, sand equivalent, and durability index test results as requested by the Engineer. Aggregate base shall not be placed until the subgrade has been approved by the Engineer. In lieu of the placement requirements specified in Section 26, aggregate base material shall be placed upon prepared subgrade in a uniform windrow or layer, and after placing, the material shall be graded, compacted and watered in accordance with the requirements of Section 26-1.05 "Compaction" of the Standard Specifications and the Construction Plans. Motor graders may be used for the aforementioned grading. Tailgate placing of the material by dump trucks will not be permitted except in areas not readily accessible to approved spreading devices. Aggregate base shall be compacted as specified in the Standard .,r,?cifications to f relative compaction of 95 percent. Finished grade shall be within 0.05 feet of plan grade. The contract price paid per ton of aggregate base shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment and for doing all work involved in placing, compacting and watering aggregate base as shown on the plans and as specified in these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation wi 11 be allowed therefor. Revised September 1989 6.43 6-36 PENETRATION TREATMENT 6-36.01 Liquid Asphalt Penetration Treatment Liquid asphalt penetration treatment shall conform to the provisions of Sections 36 "Penetration Treatment" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Prior to applying the liquid asphalt, the surface to be treated shall conform to the grades and compaction requirements shown on the plan and described in Section 6-19 of these Special Provisions and shall be clean of all loose or extraneous material. After approval from the Engineer, the roadbed shall be treated with SC -250 liquid asphalt at the rate of 0.45 gallons per square yard in two applications. The first application shall be at the rate of 0.25 gallons per square yard and the balance applied when the first application has fully penetrated the surface, or as approved by the Engineer. Alternate liquid asphalt grades and application rates may be required by the Engineer depending on ambient temperature and other factors. The liquid asphalt shall be applied with a full - circulation bar distributor and in conformance with Section 93- 1.03, "Mixing & Applying," of the Standard Specifications. After the final application of penetrating, any excess asphalt conformance with Section 36-1.05, Specifications. All evidence of curbs, gutter and/or sidewalks removed before final acceptance. liquid asphalt has finished shall be covered with sand in "Sand Cover," of the Standard excess liquid asphalt on the and all excess sand shall be The contract price paid per ton of liquid asphalt shall include full compensation for preparation for treatment, furnishing and applying liquid asphalt and sand cover and remaining excess sand and asphalt and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor, Revised April 1986 6.44 6-39 ASPHALT CONCRETE 6-39.01 General Asphalt concrete shall be Type B and shall conform to these Special Provisions and the following sections of the Standard Specifications: 39-1 General 39-2 Materials 39-3 Storing, Proportioning and Mixing Materials 39-4.01 Subgrade 39-4.02 Prime Coat and Paint Binder All bituminous binder shall be viscosity grade AR -4000 liquid asphalt except AR -8000 liquid asphalt shall be used when the ambient temperature is over 90 to 95 F. Asphalt shall conform to those applicable parts of Section 92 "Asphalt" of the Standard Specifications. The mineral aggregate shall be 3/4 -inch maximum size for base courses when such work constitutes 100 or more tons, and shall be as specified on the plans for the finish course. ms, the aggregate size may be the same as the finish Asphalt concrete work required at manholes, water valves, ing, and other miscellaneous facilities shall be 3/8 -inch Medium gradations shall be used. For base course work less than 100 tons, the aggregate size may be the same as the finish course, feathering. maximum size, Asphalt concrete shall not be placed until the subgrade has been approved by the Engineer. Unstable subgrade shall not be paved. A prime coat is not required. SS -1 asphaltic emulsion shall be applied to existing pavements, lower courses of new pavements (unless upper course is being applied in the same day and the lower course is clean), and vertical edges of new or existing pavements, prior to paving. If recommended by the manufacturer, the emulsion may be diluted up to 1:1. Immediately before applying the emulsion, the surface shall be cleaned of all dirt and loose material. Asphaltic emulsion and application shall conform to the applicable parts of Sections 94 "Asphaltic Emulsions" and 39-4.02 "Prime Coat and Paint Binder" of the Standard Specifications. Revised Dec. 1985 6.45 6-39.02 Pavement Reinforcing Fabric Pavement reinforcing fabric shall conform to the provisions of Section 39-4.03 "Pavement Reinforcing Fabric" and Section 88 "Engineering Fabrics" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Prior to placing the fabric, the existing pavement to receive the fabric shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer of all materials such as, but not limited to, vegetation, sand, dirt, gravel and water. Cracks in the pavement will be filled by the City prior to placing the fabric. Placement of the fabric shall be made only under the following conditions: 1. The ambient air temperature is above 50°F and rising; 2. The pavement is dry and the pavement temperature is 40 F and rising. The surface area to receive the fabric shall be sprayed with pavement asphalt type AR -4000 at a rate of 0.25+/- 0.03 gallons per square yard. The width of asphalt application will be the fabric width, plus four inches. The fabric shall overlap 2-4 inches at the longitudinal joints and 2-4 inches at the transverse joints. No joints shall be lapped with more than two layers of fabric. Transverse joints shall be shingled in the direction of the paving to prevent edge pick-up by the paver. The fabric shall be placed into the asphaltic binder with a minimum of wrinkles that lap, and broomed or squeeged to remove any bubbles prior to the binder cooling substantially enough so that the fabric will not adhere to it. The equipment used to place the fabric shall be approved by the Engineer. The contract price paid per square yard for the Pavement Reinforcing Fabric shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and placing the fabric complete in place as shown on the plans and as specified under these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised Dec. 1985 6-39.03 Street Paving Street paving consists of spreading and compacting asphalt concrete in streets excluding miscellaneous areas as defined in Section 39-7 and these Special Provisions. Street paving shall be in conformance with Section 39-5 "Spreading and Compacting Equipment" and Section 39-6 "Spreading and Compacting '' of the Standard Specifications. The asphalt concrete shall comply with Section 6-39.01 "General" of these Special Provisions. The amount of asphalt binder to be mixed with the aggregate shall be between 4 percent and 7 percent by weight of the dry aggregate. The fourth through seventh paragraphs in Section 39- 3.03 "Proportioning" of the Standard Specifications shall not apply. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit a mix design for approval 15 days prior to paving. Spreading and compacting shall conform to the Standard Specifications with the following exceptions: Asphalt concrete shall not be spread with blading equipment; Vibratory rollers may be used with the approval of the Engineer; The roller requirements of Section 39-5.02 "Compacting Equipment" may be reduced to one 2 -axle steel tired tandem roller and one pneumatic tired roller provided the production rate allows the finish rolling to be accomplished satisfactorily; 3 -wheel rollers Asphalt concreteare prohibited; according to the glial 1 hp anrp;; ] and r.mmnant pd in by the Engineer: foil owing table unless otherwi: se an Top ayer Next layer Next laye Total required 1 r down down .201 or less tota - - 25' 0.10 0.151 - 30, 0.15 0.15' - ,35' 0.201 0.15' - '40, 0.20 0.20' - ,45' 0.20 0.25' - ,50' 0.20 0.30' - , 55' 0.20 0.151 0 .20' ,601 0.20 0.20' 0 .20' ,651 0.20 0.201 0 .25' 0.70' 0.20 0.20' 0 .30' ayers approved Compacting equipment reductions in Section 39-6.03 "Compacting" apply except (3) in which the total amount of asphalt concrete included in the contract is reduced to 500 tons; 6. Seal coat per Section 39-7.02 "Seal Coat" is not required. 7. The dumping of material in a windrow, in accordance with Section 39-5.01 "Spreading Equipment", shall be limited to 6.47 300 feet in advance of the paving machine, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. This requirement does not relieve the Contractor of other requirements relating to temperature, spreading and compacting. Asphalt concrete shall be placed with pavers equipped with full electronic controls capable of reproducing grade controls with a 0.01 foot tolerance. Grade controls shall be provided on both sides of the paver and shall consist of two of the following: ° Sensors activated by a ski device not less than 30 feet long riding on an approved graded surface; Sensors activated by a foot or shoe riding on a previously placed mat or curb; Sensors activated by a foot or shoe riding on a grade wire with grade stakes at 25 foot intervals provided by an Engineer or Land Surveyor. Should the methods and equipment furnished by the Contractor fail to produce a layer of asphalt concrete conforming to the requirements, including straightedge tolerance, of Section 39-6.03, "Compacting," of the Standard Specifications, the paving operations shall be discontinued and the Contractor shall modify his equipment or furnish substitute equipment, The completed surface shall be thoroughly compacted, smooth, true to grade and cross section and free from ruts, humps, depressions or irregularities. Depressions over 0.02 feet in 10 feet and other surface irregularities shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Miscellaneous facilities shall be adjusted to grade in accordance with Section 6-15.04 "Adjusting Facilities to Grade" of these Special Provisions. Pavement defects shall be corrected at no additional cost to the City. No payment will be made for tonnage of asphalt concrete used in corrective work, The contract price paid per ton of asphalt concrete shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment, furnishing and applying asphalt emulsions, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing, spreading, compacting and correcting asphalt concrete and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised June 1988 . I: 6-39.04 Trench Replacement and Shoulder Paving Trench replacement and shoulder paving consists of spreading and compacting asphalt concrete in the following locations: (a) trenches (b) shoulders less than 8 feet wide adjacent to concrete curb and gutter (c) asphalt sidewalks and ramps (d) dikes, gutters, aprons and flares (e) other miscellaneous areas designated by the Engineer Asphalt concrete shall be produced from commercial quality asphalt and aggregates. The spreading and compacting requirements in Sections 39-6.02, "Spreading," and 39-6.03, "Compacting," of the Standard Specifications will not apply. The asphalt concrete shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Asphalt concrete shall be produced at a central mixing plant. 2. Aggregate shall conform to the 3/8 -inch maximum, specified in Section 39-2.02, "Aggregate," of the Standard Specifications. 3. The amount of asphalt binder to be mixed with the aggregate shall be between 4 percent and 7 percent by weight of the dry aggregate as approved by the Engineer. 4. Spreading and compacting shall be performed by methods that will produce an asphalt concrete surfacing of uniform smoothness, texture, and density. 5. Asphalt concrete shall be spread and compacted in layers according to the following table: Total required Top layer Next layer down 0.20' or less total 0.25' total 0.30' 0.15, 0 . 15" 0.35' 0.2 0 0 . 15 ' 6. Compaction shall be performed with a tandem roller weighing between 4 and 6 tons unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The completed surface shall be thoroughly compacted, smooth, true to grade and cross section and free from ruts, humps, depressions or irregularities. Depressions over 0.03 feet in 10 feet and other surface irregularities shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 6.49 Miscellaneous facilities shall be adjusted to grade in accordance with Section 6-15.04 "Adjusting Facilities to Grade" of these Special Provisions. Pavement defects shall be corrected at no additional cost to the City. No payment will be made for tonnage of asphalt concrete used in corrective work. (Write appropriate payment section) The contract price paid shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment, furnishing and applying asphalt emulsions, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing, spreading, compacting and correcting asphalt concrete and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised Dec. 1985 6-39.05 Asphalt Concrete Leveling Course Asphalt concrete leveling courses including emulsions shall conform to Section 6- 39.01 "Asphalt Concrete," and these Special Provisions. The intent of the leveling course or courses is to fill low or irregularly shaped surfaces to provide a uniform surface for placement of fabrics and/or asphalt concrete paving. The Contractor shall apply leveling courses to depressions exceeding 0.03 feet in 4 feet and other irregularities as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor's and the Engineer's representatives shall walk the area to be paved and determine the areas to be leveled. Where the required thickness of 0.20 feet, the leveling course application shall be such that bottom and each successive layer lower layer, the leveling course will exceed shall be applied in layers. The the narrowest layer is on the extends beyond the edges of the Where the thickness required is less than one-half inch, asphalt concrete shall be No. 4 maximum in accordance with Section 39 "Asphalt Concrete" of the Standard Specifications. The asphalt concrete shall be spread by any means to obtain the specified results and shall be compacted with a tandem roller weighing between 4 and 6 tons unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The contract price paid per ton of Asphalt Concrete Leveling Course shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in furnishing and placing asphalt concrete leveling courses complete in place as shown on the plans or as specified under these Special Provisions and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 110 0 -- November 1 986 6.50 6-39.06 Pavement Repair Existing pavement areas indicated on the plans shall be repaired as specified in these Special Provisions. Additional repair areas may be designated by the Engineer in the field. Existing surfacing shall be removed in accordance with Section 6- 15.02 "Removal Methods" of these Special Provisions to a depth of 0.4 feet and replaced with asphalt concrete unless otherwise shown on the plans. The underlying subgrade shall be compacted to a relative compaction of 92% for a minimum depth of 8" . In lieu of compaction of native material, the subgrade may be replaced with 6" of Class 2 aggregate base in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 26 "Aggregate Base" of the Standard Specification, The contract price paid per square foot for pavement repair shall include full compensation for cutting and removing existing surfacing, compacting subgrade and replacing with asphalt concrete and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. November 1986 6-42 PAVEMENT GRINDING Pavement grinding shall be done at the locations and to the grades shown on the Plans in accordance with these Special Provisions. Grinding shall be performed with abrasive grinding equipment utilizing carbide or diamond cutting tips. Residue from grinding shall be removed from the roadbed by sweeping or washing. Residue from grinding operations shall not be permitted to flow into gutters or other drainage facilities or across lanes occupied by public traffic. Solid residue resulting from grinding operations shall be removed from pavement surfaces before such residue is blown by the action of traffic or wind. The noise level created by the combined grinding operation shall not exceed 86dBA at a distance of 50 feet measured at right angles to the direction of travel. Pavement grinding shall be measured by the lineal foot or square foot as shown in the proposal. The contract price paid for grinding existing pavement shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in grinding the existing pavement and removing residue, including furnishing water for washing the pavement, as shown on the plans, and as specified under these special provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor, Revised November 1986 6.51 6-55 STEEL STRUCTURES 6-55.01 General The steel structures shown on the plans shall Tie constructed in accordance with the details shown, the applicable portions of Section 55 "Steel Structures" of the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. Four copies of working drawings shall be furnished to the Engineer for approval at least 10 working days prior to fabrication. The working drawings shall show details of any permitted options proposed in the work, details for connections not dimensioned on the plans, the sequence of shop and field assembly and erection, welding sequences and procedures, the location of butt welded splices, and the location of any temporary supports that are to be used. Unless otherwise noted in the plans and specifications, all materials and fabrication shall conform to Section 55-2 "Materials" and Section 55-3 "Fabrication" of the Standard Specifications. Revised April 1986 6.52 6-59 PAINTING 6-59.01 General All required painting shall be done in accordance with the plans, the applicable portions of Section 59 "Painting" of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and the coating manufacturer's recommendations, Attention is particularly directed to the following Sections of the Standard Specifications: 59-1.02 Weather Conditions 59-1.03 Application 59-1.05 Protection Against Damage 59-2 Painting Structural Steel Revised April 1986 6.55 6-62 STORM DRAINS 6-62,01 General Storm drain pipe and appurtenances shall be furnished and installed in accordance with applicable sections of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as shown on the plans. Storm drain pipe shall be either asbestos cement pipe, precast concrete pipe, or PVC pipe up thru 15 inch. Cast -in-place pipe and corrugated metal pipe shall only be used where specifically shown on the plans. PVC storm drains shall be furnished and installed in accordance with Section 6-71.04 "Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC)11 of these Special Provisions. Approved rubber ring water stops or adaptors shall be used at all junctions with manholes, catch basins and other structures. PVC pipe shall not be used where the depth of cover is less than three feet. Tying pipe into existing structures shall be done by carefully breaking an opening in the wall of the structure and inserting the pipe so the end is flush with the inside wall. After insertion, the annular space shall be tightly packed with a non -shrink grout (Burke, Horn or approved equal). The mortar shall be placed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and troweled smooth and flush with the i-terior surface of ..j.e manhole. At new structures, the pipe shall be cast into the wall as shown on the appropriate Standard Plan. As an alternate, pipe may be laid through the structure and the structure constructed around the pipe. The top of the pipe shall then be removed and the edge grouted smooth. Upon completion of backfill, prior to paving, the City may inspect storm drains with closed-circuit television equipment. Defective work shall be repaired by the Contractor in a method approved by the City prior to final paving. The television logs will be made available to the Contractor for review. Defective work shown by TV or other inspection includes: ° Cracks, openings, leaks, or breaks in the pipe or structures; Joints offset more than 1/2" or 1% of the inside diameter, whichever is greater; ° Standing water exceeding 0.20 foot Protruding, folded or otherwise deformed gaskets All repairs of defective work shall be made at no cost to the City. Reinspection of repairs will be made by the City at the Contractor's expense. Trench patch shall conform to the applicable provisions of Section 6-39.04 "Trench Replacement and Shoulder Paving" of the Special'Provisions, and the details shown on the plans. 6.57 "BuildingBetterCommunity" Public Improvement Design Standards May 1991 City of Lodi Public improvement Design Standards Introduction I-1 Purpose and Scope....................................................................................................... 1 1 _2 Design...................................................................................................................... 1 1 _3 Authority.................................................................................................................... 1 Section 1 - Streets 1100 General.................................................................................................. .............. 2 1.101 Scope........................................................................................................... 2 1.102 Submittals .................................................................................................... 2 1.200 Design Volumes....................................................................................................... 2 1.201 General.......................................................................................................... 2 1.202 Traffic Studies............................................................................................... 3 1.300 Street Design............................................................................................................... 4 1 301 General Design.............................................................................................. 4 1 302 Cross Section................................................................................................ 5 1.303 Intersection/Driveway Sight Distance :............................................... ..... 5 1.304 Vertical Alignment........................................................................................ 6 1 305 Horizontal Alignment ................................................................................ 8 1 306 Medians............................................................................................. 9 1.400 Driveways.................................................................................................................... 9 1.401 General Requirements................................................................................... 9 1.402 Special Driveways.......................................................................................... 9 1403 Width............................................................................................................. 110 1.404 Distances from Curb Returns...................................................................... 10 1 405 Distances From Utility or Safety Devices ................................................... .... 10 1.406 Distance Between Driveways........................................................................ 10 1407 Distances From Property Line.......................................................................10 1.408 Removal......................................................................................................... 10 1.409 Parking Lot Driveways.................................................................................. 11 1.410 Driveway Slope......................................................................................... 11 1.500 Curb, Gutter and Sidewalk........................................................................................... 11 1.501 General Requirements.................................................................................. 11 1.502 Curb and GutterType...................................................................................11 1503 Sidewalk ........................................................................................................ 12 1.504 Wheelchair Ramps........................................................................................ 12 1.505 Back of Sidewalk............................................................................................ 12 1.600 Structural Section...................-------................................................................... 12 Section 2 -Wastewater 2.100 General................................................................................................ ..................14 3.101 Scope............................................................................................................ 2.101 Scope............................................................................................................ u 22 2.102 Submittals..................................................................................................... 14 2.200 Design Flow.................................................................................................................. 15 2.300 Pipe Design.......................................................................................................... 16 3 303 Slope............................................................................................................. 2.301 Minimum Size................................................................................................ 16 24 2.302 Design Depth cf Flow.................................................................................... 16 3.306 Pipe Materials................................................................................................ 2.303 Slope..............................................................................................................16 3.307 Pipe Joints.....................................................................................................26 2 304 Vertical Alignment ..................................................................................... 17 2.305 Horizontal Alignment..................................................................................... 17 2.306 Pipe Materials................................................................................................ 18 2 307 Joints and Fittings....................................................................................... 18 2.400 Services........................................................................................................................18 2.401 General.......................................................................................................... 18 2.402 Monitoring Structures.........................:•.......................................................19 2.403 Traps and Waste Interceptors.................................................................... 19 2.500 Manholes and Miscellaneous Structures...................................................................... 19 2.501 Manholes.......................................................................................................19 2.502 Drop Manholes............................................................................................ 19 2.600 Lift Stations.......................................................................................................... 19 2.601 General.......................................................................................................... 19 2.602 Design........................................................................................................... 19 2.603 Force Mains............................................................................................... 21 Section 3 - Storm Drainage 3.100 General......................................................................................................................... 22 3.101 Scope............................................................................................................ 22 3.102 Submittals..................................................................................................... 22 3.200 Design Flow..................................................................................................................23 3.300 Pipe Design............................................................................................. ....................23 3.301 Minimum Size................................................................................................ 23 3 302 Design Depth of Flow (Hydraulic Grade Line) .............................................. 23 3 303 Slope............................................................................................................. 24 3.304 Vertical Alignment........................................................................................ 24 3.305 Horizontal Alignment..................................................................................... 25 3.306 Pipe Materials................................................................................................ 25 3.307 Pipe Joints.....................................................................................................26 3.400 Services..................................................................................... ............................26 3.401 General.......................................................................................................... 26 3.402 On-site Design Requirements........................................................................ 26 3.500 Manholes and Miscellaneous Structures...................................................................... 27 3.501 Manholes ....................................................................................................... 27 3.502 Catch Basins.................................................................................................. 27 3 600 Pump Stations........................................................................................ ..................... 2% 3.700 Detention Basins................................................................................................... ....... 2% 3 701 General Requirements ....................................................................... 28 3.702 Temporary Basins ...................... .........-................................................... 2% 3 703 Permanent Basins.............................................. ...................... m , .......... 29 SECTION 4 -Water 4.100 General.............................................................................................................. ...........30 4.101 Scope ............................................................................................................ 30 4.102 Submittals..................................................................................................... 30 4.200 Design Flow ..........................-............ ,,................................ 31 4,300 Pipe Design.................................................................................................................31 4.301 Minimum Size........................................................................................... 31 4 302 Design Pressure ............................................................................................ 32 4.303 Slope.............................................................................................................. 32 4.304 Vertical Alignment.........................................................................................32 4.305 Horizontal Alignment ................................................................................ .32 4 306 Pipe................................................................................................................ 33 4 307 Joints ............................................................................................................. 33 4.400 Services.................................................................................................................. 33 4.401 General.......................................................................................................... 33 4 402 Domestic Service...................................................................... • • ..... 33 4 403 Fire Service....................................................................................................34 4.500 Valves, Fire Hydrants and Miscellaneous Appurtenances............................................ 36 4.501 Valves............................................................................................................ 36 4.502 Fire Hydrants................................................................................................. 37 4 503 Blow-offs and Temporary Connections........................................................ 37 4.504 Thrust Blocks................................................................................................. .37 Section 5 - Miscellaneous Requirements 5.100 Maps and Easements ................................................................................................. .38 5.101 Maps.................................................................................................... ............3% 5.102 Easements.. .......................................................................................... .38 5.200 Improvement Plans and Specifications.............:..............•.......................................... 39 5.300 As-built Plans and Certifications..................................................... ............................ 40 5.400 Traffic Control.............................................................................................................. 41 5.500 Soils Reports................................................................................................................. 41 5.600 Grading and Earthwork................................................................................................. 41 A - 3 5.601 Grading Plans............................................................................................... .41 A - 4 5 602 Dust Control ...................................................................................................42 54 A- 5 5.603 Erosion Control........................................................................................... 42 5.700 Trench and Pipe Strength Design.................................................................................42 5.701 General.......................................................... .... ..........................................42 5 702 Soils Investigation........................................................................................ 43 5 703 Flexible Pipe.................................................................................................. 43 5.703.1 Ductile Iron Pipe .........................................................................................43 5.703.2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC, ASTM D3034).................................................... .44 5.703.3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC, AWWA C900) . ...................... I..... ..........44 5.704 Rigid Pipe............................................. •.................................................... 44 5.704.1 Asbestos Cement Pipe (AVVWA C400) ..................................................... 44 5.704.2 Concrete Pipe (ASTM C14, C76)................................... .............................44 5.704.3 Vitrified Clay Pipe (ASTM C700)................................................................. 44 Appendix A-1 Improvement Plan Requirements................................................................ 45 A-1.1 General Requirements................................................................................ 45 A-1.2 Plan Notes.................................................................................................... 45 A-1 3 Checklist....................................................................................................... 46 A- 2 Bid Item List.................................................................................................................... 51 A - 3 Wastewater Flow Calculation Sheet............................................................................... 53 A - 4 Storm Drainage Calculation Sheet....................................................................... 54 A- 5 References.................................................................................................................. ....55 Cexe 079 A-07- of MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING COUNTY SERVICE AREA NO. 31- "FLAG CITY" DOMESTIC WASTE CONNECTION THIS Memorandum of Understanding("MOU") centered into thisq7 day of; 2007, (the "Effective Date"), between THE COUNTY OF SAN JOAQUIN, a political subdivision of the State of California ("County'); COUNTY SERVICE AREA No. 31, a County Service Area established by the County of San Joaquin pursuant to the County Service Area Law cfthe State of California ("Flag City'); and the CITY OF LODI, a municipal corporation organized and existing under the laws of he State of California ("Ciy"). Flag City, as a County Service Area, is merely an administrative unit ofCounty and b referred to separately in the Agreement purely for administrative convenience. RECITALS This MOU is predicatedupon tbefollowingfindings: A. Flag City is a County Service Area located at the intersection cf Highway 12 and Interstate 5, in San Joaquin County, California, four (4) miles west cf the corporate limits of the City of Lodi. Flag City currently operates a secondary wastewater collection system and treatment facility; however. the treatment facility needs major upgrades to meet State discharge requirements, 5. The City, through its General Plan, is committed to encouraging agricultural uses in the area surrounding the City and discouraging urban uses. The City of Lodi's General Plan contains the fallowing land use element goals: a. Policy LU -A.1- The City shall seek to preserve Lodi's small-town and rural qualities. b. Goal LU -B - To preserve agricultural land surrounding Lodi and to discourage premature development of agricultural land with nonagricultural uses, while providing for urban needs. C. Policy LU -B.1 - The City shall encouragethe preservation of agricultural land surrounding the City. d. Policy LU -6.2 - The City should designate a continuous open space greentieit around the urbanized area of Lodi to maintain and enhance the agricultural economy. e. Policy LU -13.6 - The City shall encourage San Joaquin County to retain agricultural uses on lands adjacentto the City. FLAG WY MOU-MOUX= -1. C. The City encourages compact development and discourages leapfrog development and urban sprawl within the Highway 12/interstate 5 corridor, all of which would be inconsistent with ft above general plan goals. The City'sGeneral Plan is committed to the above goal$ within its own boundaries as well, stating the following: a. A-5 The City shall require specific development plans in areas of major new development. b. E-2 The City shall promote downtown Lodi as the primary pedestrian -oriented, commercial area of Lodi. C. E-4 The City shall ensure the new commercial development be designed to avoid the appearance of strip development. d. E-7 In approving new commercial projects, the City shall seekto ensure that such projects reflect the City's concern for achieving and maintaining high quality development. D. Providingwastewater treatment service to f=lag City on the condition that service not be affordedto developments that conflict with the goals set forth herein furthers those goals by concentrating development in an existing County Service Area with set boundaries. E. County acknowledges the goals set forth in the Lodi General Plan as set forth above, and has similar provisions in its General Plan which encourage agricultural uses, compact land use and development, and discourage "leapfrog development' and "urban sprawl," Toward these ends, the County General Plan provides: To make efficient use & land and promote a functional development pattern with varied and compatible land uses. 2. To minimize the effect on agricultural lands and other environmental resources while providing for orderly growth. 3. To create a visually attractive County. 4. To avoid the problems and costs imposed on local government by development that does not have adequate services. 5. Rural Communities Shall: (a) be planned to have minimal growth, mainly infill development, with expansion discouraged; (b) be planned to Serve the immediate needs of the community's residents or the surrounding agricultural community; (c) have a minimum land area of 50 acres cr have been idal ified on the General Plan 1995 map as a residential area. FLAG crrr MOU-Mou.00c -2- 6. Development shall be orderly and compact. 7. Development should occur on vacant lots within existing communities as "infill" before extending beyond the current developed areas of a community. 8. Freeway Service: Function: Providefor commercial uses oriented almost exclusively to serving the needs of the freeway traveler. (2) Typical Uses: Travel -related businesses including gasoline service stations, food and beverage sales, eating and drinking establishments, and hotels and motels. (3) Developmentand Locational Criteria: Freeway Service areas shall be: (A) designated only adjacentto full freeway interchanges where developmentwill be easily accessible and visible to the freeway traveler. (g) limited in numberto encourage clustering of uses at selected interchanges; (C) limited in area in orderto reduce impacts on surrounding land uses and control the physical and visual extent of these areas; (D) developed so that buildings occupy no more than 60 percent of the lot and are no morethan 3 stories in height; and (E) designed in an attractive mannerthat czeates a favorable impression of the County by considering the overall site design, landscaping, scale of development, signage, relationship to adjacent uses, circulation and parking, and architecture. F. There is a need for upgraded sewer treatment facilities to service Flag City and the parties wish to cooperatively ensure that any developmentthat occurs in Flag City is orderly, compact, and in compliance with the goals of the City and County General Plans. NOW THEREFORE, the parties to this MOU agree as follows: 1. Definitions. Unless otherwise defined in this MOU, all capitalized terms will have tine definitions ascribed to them in Lodi Municipal Code Section 13.12.020. a. The Term Highway 12/Flag City Corridor shall mean the area bounded bythe White Slough Pollution Control Facility (`WSPCF") on the west, the City cf Lodi on the East, % mile north of Highway 12 on the north and'/ mile south of the trunk sewer line connecting the City of Lodi to the WSPCF on the south. b. Flag City Service Area shall mean all properties within the boundaries of County Service Area 31, as setforth in ExhibitA. FLAG CHYMOU-MOU.DOC -3- 2. Terms of Connection. Any delivery of wastewater permitted pursuantto the MOU shAO be subject to the following terms: a. Permit: Flag City shall comply with the terms of a Discharge Permit to be issued'by the City which will include but not be limited to limitations on maximum flow, BOD, ph, TICS and suspended solid concentrations and prohibitionson discharge of hazardous waste in conformance with the City's NPDES Permit. The terms cf this Discharge Perrnitwill be no more stringentthan those required underthe City's NPDES permit. However, City may change the terms of the discharge permit without notice ifnecessaryto comply with State or Federal requirements. 5 b. Volume: The intent of this MOU is to provide sewer treatment services to the properties within the Flag City Service Area boundaries, asset forth in Exhibit A. Currentvolume cE wastewater is 0.11 MGD (annual average). Estimated volume at build -out &the Flag C i Service Area is .19 MGD (annual average). Flag City shall not exceed .19 MGD annual average without negotiating a tax -sharing agreement with the City of Lodi for all new development contributing to the increased flow. In all events, the volume of wastewater shall not exceed 0.21 MGD (annual average). C. Rate/Surcharge, Flag City's charge for treatment will be as established by the City for its high strength customer users plus a 35 percent surcharge. d. Capacity Charge: Flag City shall pay a one-time capacity charge based on the then - current rates for new City development at the time cf connection. (Thesecharges are adjusted annually.) Additional capacity charges at the current City rates will apply for each increment of effluent over the amount initially paid. Capacity charge reductions or credits may be granted for steps taken by Flag City to minimize impacts to City'soverall treatment plant capacity through pre-treatment, off-peak delivery, or other mutually agreed strategies. e. Administrative Charge: County shall pay City $250,000 as a onetime administrative charge upon the execution of this MOU and fulfillment of section 8 below. f. Flag City will be solely responsiblefor all costs associated with installing a pipeline ("Collection Facilities") to connect to Lodi's Waste Water Treatment Plant. g, City will bill for its services directly to Flag City and not to individual customers. Annual billing will begin with commencementcf flow to the City's facility and will be billed in advance for a twelve (12) month period, based on estimated flow and strength. Subsequent annual billings Will be based on actuals for the prior twelve (12) months. Flag City will pay all invoiceswithin 30 days of the date of the invoice. h. Neither County nor Flag City will knowingly allow any person or entity to discharge to is Collection Facilitieswhose property is outside the Flag City Service Area,without prior City approval, which City maywithhold in its absolute d Lq=eticn. Inthe event County or Flag City violate the terms cE this paragraph, the responsible party sural have three months from receipt of written notice of the violation to came the violation without penalty. Thereafter, Flag City shall pay a 100 percent surcharge on Flag City's then current daily rate until cured. RAG CITY MOU-MOUMOC -4- Working cooperatively with City staff, Flag City will develop an application for connection to its Collection Facilities and require that at future applicants submit responsesto questions designed to elicit their facilities compliance with the goals contained in this MOU and the discharge permit issued by City to Flag City. Flag City willl copy City with all applications so submitted within 5 business days ofrecelpt. j. County representsthat it's its existing policythat areas in the Highway 12/Flag City Con idorwill only be approved for developmentto the extent they are consistentwith the County's goals and policies set forth in this MOU. k. Business Improvement District: Pursuant to California Streets and Highways Code Section 36521.5, County hereby consents to the inclusion of County Service Area No. 31 in the Lodi Tourism Business Improvement District codified i n Lodi Municipal Code Section 12.07 et seq. City shall be solely responsiblefor the implementation and collection cf any such tax and/or fee associated with the inclusion cf the Districtand County's consent is limited to allowing City to follow proper procedures for implementation and collection of such fee and ertax. I. District Expansion: County agrees that it will not expand the boundaries of the Flag City Service Area in a mannerthat results in the need for additional City sewer capacity, without the express written consent of City, which City may withhold In its absolute discretion. County and City agree that a minimum condition for this approval will be entry of a tax -sharing agreementfor all property added to the service area M. Design Guidelines: Working cooperatively with City staff, County will develop design guidelines for all new construction within County Service Area No. 31,foradoption through applicable land -use hearing processes. 3. Reimbursement. County shall reimburse the City for A costs incurred by the City in connection with the project. The City will provide County with an estimate of these costs in advance cF connection. County shall depositthe estimate with the City within 30 days of receiving the estimate. City wf bill al costs against the deposit. In the event the deposit is exceeded, County shall pay tine difference to the City within 30 days of notice. Any excess will be refundedto County within 30 days. 4. Relationshia of Parties. a. It is understood that the relationship between the parties is an MOU relationship between public agencies and not an agency; and nothing herein shall be construed to the contrary. b. The Parties agree that nothing contained herein, or in any document executed in connection herewith, shall be construed as making the parties joint venturers or partners, C. This MOU:is made and entered into for ft sole protection and benefit of the parties and thi& successors and assigns. No other person, including but not limited to the residents (past, current, anticipated or future) of County Service Area No. 31, or developers or owners proposing projects within or outside the boundaries of County Service Area 31, shall have any right cf action based upon FLAG CITY MOU-MOU.000 -5- any provision in this MOU. Moreover, this MOU creates no rights for any property owner to obtain sewer service directly from the City of Lodi. 5. Notices. All notices required or provided for under this MOU shall be in writing and delivered in person or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. to the principal offices of the City and Flag City and its representative and Flag City's successors and assigns. Notice shall be effective on the date it is delivered in person, or the date when the postal authorities indicate the mailing was delivered to the address cf the receiving party indicated below: Notice to City: City cf Lodi City Manager 221 West Pine Street Lodi, CA 95240 Notice to Flag City: CSA 34 Director of Public Works P.O. Box 1810 Stockton, CA 95201 Notice to County: San Joaquin County County Administrator Courthouse' 222 E. Weber Avenue Stockton, CA 95202 6. Indemnification. Defenseand Hold Harmless. a. County and Flag City agree to and shall indemnify, defend and hold the City, its Council members, officers,agents, employees and representatives harmless from liability for damage cr claims of damage, for personal injury, including death, and claims for property damage which may arise from cr relate to this MOU. b. With respect to any action challenging the validity of this MOU or any environmental, financial or other documentation related to approval of this MOU, County and Flag City further agree to defend, indemnify, hold harmless, pay all damages, costs and fees, if any incurred to eitherthe City or plaintiff (s) filing such an action should a court award plaintiff(s) damages, costs and fees, and to provide a defense for the City in any such action. 7. Environmental Documentation. County shall, at its sole cost and expense, perform all environmental review requiredby the California Environmental Quality Act mother applicable environmental law or regulation. 8. Bindina Effect &A_greemant. The parties acknowledge thEt this MOU maybe subject to environmental review and is subject to the Lodi City Council revising its wastewater ordinance to permit the discharge contemplated in this MOU. The terms of this MOU will, therefore, only take effect if any necessary environmental approvals are obtained and f the Lodi City Council makes the necessary ordinance revisions. FLAG CITY MOU-MOUMOC -6- APPENDIX D Operation and Maintenance Program Documents Appendix D includes the following: D-1 City of Lodi Sewer Map Grid System D-2 Maintenance Cleaning Schedule D-3 Closed Circuit Television Video Report D-4 Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) D-5 CWEA Certification Handbook D-6 Equipment Inventory List D-7 Critical Replace Parts List (to be included at a later date) D-8 Technical Memorandum O&M Program SSMP Audit -Rehabilitation and Replacement Plan Revision Date: 08/13/2009 AW GWEA my � Q Z 0 0 Q1 c�RriFicP�`o Handbook Oil a ■ This booklet contains... ° Subject matter for the Collection System Maintenance tests Education and experience requirements Selected study references .: ,� • �•. > > • Certification policies �a. ��F 2009 This handbook contains information about the Collection System Maintenance certification program. Please read this entir handbook become familiar with certification procedures and policies. As a certificate applicant, you responsible for knowing the contents of this handbook. you have any questions please contact your Local Section Chair (listed TCP Application) or the CWEA office at 510- 382-7800. CWEA does discriminate among applicants on the basis of age, gender, race, religion, national origin, disability, sexual orientation marital status. Copyright © 2007 by California Water Environment Association tc Iinical Certification Program 76771(rra[l ,,O Street, Suite Oak Iand, CA 9462 phone: 510-382-7800 fax: 510-382-7810 web: www.ewea.org Introduction The California Water EnvironmentAssociation The Technical Certification Program Important Information The Certification Process Code of Ethics Test Administration and Admiuiori Test Design and Format Test Scoring Test Rescheduling and Cancellation Item Appeals Test Result Notification IssueofCertifcate/Wallet Cards Renewal of Certification/Re-Certification Accommodations For Those With Physical or Learning Disabilities Grade 1 Collection System Maintenance Eligibility Criteria for Taking the Test Essential Duties Complexity of Test Questions Test Content Areas Grade 11 Collection System Maintenance Eligibility Criteria for Taking the Test Qualifying With Your Education Essential Duties Complexity of Test Questions Test Content Areas Grade 111 Collection System Maintenance Eligibility Criteria for Taking the Test Qualifying With Your Education Essential Duties Complexity of Test Questions Test Content Areas Grade IV Collection System Maintenance Eligibility Criteria for Taking the Test Qualifying With Your Education Essential Duties Complexity of Test Questions Test Content Areas SAMPLE TEST QUESTIONS SELECTED REFERENCES PREPARING FOR YOUR TEST DeterminingYour Preparedness Using the Selected References Using the Test Content Areas as a Guide to Your Study FREQUENTLYASKED QUESTIONS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 11 12 12 13 15 17 17 17 17 17 Contents Ivir Page 1 The California Water Environment Association CWEA's mission is to enhance the education and effectiveness of California wastewater professionals through training, certification, dissemination of technical information, and promotion of sound policies to benefit society through protection and enhancement of the water environment. CWEA is a California Nonprofit Corporation and is a Member Association of the Water Environment Federation and a member of the National Organization for Competency Assurance. The Technical Certification Program The Technical Certification Program (TCP) was created to offer multilevel technical certification for individuals employed in the water quality field. Tests are written by vocational specialists and administered throughout the year in six different disciplines: Biosolids, Collection System Maintenance, Environmental Compliance Inspection, Laboratory Analyst, Plant Maintenance (Electrical/ instrumentation and Mechanical Technologist), and Industrial Waste Treatment Plant Operator. CWEA first offered a certification program for operators of wastewater treatment plants in 1937. The program was administered by CWEA until 1973 when the State of California assumed responsibility for the program. During those 36 years, CWEA awarded 3915 operator certificates. In 1975 the first committees were formed to establish a new voluntary certification program for water quality professionals specializing in disciplines other than plant operation. Eventually, the Voluntary Certification Program (VCP) emerged with specialized certificate programs for Biosolids Land Application Management, Collection System Maintenance, Plant Maintenance, Environmental Compliance Inspection, and Laboratory Analyst. The first of the new certifications were given in April of 1976. In the 1980s two more disciplines were added: Electrical/Instrumentation, and Industrial Waste Treatment Plant Operator. Today CWEA offers certification in six different vocational programs with a total of 23 different certifications. About 2,000 certification applications are processed every year and over 5,500 certificates are currently held by individuals in California, Michigan, Hawaii, and Missouri. The Certification Process To become certified, all applicants must complete the Application For Technical Certification, pay the application fee, have appropriate experience/ education, and pass the computer-based test. Application instructions and fee schedules are listed on the application. Page 2 After applications are received at the CWEA office, applicant information is compiled in the certification database. Acceptance letters are then mailed to all applicants. The experience and education given on the application is then reviewed by CWEA staff. If the application is approved, then the applicant will receive an acceptance letter. If the application is rejected, the applicant will be notified and may be asked to supply more information if warranted. After completing the test, applicants are sent official test - results. Those who pass the exam will then be mailed certificates and blue wallet cards. Code of Ethics The Code of Ethics is intended to reflect the stan- dards and behavior that California Water Environ- ment Association certificate holders and applicants expect of each other as they perform their work pro- tecting public health and the environment and that reaffirm the value of holding a CWEA certifi- cate. The purpose of the Code of Ethics is to ensure public confidence in the integrity and service of pro- fessional water quality workers while performing their duties. All California Water Environment Association certifi- cate holders and applicants are expected to meet the following standards of professional conduct and eth- ics: 1. To protect public health, themselves, their co- workers, property, and the environment by per- forming the Essential Duties of the CWEA certi- fied vocation safely and effectively, and comply- ing with all applicable federal, state and local regulations. 2. To represent themselves truthfully and honestly throughout the entire certification process. 3. To adhere to all test site rules and make no at- tempt to complete the test dishonestly or to as- sist any other person in doing so. 4. To refrain from activities that mayjeopardize the integrity of the Technical Certification Program. Test Administration And Admission Testing Dates and Sites: Tests are given throughout the year. Applicants eligible for the test will receive an acceptance letter and instructions on how to schedule their exam. Testing Test . DatesDeadline Spring I April 1 - June 30, 2009 1 February 27 Summer I July 1 - September 30, 2009 I May29 Fall I October 1 - December 31,2009 I August 31 I Winter , January 1- March 31, 2010 I November 30 CWEA also provides reasonable accommodations for those with physical or learning disabilities (See following page: "Accommodations For Those With Physical or Learning Disabilities"). Introduction Test Site Admission: Certificate candidates are required to show at least one valid government issued photo identification (State driver's license or ID, or passport). Only after positive identification has been made by the testing proctor may a candidate begin the exam. Candidates do not require to show their acceptance letters to enter the test site. Test Security: Beginning January 2009, all exams will be computer-based format. No reference material, laptop computers, or cameras are allowed in the test site. Candidates will have access to an onscreen calculator, however, examinees are welcome to bring pre -approved calculator (visit www.cwea.org/ cbt). Candidates are not allowed to take any notes from the test site. Candidates who violate test site rules may be asked to leave the site and may be dis- qualified from the test. All violations of test security will be investigated by CWEA and appropriate action will be taken. There are no exceptions to this policy. Test Design And Format Test Design: All certification tests are designed to test knowledge and abilities required to perform Essential Duties with minimal acceptable competence.The Essential Duties and Test Content Areas for each certification were determined by a job analysis and meta-analysis of job specifications by two independent psychometric consulting firms. The studies gathered data from onsite visits of over 31 water and wastewater agencies, interviews with 110 water and wastewater professionals, and analysis of more than 300 job specifications. All research was conducted under the guidance of the Technical Certification Program Committee, vocational sub -committees, and CWEA staff. All test questions are designed to measure at least one area of knowledge or ability that is required to perform an essential duty. Test Delivery Mechanism: All tests are computer- based format and are written in the English language only. Test Format: All Collection System Maintenance tests are given completely in the multiple choice format (see Sample Test Questions in this booklet for examples). The multiple choice format is considered the most effective for use in standardized tests. This objective format allows a greater coverage in content for a given amount of testing time and improves competency measurement reliability. Multiple choice questions range in complexity from simple recall of knowledge to the synthesis and evaluation of the subject matter. Test Scoring Scoring Method: All tests are electronically scored by CWEA. The overall test score will determine if you pass or fail the test. Generally, the minimum score Important Information required to pass the test is 75% (this passing score may be adjusted downward depending on the difficulty level of each particular test). The minimum passing score is determined by the modified Angoff Method. When taking your test it is recommended that you try your best to score as high as possible. Do not try to target the minimum passing score. How Passing Scores Are Set: Each time a certification test is given the questions are changed resulting in a different test form. Since each form has different questions the difficulty level of the test may not be the same from form to form. The passing score is developed as an overall estimate of minimal acceptable competence in the Test Content Areas by subject matter and testing experts. Passing scores are determined by an overall passing score, not by performance on individual Test Subject Areas, and are independent of other candidate's scores. Partial credit will not be awarded for any test item answered incorrectly. Test Rescheduling and Cancellation Instructions Reschedule your Testing Window To reschedule your application you must submit a written request (a letter stating that you wish to re- schedule) to the adjacent (next) window once without a fee. A $40 administrative fee is required to re- schedule your application again to the third window. There are no exceptions to this policy. Reschedule your Test Appointment If you already have a scheduled exam with our test- ing administrator, Pearson VUE (PV) , and wish to reschedule your appointment, you must contact (PV) one (1) business day in advance to avoid losing your exam fee. Cancel your Application To cancel your application you must submit a written request (a letter stating you wish to cancel your ap- plication) to CWEA. The written request must be re- ceived at the CWEA office before the testing window begins. Full refunds, less a $40 administrative fee, will be made within 4 weeks after the scheduled date. Item Appeals Candidates who wish to appeal a specific test item must do so during the test by completing Candidate Comment Review Screen during the exam. Candi- date comments will be evaluated and appropriate adjustments will be made to the test content. Candi- dates submitting comments will not be contacted in regards to the appeal. Test Result Notification Exam results are routinely mailed to certificate candidates approximately 4 weeks after the exam date. No results are given over the phone, via fax or email. All results are confidential and are only released to the certificate candidate. There are no exceptions to this policy. Page 3 Issue of Certificate/Blue Wallet Card Certificates and blue wallet cards will be issued to all candidates who pass the exam. Certificates and blue wallet cards are mailed about two to three weeks after result notifications have been mailed. Renewal of Certification All certificates must be renewed annually. The first renewal is due one year from the last day of the month in which the certification exam was held. Certificate renewals less than one year past due are subject to the renewal fee plus a penalty fee of 100 percent of the renewal fee. Certificates more than one year past due will need to retest to regain certi- fication. Renewal notices are mailed to certificate holders two months before the due date. It is the responsibility of the certificate holder to ensure that his or hercertificate(s) remains valid. Re -Certification: CWEA Certificate holders shall be required to renew certificates annually, and shall be required to pro- vide evidence of completion cf 12 contact hours of continuing education requirements every two years. For more information, visit CWEA's website: www.cwea.org. Accommodations For Those With Physical or Learning Disabilities In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, special accommodations will be provided for those individuals who provide CWEA with a physician's certificate, or its equivalent, documenting a physical or psychological disability that may affect the individual's ability to successfully complete the certification examination. Written requests for special accommodations must be made no later than 3 weeks before the examination date. Page 4 Introduction Collection System Maintenance Grade I Certification 6. Breaks, cuts and restores concrete and is designed to demonstrate competency at the entry paved surfaces using jackhammers, and basic working level. More specifically, Grade I concrete saws, etc. certification implies competence in the knowledge, skills and abilities required to perform the Essential 7. Prepares, inspects, and maintains vehicles Duties of an entry Collection System Maintenance for use; ensures vehicles are in proper Technologist. operating condition and arranges for maintenancewhen required Eligibility Criteria For Taking The Test There are no experience or education requirements 8. Ensures that tools and equipment are in for Grade I certification. Completing the Application proper operating condition for daily use and for Technical Certification, paying the appropriate arranges for maintenancewhen required application fee, and passing the examination are the only requirements. It is, however, recommended that 9. Participates in the maintenance and repair of Grade I candidates have at least one year of wastewater collection system lift stations and experience working as an Collection System components Maintenance Technologist performing the Essential Duties listed below. Many candidates without the 10. Completes accurate, legible and timely recommended experience have difficulty records/data of work performed successfully completing the computer-based test. 11. Participates in maintaining proper traffic Essential Duties Of The Grade I Collection safety controls at work sites to move traffic System Maintenance Technologist safely and efficiently around work site Individuals certified as Grade I Collection System Maintenance Technologists are expected to possess 12. Responds to public inquiries in a courteous acceptable competency when performing the tasks manner and provides information that are necessary for entry level Collection System appropriate to the area of assignment Maintenance Technologists. These necessary tasks are known as the Essential Duties. The certification 13. Adheres to safe work practices and abides test measures knowledge, skills and abilities by all applicable regulations, policies and required to perform the Essential Duties. procedures Essential Duties for Grade 1 14. Reads and interprets collection system maps Participates in inspecting, cleaning, to determine basic flow characteristics and maintaining, constructing and repairing of construction details wastewater collection systems, utilizing a variety of mechanical or specialized 15. Participates in the containment and cleanup equipment of wastewater spills Assists with pump station inspections, 16. Stays abreast of new trends and innovations records instrument readings and in the field of wastewater collection system makes minor adjustments to keep flow steady operation and maintenance 3. Performs a variety of manual tasks including the lifting, carrying and removal of heavy loads including materials, equipment and debris 4. Inspects and maintains easements, some of which may be remote or difficult to access 5. Participates in excavating, shoring and re pairing the collection system, including dam- aged pipe, manholes and casting adjust- ments Grade I Collection System Maintenance 17. Participates in confined space entries Complexity Of Test Questions At the Grade I level, certificate candidates are expected to have basic knowledge of the job and the ability to safely perform the Essential Duties listed above. Examinees will have to answer multiple choice questions that test knowledge, comprehension, and application of the subject matter. The complexity of the questions will range from basic recall of previously learned material and the ability to understand the meaning of the subject matter, to being able to apply knowledge to new situations. Page 5 Test Content Areas The following list is an outline of Test Content Areas. 114. Perform basic facilities and grounds Each content area is a Knowledge, Skill, or Ability maintenance that is required to perform the Essential Duties listed above. Since all of the Knowledge, Skills, or Abilities 115. Understand and follow oral and written are required to perform the Essential Duties they are instructions all equally important in the demonstration of acceptable competency. Thus, all of the content 116. Learn more difficult collection systems areas listed below are equally weighted on the test. construction, maintenance, and repair techniques Test Content Areas for Grade 1 117. Properly lift and carry heavy loads in a Knowledge of: variety of difficult conditions 101. Operations, services, and activities of a 118. Obtain appropriate licenses and wastewater collection system operations and certifications maintenance program 119. Work in hazardous, difficult, and 102. Methods and techniques of recording disagreeable conditions instrument readings and related measuring devices 103. Methods and techniques of traffic control 104. Operation and proper application of collection system maintenance equipment and tools 105. Occupational hazards and standard safety practices 106. Applicable codes, regulations, policies, and procedures 107. Underground Service Alert (USA) markings Skill to: 108. Establish and maintain cooperative relationships with those contacted in the course of work 109. Communicate accurately, clearly, and concisely: in writing, orally, and electronically, in the English language 110. Read and interpret essential technical information including maps and drawings 111. Perform basic mathematical calculations Ability to: 112. Perform operation, maintenance, and repair of the wastewater collection system 113. Operate a variety of specialized equipment including vehicles and collection system maintenance devices, hand and power tools, air compressors and jackhammers Page 6 Grade Collection System Maintenance :ombination EDUCATION 8 EXPERIENCE CERTIFICATIONS A 4 full-time years None in Collection System Maintenance B Hold Grade 1 2 full-time years CSM Certificate in Collection for 1 yr. System Maintenance C AA/AS degree in 2 full-time years a related field in Collection System Maintenance D Hold a BA/BS, or 1 full-time year in higher, degree in Collection System a related field Maintenance Qualifying With Your Education Holding a college degree, or its equivalent, in a field related to your vocation will reduce the number of years required for your test (see the table above). Your degree must be in a field that is related to the certificate for which you are applying. If you are uncertain if your degree is related to your vocation you should still include your degree information in your application. The Technical Certification Program Committee will determine if your degree qualifies. If it does not, you will be accepted for the next highest grade level for which you qualify. Associate's and Bachelor's degrees in technical fields are usually accepted. Degrees are evaluated on a case-by-case basis upon receipt of the application. College credit without a degree is not accepted unless it can be demonstrated that the credit is equivalent to a de- gree. Grade II Collection System Maintenance Essential Duties Of The Grade II Collection System Maintenance Technologist Individuals certified as Grade II Collection System Maintenance Technologists are expected to possess acceptable competency when performing the tasks that are necessary for skilled or journey level Collection System Maintenance Technologists. These necessary tasks are known as the Essential Duties. The certification test measures knowledge, skills and abilities required to perform the Essential Duties. Essential Duties for Grade II Performs, trains and directs the duties listed for Collection System Maintenance Grade 2. Inspects, troubleshoots and maintains proper collection system operation using advanced techniques and instruments 3. Conducts confined space entries 4. Performs maintenance and repair of waste- water collection system 5. Provides information and reports on activities as required Provides assistance to individuals, agencies and private organizations with underground service alert (USA) markings, utilities and manholes 7. Plans routine traffic safety at worksites and performs non -routine traffic control under general supervision 8. Resolves routine complaints in an efficient and timely manner 9. Monitors crew performance to ensure adher- ence to safe work practices and compliance with all applicable regulations, policies and procedures 10. Participates in the development and promotion of safe work practices and procedures Complexity Of Test Questions At the Grade II level, certificate candidates are expected to have the knowledge, skill and ability to safely and effectively accomplish most of the Essential Duties listed above. Grade II candidates are also expected to be familiar with the Grade I Test Content Areas. Examinees will have to answer Page 7 multiple choice questions that test comprehension, application and analysis of the subject matter. The complexity of the questions will cover the ability to basically understand the subject matter; to recall and apply principles, ideas, and theories; and to break down ideas and theories into their constituent parts. Test Content Areas The following list is an outline of Test Content Areas. Each content area is a knowledge, skill, or ability that is required to perform the Essential Duties listed above. Since all of the knowledge, skills, or abilities are required to perform the Essential Duties they are all equally important in the demonstration of acceptable competency. Thus, all of the content areas listed below are equally weighted on the test. Candidates should also be thoroughly familiar with the Grade I Collection System Maintenance Technologist Test ConfenfAreas. Knowledge o f Test Content Areas for Grade II 200. Knowledge, skill and ability identified on the Test Content Specifications for Collection Systems Grade I 201. Operations, services and activities of a wastewater collection system operations and maintenance program 202. Methods and techniques of wastewater collection system inspection, maintenance and repair 203. Operation and characteristics of collection system maintenance equipment and tools including heavy equipment, CCTV inspection, and monitoring devices 204. Methods and techniques, tools and materials used in the maintenance and repair of wastewater collection systems and lift stations 205. Safe working practices pertinent to wastewater collection system maintenance, repair, and construction 206. Occupational hazards and standard safety practices 207. Applicable codes, regulations, policies, and procedures Skill to: 208. Establish and maintain effective relationships with those contacted in the course of work 209. Communicate accurately, clearly, and concisely: in writing, orally, and electronically, in the English language 210. Perform simple algebra and geometrical calculations Ability to: 211. Perform maintenance and repair of the wastewater collection system 212. Operate a variety of collection system maintenance construction equipment such as air compressors, compactors, vibrators, jackhammers, tampers, cutters and CCTV inspection and monitoring devices 213. Work independently in the absence of direct supervision 214. Understand and follow oral and written instructions 215. Learn new and advanced collection systems construction, maintenance, and repair techniques 216. Effectively assess and interpret situations and conditions and apply independentjudgement 217. Operate a variety of heavy construction equipment, such as backhoes, loaders, dozers, and dump trucks Grade II Collection System Maintenance Collection System Maintenance Grade III Certification is designed to demonstrate competency at the lead or advanced technical level. More specifically, Grade III certification implies competence in the knowledge, skills and abilities required to perform the Essential Duties of a lead or advanced Collection System Maintenance Technologist. Eligibility Criteria For Taking The Test The basic requirement is six years of full-time work in Collection System Maintenance. You may also qualify by having four years of experience and holding a Collection System Maintenance Grade II Certificate for two years, OR having four years of full- time experience and holding an Associate's degree in a related field, OR having three years of full-time experience and holding a Bachelor's, or higher, degree in a related field. Eligibility criteria are summarized in the table below. You may qualify by meeting either Education/ Experience Combination A, B, C, or D. If you do not meet any of the combinations of experience and education. then you do not qualify for Grade III: Combination EDUCATION& EXPERIENCE CERTIFICATIONS A 6 full-time years in None Collection System Maintenance B Hold Grade II 4 full-time years in CSM Certificate Collection System for 2 years. Maintenance C Hold an 4 full-time years in Associate's Collection System degree in a Maintenance related field D Hold a BA/BS, or 3 full-time years in higher, degree in Collection System a related field Maintenance Using Your Education To Help Qualify For The Test Holding a college degree, or its equivalent, in a field related to your vocation will reduce the number of years required for your test (see the table above). Your degree must be in a field that is related to the certificate for which you are applying. If you are uncertain if your degree is related to your vocation you should still include your degree information in your application. The Technical Certification Program Committee will determine if your degree qualifies. If it does not, you will be accepted for the next highest grade level for which you qualify. Associate's and Bachelor's degrees in technical fields are usually Grade III Collection System Maintenance accepted. Degrees are evaluated on a case-by-case basis upon receipt of the application. College credit without a degree is not accepted unless it can be demonstrated that the credit is equivalent to a degree. Essential Duties Of The Grade III Collection System Maintenance Technologist. Individuals certified as Grade III Collection System Maintenance Technologists are expected to possess acceptable competency when performing the tasks that are necessary for lead or advanced level Collection System Maintenance Technologists. These necessary tasks are known as the Essential Duties. The certification test measures knowledge, skills and abilities required to perform the Essential Duties. Essential Duties for Grade III Plans, coordinates and reviews the perfor- mance of the duties of Collection System Maintenance Grade I and Grade 11 2. Coordinates with other utilities, the public, agencies and private organizations to address complex or non -routine issues 3. Participates in the evaluation of the perfor- mance of the wastewater collection system such as energy efficiency, material costs and preventive/predictive maintenance programs 4. Participates in the development and imple- mentation of training of assigned employees in their areas of work in wastewater collection system inspection and repair methods, techniques, equipment and safety 5. Verifies the work of assigned employees for accuracy, proper work methods, techniques and compliance with applicable standards and specifications 6. Monitors and inspects the work of contractors for a variety of construction or maintenance projects 7. Analyzes and reviews system data to recom- mend priorities, schedules and workload performance measures 8. Develops and directs the execution of complex or non -routine traffic safety plans 9. Responds to exceptional and/or non -routine public inquiries in a courteous manner and participates in the development of formal reports and responses to the media 10 Participates in, ensures the development of, and adherence to the safety program 11 Participates in fact -gathering to respond to liability claims Page 9 12. Participates in investigations into potential wrongdoing or policy violations 13. Attends and participates in professional group meetings; stays abreast of new trends and innovations in the field of wastewater collection system operation & maintenance. Complexity Of Test Questions At the Grade III level, certificate candidates are expected to have the knowledge, skill and ability to safely and effectively accomplish and coordinate complex tasks as listed in the Essential Duties above. Grade III candidates are also expected to be familiar with the Grade I and II Collection System Maintenance Technologist knowledge, skills and abilities. Examinees will have to answer multiple choice questions that test application, analysis, and synthesis of the subject matter. The complexity of the questions will cover the ability: to abstract in particular and concrete situations; to clarify and organize theories and ideas; and to put facts together to form a new solution. Test Content Areas The following list is an outline of Test Content Areas. Each content area is a Knowledge, Skill, or Ability that is required to perform the Essential Duties listed above. Since all of the Knowledge, Skills, or Abilities are required to perform the Essential Duties they are all equally important in the demonstration of acceptable competency. Thus, all of the content areas listed below are equally weighted on the test. Candidates should also be thoroughly familiar with the Grade I and II Collection System Maintenance Test ContentAreas. Test Content Areas for Grade III Knowledge of 300. Knowledge, skill and ability identified on the Test Content Specifications for Collection Systems Grades I and II 301. Operations, services, and activities of a wastewater collection system operations and maintenance program 302. Principles of leadership, supervision, and training 303. Methods and techniques of wastewater collection system inspection, predictive/preventive maintenanceand repair 304. Operation and characteristics of collection system maintenance equipment and tools. 305. Methods and techniques, tools and materials used in the maintenance and repair of wastewater collection systems 306. Procedures, methods, tools, and equipment used in the operation of motors, pumps, controls, and instrumentation Page 10 307. Safe working practices applicable to wastewater collection system maintenance, repair and construction 308. Pipeline and manhole design and construction 309. Occupational hazards and safety practices including the management of exceptional circumstances 310. Office equipment including computers and supporting word processing, spreadsheets, and databases 311. Applicable codes, regulations, policies and proce- dures Skill to: 312. Establish and maintain cooperative working relationships with those contacted in the course of work 313. Communicate accurately, clearly, and concisely: in writing, orally, and electronically, in the English language 314. Perform advanced algebra, geometry, statistical analysis, including cut sheet problems Ability to: 315. Lead and train maintenance and repair staff. In- cludes scheduling and assigning personnel and the use of materials and equipment to assure desired quality and quantity of work 326. Work cooperatively with co-workers; identify and minimize conflict 317. Compute time requirements, labor, materials, and equipment needed for various jobs 318. Plan, organize, and schedule training 319. Inspect and diagnose operating problems on pumps, electrical motors, and automatic control systems 320. Supervise and direct the most difficult collection system maintenanceand repairtasks 321. Work independently under general supervision 322. Competently inspect the work of contractors and staff 323. Operate a variety of collection system maintenance equipment and tools 324. Understand, follow and provide oral and written instructions 325. Effectively assess and interpret situations and conditions and apply independentjudgment Grade III Collection System Maintenance Collection System Maintenance Grade IV Certification is designed to demonstrate competency at the program manager level. More specifically, Grade IV certification implies competence in the knowledge, skills and abilities required to perform the Essential Dufies of a management level Collection System Maintenance Technologist. Eligibility Criteria For Taking The Test The basic requirement is eight years of full-time work in Collection System Maintenance. You may also qualify by having six years of experience and holding a Collection System Maintenance Grade III Certificate for two years, OR having six years of full- time experience and holding an Associate's degree in a related field, OR having five years of full-time experience and holding a Bachelor's, or higher, degree in a related field. All Grade IV candidates must also demonstrate at least one year of experience supervising the work of others. Eligibility criteria are summarized in the table below. You may qualify by meeting either Education/ Experience Combination A, B, C,or D. If you do not meet any of the combinations of experience and education, then you do not qualify for Grade IV: CombhvArm EDUCATION& EXPERIENCE CERTIFICATIONS A 8 years in Collection System None Maintenance with one of those years supervising B 6 years in Hold Grade III Collection System CSM certificate Maintenance with for 2 years. one of those years supervising C Hold an AA/AS, 6 years in or higher, Collection System degree in a Maintenance with related field one of those years supervising p Hold an 5 years in Bachelor's, or Collection System higher, degree in Maintenance with a related field one of those years supervising Qualifying With Your Education Holding a college degree, or its equivalent, in a field related to your vocation will reduce the number of years required for your test (see the table above). Your degree must be in a field that is related to the certificate for which you are applying. If you are uncertain if your degree is related to your vocation, Grade IV Collection System Maintenance you should still include your degree information in your application. The Technical Certification Program Committee will determine if your degree qualifies. If it does not, you will be accepted for the next highest grade level for which you qualify. Associate's and Bachelor's degrees in technical fields are usually accepted. Degrees are evaluated on a case-by-case basis upon receipt of the application. College credit without a degree is not accepted unless it can be demonstrated that the credit is equivalent to a degree. Essential Duties Of The Grade IV Collection System Maintenance Technologist Individuals certified as Grade IV Collection System Maintenance Technologists are expected to possess acceptable competency when performing the tasks that are necessary for management level Collection System Maintenance. These necessary tasks are known as the Essential Dufies. The certification test measures knowledge, skills and abilities required to perform the Essential Duties. Essential Duties for Grade IV Administers and manages the performance of the duties of Collection System Maintenance Grade I, Grade II and Grade I II 2. Responsible for all services and activities associated with the operation, maintenance and repair of the wastewater collection system 3. Manages the development and implementation of goals, objectives and policies for the wastewater collection program 4. Directs and supports supervisors and staff to ensure high performance in a customer service- oriented work environment that supports achieving desired goals and objectives 5. Evaluates the performance of the wastewater collection system such as staffing levels, predic- tive/preventive maintenance programs, energy efficiency and material costs 6. Plans, directs, coordinates, prioritizes and reviews the work plan for the collection system 7. Selects, motivates and evaluates personnel; works with employees to achieve performance goals and objectives; implements disciplinary procedures; conducts general labor relations activities 8. Develops, implements and oversees a comprehensive equipment selection and maintenance program 9. Coordinates wastewater collection system activities with other divisions, outside agencies Page 1 1 and organizations. Negotiates and resolves sensitive and controversial issues 10. Provides responsible and complex technical support to upper management and prepares and presents staff reports, including organizational studies 11. Originates and administers the work of contractors/consultants/engineers for a variety of construction or maintenance projects 12. Responsible for the development and administra- tion of safety training programs for wastewater collection system staff and ensures compliance with safe working practices, rules and regulations 13. Responsible for the development and administra- tion of assigned employees in wastewater collection system inspection, repair methods, techniques and equipment 14. Oversees and participates in the development and administration of the wastewater collection system annual budget; tracks and forecasts resources needed for staffing, equipment, materials, and supplies; monitors and approves expenditures and implements adjustments 15. Initiates, develops and administers programs, policies, and procedures to ensure the safe and efficient operation of the wastewater collection system 16. Attends and participates in professional group meetings; stays abreast of new trends and innovations in the field of wastewater collection system operation and maintenance; ensures the availability of opportunities for all staff to participate in professional development 17. Responds to difficult and sensitive public inquiries in a courteous manner and develops formal reports and responses to the media 18. Reviews and responds to liability claims 19. Investigates potential wrongdoing or policy violations Complexity Of Test Questions At the Grade IV level, certificate candidates are expected to have the knowledge, skill and ability to administer, coordinate and manage complex programs described in the Essential Dufies above. Grade IV candidates are also expected to be familiar with the Grade I, II, and III Collection System Maintenance Technologist knowledge, skills and abilities. Examinees will have to answer multiple choice questions that test analysis, synthesis and evaluation of the subject matter. The complexity of the questions will cover the ability: to clarify and organize theories and ideas; to put together facts to form new solutions; to make managerial level judge- ments Page 12 Test Content Areas The following list is an outline of Test ConfenfAreas. Each content area is a Knowledge, Skill, or Ability that is required to perform the Essential Dufies listed above. Since all of the Knowledge, Skills, or Abilities are required to perform the EssenfialDufies they are all equally important in the demonstration of accept- able competency. Thus, all of the content areas listed below are equally weighted on the test. Candidates should also be thoroughly familiar with the Grade I, II, and III Collection System Maintenance TesfConfenfAreas. Test Content Areas for Grade IV Knowledge of: 400. Knowledge, skill and ability identified on the Test Content Specifications for Collection Systems Grades I, 11, and III 401. Operational characteristics, services and activities of a wastewater collection system maintenance program 402. Operation and characteristics of collection systems maintenance equipment and tools 403. Methods and techniques, tools and materials used in the maintenance and repair of wastewater collection systems 404. Wastewater collection system inspection methods and techniques 405. Principles and practices of program development and administration 406. Principles and practices of budget preparation and administration. 407. Principles of leadership, supervision, training and performance evaluation 408. Principles of labor relations administration 409. Recent developments, current literature and sources of information related to wastewater collection 410. Office equipment including computers and supporting word processing, spreadsheets, databases and specialized computer soft- ware programs 411. Occupational hazards and general safety practices 412. Applicable codes, regulations, policies, and procedures Skill to: 413. Establish and maintain cooperative relationships with those contacted in the course of work 414. Communicate accurately, clearly, and concisely: in writing, orally, and electronically, in the English language Grade IV Collection System Maintenance 415. Perform budget development, expenditure forecasting, statistical evaluation, and cost analysis Ability to: 416. Manage, direct and coordinate the work of staff 417. Select, supervise, train, and evaluate staff 418. Oversee and direct the operations, services and activities of a wastewater collection system 419. Manage and administer inspection services or wastewater collection system projects 420. Read and interpret blueprints, construction drawings and specifications 421. Develop and administer goals, objectives and procedures 422. Interpret, explain, and enforce division policies and procedures 423. Develop and implement safety training programs 424. Prepare and administer program budget 425. Prepare clear and concise administrative and financial reports 426. Research, analyze, and evaluate new methods and techniques 427. Interpret and apply appropriate codes, regulations, policies, and procedures 428. Understand, follow and provide oral and written instructions 429. Effectively assess and interpret situations and conditions and apply independent judgment The following sample test questions are provided to help you become familiar with the multiple choice format. These questions reflect only a sample of the subject matter covered at each grade level. For each question, choose the single most correct answer. An answer key is provided on page 14. 1. Operation and maintenance of a Wastewater Collection System means keeping the: a. power supply available. b. system in good operating condition. c. water flowing from the spigot. d. electrical equipment dry. 2. Upon arrival to a service request for a building lateral stoppage, you notice a constant flow coming up from the clean-out. The first thing you should do is: a. cap the clean-out and see if any sewage comes into the building. b. set up the hydro -cleaner at the downstream manhole. c. open the upstream manhole to see if it is full. d. make sure that water is not being used in the building. 3. In order to complete a sewer repair, the crew had to cut out a section of sidewalk 4 feet wide, 8 feet long and 4 inches thick. How many cubic yards of concrete are needed to restore the sidewalk? a. 3.5 cubic yards b. 0.39 cubic yards c. 9.6 cubic yards d.0.96 cubic yards 1. A report of a clean-out cover missing in the side walk is routed to you. Which of the following would be the best response? a. Make a note and take care of it when you are in the area. b. Respond immediately and put a cone over it. c. Take care of it after lunch. d. Respond immediatelyand repairor replace the clean-out cover. 2. While conducting a video inspection, the camera becomes stuck. Which of the following would be the first step in solving this problem? a. Call for a backhoe and dig up the area where the camera is stuck. b. Disconnect the wires and close the manhole; return the following morning to see if it has freed itself. c. Attempt to dislodge the camera by using the tag line. Sample Test Questions Page 1. d. Attach pulling cable to a truck hitch and pull through the bad spot, then continue your inspection. 3. A new sewer line is installed using a bubble level. For every foot of pipe installed, the level measures a quarter (1/4) inch of fall. A quarter (1/4) inch of fall for every foot is equal to what percent? a.4% b.1.4% c. 2% d. 0.002% 1. The main advantage of using variable speed pumping equipment is that the pumping rate can be adjusted to meet: a. head loss rate. b. discharge rate. c. inflow rate. d. friction loss. 2. When preparing a lift station maintenance program, which of the following factors should be considered first? a. Computer activity codes b. Station I.D. codes c. Equipment specifications d. History of stoppages 3. A wet well is 115 feet long by 85 feet wide and has a water level of 18 feet. The flow is 22 million gallons a day. What is the detention time? a.76 minutes b. 1 hour 26 minutes c. 1 hour 43 minutes d. 2 hours 26 seconds 4. Which characteristic is typical of workers who are high achievers in performing their jobs? a. Seeking out problems rather than avoid them b. Developing faster methods without seeking supervisorial advice c. Resolving routine problems d. Achieving mediocre results with abundant resources 1. You receive an anonymous complaint that one of your maintenance vehicles is parked in a neighborhood and two employees are inside of the vehicle drinking alcohol. What steps, if any, should you take? a. Call in all maintenance personnel and have everyone tested for drugs and alcohol. b. Go out to the site and send the suspected employees home. c. Suspend the employees until fact finding is complete. d. Take another supervisor out to the site, observe employees, ask questions and investigate the circumstances. 2. One of your maintenance crews reports to you that a contractor working within your jurisdiction is pumping raw sewage into a nearby creek. Which of the following should you do first? a. Tell your crew to ask the contractor to keep a record of how many gallons are pumped into the creek. b. Take a police officer to the site, have the contractor arrested, and call the health department. c. Have your crews contain the sewage in the creek, pump it back into a nearby sanitary sewer, and have the contractor let them know if any more sewage is to be pumped. d. Go to the site, confirm the illegal discharge, advise the contractor to stop, take photos, take down names, and notify the health department. 3. Which of the following would be a detrimental effect of excessive infiltration and inflow? a. Contamination of the ground water supply b. Higher power costs for pump stations c. Reducing storm water runoff d. Reducing root intrusion into sanitary sewer lines 4. Which of the following would be a typical item in the Operating Budget? a. Purchase of a new backhoe b.A large sewer main replacement project c. Purchase of daily materials and supplies d. Reserve funding for future projects Answer Kev To Sample Test Questions Question # Grade I Grade II Grade III Grade IV 1 b d c d 2 d c c d 3 b c b b 4 a c Sample Test Questions The following table lists references that may be useful when studying for the certification test. The table lists primary and supplementary study references. Primary study references are recommended as the best sources for studying for the certification test. Supplementary study references are recommended as sources that will help to further your understanding of the subject matter beyond the primary references. For each reference a "P" indicates Primary reference and an "S" indicates a Supplementary reference. Check the Grade column that corresponds to the grade level you will be taking to determine if a reference is Primary or Supplementary. Blank boxes indicate that the reference is not appropriate for that grade level. For information about obtaining these publications, use the contact information listed in the reference. If no phone number or website is listed, contact the publishing agency directly or contact your local library or bookstore. This reference list is intended to assist certificate candidates in their preparation for the Collection System Maintenance Technologist certification test. Use of these references does not guarantee successful completion of the test. There may be other publications that may be helpful to candidates preparing for the test. CWEA encourages you to identify and utilize other resources in preparing for your test. Selected References �$ Page i GRADE Reference I II III 1 I "Operation and Maintenance of Wastewater Collection Systems", Volume I, Kenneth Kerri, Office of Water Programs, California State University Sacramento, 6000 J Street, Sacramento, CA. 95819-6025, P P P P (916) 278-6142. www.owp.csus.edu "Collection System Maintenance Study Guide", Grades 1-4 (2001) CWEA (510) 382-7800 www.cwea.org P P P I P "Confined Space Entry", WEF Publication, Water Environment Federation, 601 Wythe Street, P P P P Alexandria, VA. 22314-1994, Phone: 1-800-666-0206. www.wef.org ISBN: 1-57278-122-X "Wastewater Collection System Maintenance", Michael J. Parcher CRC Press. ISBN: 1566765692 P P P P www.crcpress.com Phone: 800/272-7737 Fax: 800/374-3401 email: orders@crcpress.com "The Math Text for Water and Wastewater Technology" Second Edition, Wrights Training, P.O. Box 515, P S S Elmira, CA. 95625-0515. (707) 448-3659 www.wrights-trainingsite.com (download form to order) "Operation and Maintenance of Wastewater Collection Systems" Volume II, Kenneth Kerri, Office of P P Water Programs, California State University Sacramento, 6000 J Street, Sacramento, CA. 95819-6025, Phone: (916) 278-6142. "Wastewater Collection Systems Management", (Manual of Practice No.7), 5th Edition, ISBN: 1-57278- P P 152-1 Water Environment Federation, 601 Wythe Street, Alexandra, VA. 22314-1994, 1-800-356-5705. www.wef.org "Manage for Success: Effective Utility Leadership Practices", Office of Water Programs, California State S University Sacramento, 6000 J Street, Sacramento, CA. 95819-6025, (916) 278-6142. www.owp.csus.edu "Supervisor's Guide to Safety and Health Programs", Water Environment Federation, 601 Wythe Street, S Alexandria, VA. 22314-1994, 1-800-666-0206. "Applied Math for Wastewater Operators", Joan Kirkpatrick Price, CRC Press, 1-800-374-3401 S www.crcpress.com ISBN: 0877620892 "Utility Management" Office of Water Programs California State University Sacramento 6000 J Street S S P P Sacramento, CA 95819-6025 9161278-6142 www.owp.csus-edu/ "Manual of Traffic Controls for Construction and Maintenance Work Zones -1996 State of California P P P P Department of Transportation 1900 Royal Oaks Drive Sacramento, CA 95815 www.dot.ca.gov Download from www.cwea.org/book_bresg_csm3.shtml or www.dot.ca.gov/manuals, htm "Safety and Health in Wastewater Systems" , WEF Manual of Practice SM -1 Water Environment P P P P Federation 601 Wythe St. Alexandria, VA 22314-1994 8001666-0206 www.wef.org ISBN: 1-881369-87 -0 Selected References �$ Page i Conversions and Formulas Given in the Certification test Conversions 12 inches = 1 foot 36 inches = 3 feet = 1 yard 5,280 feet = 1 mile 1,440 minutes = 1 day = 24 hours 144 square inches = 1 square foot 9 square feet = 1 square yard 43,560 square feet = 1 acre 1,728 cubic inches = 1 cubic foot 27 cubic feet = 1 cubic yard 1 cubic foot of water contains 7.48 gallons 1 cubic foot of water weighs 62.4 pounds 1 gallon of water = 8.34 pounds 1 million gallons per day (mgd) = 694 gallons per minute (gpm) 1 million gallons per day (mgd) = 1.55 cubic feet per second (cfs) 1 kilowatt= 1,000 watts Formulas Flow = AreaxVelocity Area: Rectangle = LengthxWidth Circle = 0.785x(Diameter)2 Circumference of a Circle = 3.14xDiameter Volume: Rectangular Solid = Length xWidthxDepth Right Rectangular Cylinder = 0.785x(Diameter)2 = Bx (Radius)2x Length Slope= Rise Run "J- Selected References GRADE Reference I II III IV "Manual of Traffic Controls for Construction & Maintenance Work Zones -1990 State of California Department of Transportation 1900 Royal Oaks Dr. Sacramento , CA 95815 (916)445-3520; P P P P http:l/svhgsgi4.dot.ca.govlhgltraffopslsigntechlsigndel/pdffiles.htm "Mathematics for Collection System Operators, a Workshop Manual OCT, Inc. P.O. Box 332 Gladstone, OR 97027 ; www.octinc.com S S S S "Sewer Rehabilitation Handbook NASSCO" S S S S 140 Circle Dr. , Suite 103 Maitland, FI 32751 www.nassoo.org "Trench Safety Shoring Manual, Red Cass Cruise Publications S S S 1430 Tully Road, suite 416 San Jose, CA 95122 "Operation and Maintenance of Wastewater Collection Systems, WEF Manual of Practice No.7-1985" S S Water Environment Federation 601 Wythe Street Alexandria, VA 22314-1994; (800)666-0206 ; www.wef.org Conversions and Formulas Given in the Certification test Conversions 12 inches = 1 foot 36 inches = 3 feet = 1 yard 5,280 feet = 1 mile 1,440 minutes = 1 day = 24 hours 144 square inches = 1 square foot 9 square feet = 1 square yard 43,560 square feet = 1 acre 1,728 cubic inches = 1 cubic foot 27 cubic feet = 1 cubic yard 1 cubic foot of water contains 7.48 gallons 1 cubic foot of water weighs 62.4 pounds 1 gallon of water = 8.34 pounds 1 million gallons per day (mgd) = 694 gallons per minute (gpm) 1 million gallons per day (mgd) = 1.55 cubic feet per second (cfs) 1 kilowatt= 1,000 watts Formulas Flow = AreaxVelocity Area: Rectangle = LengthxWidth Circle = 0.785x(Diameter)2 Circumference of a Circle = 3.14xDiameter Volume: Rectangular Solid = Length xWidthxDepth Right Rectangular Cylinder = 0.785x(Diameter)2 = Bx (Radius)2x Length Slope= Rise Run "J- Selected References This section addresses a few possible methods for preparing for the certification test. Since you are most familiar with your own abilities you are responsible for determining the best method for preparing for your certification test. Following the suggestions in this section does not guarantee you will pass the certification test. Determining Your Preparedness: An individual's preparedness for the certification test depends on a number of things including amount of practical experience in the vocation and years of education. If you are unsure how prepared you are for the test review the Essential Duties and Test Content Areas for the test that you are considering. If you are not familiar with most of the Essential Duties and Tes ContentAreas you should consider reviewing some of the material in the references listed for that grade level. You may also want to consider applying for a lower grade level if appropriate. Using The Selected References: After evaluating how well prepared you are for the test you may want to review some of the Selected References. The references in this list may be used to review those Test Content Areas that you are not familiar with or those for which you have little background. Well prepared candidates may only have `to brush -up on a few topics while those less prepared may have to study extensively. Study Sessions: CWEA Local Sections host at least two study sessions in various parts of California. All applicants will be mailed the date and location of the nearest preparation classes if provided by Local Sec- tion to CWEA staff. Usually these classes are given about one month before the test date and last a full day with Grades I and II material covered in the morning and Grades III and IV. covered in the afternoon. Using the Essential Duties and Test ContentAreas as a Guide to Your Study: The Essential Duties (EDs) are a basic outline of the test subject matter. You can use the EDs as your study guide by referring to the EDs in the primary Selected References. For example, if you are preparing for the Grade I I test, and you are not very familiar with ED #7 (Routine traffic safety planning), you can look up "Traffic control zones" in the index of Operation and Maintenance of Wastewater Collection Systems Volume 1. There you can read about safe procedures for traffic control on pages 141-145. Similarly, you could read about Test Content Area (TCA) #6 (Occupational hazards and standard safety), in the same reference. As you study you will find that the TCAs are related to the EDs (TCA #6 is clearly related to ED #7). Each test question is written to address at least one TCA and its related Preparing For Your Test/FAQs •Frequently Asked Questions A• Question: Is it required that I begin at the Grade I level then work my way up from there to higher levels? Answer: No, you may take any test that you qualify for with your education and experience. However, if you are just starting out you can see by the education and experience requirements that you can work your way up the grade levels faster if you become certified at Grade I, then achieve each successive certification as soon as you get the required education and experience. Question: If I take a Grade II, III, or IV test will I have to know the Test Content Areas for the lower level tests? Answer: Yes, the subject matter for each test builds on the subject matter for those tests below its grade level. A thorough knowledge of the Test Content Areas for the grade level that you are taking is most important to your preparation, but you should expect questions from any of the lower grade levels. Question: If I am re -taking a test that I had previously failed do I need to re -submit a full application and the entire application fee? Answer: No, you must complete the Re -Test appli- cation with appropriate fees. Question: Is continuing education required to renew my certification? Answer: Yes. For any certificate earned on or after July 2001, you need to obtain 12 hours of continuing education every two years. For more information, visit www.cwea.org, or feel free to call the CWEA office. Question: How long is the test? Answer: All tests have about 75-100 questions and 3 hours are given for completion. Question: Can I take more than one certification test at a same time? Answer: Yes, but you can only take up to two at a same time (under a different vocation). You will be given a total of three hours to complete both tests. Question: How do I get a receipt showing I paid for the test? Answer: A receipt is sent to all applicants upon re- quest. Hold on to this receipt until the certification process is over in case you have to submit it to your employer for reimbursement. Question: If I am applying for the Grade IV test do I need to be a Supervisor? Answer: No, you just need to have about one year of supervision experience, verified by your manager. You do not have to hold the title of "Supervisor." Page 17 Testing Test Dates Application Window Deadline • • • 1 11• Summer July 1 -September 30,2009 May29 Fall October 1 - December 31, 2009 August 31 Winter January 1 -March 31,2010 November30 Other CWEA Certificate Programs 4 Biosolids Land Application Management 46 Environmental Compliance Inspector O Mechanical Technologist Industrial Waste Treatment Plant Operator California Water Environment Associationn I 7677 Oakport Street, Suite 600 r� 1 Have a question? Oakland, CA 94621 Give us a call at (510) 382-7800. M City cf Lodi Wastewater Coll action Svstem "Rolling Stock" VEH# Notes YR MANUF MODEL DESCRIPTION ACCT# 04-001 1 1991 DODGE RAM 350 TRUCK, DUMP (CUMMINS) 170401 & 180451 04-028 3 1991 LEROI Q185 DJDI COMPRESSOR, AIR 4-CYL DSL 170401 & 180451 04-033 ', 2 2007 JOHN DEERE 310J BACKHOE 170401 & 180451: 04-045 1 2006 CHEVROLET SILVERADO 3500 PICKUP, 1 TON UTILITY, Electrician 170401 & 180451 04-063 3 2000 GMC C2500 PICKUP, 3/4 TON UTILITY, P&E Mechanic 170401 & 180451 04-082 3 2000 GMC SIERRA 2500 PICKUP, 3/4 TON UTILITY, W/WW Supervisor 170401 & 180451 04-116 1 1969 FORD C600 TRUCK, 2 1/2 TON FLATBED 170401 & 180451 04-124 2 2004 UNGRD VARIED TRAILER, PIPEHUNTER VAC 170401 & 180451- 04-125 3 2003 FREIGHTLINER FL60 TRUCK, CNG, Service Truck 170401 & 180451 04-032 3 1992 FORD E350 VAN, TV CAMERA 170401 04-038 3 1998 INTERNATIONAL 1300 CLEANER, VAC -CON SEWER 170401 04-095 3 1968 FORD C600 TRUCK, 2 1/2 TON RODDING 170401 04-182 3 1983 FORD E350 VAN, STEP 170401 04-323 1 1 1958 GORMAN-RUPP 14C2VH4D PUMP, TRAILER MOUNTED V WATER 170401 Notes: 1) Allocated about 1/4 time for WW collection system activities 2) Allocated about 1/2 time for WW collection system activities 3) Allocated full time to WW collection system activities APRIL 2009 VEH# DIVISION YEAR MANUF MODEL DESCRIPTION Charcie out Rate 04-003 WASTE 1996 FORD F150 PICKUP, 1/2 TON 4X4 $1634 04-004 WASTE 1994 DODGE INTREPID SEDAN, 4 DOOR $1634 04-024 WASTE 1990 CASE 580 K BACKHOE, TRACTOR $3527 04-032 04-038 WASTE 1998 INTERNATIONAL 1300 CLEANER VAC -CON SEWER $16000 04-095 WASTE 1968 FORD (11600 TRUG X 2 112 TON RODDING $415 46 04-127 WASTE 2000 CHEVROLET ASTRO VAN 8 PASSENGER $1634 04-137 04-138 WASTE 1990 JOHNDEERE 4039T PUMPER, PIT HOG SLUDGE $1598 04-139 04-142 WASTE 2008 LVO TAD721VE STORMIWASTEWATE 04-182 WASTE Count #N/A 04-069 04-200 WATER 1995 CAT SR413 GENERATOR, WELL # 7 EMERGENCY not char ed out equip 04-222 WATER 2005 OLYMPIAN D150P6 GENERATOR, WELL # 22 EMERGENCY not charged out equip 04-255 WATER 1995 CAT S4RB GENERATOR, WELL # 9 EMERGENCY not char ed out equip 04-256 WATER 1969 GM 100 KW GENERATOR, WELL # 13 EMERGENCY not charged out equip 04-257 WATER 1996 CAT SR413 GENERATOR, (WELL # 5) EMERGENCY not charged out equip. 04-258 WATER 2001 CAT SR413 GENERATOR, WELL # 21 EMERGENCY not charged out equip 04-259 WATER 1995 CAT SR413 GENERATOR, WELL # 16 EMERGENCY not charged out equip 04-260 WATER 1996 CAT SN4 GENERATOR, WELL # 4 R EMERGENCY not char ed out equip 04-304 WATER 1996 HONDA SS18 SAW, CONCRETE/ASPHALT SELF PROPELLED $1155 04-312 WATER 2001 TARGET ES -14 SAW, ASPHALT/CONCRETE $1155 04-320 WATER 1970 HOMELITE X BLOWER FRESHAIR MANHOLE $1598 WATER Count #N/A 04-001 Icicil nnnrF= RAM 350 TRI, ICK DI IMP (C-1 IMMINS) $951.-, 04-025 INTREPID SEDAN, 4 DOOR - 04-030 WWW 1997 DODGE INTREPID SEDAN, 4 DOOR 16 34 04-033 WWW 2007 JOHN DEERE 310J BACKHOE $3527 04-041 WWW 1966 CHEVROLET C60 TRUCK, 2 TON UTILITY BODY $2518 04-045 WWW 2006 CHEVROLET SILVERADO 3500 PICKUP, 1 TON UTILITY $2518 04-053 WWW 2001 DODGE RAM 2500HD PICKUP, 3/4 UTIL $1634 04-063 WWW 2000 GMC C2500 PICKUP, 3/4 TON UTILITY 04-070 WWW 2009 FORD F550 TRUCK, W/UTIL BOX 25 18 04-073 1 WWW 1 1995 IFORD F350 PICKUP, 1 TON W/CLUB CAB $2518 04-074 WWW 1997 IFORD F-350 TRUCK, 1 TON UTILITY BODY $2518 04-076 WWW 2001 IDODGE BR2500 PICKUP, 3/4 TON $1634 04-082 WWW 2000 JGMC SIERRA 2500 1 PICKUP, 3/4 TON UTILITY $1634 R:\GROUP\WWW\CompMaintMgmtSys\CarteGraph\Equipment IibraryCopyKG.xls 1 08/06/2009 R:\GROUP\WWW\CompMaintMgmtSys\CarteGraph\Equipment IibraryCopyKG.xls 2 08/06/2009 04-083 WWW 1997 DODGE 250OHD PICKUP, 3/4 TON EXT CAB $16.34 04-103 WWW 1991 X TRAILER TRAILER, 2 WHEEL not charged out equip. 04-116 WWW 1969 FORD C600 TRUCK, 2 1/2 TON FLATBED $31.90 04-124 WWW 2004 UNGRD VARIED TRAILER, PIPEHUNTER VAC $50.00 04-125 WWW 2003 FREIGHTLINER FL60 TRUCK, CNG $25.18 04-136 WWW 1991 INTERNATIONAL 4900 TRUCK, BOOM $31.90 WWW Count #NIA R:\GROUP\WWW\CompMaintMgmtSys\CarteGraph\Equipment IibraryCopyKG.xls 2 08/06/2009 APPENDIX E Design and Performance Provisions Documents Appendix E includes the following: E-1 Sanitary Sewer Design Standards E-2 Sanitary Sewer System Construction Standards E-3 Standard Plans E-4 Technical Memorandum, SSMP Preparedness Audit Design and Performance Provisions Revision Date: 0811312009 E-1 City of Lodi Public Improvement Design Standards Introduction 1 -1 Purpose and Scope These Design Standards are published as required by the City of Lodi General Plan to provide standards for public improvements constructed within the City. They are to be used in conjunction with City Standard Construction Specifications and Standard Plans (hereafter referred to in total as "Standards") They shall apply to all new and reconstructed public improvements done as part of private development, public and private utility work within right-of-way and public utility easements (PUE) and City projects. However, they do not include traffic signal and other minor, informal standards used by the City in the design of publicly funded projects and in the analysis of existing problems. These Standards also apply to street, storm drainage, wastewater and water system improvements which are to be owned and maintained by the City of Lodi, except as noted below. The design of lighting and electrical facilities is not included in these Standards and shall be in accordance with rules and regulations of the City of Lodi Electric Utility Department. Although intended for public improvements, these Standards affect the design of private, on-site facilities. In some cases, other City Departments refer to these Standards for their on-site requirements under separate authority. Generally, such cases are specifically identified in the appropriate sections. Nothing in these Design Standards is intended to reduce or modify applicable Federal, State or Local laws nor to create a standard to be applied retroactively to existing improvements except where specifically noted. 1- 2 Design These Standards are not a "Code" nor are they a replacement for engineering design and judgement. The design of each project is in itself a special case and these Standards should not be construed to be the maximum (or minimum) required design on a project. In some cases, it may be impractical to meet these Standards. The design engineer is encouraged to meet with City engineering staff to review design problems early to avoid reworking plans where deviations are not permitted. Legal requirements must be met; such requirements are noted "(legal min.)". This document does not attempt to repeat all the various agency, professional and industry standards used in engineering design. Rather it cites acceptable references and sets desired standards for the normal range of work anticipated in Lodi based on expected local conditions. Names of references noted are abbreviated; full names and comments on them are included in Appendix A-5. 1-3 Authority These Standards are adopted by Resolution #91-92 of the City Council and implement various sections of the Lodi Municipal Code and General Plan goals and policies. Resolution #91-92 provides that the City Engineer shall interpret and make decisions concerning these Design Standards, The City Engineer is also empowered to update the Standards consistent with the General Plan and City Ordinances, Resolutions and policies affecting these Standards. Section 1 - Streets 1.100 General 1.101 Scope All public streets shall be designed in accordance with acceptable engineering principles and shall conform to these Standards. Primary references for supplemental information and/or details include the Caltrans Highway Design Manual, the Transportation Engineering Handbook, "A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets (the AASHTO "Green" Book) and "Design of Urban Streets". Private streets and parking lots shall be designed according to applicable development approvals, City Codes and Standards and accepted engineering principles. 1.102 Submittals The sequential requirements listed below are based on projects subject to the City's Growth Management Plan Developers and design engineers of projects not subject to the Plan should consult with the City Engineer to determine applicable and appropriate timing of submittals Hpvploprnpnt Plan Stafle (orpliminary plan for pntirp parrpl/rtevplopmpnt) Development plan submittals shall include a map showing the proposed project, existing streets (rights-of-way, medians, number of lanes and regulatory traffic controls) in the vicinity (400 ft. minimum) of the project and new street rights-of-way proposed for the project. At least one map showing right-of-way and lot lines shall be submitted at a scale of 1 "=200' Lot lines and sight -distance triangles per §1.303 shall also be shown at the following locations: ♦ intersections at reverse frontage lots; ♦ intersections at curved streets; ♦ intersections with adjacent building setbacks less than 20 feet A table showing land use categories and acreage, trip generation and total traffic shall be provided. Prniprt Mastpr Plan Stflflp (riptailpri plan for pntirp parnpl/ripvpinpmpnt) A detailed street master plan for an entire project may be required by the City Engineer for projects involving extension of streets through adjacent property or to assure that the layout of the approved development plan will meet these Standards. Improvement Plan Stafle (spprifin improvement plans for portion heinn rtevploppri)- Improvement plans shall include the information listed in 55.200 and Appendix A-1 1.200 Design Volumes 1201 General Unless otherwise designated in the Street Master Plan or approved development plan, the design volumes shall be used to determine required street classifications and shall be approved by the City Engineer For projects less than 100 acres, volumes may be estimated using these Design Standards in consultation with City Engineer; however, a traffic study may be required at locations with access, capacity or other traffic problems. Larger projects and those requesting significant changes to the General Plan shall have a traffic study as required as part of the development approval process. The following table relates street classification and design volume and design speed Street Classification R/W,( 3urb- Curb Width Standard Configuration Design Speed Daily Traffic Volume Range Minor Residential 50 34 2 lanes 25 0 500 Standard Residential 55 39 2 lanes 30 500 4,000 Minor Collector 60 44 2 lanes 35 4,0.. 30 Major Collector 68 52 2 lanes 40 10,000 14,000 Park & Public Facilities 04 4 with LT lane/median 0.11 1.1 Industrial (Local) 66 52 2 lanes 40 0 14,000 Secondary Arterial 80 64 4 lanes 50 14,000 22,000 Minor Arterial 94 76 4 lanes 55 22,000 24,000 with LT lane/median Major Arterial 118 102 6 lanes 60 24,000 36,000 with LT lane/median See §1 302 regarding cross sections. 1.202 Traffic Studies Traffic studies shall only be conducted after consultation with the City Engineer regardij.A *<», of work, assumptions, computer programs and models to be used and other parameters. Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) average trip generation rates shall be used as approved by the City Engineer. For mixed use development projects, individual building rates shall be added. For example, in a commercial development consisting of a large retail space with detached building pads, shopping center rates may be used for the large retail space and fast food, bank or other appropriate rates used for the pads. "Pass -by" reductions in rates shall be approved by the City Engineer. Minimum trip generation rates per gross acre or other units are shown in the following table: Land Use Type Peak Rgte Daily Rate Single Family Residential 1.1 10 Duplex Residential 0.9 8 Multi -Family Residential 0.7 6 Office 18 128 Light Industrial 11 65 Heavy Industrial 7 40 Light Commercial 15 150 General Commercial 30 300 Shopping Center 30 300 Public Offices & Civic Center 16 160 Park & Public Facilities 04 4 Elementary& Middle School 0.11 1.1 High School 025 2.5 Hospital 15 150 Units TE/DU TE/DU TE/DU TE/Acre TE/Acre TE/Acre TE/Acre TE/Acre TE/Acre TE/Acre TE/Acre TE/Student TE/Student T E/Acre TE = Trip End DU = Dwelling Unit 1.300 Street Design 1.301 General Design Minor and Standard Residential streets shall be designed to discourage through traffic. Incorporation of moderately curved streets, cul-de-sacs, knuckles, and T' intersections in the site plan is encouraged.. Maximum length of continuous straight streets should not exceed 1,000 feet. Continuous straight streets with residential frontage, between two collector or arterial streets, are prohibited. Block lengths shall not exceed 1300 feet. On-site improvements on lots fronting arterial and major collector streets shall be designed ouch that exiting vehicles do not have to back out onto the street, (Use circular or hammerhead driveways, on-site circulation, etc) A cul-de-sac shall be constructed on all permanent dead-end streets. Cul-de-sacs are discouraged in commercial and industrial developments and shall be specifically approved by the Planning Commission or City Council The maximum design volume on a cul-de-sac shall be 500 vehicles per day. The maximum length of a cul-de-sac regardless of volume shall be 750 feet. Permanent cul-de-sac streets shall have a turn -around at the closed end with a minimum right-of- way radius of 50 feet. The reversing curves at the beginning of the turnaround shall also have a 50 -foot R/W radius except in short cul-de-sacs (bulbs) where they would intersect the curb return at the entrance. In such cases, the design shall be specifically approved by the City Engineer. Asymmetrical configurations are permitted. Temporary cul-de-sacs on dead-end streets that are to be extended may be required for Fire Department turn -around depending on the length of the street and location of fire hydrants. Alleys New public alleys are not allowed unless specifically approved by the City Council, however, developments with private streets may be designed to minimize the number of access points onto arterials. & riflht-of- Requirements for roadside or median landscaping or "hardscaping" and right-of-way (reverse frontage) fences are not included in these Standards and shall be determined on a case-by-case basis by the City Engineer subject to project conditions of approval "Knuckles" on residential streets are to provide proper lot width at the setback line and shall conform to Standard Plan 133. Lot lines should follow subdivision boundary lines unless specifically approved otherwise on the development plan. Streets shall be fully improved within tract boundaries. 1.302 Cross Section Cross sections for standard street classifications are shown on Standard Plan 101 These cross sections may be modified by the City Engineer based on specific plans, traffic study requirements for project access lanes or other development approvals. Streets along tract boundaries (half -streets) shall have a minimum 32 -foot improved travelled way. If "No Parking" is approved by the City Council prior to approving the plans, the width may be reduced to 24 feet Temporary curbing shall be provided at the unimproved edge of the pavement, The standard cross slope of the street shall be 2 5%. Where necessary to match existing facilities, the cross slope on new streets may vary between 1% and 4%. Replacement of existing travel lanes in order to meet cross slope criteria may be required. Intersection, cul-de-sac and knuckle cross slopes should be 2% maximum, 0.75% minimum. Upon approval of the City Engineer, the cross slope may be increased to 9% for overlays, shoulder work or other special circumstances Grinding is normally required to minimize the effects of overlays and may include double passes, the first 6 feet wide, adjacent to the gutter at constant depth, with a second, tapered transition pass next to the first. (See §1.410, Driveway slope for additional criteria at driveways) 1.303 Intersection/Driveway Sight Distance Minimum requirements for intersection and driveway sight distances are shown in the "Sight Distance Requirements" table and are based on stopping sight distances for traffic on the major (through) street and stop control on the intersection/driveway Preferred distances are from ITE Handbook Table 19-8 "Suggested Corner Sight Distances at Intersections" which are intended to allow opposing traffic to cross the major street without requiring approach traffic to reduce speed. These longer distances will normally be required for new streets and may be required in other circumstances depending on available setback or other considerations. Planned intersection controls shall be considered in determining the appropriate sight distance. For example, where a traffic signal is planned, and the intersection will be initially controlled with a two-way stop, the minimum sight distance may be provided at the "stop" legs of the intersection. Sight distance shall also be provided at median openings as appropriate. Right-of-way or sight distance easements shall be provided at new reverse frontage fences, signs or other obstructions as appropriate. The "clear" area shall not contain shrubbery, mounds, signs or other obstructions over 30" high. Poles and trees shall be spaced far enough apart to provide adequate sight and tree limbs shall be at least 7 feet above the ground. (This section is not intended to preempt the zoning code with regard to front yard fences in residential areas.) pa--------------- D . i I FACE OF CURB SIGHT DISTANCE "CLEAR* AREA (TYP) LEFT LANE LINE (WORST CASE / IN MULTI -LANE STREETS) NEA r- ^ 0S R EDGE CIE' THROUGH LANE MINIMUM CURB RETURN RADIUS:.3. Id A DRIVER' S EYE 20 102 30 13 —*13 35 15 Maior St. Classification Desion SDeed Minor Residential 25 d 25 Standard Residential 30 16 27 Minor Collector 35 $„ MINIMUM CURB RETURN RADIUS:.3. Id A DRIVER' S EYE 20 102 30 13 —*13 35 15 Maior St. Classification Desion SDeed Minor Residential 25 14 25 Standard Residential 30 16 27 Minor Collector 35 19 30 Major Collector 40 17 34 Industrial 40 23 34 Secondary Arterial 50 17 40 Minor Arterial 55 17 52 Major Arterial 60 15 68 "D" (ft Minimum Preferred 150 250 200 300 250 350 300 400 300 400 430 500 500 550 580 600 The above " A and "B" distances (in feet) assume new standard cross sections per Standard Plan 101 Existing streets shall be checked using the worst case of existing or future striping and the higher of the design speed or existing 85th percentile speed. 1.304 Vertical Alignment Vertical curves are rarely required in Lodi due to the flat terrain Thus the following standards are brief and only describe minimum requirements. The design engineer is referred to the references cited for additional design criteria where compound curves are needed such as canal crossings. Where the algebraic difference in longitudinal slope exceeds 1 %, a parabolic vertical curve shall be used. The minimum length of vertical curve shall be per the following: L = KA where L = length of vertical curve, ft K = constant per Table below A = algebraic difference in grades, % Vertical Curve K Values Design Speed Crest Curve Sag Curve 25 20 30 30 30 40 35 50 50 40 80 70 50 160 110 55 220 130 60 310 160 The above table is based on stopping sight distance per Table V-2 of the AASHTO "Green" Book In arterial streets where passing is permitted, higher K values per Table V-3 shall be used. The minimum length of vertical curve shall be 200 ft. for design speeds below 40 mph and 400 ft for design speeds of 40 mph and above. Where the calculated length is below the minimum, the curve may be approximated by an intermediate straight segment(s) Top of Curb and Flowline Grades Flowline grades shall not be less than 0 25% and not greater than 6%. A normal design minimum of 0.30% is recommended to minimize birdbaths. (Note gutter flowline tolerances in the Construction Specifications.) Where matching existing improvements, the minimum grade may be reduced with the approval of the City Engineer. With the specific approval of the City Engineer, curb height may be varied from a minimum of 4" to a maximum of 7" The minimum top of curb elevations shall be I -foot above the design maximum water surface of the Master Plan Storm Drainage Basin to which the proposed improvement is tributary, This minimum elevation is listed in §3.703 A minimum top -of -curb elevation of 1 -foot above the calculated hydraulic grade line shall be maintained. Grades on opposite sides of the street shall be the same wherever practical On cul-de-sacs, knuckles and other curves (except curb returns) where the curb radius is less than 100 feet, the flowline grade shall be 0.30% minimum. Oirh Return Top of curb fall (in feet) around returns shall be per the following table: At returns where the curb type changes, differences in curb height shall be taken into account in the design so as not to reduce the flowline fall. Median grades shall follow street grades. Minor variation in top of median curb grades on opposite sides of the median is permitted depending on the width and nature of landscaping For aesthetic reasons, the maximum variation at noses or other medians less than 6 feet wide should be 0.15± ft. Median noses and other areas with solid fill in between curbs shall be sloped to drain Retrofit New Construction Radius Minimum Minimum Maximum 0.20 0.50 15 012 20 0 1 � 0.20 0.60 25 0.25 0.80 30 * 0.30 0.90 35 * 0.35 1.00 40 0.40 1.10 45 * 0.45 120 50 * 0.50 1.30 Special Determination At returns where the curb type changes, differences in curb height shall be taken into account in the design so as not to reduce the flowline fall. Median grades shall follow street grades. Minor variation in top of median curb grades on opposite sides of the median is permitted depending on the width and nature of landscaping For aesthetic reasons, the maximum variation at noses or other medians less than 6 feet wide should be 0.15± ft. Median noses and other areas with solid fill in between curbs shall be sloped to drain 1.305 Horizontal Alignment Street Curvature Design of curved arterial and collector streets shall be based on criteria in the Caltrans Highway Design Manual The minimum radius of curvature of centerline for all streets shall be per the following table: Minimum Horizontal Curve Radius Street Classification Design Speed Radius (ft.) Notes Minor Residential 25 220 Standard Residential 30 250 1 Minor Collector 35 500 1 Major Collector, Industrial 40 550 1 Secondary Arterial 50 850 1,2 Minor Arterial 55 1000 1,2 Major Arterial 60 1150 1,2 Notes: Minimum radius is below that indicated in Caltrans ahwa 203 2 "Comfortable Speed on Horizontal Curves" for the standard cross slope. While this is acceptable on residential and industrial streets, larger radii, superelevation or reduced design speed should be considered on collector and arterial streets. 2. Minimum radius assumes no sight obstructions Figure 201.6 "Stopping Sight Distance on Horizontal Curves of the above reference should be checked when walls, or other obstructions are planned within 20 ft. of the right-of-way. There shall be a tangent between reversing curves of at least 150 feet on arterial and collector streets, and 50 feet on all other streets. Length of pavement transitions affecting travel lanes shall be designed per applicable Caltrans Standards (Hwy. Design Manual §206). At ends of curb & gutter, the minimum transition length shall be based on a 45° pavement transition. Longer distances will be required where a driveway is located at the end of the curb & gutter. Intersection Anr)le Streets shall intersect at right angles (± 5 degrees). Curved residential streets shall have at least 50 feet of centerline perpendicular (± 5 degrees) to the projected curb line of the intersecting street Longer perpendicular distances may be required on collector and arterial streets. Curb return radii for various street types shall be as shown on Standard Plan 611 Angle points of 5 degrees or less are allowed on residential street centerlines with approval of the City Engineer In such cases, the curb face shall be designed with a 100 -foot radius curve. All streets entering upon opposite sides of any given street shall have their centerlines directly opposite each other or separated by at least 150 feet. Cross streets are to be avoided unless one or more legs are cul-de-sacs. Greater distances may be required on collector and higher classification streets based on anticipated turning volumes. Intersections that are to be signalized shall be four-way. The minimum distance between streets entering a restricted access street shall be as provided by a Specific Plan adopted by the Planning Commission and City Council. The location of any new intersection between a local street and an arterial shall be reviewed by the City Engineer to determine safety and compatibility for signal progression. The City may restrict access to right -turn -only if necessary. 1.306 Medians Medians and median openings shall be constructed at locations shown on Specific Plans or as required as part of project approval. See §1.301 regarding landscaping. Design geometries for parabolic median curb transitions, flares and left -turn -in -only median openings are shown in the Standard Plans Median curb heights shall be 8" with a minimal reverse gutter provided. Due to excessive pavement deterioration from watering, interior drainage at landscaped medians shall be provided. 1.400 Driveways 1.401 General Requirements The following driveway standards are not applicable to State Highway or controlled access streets where access is limited by deed or map restrictions or other development restrictions. If driveways are approved at such locations, the applicable design requirements shall be used New driveways on restricted access streets (most of Cherokee Lane and other streets per map or deed restrictions) require City Council approval. The number, location and width of permitted driveways is regulated by the Public Works Department and shall be based on the demonstrated needs of the parcel being served They shall not be excessively detrimental to the abutting street capacity, safety, and/or efficiency. The City Engineer may modify any of the following standards in order to provide better traffic movements or because of special or unusual conditions. The ITE publication "Guidelines for Driveway Design & Location" contains additional design guidelines. "Commercial" driveways per Standard Plan 114 shall be used on all driveways serving 4 or more parking stalls and other locations where trucks, including garbage trucks, are anticipated. Where land use changes affect existing driveways proposed for reuse, the City Engineer may require upgrading of the driveway to commercial standards. "Common" driveways straddling a property line to serve two or more parcels, are permitted provided applicable width and clearances are met. 1.402 Special Driveways Special driveways are those with a depressed back of driveway at the property line and a radius instead of a curb transition and are used to provide improved access at high volume driveways and minimize capacity reduction on collectors and arterials. Design geometries are shown on Standard Plan 111. Special driveways shall be used when the driveway peak hour volume exceeds 300 vehicles per hour and may be required at lower volume driveways at critical locations Depth of flow in the gutter is limited to 3 inches, see §3.502. 1.403 Width Maximum driveway width shall be 35 feet for standard driveways and 56 feet for special driveways unless specifically approved otherwise by the City Engineerfor high truck volumes or other factors. The total width of commercial and industrial driveways shall not exceed 60% of the frontage. The minimum width of a single driveway shall be 12 feet and 24 feet for a driveway serving a parking lot with a two-way aisle Additional driveway width may be required on collectors and arterial streets particularly where there is no parking and a travel lane is adjacent to the curb. Standard driveway width is measured at the curb line and includes only the depressed section. Special driveway width is measured between curbs behind the property side. Width of a raised medians separating in and out traffic is not included in the width, 1.404 Distances from Curb Returns Commercial, industrial or other high volume driveways on arterials and major collectors shall be located as far as practical from the nearest curb return and may be prohibited within 100 feet where the intersection is signalized, is planned for signalization, or intersection capacity is critical. At other locations, the top of the driveway transition shall be at least 10 feet from the nearest curb return provided the return meets current standards for radius and location At streets to be widened or improved, the above distances shall"be measured from the ultimate location of the curb return, At alleys the driveway transition shall be permitted no closer than 10 feet from the projected intersecting alley curb face, and no closer than 2 feet from the nearest alley curb return. 1.405 Distances From Utility or Safety Devices Driveway transitions shall clear all public facilities such as street light and traffic signal standards, utility poles, fire hydrants, and street trees by a minimum of 3 feet. Greater distances from fire hydrants is recommended. Any relocation of public facilities required to maintain such clearance shall be at the expense of the party requesting the driveway. 1.406 Distance Between Driveways A minimum of 4 feet of full curb height shall be maintained between the top of transitions of adjoining driveways No driveway shall be constructed which results in a curb length between transitions in excess of 14 feet, unless the curb length is at least 22 feet in length. Where practical, the total space between driveway transitions shall be in multiples of 22 feet plus 4 feet. (Spacing = 22X + 4) 1.407 Distances From Property Line A minimum of 2 feet of full curb height shall be maintained between the property line and the top of the driveway transition except where common use driveways have been permitted. 1.408 Removal Any abandoned driveway shall be completely removed and replaced with standard curb, gutter and sidewalk, Driveways are considered abandoned when on-site development, fencing or other use demonstrates that the driveway is no longer needed 10 1.409 Parking Lot Driveways Parking lot driveways shall be designed in such a manner as to preclude the use of the abutting public street for vehicular circulation solely related to the parking lot. The driveway shall be commercial type per Standard Plan 114. Design of the lot shall conform to Standard Plan 134 1.410 Driveway Slope Driveways shall be designed to minimize vehicles scraping the pavement in front of the driveway or high -centering at the back of the driveway. In new work, the driveway grade measured at a point 10 feet behind the flowline shall no; s*ceed 0.75 feet above the flowline In designing overlays or driveway replacements, the deflection angle at the flowline determined by a point on the pavement 4 feet out from the flowline and a point on the driveway 10 feet behind the flowline should not exceed 9.75°. 1.500 Curb, Gutter and Sidewalk 1.501 General Requirements Curb, gutter and sidewalk shall be installed in all new developments unless specifically deferred or otherwise waived. Curb and gutter may be required to be extended across adjacent parcels for drainage purposes. New ditches or swales are not permitted across residential frontages. 1.502 Curb and Gutter Type Curb and gutter with a vertical "barrier" type curb shall be installed along frontages conforming to any of the following criteria: ♦ Collector, arterial or higher classification streets; ♦ Multi -family residential frontage; ♦ Commercial or industrial frontage; ♦ School, church, park or other public use frontage; s Any curb where the street centerline radius is less than 200 feet unless specifically determined otherwise by the City Engineer; ♦ All curb returns; ♦ Installations where driveways are existing or known as part of an approved development plan unless specifically determined otherwise by the City Engineer; ♦ Other areas designated by the Planning Commission or City Council. Roll "mountable" type curb and gutter per Standard Plan 136 may be installed on streets within new single-family developments. Valley gutters (Standard Plan 116) will be allowed only at intersections of cul-de-sac streets which provide access to fewer than 10 lots Various designs of curb and gutter have been used in the City. For minor repairs of existing improvements, the type of curb and gutter shall match existing. In replacing curb returns or over '/> of a block face, vertical or rolled curb & gutter per Standard Plan 135 & 136 shall be used as appropriate. Existing curb & gutter should be considered for replacement where ponding extends into the pavement. In replacement projects, curb height may be varied from 4" to T' to match existing improvements. Four foot transitions with weakened planejoints at each end shall be used to separate different curb & gutter types. 11 1.503 Sidewalk The minimum widths of sidewalk shall be 4 5 feet in residential streets, 4 feet in local industrial streets, 7.5 feet in commercial areas, or as noted on the Specific Plan. The above widths do not include the curb width. Widths shall be increased by at least one foot where fences, walls or other similar clearance obstacles to pedestrians are constructed. At poles, trees and other small structures, the minimum clear width provided shall be four feet. Upon specific approval of the City Engineer, the minimum width may be reduced to three feet (legal min) in extreme cases, The "obstacle course" effect of closely spaced poles and other street hardware on opposite sides of the sidewalk shall be avoided. New poles or other devices placed in the sidewalk on the curb side shall have a minimum distance from the face of curb of one foot. Back of walk transitions necessary to accomplish the above clearances shall have smooth reversing curves or angle points with deflection angles not exceeding 30 degrees. 1.504 Wheelchair Ramps Wheelchair ramps shall be installed in all new curb returns per Standard Plan 132 (legal min.) Ramps may also be required at'T" intersections or knuckle&at a lot line on the side opposite the curb return. Wheelchair ramps shall be retrofit at curb returns where the adjacent street pavement is being reconstructed or new buildings are being constructed on corner lots. Handicapped access shall be included at appropriate locations in medians, parking lots and other improvements (legal min.). 1.505 Back of Sidewalk Improvement of the space between the back of sidewalk and the right-of-way (normally 2V2 ft.) shall be consistent with the proposed land use and minimal City maintenance. Where this space is incorporated into on-site landscaping, maintenance is the responsibility of the owner/developer. At reverse frontage fences, the space shall be filled with additional sidewalk or approved hardscaping except where approved otherwise in the development plan. 1.600 Structural Section The structural section shall be asphalt concrete (AC) pavement with aggregate base designed in accordance with the procedures contained in the "Flexible Pavement Structural Section Design Guide for California Cities and Counties" and these Standards. Full depth asphalt concrete may be specified as an alternate. The City has a computer spreadsheet to make the necessary calculations which is available to consulting engineers. The calculation includes a variable safety factor applied to the AC on high volume streets. The soils report shall be a guide for determining the limits of appropriate R -values for design cf structural sections. The limits shall be approved by the City Engineer prior to design. The R -value used in design shall not exceed 60 Upon approval of the City Engineer, the plans may be prepared based on 12 i preliminary R -values with appropriate notes for timely retesting during construction for determination of ' final design values. The Traffic Index shall be established by the City Engineer with a minimum of 2% trucks. The following table provides some minimum values and can be used as a guide in determining appropriate structural sections within a residential development. Street Maximum APT T. 1. Minimum Section Lowest R -Value* Minor Residential 200 4.0 0.20* AC/0.30' AB or 0.35'AC 30 Minor Residential 500 4.5 0.20'AC/0.30'AB or 0.35" AC 40 Standard Residential 1000 5.0 0.20'AC/0.30' AB or 0.35'AC 47 Standard Residential 2300 5.5 0.20'AC/0.30'AB or 0.35'AC 53 Standard Residential 4000 6.0 0.20' AC/0.30' AB or 0.35'AC 58 Minor Collector 4200 6.0 0.20* AC/0.30' AB or 0.35'AC 58 Minor Collector 8200 6.5 0.25' AC/0.30' AB or 0.40" AC 60 Minor Collector 10000 7.0 0.25'AC/0.35'AB or 0.40* AC 60 * "Lowest R -value" is the minimum value necessaryto allow use of the minimum structural section. Minimum subgrade compaction of native material shall be 8" @ 92% relative compaction (R.C.) for residential streets and 6" @ 95% R.C. (removed and replaced material), over 6" @ 90% R.C. compacted original ground on industrial, collector and arterial streets. Any fill or disturbed material below shall also be compacted to 90% R.C. These Design Standards are to be conservatively applied to developments to provide pavement that will have at least a 20 -year design life. Upon approval, transitions and other temporary pavements may be designed for a shorter life. New development may be required to remove and replace existing pavement as necessary to provide a high quality connection between existing and new improvements. Examples include: • ravelled edges of existing pavement; • additional pavement to meet cross slope standards; • ends of streets being extended; • flares at shoulders; • transitions The City may require that the developer install a reduced pavement section in anticipation of excessive street cuts for utility services to the lots. In such cases, the developer shall pay the City the difference in cost between the full section and the reduced section and the City will be responsible for the installation of the future additional pavement. Trench structural sections shall be as shown on Standard Plan 506 unless approved otherwise and shown on the improvement plans. Pavement cuts may be prohibited in new or recently overlaid streets. In cases where such cuts are permitted, pavement "T" cuts or other special trench replacement sections may be required. Design criteria and specifications forjacking or boring are not included in these Standards and are to be determined on a case-by-case basis. 13 Section 2 -Wastewater 2.100 General 2.101 Scope These standards apply to all public wastewater facilities designed for installation within a public right-of-way or PUE in the City and are limited to sewer mains and laterals 15 inches or less in diameter Standards and requirements for larger sizes will be determined by the City Engineer as needed Except where specifically noted in these Standards or as required as part of project approval, all wastewater facilities installed on private property for private use and ownership shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of the Uniform Plumbing Code, as adopted by the City Wastewater lines shall be designed in accordance with acceptable engineering principles, California OSHA Standards (legal min.), and State of California Title 22 requirements (legal min,), and shall conform to City Standards. Storm water collection facilities shall not be connected to a wastewater line Industrial waste sources may be connected or discharged into a wastewater line with approval of the City Engineer. These Standards do not cover all the applicable City, State and Federal requirements for wastewater quality and monitoring (See Lodi Municipal Code and the Water/Wastewater Superintendent for applicable requirements.) 2.102 Submittals The requirements listed below are based on projects subject to the City's Growth Management Plan. Developers and design engineers of projects not subject to the Plan should consult with the City Engineer to determine applicable and appropriate timing of submittals. Dpvpinpmpnt Plan Stane (preliminary plan for entire Darrel /development) Development plan submittals shall include a map showing the proposed project, existing septic systems, wastewater mains in the vicinity of the project and new mains, 12" and larger proposed for the project. A table showing land use categories and acreage and average and peak flows shall be provided (average flow in mgd, peak flow in cfs) Proient Master Plan Stage (detailed plan for entire Darnel/rievelrtpmpnt) Prior to preparation of improvement plans for the first construction phase of the project, a wastewater master plan for the entire project shall be submitted for approval by the City Engineer. The preliminary design submittal shall include the following items: ♦ A plan, 1" = 100'scale, showing the proposed system, preliminary pipe sizes, tributary subareas, existing and future tributary areas outside the project limits, zoning, projected land use, and any features affecting the system Design flows at majorjunction points including flows coming from outside the project limits. A calculation sheet is provided in the Appendix which may be reproduced by the consulting engineer. ♦ A description and preliminary sketches of any pump stations including: number and size of pumps, wetwell volume and operating levels, provisions for standby power or energy operations, and maintenance access. 14 ♦ Where the design includes additional tributary areas outside the project as required Y the City ami the developer wishes to obtain reimbursement for oversize pipes, the Engineer shall submit additional calculations and design for the project only in order to estimate the reimbursable portion. Improvement Plan fitagp (sperifir improvpmpnt plans for portion hpinfl ripvplopprl) Improvement plans shall include the information listed in §5 200 and Appendix A-1 2200 Design Flow Wastewater lines shall be designed on a peak flow basis. Design peak flows shall be estimated by applying the appropriate peaking factor to the average flow. For analysis of existing lines or where existing land use is higher than the zoning, flow shall be calculated based on an average sewage flow of 100 gallons per capita per day with a population of 3.0 capita per single family dwelling unit and 2.0 capita per multiple family dwelling unit. For lines serving new areas or where existing land use is lower than the zoning, the City zoning map and/or general plan shall be used to estimate average flow. The following table summarizes this criteria: Zoning R-1 R-2 R -GA R -MD R -HD PR PR/MD Land Use Pers/unit Units/acre Pers/acre Residential Residential Garden Apt Medium Density Residential High Density Residential Planned Residential (unspecified) Planned Residential (low density) Planned Residential (medium density) Planned Residential (high density) 30 3.0 2.0 20 2,0 2.6 2.75 225 200 4 12 6 18 20 40 30 60 40 80 7 18.2 Flow 0.00186 cfs/acre 0.00279" 0.00619" 0 00928" 0 01238" 0 00282" 5 1375 0 00213" 12 27 0.00418" 24 48 0.00743" gal. /acre/day xCx Commercial 2500 0.00387" Mxx Industrial 2000 0.00309" n/a Institutional (Schools, etc) 0.000039 cfs/attendant The above values are average figures based on the assumptions shown. At locations where a specific use is proposed for which the flow would exceed these figures, the higher value shall be used. Peak flow shall be obtained by multiplying the average flow by the following peak factors These peak factors include an allowance for infiltration/inflow The peak flow factor shall be 3 0 for commercial and institutional flows and 2 0 for industrial flow. 15 Peaking factors for residential flow shall be selected from the figure below based upon total upstream service population. Wastewater Peaking Factor 15 100 1.000 10,000 100,000 Population 2.300 Pipe Design 2.301 Minimum Size New gravity wastewater lines shall be 8 inches or greater in nominal diameter, except the mo,. upstream manhole -to -manhole reach of a main sewer having no potential for further extension may be 6 inches in nominal diameter. 2.302 Design Depth of Flow Main wastewater lines (8 through 10 inches in diameter) shall be designed to flow a maximum of one-half full at peak design flow Trunk wastewater lines (12 inches and larger in diameter) shall be designed to flow a maximum of three-fourths full at peak design flow. 2.303 Slope All sewers shall be designed to use the available slope to give peak flow velocities of not less than 2.0 feet per second based on Manning's formula using an "n" value of 0 013. Minimum slopes and the corresponding design capacity based on §2.302 and §2 303 are atm Minimum Slope (ft/ft) Design Cap. (cfs) Full Cap. (cfs) 6 0.0048 0.20 0.39 8 0.0033 0.35 070 10 00025 055 1.10 12 0.0019 1.45 156 15 00014 2.25 2.42 I 15 100 1.000 10,000 100,000 Population 2.300 Pipe Design 2.301 Minimum Size New gravity wastewater lines shall be 8 inches or greater in nominal diameter, except the mo,. upstream manhole -to -manhole reach of a main sewer having no potential for further extension may be 6 inches in nominal diameter. 2.302 Design Depth of Flow Main wastewater lines (8 through 10 inches in diameter) shall be designed to flow a maximum of one-half full at peak design flow Trunk wastewater lines (12 inches and larger in diameter) shall be designed to flow a maximum of three-fourths full at peak design flow. 2.303 Slope All sewers shall be designed to use the available slope to give peak flow velocities of not less than 2.0 feet per second based on Manning's formula using an "n" value of 0 013. Minimum slopes and the corresponding design capacity based on §2.302 and §2 303 are atm Minimum Slope (ft/ft) Design Cap. (cfs) Full Cap. (cfs) 6 0.0048 0.20 0.39 8 0.0033 0.35 070 10 00025 055 1.10 12 0.0019 1.45 156 15 00014 2.25 2.42 It is understood that it is impractical to meet these velocity standards at upstream ends of the collection system and they are waived in such cases Designs in which downstream mains do not meet these velocity standards shall be specifically approved by the City Engineer, Maximum velocity shall not exceed 10 feet per second at peak flow Sewers shall be designed with uniform slope between manholes 16 2.304 Vertical Alignment The minimum cover for wastewater lines shall be 3 feet from the existing or planned final grade, whichever is lower, to the top of the sewer pipe. Laterals shall have a nominal cover of 211s feet at the property line or at a point 5 feet outside the curb face or edge of paving, whichever is the greater distance from the roadway centerline.. See 92.401 for additional information regarding service lateral cover and 95 701 for structural considerations. When crossing a water main, the wastewater line shall be installed below the water main with a clearance of at least 12 inches Where this separation cannot be maintained, the City Engineer may approve reduced clearances based on Standard Plan 415. A minimum vertical clearance of at least 3 inches shall be maintained between a wastewater line and a storm drain. Separation distances shall be measured from the nearest edges of the facilities At points of convergence of pipes of various sizes, the pipe crown of the inflowing pipe(s) shall be no lower in elevation than the crown of the outflowing pipe. See 92.502 regarding drop manholes for additional information. 2.305 Horizontal Alignment Wastewater Lines shall be placed within street rights-of-way unless placement in an easement is specifically approved by the City Engineer. Alignment shall be parallel to the street centerline whenever possible. The horizontal alignment of wastewater lines in new streets, easements and private streets shall be as shown on the appropriate City of Lodi Standard Plan. In existing streets and other special cases (such as looped streets in which the utilities may be located concentrically to avoid crossings), the alignment may vary from the Standard Plans, but in no case shall there be less than 10 feet horizontal clearance to a water main, except as specifically approved by the City Engineer in accordance with State Department of Health Services policies. Curved sewers are allowed. However, joint deflections or pipe curvature shall not exceed the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The following table may be used as a conservative guide. If a shorter radius is desired, the appropriate design information (i..e. short pipe lengths, radius fittings, etc) shall be shown on the plans. Minimum Radius of Bending Circle (ft.) Pipe Size Ductile Iron PVC VCP 4 190 160 200 6 190 160 200 8 190 210 200 10 190 270 200 12 190 320 200 15 n/a 390 260 Wastewater lines, including laterals, or other sanitary hazards shall not be constructed adjacent to any existing or proposed well site. California State Department of Health Services requirements shall be the minimum required separation, however these may be increased where the well location is not fixed or redrilling is planned. 17 2.306 Pipe Materials The following standard pipe materials shall be used for gravity flow wastewater line construction and shall conform to the appropriate American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) and American Water Works Association (AWWA) specifications (latest revision): Pipe Material Specification Ductile iron pipe ASTM A746 w/polyethylene lining & ASTM D1248, Class C, 30 mil thickness polyethylene encasement* AWWA C105 PVC sewer pipe and fittings ASTM D3034 SDR 35 Vitrified clay pipe ASTM C700 (extra strength) laterals only: Cast iron soil pipe (4" & 6") ASTM A74, service weight polyethylene encasement maybe omitted if corrosivity soils report provided per Appendix A of AWWA C105 indicates encasement is not needed. Alternate linings may be approved on a case-by-case basis, New main sewers and/or laterals servicing exclusively industrial and commercial development may be limited to vitrified clay pipe depending on the proposed use. Trench and pipe strength design shall be shown on the improvement plans per §5.700., 2.307 Joints and Fittings Joints and fittings shall be selected and installed to minimize infiltration and to prevent the entrance of roots throughout the life of the system. Ductile iron pipe joints and fittings shall conform to AWWA C110 or other approved joint for wastewater applications. Joints for PVC pipe shall be flexible elastomeric type conforming to ASTM D3212, Solvent weldedjoints for PVC pipe are not permitted. Joints for vitrified clay pipe shall conform to ASTM<£245r 4 Joining of pipe sections of unlike materials shall be accomplished using approved flexible band seals. Otherjoining methods shall not be used unless approved by the City Engineer. 2.400 Services 2.401 General One service is allowed per parcel being served. Additional services may be specifically approved by the City Engineer in order to eliminate the need for on-site pumps or in other extreme circumstances„ The minimum diameter for services (lateral sewers) shall be 4 inches. A lateral sewer installed concurrently with a main sewer shall be of the same type and class of pipe material as the sewer main except where land use, cover or water main separation requirements indicate otherwise. For new services on existing mains, the lateral sewer may be of any approved pipe material as specified in §2,306„ Size and depth of services is to be determined by the design engineer for the parcel being served subject to minimums contained in City Standards. Particular attention should be given to large, deep parcels. On-site lift stations may be necessary at upstream ends of mains, particularly on the east side of the City at the Central California Traction railroad,. 18 2.402 Monitoring Structures A monitoring structure or sampling manhole/riser shall be installed per City standards near the back of walk where required by the City Engineer It shall be in a location accessible to City personnel at all times and may be considered as a cleanout in lieu of a separate required cleanout 2.403 Traps and Waste Interceptors Appropriate traps and waste interceptors shall be installed on services or on-site as determined by the City Engineer in conformance with the Lodi Municipal Code. 2.500 Manholes and Miscellaneous Structures 2.501 Manholes Manholes shall be located in areas accessible to cleaning equipment and at: the end of each line; all changes in pipe grade, size, or alignment; all junctions of sewer mains and/or laterals 6 inches or greater in diameter; distances not greater than 500 feet in continuous paved areas ♦ Where access to manholes is restricted, the pipe and accessible manrr' located such that there is a hose lay of no greater than 500 feet from .,,,..,,.» eA< .j»., access point to all portions of the sewer. 24" diameter risers may be used in lieu of standard 48" manholeswhere the depth to the invert is less than 42 inches. Manholeslrisers may be required for inspection purposes at the end of stubs exceeding 25 feet in length 2.502 Drop Manholes Drop manholes per Standard Plan 301 shall be provided where the inflowing pipe crown elevation is more than 2 feet above the crown elevation of the outflowing pipe. 2.600 Lift Stations 2.601 General Lift stations shown on the Wastewater System Master Plan shall be designed per the following standards. Other lift stations shall be specifically approved by the City Engineer after consideration of all reasonable gravity flow alternatives. Design standards for temporary stations shall be determined on a case-by-case basis. Lift station structures and electrical and mechanical equipment shall be located and designed such that they are protected from physical damage by the 100 -year flood and will remain fully operational and accessible during the design storm. The lift station shall be located off the travelled way of streets and alleys and shall be provided with paved vehicular access and appropriate security as required by the City Engineer. 2.602 Design The lift stations shall be Ecodyne, Smith and Loveless Custom Series 19 Impressed current cathodic protection is required and shall be designed by a qualified corrosion control engineer. California OSHA standards shall be observed in the design of all pumping station access structures At least two pumps shall be provided for each pumping station. If only two units are provided, they shall ha^o the same capacity. Each shall be capable of handling the peak flow Where three or me* a units are provided, they shall be designed to fit actual flow conditions and must be of such capacity that with any one unit out of service, the remaining units will have capacity to handle maximum sewage flows. Design pumping rate shall be the peak inflow for the ultimate tributary area For Master Plan Stations, initial lower flow rates shall be considered in the design. It may be appropriate to provide an interim design with fewer or smaller capacity pumps. However, the station and site should be designed for ultimate conditions Wetwells The wetwell size and control setting shall be appropriate to avoid heat buildup in the pump motor due to frequent starting and to avoid septic conditions due to excessive detention time. Total pump starts shall be limited to no more than 10 per hour. Wetwells shall be reinforced concrete with coal tar epoxy lining (Tnemec Hi -Build Tneme-Tar 46H-413, two coats; or approved equivalent). The wetwell floor shall have a minimum slope of 1 to i to a hopper bottom The horizontal area of the hopper bottom shall not be greater than necessary for proper installation and function of the pump inlet. Ancillary Fgnipmpnt Ancillary equipment such as air release or other valve pits shall be provided as necessary including adequate ventilation and corrosion protection. Flentrinal Equipment All wetwell electrical equipment shall be explosion proof and meet National Electrical Code Class 1, Division 2, Group D requirements. All drywell electrical equipment shall be NEMA 4. Telemetry equipment identical to the City's latest SCADA equipment shall be provided. Alarms shall be activated in cases of high water, power failure, pump failure, use of the lag pump, unauthorized entry, or any cause of pump station malfunction. fitanrihv Pnwpr Pump stations of greater than 0.25 mgd peak flow capacity (which include those shown on the Master Wastewater Collection System Plan) shall include permanent installation of standby power. Engines shall be provided with silencing equipment appropriate for the adjacent land use per zoning and General Plan standards. Smaller capacity stations, where approved, shall either provide standby power or dual, manually switchable electrical feeds from separate transformers, 20 Potable water supply with a reduced pressure backflow prevention device (Febco Model 825) is required for all pump stations. Instn mtinns and Fanipmpnt Three complete sets of operational instructions (including emergency procedures and maintenance schedules), special tools, and such spare parts (i.e., mechanical seals, wear rings, filters, etc.) as may be necessary shall be provided for all pump station equipment. 2.603 Force Mains At average pump flow, a velocity of at least 2 feet per second shall be maintained An automatic air relief valve shall be placed at high points in the force main to prevent air locking Force mains shall enter the gravity sewer system at a point not more than 1 foot above the flow line of the receiving manhole. Cleanouts and other special fittings shall be provided as required by the City Engineer The force main and fittings, including thrust blocking, shall be designed to withstand normal pressure and pressure surges (water hammer) The following standard pipe materials shall be used for force -main construction and shall conform to the applicable ASTM or AWWA specification (latest revision) Pipe Material Specification Ductile iron pipe AWWA C151 w/polyethylene lining & ASTM D1248, Class C, 30 mil thickness polyethylene encasement" AWWA C105 PVC Plastic Pipe AWWA C900 * polyethylene encasement may be omitted if a corrosivity soils report provided per Appendix A of AWWA C105 indicates encasement is not needed Alternate linings may be approved on a case-by-case basis. Pipe strength (Class) shall be determined by accepted engineering principles and the pipe specification based on the design pressure. Trench design shall be shown on the plans per §5 700 Friction losses through force mains shall be based on the Hazen and Williams' formula with a value for "C" equal to 120. Separation from Water Mains Force main separation from water mains shall conform to applicable State Dept. of Health Services regulations (legal min), City Standards and appropriate construction details shall be shown on the plans. 21 Section 3 - Storm Drainage 3.100 General 3.101 Scope These standards apply to all public stormwater facilities designed for installation within a public right-of-way or PUE in the City. Except where specifically noted in these Standards or as required as part of project approval, all stormwater facilities installed on private property for private use and ownership shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of the Uniform Plumbing Code, as adopted by the City. Stormwater lines shall be designed in accordance with acceptable engineering principles and California OSHA Standards (legal min.), and shall conform to City Standards. Storm water collection facilities shall not be connected to a wastewater line except where specifically required by the City Engineer. Industrial waste sources shall not be connected or discharged into a stormwater line without a specific discharge permit. These Standards do not cover all the applicable City, State and Federal requirements for storm quality and monitoring. (See §5 603 for additional discussion.,) 3.102 Submittals The requirements listed below are based on projects subject to the City's Growth Management Plan. Developers and design engineers of projects not subject to the Plan should consult with the City Engineer to determine applicable and appropriate timing of submittals npvpinpmpnt Plan fttaflP (preliminary plan for entire parrel /development) Development plan submittals shall include a map showing the proposed project, existing storm drains in the vicinity of the project and new storm drains, 30" and larger proposed for the project A table showing land use categories and acreage, C -factors and 100 year storm volume (in acre-feet) shall be provided. Proiect Master Plan Stape (Hptailpri plan for entire parrel /development) Prior to preparation of improvement plans for the first phase, a storm drain master plan for the entire project shall be provided for approval by the City Engineer. The preliminary design submittal shall include the following items: ♦ A plan, 1" = 100'scale, showing the proposed system, preliminary pipe sizes, tributary subareas, existing and future tributary areas outside the project limits, zoning, projected land use, and any features affecting the system ♦ Hydrology and hydraulic calculations together with assumptions, charts, tables, references and methods used. A calculation sheet is provided in the Appendix which may be reproduced by the consulting engineer. ♦ A plan, preferably 1" = 1 00'scale, showing proposed street system, existing and proposed drainage system, tributary sub -areas (including offsite drainage), and peak flow in all pipes. ♦ A plan showing the hydraulic gre line (HGL), the proposed storm drain including slopes and sizes and top of curbadin profile. Elevations should be shown at all changes in slope of the HGL, proposed storm drain and top of curb. ♦ Where the design includes additional tributary areas outside the project as required the City and the developer wishes to obtain reimbursement for oversize pipes, the bEyngineer shall submit additional calculations and design for the project only in order to estimate the reimbursable portion. Imprnvempnt Plan Stane (specific: improvement plans for portion heinn developed) Improvement plans shall include the information listed in §5 200 and Appendix A-1., 3.200 Design Flow The Rational Method (Q = CiA) shall be used to determine runoff flow (Q) for areas less than " Larger areas require special consideration and should be discussed with the City Engineer prior design. Minimum values for the coefficient of runoff (C) and time of concentration are as follows: Land Use C Factor Tc (minutes) Parks 0.20 30 R-1 and R-2 (Residential) 0.40 25 R -GA, R -MD and R -HD (Apartments) 050 20 Schools and Churches 0.50 20 Commercial 080 10 Industrial 090 10 Surface Pavement 0.95 Roofs 080 Compacted earth (no gravel) 0.75 Lawn & Open Area 020 Where a specific project is proposed, a composite C factor may be determined based on a weighted average of the surface C factors. Values for rainfall intensity (i) for corresponding time of concentration shall be taken from Standard Plan 606 or computed from the formula shown. The area (A) shall be the tributary drainage area in acres. Preliminary estimates of detention volume (V) for development plan submittals shall be calculated based on V (acre-feet) = 0ACA. (0.4 feet of rain =100 yr, 48 hr. storm) 3.300 Pipe Design 3.301 Minimum Size The minimum size for storm drain mains shall be 12 -inch diameter. All new catch basin laterals shall have a minimum diameter cc 12 inches, except where an on-site service is connected to the catch basin. In such cases, the lateral shall be one size larger than the service. 3.302 Design Depth of Flow (Hydraulic Grade Line) Manning's formula shall be used to calculate design flow, slope, velocity and pipe diameter relationships. The friction factor, "n", shall be 0.013 for all types of pipe. Normally, due to the hydraulic grade line determined by the trunk line or downstream basin, storm drains are surcharged 23 The starting hydraulic grade line and assumed flow will be provided by the City at the downstream master plan line or intervening system if calculations are available. If the proposed project's flow is 5% or more above the assumed flow, the new calculations shall be extended downstream until the difference is less than 5% or a basin or pump station is reached. All storm drains shall be designed for the peak flow entering the catch basin at the point of concentration and shall have a minimum of 1 foot of freeboard between the top of curb and the hydraulic grade line. Note: The design does not need to check each catch basin. Flows may be calculated at manholes. However, the following catch basins are to be checked: ♦ the most upstream catch basin; ♦ the lowest catch basin; ♦ catch basins with on-site services; ♦ other potentially critical catch basins as designated by the City Engineer. 3.303 Slope Storm drains have minimum slopes per the follov shall Size (in.) Minimum Slope (ft/ft) 12 0.0019 15 00014 18 00011 21 0.0009 24 0.00075 30 0.00055 36 0.00044 42 0.00035 484 0.00030 The above slopes are intended to provide a velocity of 2.0 feet per second when flowing half full regardless of the slope of the hydraulic grade line. (In the City's surcharged system, velocities based on the design hydraulic grade line are well below 2 feet per second except in trunk lines.) Pipes with lower velocities shall use available fall and shall be specifically approved by the City Engineer. Maximum velocity shall not exceed 10 feet per second. Storm drains shall be designed with uniform slope between manholes. Siphons are not be permitted (See $3.501 regarding separation manholes). Catch basin laterals shall have a minimum fall of 0.10 foot between the catch basin and manhole. Desirable fall is 0.30 foot or more. 3.304 Vertical Alignment The minimum cover on main line storm drains shall be 2 feet in residential streets and 2!/a feet in all other streets. See $5 701 for structural considerations. A minimum vertical clearance of 3 inches shall be maintained between a wastewater lines and other underground utilities. Clearances to water mains shall be the same as that for wastewater lines. ($2.304; Standard Plan 415) 24 In general, at points of convergence of pipes of various sizes, the top of pipe elevations shall match, or, when approved by the City Engineer, the maximum difference in flow lines shall be less than 4 feet. This does not apply to catch basin laterals. 3.305 Horizontal Alignment Horizontal alignment of storm drains shall be per the applicable requirements for wastewater lines (§2.305; Standard Plan 415). Required clearances to water mains shall be the same as wastewater lines Curved storm drains are allowed However, joint deflections or pipe curvature shall not exceed the pipe manufacturer's recommendations The following table may be used as a conservative guide. If a shorter radius is desired, the appropriate design information (i.e. short pipe lengths, radius fittings, etc.) shall be shown on the plans • Concrete pipe figures assume 6 ft pipe length and 3/8" joint pull; plans should indicate required dimensions and require manufacturer's certification 3.306 Pipe Materials The following standard pipe materials shall be used for storm drain construction and shall conform to the appropriate American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) and American Water Works Association (AWWA) specifications (latest revision): Pipe Material Minimum Radius of Bending Circle (ft.) Concrete pipe Pioe Size ni irtIlP. Iron PVC VCP Cone" 12 190 320 200 200 15 n/a 390 260 240 18 n/a n/a n/a 290 21 n/a n/a n/a 340 24 n/a n/a n/a 390 27 n/a n/a n/a 440 30 n/a n/a n/a 480 • Concrete pipe figures assume 6 ft pipe length and 3/8" joint pull; plans should indicate required dimensions and require manufacturer's certification 3.306 Pipe Materials The following standard pipe materials shall be used for storm drain construction and shall conform to the appropriate American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) and American Water Works Association (AWWA) specifications (latest revision): Pipe Material Specification Concrete pipe ASTM C14 Ductile iron pipe ASTM A746 w/cement lining & AWWA C104, std. thickness polyethylene encasement" AWWA C105 PVC sewer pipe and fittings** ASTM D3034 SDR 35 Reinforced concrete pipe ASTM C76 Vitrified clay pipe ASTM C700 (extra strength) * polyethylene encasement may be omitted if a corrosivity soils report provided per Appendix A of AWWA C105 indicates encasement is not needed ** PVC pipe is not allowed as a main in commercial and industrial areas or in arterial streets, Cast -in-place concrete pipe, 30 inches and larger, may be used when specifically approved by the City Engineer. Cast -in-place pipe will not normally be permitted in existing streets. Easement lines shall pass the same leakage tests as wastewater lines. Trench and pipe strength design shall be shown on the plans per 95 700. 25 3.307 Pipe Joints Storm drain joints shall be designed and installed to minimize infiltration and to prevent the entrance of roots throughout the life of the system. Joints for concrete pipe shall be rubber gasketed joints per ASTM C443. Mortarjoints shall be used only when specifically approved by the City Engineer. Joints for vitrified clay pipe shall conform to ASTM C245. Joints for PVC pipe shall be flexible elastomeric type conforming to ASTM 03212, Joining of pipe sections of unlike materials shall be accomplished using approved flexible band seals. Otherjoining methods shall not be used unless approved by the City Engineer. 3.400 Services 3.401 General In general, only one storm drain service is to be provided per parcel served Additional services may be approved by the City Engineer depending on the on-site layout, available mains and land use/monitoring requirements. Storm drain services are provided to improve public health and safety and minimize inconvenience created by on-site drainage running over the sidewalk and in the gutter. Services carrying process, wash or other wastewater shall be specifically approved by the City Engineer in conformance with the Lodi Municipal Code. Parcels over 1 acre (net) shall have an on-site collection system connected to the public system. Industrial and commercial parcels under 1 acre shall utilize on-site drains or thru-the-curb drains to minimize drainage over the sidewalk. It is recommended that roof drains of large buildings (carrying P -al -Y drainage) be pipe thru-the curb or connected to an underground system at the property line downstream of any required monitoring device or trap. Underground services shall connect to the public system at a manhole or catch basin. A direct tie may be approved where a suitable on-site access structure is provided and the criteria per $3.501 are met. 3.402 On-site Design Requirements For industrial land use and commercial uses involving potential water quality hazards (including, but not limited to: automotive service, gas stations, and car washes) the following requirements shall apply: ♦ All storm drainage shall be picked up in an on-site drainage system, unless approved otherwise. ♦ The on-site drainage system shall be tied to the City's storm drain system, either at the back of a City catch basin or at a storm drain manhole on the City's system ♦ An approved sand and oil trap shall be constructed on new storm drain discharge I1,nes Tlhe City may also require a sand and oil trap on existing storm drain discharge lines or through -the -curb drains. All sand and oil traps shall be readily accessible and on the street side of all fences and gates and not in the sidewalk area. 99 No storm drainage will be allowed to flow over the curb, gutter, and sidewalk into the street Roof drainage may be tied directly to a "through -the -curb drain" per Standard Plan 129 Exceptions are driveway approaches and landscaped areas adjacent to sidewalks With approval from the City Engineer, smaller industrial parcels may be allowed to drain through the curb face. This approval shall depend upon existing street conditions, the location of City storm drain facilities, and the size and use of the parcel On-site drainage must still flow through a sand and oil trap. Also, see 95 603 regarding erosion control 3.500 Manholes and Miscellaneous Structures 3.501 Manholes Manholes shall be placed at the intersections of all storm drains including laterals, at all locations where there is a change in size, change in horizontal or vertical alignment and at the ends cf all permanent lines. Manhole spacing shall conform to the following limits: Diameter Maximum Spacing 12" to 30" 500 feet 33" to 54' 750 feet .... 60" and over 1000 feet Manholes will not be required at laterals where all the following conditions are met: ♦ maximum size of catch basin lateral is 15 inches, and; ♦ the main storm drain has a diameter of 48 inches or larger, and; ♦ the maximum top of curb to invert depth at the catch basin is 4 feet, and; ♦ no other existing or future manhole is within 100 feet along the main storm drain centerline, and; ♦ connection is made in conformance with Standard Plan 305. 24" diameter risers may be used in lieu of standard 48" manholes where the depth to the invert is less than 42 inches. Where the main is over 42 inches in diameter or where large pipes intersect such that a standard 48" manhole is not practical, a special design, usually using standard, prefabricated sections, shall be shown on the plans. On cast -in-place pipe, saddle manholes per Standard Plan 302 may be used. Manholes/risers may be required for inspection purposes at the end of stubs exceeding 50 feet in length Special "separation" manholes may be designed where wastewater and storm lines intersect due to grade restrictions. Criteria and details are to be approved by the City Engineer on a case-by- case basis 3.502 Catch Basins Side inlet catch basins (SICB) shall be located at all gutter low points and shall be spaced in such a manner that design storm flows will not encroach into the travel lanes or exceed the curb height. In addition, at special driveways the depth of flow shall not exceed 3 inches. Standard Plan 608 provides a Hydraulic Street Capacity Chart for use in determining whether the design flows encroach into the travel lanes. 27 The total gutter run contributing to any catch basin shall not exceed 1,OOOfeet. It is desirable to locate catch basins on the BCR or ECR which will intercept the most runoff and also keep the main pedestrian crossing as dry as possible. Drop inlet catch basins may be constructed only in alleys, parking lots or as temporary installations on unimproved streets where curb and gutter has not yet been installed. In gutters where a new driveway is being installed that conflicts with an existing side inlet catch basin, upon approval of the City Engineer, a drop inlet catch basin may be installed as ajunction box and the SICB must be relocated. 3.600 Pump Stations The only pump stations permitted are those included in the Master Storm Drain system and private, on-site stations serving single parcels Master Storm Drain system stations shall be custom designed for the particular project Private systems shall be designed according to the applicable Building, Plumbing, Mechanical and Electrical Codes adopted by the City. 3.700 Detention Basins 3.701 General Requirements The Master Storm Drain system is based on the use of large, publicly owned and maintained detention basins in order to meet discharge flow limitations to downstream facilities or receiving waters. Privately owned and maintained drainage basins are prohibited except in the following circumstances: ♦ temporary facilities approved by the City Council, in which the design is planned for ultimate connection to the City system; ♦ permanent facilities specifically approved by the City Council; ♦ facilities in existence at the time of annexation until the property is developed or otherwise improved and falls under City development requirements. 3.702 Temporary Basins Basins Serving Single Parcels If approved, temporary basins on private property to serve single, one -ownership parcels shall be designed with the following criteria: ♦ A 48-hpur, 10 -year storm, total rainfall of 3.3 inches shall be used if a reasonable outlet is provided. If no disposal other than evaporation, percolation or irrigation is provided, a 48-hour, 100 -year storm, total rainfall of 4.8 inches, shall be used. ♦ The maximum water surface of the basin shall be 1 foot below the elevation of the top of curb at the lowest catch basin inlet within the tributary area and a maximum of 1 foot above the design hydraulic grade line at the basin. ♦ Fencing shall be provided around all basins greater than 3 feet in depth. ♦ Adequate all-weather access shall be provided ♦ The tributary drainage system shall be designed to connect to the City's future storm drainage system. ♦ Any additional requirements placed as a condition of approval shall be incorporated into the design, Basins Serving Multiple Parcels For temporary basins serving multiple parcels, the following criteria should be considered in its design. The final design shall be as approved by the City Engineer in accordance with City Council requirements of approval. ♦ The area cannot be reasonably served by a public storm drainage system. ♦ The Developer shall pay the City for maintaining and operating the storm water drainage system and appurtenances. ♦ The basin may be deeded to the City as long as the area is used as a ponding basin. When the City of Lodi storm drain system is expanded to serve the area, the parcel of land reverts back to the developer's ownership and shall be restored back to original condition by the owner ♦ A minimum 10 -foot wide access road shall be provided around the basin ♦ The maximum side slope shall be 6:1. ♦ Six-foot chain link fencing with redwood lath filler shall be provided around the basin with double 8 -foot vehicle gates and one 3 -foot personnel gate ♦ The basin shall store a 10 -year, 48-hour storm (3.3 inches) for the service area. ♦ Facilities shall be provided to enable the basin to be pumped or drained into a public permanent system within a 48-hour period. The pump station shall have 50% standby and a minimum of 2 pumps. ♦ The maximum design water surface of the basin shall be a minimum of 1 foot below the elevation at the to of curb of the lowest catch basin inlet within the tributary area and a maximum of 1 foot above the design hydraulic grade line at the basin. The tributary drainage system shall be designed to connect to the City's future storm drainage system. 3.703 Permanent Basins Permanent basins, including fencing and other details, shall be specifically designed to the site, using the above criteria for basins serving multiple parcels except that a 48-hour, 100 -year storm, 4.8 inches total rainfall, shall be used. The design shall be compatible with the Storm Drain Master Plan. The following table summarizes hydraulic design criteria for the basins: Drainage Area/Basin Elevation of: Maximum Water Surface Design Hydraulic Grade Line A-1 Kofu Park 37.0 36.0 A-2 Beckman Park 33.0 32.0 B-1 Vinewood Park 35.0 34.0 B-2 Glaves Park 360 35.0 C Pixley Park 470 46.0 D Salas Park 392 38,2 E Westgate Park 34.5 33.5 F (future) 270 26,0 G DeBenedetti Part < 270 26.0 H (drainsto Mokelumne River, see below) (future) 23.0 220 Existing outfalls for areas tributary to the Mokelumne River have been designed under various standards. Recently installed outfalls have been designed on the basis cf a River hydraulic grade line one foot below the 100 year flood elevation. However, since the design and installation of these outfalls, newer FEMA flood studies have raised this flood elevation. Since no new outfalls are contemplated under the Storm Drain Master Plan, new standards have not been developed. Hydraulic design criteria for new storm drains lines in the H area shall be determined on a case by case basis by the City Engineer. 29 SECTION 4 - Water 4.100 General 4.101 Scope These standards apply to all public water facilities designed for installation within a public right- of-way or PUE in the City and are limited to mains and services 12 inches or less in diameter, Standards and requirements for larger sizes will be determined by the City Engineer as needed In residential developments, on-site mains and hydrants for fire protection shall be public. Other on-site facilities, unless specifically noted in these Standards or as required as part of project approval, shall be private and shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of the Uniform Plumbing Code, as adopted by the City. (See §4.401 re services) Water lines shall be designed in accordance with acceptable engineering principles, California OSHA Standards (legal min), and California Department of Health Services Regulations, Title 22, Chapter 16, California Waterworks Standards (legal min.), and shall conform to City Standards. 4.102 Submittals The requirements listed below are based on projects subject to the City's Growth Management Plan. Developers and design engineers of projects not subject to the Plan should consult with the City Engineer to determine applicable and appropriate timing of submittals. Development Plan Stafp (preliminary plan for entire Darrel /development) Development plan submittals shall include a map showing the proposed project, existing wells, existing water mains in the vicinity of the project and new mains, 10" and larger proposed for the project. A table showing land use categories and acreage, average and peak hour flows and maximum day plus estimated fire flow shall be provided (all flows in gpm, except average in mgd) Proiprt Master Plan Starip friptailpri plan for entire parml /ripvpinpmpnt) Prior to preparation of improvement plans for the first phase, a water master plan for the entire project shall be submitted for approval by the City Engineer. The plan shall show size and location of all proposed mains Flow and pressure calculations are required for commercial, industrial and medium and high density residential developments. Calculations will not normally be required for low density residential developments unless there is a question regarding the need for looping. Where the design required by the City includes capacity above that needed to serve the development and the developer wishes to obtain reimbursement for oversize pipes, the Engineer shall submit calculations and design for the project only in order to estimate the reimbursable portion. Improvement Plan Stan.e (specific improvement plans for portion heinq developed) Improvement plans shall include the information listed in 95 200 and Appendix A-1. See §5.200 regarding timing of well abandonments and improvement plan approval. 30 4.200 Design Flow Unless City of Lodi metered information or data from other agencies is provided or required, the following water demands shall be used: Peaking Factors Land Use Unit Demand Max. Day Max. Hour Residential 285gpcd 2.24 3.28 Commercial/Office 2750 gpad 2.24 3.28 Industrial 2200 gpad 2.24 328 gpcd = gallons per capita per day gpad = gallons per acre per day Per capita and density figures per 92.200 shall be used unless specific project information is available. Fire flow for specific projects shall be as provided by the Fire Marshal. For preliminary studies, the highest applicable case of the following fire flow shall be used: Land Use Fire Flow Low Density Residential 2000 gpm Medium & High Density Residential 3000 gpm Commercial & Industrial 4000 gpm 4.300 Pipe Design 4.301 Minimum Size The minimum size pipe used for new water mains shall be per the following table: Location/adjacent land use Size (inches) As shown in Water Master Plan 10,12 as indicated Commercial & Industrial 8 School, other Public Use 8 High Density Residential 8 Low & Medium Density Residential 6 Unsupported looped length exceeding 800 ft. 8 Residential dead-end with Do. fire hydrant 4 Larger sizes may be required based on required fire flow or service demand. Permanent dead-end runs shall be no longer than 250 feet unless specifically approved by the City Engineer. Eight -inch mains shall be used on dead-end runs which serve fire hydrants. Reasonable looping of water mains will be required; the maximum unsupported length of a main is 1300 ft. The following table may be used as a guide for maximum length (ft.) of dead-end mains: Pipe Required Fire Flow (gpm) Diameter 2000 3000 5000 6" lateral 100 N/A N/A 8 600 275 N/A 10" 1800 850 325 12" 5000 2400 900 31 4.302 Design Pressure The system shall be designed to maintain a minimum residual pressure of 20 psi at the service point or fire hydrant under the worst case of either: maximum day flows plus fire flow, or; peak hour flow Calculations for individual developments may assume 4000 gpm at 45 psi is available at the point of connection to an 8" or larger, looped line. Other circumstances will require a spec determination by the City Engineer. The Hazen -Williams formula should be used to calculate design flow, pressure loss, velocity and pipe diameter relationships. The coefficient of friction, "C", shall be 110 for pipes 6" and smaller, 120 for 8" and 10", and 130 for 12" and larger pipes unless loss at fittings is calculated separately using equivalent length or other approved methods. In such cases, a "C" of 130 may be used. 4.303 Slope There are no slope requirements for water mains However, inverts and pipe slopes shall be shown on the profile plans as required in the Appendix. All high points within the system shall be located at fire hydrants or permanent blow -offs 4.304 Vertical Alignment The minimum cover on water mains shall be 3 feet. Water main depth should be kept below 5± feet When crossing a wastewater or storm line, its desirable that the water main be installed above with a clearance of 12 inches. The minimum vertical clearance per Standard Plan 415 shall be maintained. 4.305 Horizontal Alignment Water mains shall be installed within street rights of way unless an easement installation is specifically approved by the City Engineer. Alignment shall be parallel to the street centerline wherever possible. Parallel lines on each side of the street may be required on major arterials or other locations where crossings are determined inappropriate by the City Engineer. The horizontal alignment of water lines in new streets, easements and private streets shall be as shown on the appropriate City of Lodi Standard Plan. In existing streets and other special cases (such as looped streets in which the utilities may be located concentrically to avoid crossings), the alignment may vary from the Standard Plans, but in no case shall there be less than 10 feet horizontal clearance to a wastewater, storm or industrial waste line, except as specifically approved by the City Engineer in accordance with State Department of Health Services policies. When limited right-of-way or other controls are present reduced clearances per Standard Plan 415 may be approved by the City Engineer. Curved water mains are allowed however, joint deflections or pipe curvature shall not exceed the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The table in §2.305 may be used as a conservative guide If a shorter radius is desired, the appropriate design information (i.e. short pipe lengths, radius fittings, etc) shall be shown on the plans. 32 4.306 Pipe The following standard pipe materials shall be used for water main construction and shall conform to the appropriate American Water Works Association standards (latest revision): Pipe Material Standard Asbestos -Cement AWWA C400, Class 150 minimum Ductile Iron A W A C151 w/cement mortar lining & seal (std thickness) AWWA C104 polyethylene encasement" AWWA C105 PVC (iron pipe O D .)** AWWA C900, DR 18 (Class 150) minimum +polyethylene encasement may be omitted if a corrosivity soils report provided per Appendix A of AWWA C105 indicates encasement is not needed ** PVC mains are not allowed in industrial and commercial areas if fire services are not installed at the time of main installation due to problems with hot -tapping installed mains. It is recommended that 8" combination hydrant/fire service taps be installed with the mains due to Fire Code requirements for sprinklers on commercial and industrial buildings Trench and pipe strength design shall be shown on the plans per§5.700 4.307 Joints Joints in water mains shall match the type of pipe being used, except: + Solvent welded PVC is not allowed; + Mechanical joints are only allowed at fittings; + Cast-iron repair/adapter couplings may be used where approved by the City Engineer 4.400 Services 4.401 General One service is allowed per parcel being served with the following general exceptions as specifically approved by the City Engineer: + in residential developments with on-site public mains, one standard service per dwelling unit may be provided; + in large parcels with separate buildings, one standard service per building may be provided (individual shut -offs per unit are required) Due to the variety of building and main configurations and backflow requirements, the above requirements/exceptions are not specific. Details of each project shall be specifically approved by the City Engineer. All commercial and industrial water services shall be metered. Residential services shall be metered in accordance with City Policies 4.402 Domestic Service The minimum size service is 1 inch per Standard Plan 403. Larger diameter services shall be per Standard Plan 406 (1 V2" & 2") and Standard Plan 407 (4" & larger). Size of services is to be determined by the design engineer for the parcel/land use being served subject to minimums contained in City Standards. 33 Backflow devices shall be provided on services as required by the Lodi Municipal Code and shall conform to the appropriate Standard Plan. Sufficient space shall be provided between the service box and the first downstream tee or cross to allow future addition of a backflow device. 4.403 Fire Service Private on-site fire protection systems include hydrants and building sprinkler systems installed per the requirements of the City Building and Fire Codes. Fire and domestic systems shall be kept separate on-site, downstream of the service box and shall be valved such that either system can be shut -down without affecting the other These Standards cover requirements imposed by the Public Works Department in its role as a water utility, mainly in the area of backflow and cross connection prevention as required by State law In addition, the City Fire Department requires that the minimum design requirements and construction specifications for public water mains and fire hydrants be applied to private on-site fire protection systems. Backflow requirements vary depending on the type of on-site system and the degree of hazard to the public system Standard classification of on-site systems is as follows: Class I - Direct connections from domestic water mains only; no pumps or reservoir; no physical connections to other water supplies; no anti -freeze or other additives of any kind; and all sprinkler drains discharge to atmosphere. No backflow device required. Class II - Same as Class I, except that booster pumps are installed in the service lines from the public main. (An approved pressure sustaining valve is required on booster systems) A connection for a fire pumper truck (Fire Dept. Connection or FDC) may be provided. The Fire Dept, shall not introduce any additives nor draft from outside water sources. No backflow device required. Class III - Direct connection to publicwater main, with on-site storage or pressure tanks. All storage facilities must only be filled by or connected to the public water supply, and the water in these facilities must be maintained in a potable condition. Double Check Valve Assembly (DC) required. Class IV - Directly supplied from public mains similar to Classes I & II, with an unapproved auxiliary water supply on or available to the premises, or a Fire Dept. connection for trucks with additives or an outside supply. Reduced Pressure Principle Assembly (RP) required. Class V - Directly supplied from public mains and interconnected with unapproved auxiliary supplies, such as: pumps taking suction from reservoirs exposed to contamination, or from rivers, ponds, wells, or other industrial water systems; or systems where antifreeze or other additives are used. Reduced Pressure Principle Assembly required. Class VI - Systems supplied from both an industrial water system (private system) and the public system, with or without gravity storage or pump suction tanks. Special Determination required. 34 Typical types of on-site systems and the backfiow requirements are described below: "Domestic Service f (typ) II D.S. AL _Detector Check (typ) R/W LBackflow � jlk Backfiow Device Required for Class: Hydrants only; no sprinklers or other supply Sprinklers only; no FDC or other supply Sprinklers and; hydrants w/FDC More than one connection to City system 111 1 j - jyiii - None*None* N/A N/A N/A NIA None*None* N/A N/A RP NIA None*None* DC DC RP S..D DC* DC* DC RP RP S.D S.D.. = Special Determination (Domestic service valves not shown) * State law prohibits backfiow devices on Class I or II fire systems. Interpretation by the State Fire Marshall allow backfiow devices where "special conditions" exist. These special conditions include: ♦ Underground fire lines with less than 10 ft parallel clearance to wastewater lines or other pipelines carrying toxic materials. ♦ Water for one site is (or could easily be) looped to the public system. ♦ Occupancy involves use, storage or handling of pe and quantities of materials in a manner which could present a significant health hazard to the domestic supply ♦ Premises having usually complex piping systems which already necessitate a backfiow device on the domestic service, 35 Additional Public Works Dept. requirements are: ♦ Backflow devices shall be approved by the City Engineer (USC Foundation for Cross Connection Control listing required) and the Fire Marshal (UL or FM listing required). o Detector checks (i.e., bypass meter to detect unauthorized use) are required on building sprinkler systems; not on hydrant systems. ♦ Domestic service may be taken from fire service lateral outside the RAN and shall be kept completely separated from the on-site fire system. ♦ An approved pressure sustaining valve is required on all booster pump installations. An Encroachment Permit is required for any work or facility to be located in the right-of-way. ♦ Piping adjacent wastewater lines or other "special conditions" described above may require backflow devices on Class I and II systems or higher degrees of protection on other Class systems. Fire Dept. requirements that are related to Public Works standards and specifications include the following: o Sufficient on-site valves shall be provided to isolate individual hydrants and any sprinkler system. The location of all on-site facilities shall be approved by the Fire Marshal. Outside stem & yoke (OS&Y) or other approved indicatorvalves are required on building sprinkler and other above ground valves ".re tydrants, mains, valves and backflow devices shall be installed in accordance with City of Lodi Public Works Construction Specifications and Standard Plans. The above requirements are general minimums and may be increased for unusual or other high hazard conditions. Owners may install devices providing a higher degree of protection, such as an air gap separation system (AG) in place of an RP device. 4.500 Valves, Fire Hydrants and Miscellaneous Appurtenances 4.501 Valves Valves on mains shall be spaced and located in conformance with the following criteria: ♦ 400 -foot maximum spacing in commercial, industrial and public use or other high value areas. ♦ 600 -foot maximum spacing in residential areas. ♦ Water mains shall be valved on each side of railroad, freewaand canal right-of-way crossings. (These valves shall be located outside of the righyof-way being crossed unless easy access is provided) ♦ At "tees", valves are required as follows: o 2 valves where one leg is less than 8 inches, with one of the valves being on the smaller leg. ° 3 valves where all legs are 8 inches or larger. ♦ At "crosses", valves are required as follows: o 3 valves where one or more legs is less than 8 inches with valves on each of the smaller legs. 4 valves where all legs are 8 inches or larger., ♦ At ends of mains or on stubs such that future extensions will not interrupt service, No closer than 15 feet from a blow -off. The above valve spacing requirements assume small lot sizes and numerous connections and may be reduced where there are a minimal number of connections in-between valves. 36 4.502 Fire Hydrants Fire hydrants shall be designed and installed per Standard Plan 401. Where the main is located within 15 feet of the hydrant location, the valve on the hydrant lateral shall be located at least 5 feet offset from the hydrant station and the lateral installed with a 90° elbow, (ie. no short, straight hydrant laterals) Fire hydrants shall be supplied from the largest available main. Fire hydrants shall be fed from 2 directions unless specifically approved by the City Engineer and Fire Marshal Public fire hydrant spacing and distribution shall be determined as follows: ♦ At 300 feet spacing in high density, commercial, industrial zoning or high-value areas; o At 500 feet spacing in low density residential areas; ♦ On arterials, the above spacing shall apply to both sides of the street; ♦ A fire hydrant shall be located within 200 feet of the radius point of all cul-de-sacs; ♦ On -street hydrant spacinq may be reduced at reverse frontage locations or in coordination with on-site nydrants as approved by the Fire Marshal. On-site private hydrants shall be located by the Fire Marshal 4.503 Blow -offs and Temporary Connections Blow -offs per Standard Plan 404 shall be located at the ends of all permanent dead-end mains Temporary blow -offs per Standard Plan 409 shall be located at the ends all dead-end mains planned for future extension and 4 inch and larger services per the appropriate Standard Plan. The design of new mains shall include determination of the location and type (with or without meterlbackflow assembly) of temporary connections per Standard Plan 409. The meter/backflow assembly shall be located to provide optimal flow for main flushing and to minimize disruption of public traffic upon device removal. The meterlbackflow assembly is not required on new systems with less than 150 feet of 6 inch or larger pipe. 4.504 Thrust Blocks Water main thrust shall be taken into account is designs. At locations planned for extension, flanged fittings may be required. In areas with unstable soils, a special design for thrust blocks is required and shall be shown on the plans; Standard Plan 405 is sufficient in other areas. 37 Section 5 - Miscellaneous Requirements 5.100 Maps and Easements 5.101 Maps Final Maps and Parcel Maps shall be prepared in conformance with State laws and City ordinances. Applicable certificates and statements shall conform to the appropriate Standard Plan. Final Maps shall be submitted to the County Surveyor for checking prior to filing with the City Engineer Parcel Maps shall be submitted directly to the City Engineer for checking and processing. Records of Survey shall be prepared in conformance with State laws and shall be submitted to the County Surveyor for checking and processing In order to expedite the review process, the City will accept maps to check easements and other City requirements prior to completion of the County technical review. Initial submittals shall consist of three copies of the map. Legal descriptions and title reports may also be required on the initial submittal. (Note, these Standards do not include all the applicable map and subdivision processing requirements, ie: improvement security, insurance, agreements, etc.) Survey monuments shall be provided at all new lots/subdivisions per the following: Location Required Monument Rear or Interior Lot Corner 5/8" dia. x 24" Ig. iron rod at corner or offset if corner is obstructed. Front (street) Lot Corner 5/8" dia. x 24" Ig. iron rod at corner or chiseled cross in concrete offset from corner (show detail on map). Street Right-of-way 3/4" dia. x 30" Ig. iron rod with surveyor's mark at angle points and points of tangency. Street Centerline 3/4" dia, x 30" Ig iron rod with surveyor's mark in City Standard monument box at: (a) intersections of new and existing streets; (b) end of cul-de-sac; (c) points of tangency except where line of sight from other monument exists within the Right-of-way (the intent is to reduce the number of closely spaced monuments); (d) elsewhere, where line of sight is not practical due to length of curve or other obstruction. Subdivision Boundary 3/4" dia x 30" Ig. iron with surveyor's mark at corners. No monument is required at the intersection of street centerline and subdivision boundary. The above are minimum requirements and are not intended to restrict or otherwise interfere with the judgement of Professional Engineers and Licensed Land Surveyors. 5.102 Easements Public utility easements shall be shown on maps as required in these Standards and as part of development approval. If no map is involved or where specifically approved by the City Engineer, the easement may be granted by separate deed. 38 The width of all public utility easements shall be shall be as determined by the appropriate utility. For wastewater, storm and water lines, the minimum width is 8 feet. Additional width will be required for: ♦ lines largerthan 15 inches; ♦ lines deeper than 5 feet; ♦ locations where the easement is not entirely on one lot; ♦ locations where multiple lines are installed within the easement. Appropriate easements and temporary construction easements and/or limitations and conditions shall be shown on the plans. Particular attention should be given to trench excavations and existing trees and improvements to remain and future building foundations. 5.200 Improvement Plans and Specifications All public improvements shall be shown on plans prepared by or under the direction of a Registered Civil Engineer except for minor work done under an Encroachment Permit or other circumstances approved by the City Engineer. Privately owned improvements may be shown for information, and in some cases, may be required to be shown to avoid conflicts. Distinction between public and private improvements shall be clearly indicated. The design engineer shall contact electric, telephone, gas, cable TV and any other applicable agencies for locations of existing utilities which shall be shown on the plans. Plans for existing underground City water, wastewater, storm and traffic facilities shall be obtained from the office of the City Engineer. The design engineer shall field verify location and elevation of any existing facility affecting the design of the new improvements. Plans shall be drawn on ANSI D (22" x 34") size veilum or mylar with City Standard title blocks per the Standard Plans. (The City will furnish preprinted vellum or AutoCADO file upon request.) Sheet titles and drawing numbers will be assigned by City staff. The Appendix contains additional information and requirements for improvement plans including: . General Notes - required on plans; • Bid Item Order - for improvement security estimate; • Plan Submittal Checklist - indicates required items on plans which must be filled out and signed by the Engineer upon submittal of improvement plans; Wastewater flow calculation sheet (an Excel@ spreadsheet file is available); Storm drainage calculation sheet (an Excel@spreadsheet file is available). Since the plans will refer to City Construction Specifications, it is not required that the design engineer prepare additional specifications. However, in cases where the work is not adequately covered by the City Specifications, the plans shall provide the additional information necessary. If separate specifications are prepared, they shall be submitted for review and approval. The plans shall identify required contractor submittals. These include: • Asphalt mix design; Pipe materials and trench section to be used (when alternatives are allowed); • Other agency rights -of -entry (list); • Electrical and mechanical equipment; • Any other item of work where alternatives are allowed or the Contractor wishes to do the work in a fashion other than as shown on the plans or as required by the City. 106 The design engineer is responsible for the design and accuracy of the plans The City check and approval does not relieve the owner/developer from changed or unforeseen conditions, errors contained in the plans or from complying with City, State, Federal or other agency requirements that may be determined to apply during the course of construction. In addition, owner/developer shall comply with any changes required by the City Engineer during the course of work that are necessary or required to complete the work in conformance with City Standards. Rights-of-way, PUE's and construction easements shall be shown on the plans The developer/owner is responsible for obtaining such rights-of-way and easements subject to the provisions of §66462 5 of the Subdivision Map Act For work in the right-of-way of other agencies, the design engineer/owner shall obtain the permit or furnish the necessary information in order for the City to make the application if so required by the agency The appropriate permit conditions shall be included in the design, The plans shall include a requirement that the Contractor obtain a right -of -entry from the agency under the terms of the permit Required utility relocations shall be shown or referenced on the plans as appropriate. Notes requiring the Contractor to arrange for utility relocations are discouraged since this generally delays the project. Items to be salvaged and either reused or delivered to the City shall be clearly identified on the plans. Generally, any reusable sign, casting, metal barricade, or other item determined by the City Engineer shail be salvaged and delivered to the City per the Construction Specifications unless they are approved for reuse in the project Completed San Joaquin County well and septic tank abandonment permits shall be submitted prior to City approval of the y.^. J 'or map. This requirement may deferred upon specific approval of the City Engineer if the facilities are in use and are needed during construction. The plans shall include a requirement for project/job-site signing on projects over 2 acres is size or as required by the City Engineer on projects involving significant disruption of roadways. The sign shail include the names and telephone numbers of the contractor, project engineer/manager and developerlowner. It is recommended that a pre -construction conference be conducted on all but minor projects. A City representative(s) will attend and the City will provide a meeting room upon request 5.300 As -built Plans and Certifications The developer's engineer shall submit the following certifications, plans and other information prior to acceptance of the project: • Certification that all monuments have been set as shown on the Final Map or Parcel Map; • Certification that all public wastewater, storm and water lines located in public utility easements were placed within the limits of the easement as shown on the plans; • Survey notes from a leveling survey of all benchmarks placed within the project. The survey shall start and close on the benchmark used in the design of the subdivision and shall close within 0.02 feet; . As -built plans showing elevations of utilities and top of curb at all locations designed for future extension; In addition, where construction problems or other indications exist that improvements are not located within the right-of-way as shown on the plans, the City Engineer may require a topographic or other survey. The above certifications shall consist of a City Engineer approved letter, map, or other form, signed and stamped by the responsible Registered Civil Engineer or Licensed Land Surveyor, as appropriate. 40 5.400 Traffic Control Applicable traffic control requirements shall be included in all plans. References to City and State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) specifications and standards are acceptable where the work is primarily not located with the travelled way of existing streets. Street and lane closures will require specific details to be shown on the plans. Such details may include restrictions on the time of day and duration of work. 5.500 Soils Reports Soils reports shall be provided for all improvements related to Final Subdivision Maps and may be required for other projects depending on the nature of the project and its location. The report shall include the following as applicable: • Location map showing test locations and street layout; • Statement regarding presence of critically expansive soils or other adverse soil conditions, which if not corrected, would lead to structural defects. Additional analytical work may be required depending on the initial findings; • R-yalues per Caltrans test method 301; one test per 600+ feet of street or at locations of visible changes in material, with a statement that the depth of the sample is consistent with final subgrade depth based on the grading plan; • Optimum moisture and diy density per Caltrans Methods 216 and 226 at each R -value test location; • Soil corrosivity tests as appropriate where buried steel structures are proposed (such as lift stations) or per Appendix A of AWWA C104 where use of ductile iron pipe is proposed; • Trench design values and recommendations (see $5.701); • Applicable information required per Chapter 70 of the Uniform Building Code; • Grading recommendations and specifications if more restrictive than these Standards. The soils report shall be signed by a Registered Geotechnical Engineer and referenced on the plans and Map (if any) and appropriate measures incorporated into the design. 5.600 Grading and Earthwork 5.601 Grading Plans Grading plans shall show existing and proposed contours (@ 0.5 foot maximum intervals) including sufficient information on adjacent property and improvements to review the adequacy of the design. A summary of earthwork calculations shall be provided upon request The design shall comply with the appropriate street cross section, vertical alignment, minimurr top of curb grade and driveway slope standards described in $1.300 and $1.410. As required by the Community Development Department, on-site low points (drop inlet catch basins) shall be a minimum of 6 inches above the calculated hydraulic grade line or the design maximum water surface of the Master Plan Storm Drainage Basin to which the project is tributary, whichever is higher (See §3.703 for these elevations) Concrete, concrete block or other approved permanent retaining walls/curbs shall be provided where the difference in grade at the property line exceeds 6 inches. At a minimum, cut and fill requirements of the Uniform Building Code, Chapter 70 shall apply. 41 5.602 Dust Control Dust control measures shall be addressed on the plans. The owner/developer is responsible for dust control throughout the project. While specific, detailed requirements have not been developed as part of these Standards, the San Joaquin County Air Pollution Control District (APCD) is in the process of developing dust control regulations which may apply to public and private improvement projects and may be implemented without formal change? * Standards. 5.603 Erosion Control Erosion control measures shall be addressed on the plans. The owner/developer is responsible for erosion control throughout the project. Existing streets adjacent to the project shall be kept clean Measures such as construction vehicle access control, temporary berms/sandbags, material stockpile locations, sweeping schedules or other measures shall be shown on the plans. Specific performance requirements have not been developed as part of these Standards, however the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the APCD are developing regulations which may apply to public and private improvement projects and may be implemented without formal changes to these Design Standards. Dirt and construction debris shall be kept out of existing utility lines by plugging new connections until the new lines are cleaned. Appropriate notes and details shall be shown on the plans. 5.700 Trench and Pipe Strength Design 5.701 General The design engineer shall coordinate the design of the trench and pipe strength with the soils investigation and the type of pipe materials proposed for the project. The design engineer may limit the number of materials for the project. Options for pipe materials and/or embedment materials may be provided, however, the plans shall clearly require the Contractor to make timely submittals on proposed materials and installation methods. The Standard Plans for pipe material/class and embedment conditions may be referenced on the improvement plans when appropriate based on the soils report, depth of burial and other conditions. However, these Plans are very conservative in their assumptions; the design engineer may wish to submit calculations supporting less restrictive designs. (Most of the references cites show designs with significantly lower compaction requirements. These are not appropriate in streets or other areas where settlement is detrimental.) Supplementary details shall be provided on the plans as needed. These Standards do not address construction equipment loads or compaction effort that may damage the pipe. The design engineer should review the soils report carefully for presence of material that will be difficult to compact and should consider specifying imported material in such cases. For shallow installations, specifying installation of pipe after street compaction is obtained should be considered. The Standard Plans referenced below include the following assumptions: ♦ no control on maximum trench width (ie embankment soil load conditions); ♦ backfill weight = 130 Ib/ft3 ♦ H-20 traffic loading; ♦ impact load factor per the following table: 42 Impact Load Factor The primary references for trench design, in addition to the cited Standards, are "Gravity Sanitary Sewer Design and Construction" and "Buried Pipe Design". 5.702 Soils Investigation Prior to design, trench conditions shall be investigated by borings, soundings, or test pits along the route of the trench. This soils investigation will include, but will not be limited to, testing to determine the unconfined compressive strength (ASTM D-2573) or penetration resistance (ASTM D- 1586) of the trench soils. Results shall indicate whether trench conditions are stable or unstable. A stable trench is a trench that stands without caving or sloughing and has an unconfined compressive strength (ASTM D-2573) greater than 500 pounds per square foot or a penetration resistance (ASTM D-1586) greater than 8 blows per foot. All other soils shall be considered unstable. Soils in the pipe zone shall be classified per the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487) and per the applicable embedment material classifications described in the appropriate ASTM standard for the pipe materials proposed for use in the project. Where crushed rock pipe embedment is to be used, native soil gradation curves and a filter design shall be prepared (or filter fabric specified). 5.703 Flexible Pipe Flexible pipe includes plastic, ductile iron and other pipe materials which will deflect at least 2% without structural distress. The design initial deflection limit for flexible pipe is 5% except as noted otherwise. The installation design incorporates superimposed load, soil prism load, soil stiffness in the pipe zone and pipe stiffness. Flexible pipe trench sections per Standard Plan 501 A are applicable for: ♦ 4" (thickness class 51) and 6" thru 14" (thickness class 50) ductile iron pipe; ♦ 4" thru 15" PVC ASTM 3034, SDR 35 pipe; and, ♦ 4" thru 14"AWWA C900, Class 150 PVC pipe without special design. Based on the soils report, the design engineer shall design the pipe trench section and provide details on the plans or appropriate references to the Standard Plan. 5.703.1 Ductile Iron Pipe Trench and pipe class design for ductile iron gravity sewer pipe shall be per ASTM A746 and City Standards. Trench and pipe class design for ductile iron pressure pipe for water and force mains shall be per AWWA G 150 and C151. Deflection for cement lined pipe shall be limited to 3%. Additional design information is contained in the Cast Iron Pipe Research Association Handbook, manufacturer's literature and other references cited in the Appendix. 43 Death of Cover (ft.) Pice Dia (f.) —2— J L —4— _5 1 1.3 1.0 1.0 1. 2 1.3 1.0 1.0 1. 3 1.3 1.0 1.0 1. 4 1.3 1.15 1.0 1. 5 13 1.2 1.1 1. The primary references for trench design, in addition to the cited Standards, are "Gravity Sanitary Sewer Design and Construction" and "Buried Pipe Design". 5.702 Soils Investigation Prior to design, trench conditions shall be investigated by borings, soundings, or test pits along the route of the trench. This soils investigation will include, but will not be limited to, testing to determine the unconfined compressive strength (ASTM D-2573) or penetration resistance (ASTM D- 1586) of the trench soils. Results shall indicate whether trench conditions are stable or unstable. A stable trench is a trench that stands without caving or sloughing and has an unconfined compressive strength (ASTM D-2573) greater than 500 pounds per square foot or a penetration resistance (ASTM D-1586) greater than 8 blows per foot. All other soils shall be considered unstable. Soils in the pipe zone shall be classified per the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487) and per the applicable embedment material classifications described in the appropriate ASTM standard for the pipe materials proposed for use in the project. Where crushed rock pipe embedment is to be used, native soil gradation curves and a filter design shall be prepared (or filter fabric specified). 5.703 Flexible Pipe Flexible pipe includes plastic, ductile iron and other pipe materials which will deflect at least 2% without structural distress. The design initial deflection limit for flexible pipe is 5% except as noted otherwise. The installation design incorporates superimposed load, soil prism load, soil stiffness in the pipe zone and pipe stiffness. Flexible pipe trench sections per Standard Plan 501 A are applicable for: ♦ 4" (thickness class 51) and 6" thru 14" (thickness class 50) ductile iron pipe; ♦ 4" thru 15" PVC ASTM 3034, SDR 35 pipe; and, ♦ 4" thru 14"AWWA C900, Class 150 PVC pipe without special design. Based on the soils report, the design engineer shall design the pipe trench section and provide details on the plans or appropriate references to the Standard Plan. 5.703.1 Ductile Iron Pipe Trench and pipe class design for ductile iron gravity sewer pipe shall be per ASTM A746 and City Standards. Trench and pipe class design for ductile iron pressure pipe for water and force mains shall be per AWWA G 150 and C151. Deflection for cement lined pipe shall be limited to 3%. Additional design information is contained in the Cast Iron Pipe Research Association Handbook, manufacturer's literature and other references cited in the Appendix. 43 5.703.2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC, ASTM D3034) Trench design for PVC (SDR 35) pipe shall be per ASTM D2321 and City Standards. Additional design information is contained in the Uni-Bell Handbook of PVC Pipe, manufacturer's literature and other references cited in the Appendix. Where the depth of cover is less than 3 feet, a special design is necessaryto account for pipe flexibility and possible pavement damage 5.703.3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC, AWWA C900) Trench design for PVC C900 pipe shall be per AWWA C900 and Manual M23 and City Standards. Additional design information is rcr* literature and other references" ..... 5.704 Rigid Pipe Rigid pipe includes asbestos -cement, concrete, clay and other pipe materials in which deflection is not considered. The installation design incorporates superimposed load, pipe strength (usually three -edge bearing strength) and bedding factors. A safety factor of 15 is required on ultimate or crush load rated pipe; a factor of 10 is acceptable on 0.01 inch crack load pipe. Special designs are required for rigid pipe with less than 3 ft. of cover. Appropriate materials and construction methods, such as special embedment, concrete encasement or requiring pipe installation after street compaction, shall be shown on the plans. Rigid pipe trench sections per Standard Plan 501 B & C are applicable for: 4" thru 14" AWWA C400 Class 150 asbestos cement pipe; 12"thru 30" ASTM C12 & C76 concrete pipe; and, 4' thru 30" ASTM C700 extra strength vitrified clay pipe pipe without special design Based on the soils report, the design engineer shall design the pipe trench section and provide details on the plans or appropriate references to the Standard Plan. 5.704.1 Asbestos Cement Pipe (AWWA C400) Trench and pipe class design for asbestos cement water pipe shall be per AWWA C401 and City Standards. Additional design information is contained in the manufacturer's literature and other references cited in the Appendix. 5.704.2 Concrete Pipe (ASTM C14, C76) Trench and pipe class design for concrete pipe shall be per the pipe material ASTM specification, ASTM C12 and City Standards. Additional design information is contained in Concrete Pipe Handbook and Design Manual, manufacturer's literature and other references cited in the Appendix. 5.704.3 Vitrified Clay Pipe (ASTM C700) Trench design for extra strength vitrified clay pipe shall be per ASTM C12, C700 and City Standards. Additional design information is contained in the Clay Pipe Engineering Manual, manufacturer's literature and other references cited in the Appendix. 44 Refer to City Construction Specification §6-19 04 "Excavation Safety" for additional requirements. 9. ALL TESTING for leakage or overdef lection shall be witnessed by a City inspector. 10. BALLING AND CLEANING of storm drain and sanitary sewers shall be done before interior video inspection. Utilities shall be kept clean until City acceptance. 11. STREET LIGHT SYSTEM shown on these plans is for reference only. The system shall be installed according to City Electric Utility Department plans. 12. BENCH MARK MON UMENTSfurnished by the City shall be installed at locations shown or as directed by the City Engineer. CONSTRUCTION NOTES (examples 1. TV LOGS OF EXISTING MAINS will be prepared by the City of Lodi upon request of the Contractor prior to construction. Replacement of any under0 round mains damaged during construction of this project will be the responsi0ility of the Contractor. 2. R -VALUE TESTS shall be taken after grading to verify adequacy of structural section Sections shown are based on the R -values shown on the plans and are for bidding purposes only 3. A pre -construction conference will be held for this project The Contractor's job superintendent (and major subcontractor, if any - identify) shall attend 4. A project identification sign shall be installed at (describe location or show on plans) as shown below. The sign shall have (describe color, lettering - 2" high minimum - and material) Rolling Glen Subdivision brought to you by: Lodi New Age Development phone 333-3333 being built by: Lodi Constructors International phone 333-4444 project design by: Lodi Engineering phone 333-5555 A-1.3 Checklist Normal plan drafting and miscellaneous requirements are listed below. The list is to be checked off by the design engineer and submitted with the initial submittal of the plans, except items noted * may be added after the first check, Incomplete plans will be returned without processing. Note that incomplete topography makes it impossible to adequately design and review improvement plans. City staff field review each project as part of the review process. Plans not showing existing improvements affecting the design will be returned. This checklist is not a repeat or a listing of City Standards. The design engineer is still responsible for complying with these Standards in the design and preparation of improvement plans. 46 AppendixA -1 Improvement Plan Requirements A-1.1 General Requirements After approval of the preliminary design, the design shall be incorporated into public improvement plans for the project, In general, the plans shall contain the following: ♦ Key/Title Sheet; ♦ Grading Plan; ♦ Civil Plans; ♦ Traffic Control and/or Striping Plans; ♦ Structural, mechanical, and electrical drawings for appropriate facilities; ♦ Specifications for materials and construction procedures for the portions of the project not already covered in the City Standard Construction specifications; ♦ Applicable soils investigation data; ♦ Required submittal list Sheets may be combined or omitted depending on the size and complexity of the project Itemized quantity listings (bid items) are not required to be sbown on the plans (See §A - 2 regarding bid items) A-1.2 Plan Notes The following general notes shall be included in all construction plans, modified as indicated for the particular project. Additional instructions or conditions related to contractual or other agreements between or among the owner/developer, design engineer and contractor shall be listed separately under a section titled "Special Conditions". Notes relating to specific portions of the work or special requirements shall be clearly keyed to the plan and grouped on each sheet under the heading "Construction Notes". Some typical construction notes are also shown below. fiFNIFRAI NOTFfi 1. WORK SHALL CONFORM to City of Lodi Public Improvement Design Standards, Construction Specifications ana Standard Plans unless specifically shown otherwise on these plans. 2. STANDARD PLANS applicable to this project include: (list the following and any others that apply) 101, xxx 3. CONSTRUCTION STAKING for curb & gutter, wastewater lines, storm drains, water lines, street centerlines, paving edges and other public facilities as directed by the City shall be done by a Registered Civil Engineer or Licensed Land Surveyor. 4. CENTERLINE AND PROPERTY LINE DATA shall be obtained from (list Cityfile number of final map, parcel map or record of survey as applicable). 5. EXISTING UTILITIES shall be protected. Utility agencies shall be notified and allowed to mark their utilities in the field at least 48 hours before excavation. < < < < CALL "USA" (800) 642-2444 > > > > 6. STREET AND LOT ROUGH GRADING shall be done before underground work. 7. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES in the street and sidewalk area shall be installed before construction of curb, gutter or sidewalk. These utilities include services, fire hydrant laterals, street light conduit, electric, gas, cable TV and telephone lines. 8 EXCAVATION SAFETY REQUIREMENTS include submitting a CAL OSHA permit or letter of notification to the City before commencing excavations over five feet deep. 45 Improvement Plan Checklist ❑ Sheet size and City of Lodi title block conforming to Standard Plan 604 ❑ * RCE signature, stamp and expiration date ❑ North arrow (to top or right as appropriate) o Scale (I" = 20', 1"= 40' or as needed for details and sections) ❑ Abbreviations and symbols conforming to Standard Plan 502 & 503 ❑ Existing topog raphy (including signs and striping in project work area, field checked and accurately shown including the side of the s reet opposite the work to the curb (or right-of-way if no curb) D Reference plan drawing numbers shown (ie. "Ref. 88D124" for improvements from another project ❑ * Reference to adjacent sheet drawing numbers in the project set (ie. "See 91 D090") ❑ Detail drawings as appropriate, particularly if conditions do not fit Standard Plans ❑ Repeated information consistent between sheets ❑ Grades shown consistently in percent or decimal form ❑ * "USA Call Before You Dig" sticker (City will furnish) ❑ "Construct", "install", "existing" and "future" items consistently noted ❑ * The phrase "work by others" is not to be used The appropriate party should be identified and the limits of such work clearly shown o Distinction between public and private improvements clearly noted. Kev/Title Sheet o General Notes per §A -1.2 D Vicinity Map: site location with major streets noted ° north arrow ❑ Key Map (1 "=100') with: ° project boundary, street R/W & names ° lot lines and lot numbers o * sheet drawing # references and limits ° north arrow & scale 0 reference bench mark and "ones to be installed o underground mains and above ground utilities o main size and direction -of -flow between manhole ° gutter direction -of -flow arrows and high point marker ° street light locations o boundary fencing location & type o Typical Cross Sections (drawn looking up -station) o street sections or table w/street name and stationing limits ° pavement structural section including compaction ° street names noted o back -of -walk to RM treatment shown t o trench sections or table reference to Standard Plan 501 o Miscellaneous ° table of street segment, design R -value and traffic index ° submittal listing "Special Conditions" notes ° dust control provisions o *salvage items identified 47 ❑ Existing and design grades or contours including adjacent property o Locations of borings, R -value or other tests D Applicable soils report information o Septic tank & leach field location and abandonment information o Well location and abandonment information o Irrigation risers & standpipes, size & direction on pipes; removal notes ❑ Retaining wall or other grade control details ❑ Erosion control details * Put appropriate information on key or civil sheets if r.0 " Civil - Strppt Plans ❑ City/County/State RM boundaries as applicable ❑ Name of Street or Easement shown ❑ Names of intersecting streets and adjacent drawing #'s shown ❑ R/W lines identified ❑ Property lines & lot numbers ❑ Street dimensioned at end of sheet and at transitions ❑ Public utility & sight easements dimensioned ❑ Private & public utilities shown ❑ Existing utility crossings shown (gas, telephone, electrical) ❑ Transition pavement with flares at boundary limits ❑ Street signs at intersections o Centerline survey monuments ❑ Horizontal curve data ❑ Existing poles, signs and structures; any required relocation noted ❑ Stationing shown west to east, south to north, left to right and bottom to top; no negative stationing o Basis of stationing from City reference noted ❑ Equations at stationing crossings provided ❑ Street name at street intersections referenced ❑ Match lines shown, preferably at even stations D Stationing corresponds with subdivision map data D Offsets shown perpendicular to base of stationing ❑ * Streetlights, conduit and transformers per Electric Utility Dept, plans ❑ Curb, gutter & sidewalk: o Standard Plan number for curb and gutter noted o gutter direction -of -flow, high points & low points shown o vertical to rolled 4 foot curb & gutter transition shown o pavement strip removal and replacement at toe of gutter dimensioned and noted o utility pole clearance dimensioned handicap ramps » O asphalt ramps for sidewalk transitions where no sidewalk exists o gutter pan detail shown if last asphalt concrete lift is postponed o commercial, special & common driveways noted 48 Civil - Street Profile D Original ground grades shown Q Top of curb grades shown (flowline for curb & gutter replacements) ❑ Edge of pavement, street centerline and RNV grades shown if matching existing pavement o Top of curb profile line o Symbols at grade break & beginning and end of curves shown per Standard Plan 503 o Elevations shown at grade break, beginning & end of curve return, and point of intersection o Vertical curve data Unrierflrotinri Utilities Plan (General) ❑ Horizontal alignment of main dimensioned o Main size and direction -of -flow between manholes shown ❑ Radius and stationing at main noted if not concentric with street centerline o Seryices shown: at corner lots and along curved right-of-way, services shall be shown and dimensioned to nearest lot line ° for 1 " water and 4" wastewater at standard location, services may shown with an abbreviated notation larger services shall be shown and dimensioned to nearest lot line o *Pipe markers installed at dead -ends or in fields o Manholes are concentric or noted if eccentric (show orientation) Unriernroiinri Utilities Profile- General o Main: ° length and size between manholes noted (length computed between inside edge of structure walls) ° direction -of -flow arrows with slope shown and invert elevations noted ❑ Station, length, invert @ property line and size of laterals larger than minimum noted o Pipe invert elevations shown at manholes, grade breaks, catch basins and ends of lines o Existing utilities shown or approximated with note "verify depth and/or location in field before start of construction o Crossings and horizontal alignment in accordance with City of Lodi Specifications and California State Health Standards noted o Size, length and elevation of stubs noted o Manholes: o station 0 size and type noted if other than standard diameter barrel ° top of manhole elevation noted 0 "adjust to grade" for existing structures noted Wastewater - Miscellaneous o * Monitoring structures shown where required o * Sand/grease traps shown where required 49 Storm Drain - Miscellaneous o Drainage flow transition from project boundaries to existing flowline shown ❑ Grade break (if unavoidable) in lateral noted with distance to manhole noted o * Sand/oil trap provided for on-site drainage per City requirements ❑ Catch basins installed at lot lines and 18" from curb returns W afpr - Misnollanonns o Blind flanges with stubs at cross and tee for future extensions noted o Valve on main provided no closer than 15 feet from temporary blow -off o No services between last valve and temporary blow -off o No services within 15 feet of permanent dead-end blow -off o Fire Hydrants: ° hydrants located per Fire Dept fire hydrant plan & Standard Plan No 401 guidelines o fire hydrant assembly or components itemization consistently shown o lateral and valve oriented perpendicular to or parallel to face of curb ° elevations at top -of -curb or back -of -walk provided ° guard posts shown, if required 50 A - 2 Bid Item List The following list is provided as a general guide for consistency in City projects and improvement security estimates Items used for each project will vary, but the order and units shall be followed, "incl." means payment for the item may be included in another item of work. The order is based on the order of the Caltrans Standard Specifications with some minor exceptions. The final listing shall be numbered. Item Units Dust Control LS or Hour Traffic Control LS Removal of ... (list as needed) LS, EA or incl Abandon ... (well, septic system, or other; list as needed) LS or EA Salvage.. (list as needed) FA Clearing and Grubbing LS Rough Grading CY Roadway Excavation CY Excavation Safety LS Compact Original Ground (Roadway) SF Concrete Subgrade Compaction SF Imported Borrow CY or TON Irrigation System (system or itemize pipe,* valves*, etc) LS, LF, or EA Landscaping (list turf or type as appropriate) LS or SF Trees (list by type, size*) EA Clean-up or Finishing Roadway LS or incl. Aggregate Base (AB), Class 2 TON or SF ** Liquid Penetration Treatment TON Pavement Reinforcing Fabric SY Asphalt Concrete (AC) (list by aggregate size*, may separate type, i.e. overlay, transition, etc.) TON or SF ** Asphalt Concrete Leveling Course TON Pavement Repair SF Pavement Grinding (list by depth, width or type per plan table) LF or SF Steel Structures (list as appropriate) EA or LS Painting (list as appropriate) EA or LS Storm Drain Pipe (list *) LF Storm Drain Manhole/Riser (list *) EA Sand/Oil Trap EA Adjust Existing SD Manhole to Grade EA Furnish SD Frame & Cover FA Wastewater Pipe (list *) LF Wastewater Service (list *) EA Wastewater Cleanout (in not included in service price) EA Wastewater Manhole/Riser (list *) EA Wastewater Trap (list*) EA Adjust ExistingWW Manholeto Grade EA Fumish WW Frame & Cover EA Curb & Gutter (& Sidewalk) (differentiate type, width as appropriate) LF Sidewalk SF Commercial Driveway LF or SF Special Driveway LF or SF Alley Approach SF Tree Well EA Sign Post (list by height,* type) EA Mowstrip (or other misc. concrete items) LF 51 Side Inlet Catch Basin EA Drop Inlet Catch Basin EA Survey Monument (list*) EA Adjust Existing Monument Frame to Grade EA Furnish Survey Monument Frame and Cover EA Water Main (list *) LF Water Valve (list *) EA Water Service (list *) EA Backflow Assembly (list *) EA Fire Hydrant (specify either assemblyw/valve & lateral or by individual components) EA Permanent Blow -Off EA Temporary Blow -Off (list *) EA Temporary Connection (with/without meter) EA Adjust Existing Water Valve Frame to Grade EA Furnish Water Valve Frame& Cover EA Fence (list *) LF Dead-end Barricade (Fence type) LF Traffic Striping (list *) LF Traffic Legend/Marking (list*) EA Pavement Marker (list *) EA Street Light (list") EA Traffic Signal and Lighting System LS Signs (list *) EA * indicate size and class/strength/type as appropriate, largest diameter or size first. ** AB and AC quantities are normally in TONS but may be in SF for minor work and subdivision improvement contracts. 52 PROJECT CY OF L _P_rojName ► � (Limits of Project etc. JBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT BBB SHEET NO. CHECKED BY DATE JOB NUMBER g 1 x00g WASTEWATE FLOW CALCULATIOI d Use i. Area Acres Average Flows Cumu Cf6 Total Resid. per Acre cfs Non'R. cfs lative Resid Pop. pers Peak Facto Peak Flow cfs Total Flow cfs Dia in. Pipe Slope ft./ft. Len. ft. Full Cap. cfs Pipe Vel. fps Peak Flow Depth Vel. d/D fps Invert Elev. up/dn ft. Top of Curb Elev. ft. Remarks R-1 10.0 0.00186 6.02 0.02 120 "473 3.0 0.08 0.12 0.20 8" 0.0033 500 0.70 2.0 0.38 1 1.7 32.15 36.50 C-2 10.0 0.00387 0.04 0.04 R -HD 5.0 0.01238 0.06 640 470 376 -6740 0.12 0.51 30.50 30.33 36.25 R-1 0.00186 0.02 0710 10" 0.0025 500 1.10 2.0 0.47 1.9 ------ 29.08 •-------- -------------------------- -------- ------ WW CAL( -------------- -----------I ------- -------- ------ Lodi Design Standards 52.000 PROJECT -ErojectName 3 BY (Limits of Project etc.•sHEETNo. CITY OF LODI BBB PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT CHECKEDBY DATE JOBNUMBER Y 1X009 STORM DRAINAGI CALCULATIC Ise, Vode Area c AC Sum of AC T.C. min. I "/hr. Q cfs Dia in. HGL Slope ft./ft. PJpe Slg ft. n th Vel. fps Flow Time min. HGL fall ft. Invert Elev. up/dn ft. HGL Elev. ft. To of pFacto Curb Elev. ft.Acres REmaft -1 - 10.0 inn 0.40 07801 4.0 -T2ir 8.0 12 1.15 13.8 Initial T.C. = 10 m gutter/1.5 fp6/60 s 24 0.00371 0.00075 700 4.4 z./ 2.60 29.00 33.60 35.00 ,-HD .1 5.0 5.0 2n• 0.50 0.40 2.5 2.0 - 249 8.4 15 1.02 25.3 28.48 27.48 31.00 36.50 (Note: Need to ve above top of pipe j partial depth flow c 36 0.00143 0.00044 700 3.6 3.3 1.00 27.17 30.00 provided.) ------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ----- ---------------- •----- ------ ------- ------ ------- r; )f Lodi Design Standards §3.000 A - 5 References Advances in Pipeline Materials. Jey K. Jeyapaian, Civil Engineering, July 1990 (This recent article raises some interesting points about the state of design practice in the United States, including soil stiffness discrepancies) A Guide for the Installation cf Ductile Iron Pipe. Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association, 1978 American Society for Testing and Materials. (ASTM), various standards as cited, latest revision unless otherwise specified by the City Engineer; a list of cited standards is available from the City Engineer American Water Works Association. (AWWA), various standards and manuals as cited, latest revision unless otherwise specified by the City Engineer; a list of cited standards is available from the City Engineer A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), 1984 Buried Pipe Desiqn. A P Moser, Mc-Graw Hill, 1990 (This is an up-to-date reference that summarizes many of cited references and contains design examples.) Citywide Circulation Study. TJKM Transportation Consultants, Final Report July 20,1990 Clav Pipe Engineering Manual. National Clay Pipe Institute, July 1982 Concrete Pipe Design Manual. American Concrete Pipe Association, 5th printing (revised) June 1980 Concrete Pipe Handbook. American Concrete Pipe Association, January 1980 Design and Construction of Sanitary and Storm Sewers. American Society of Civil Engineers Manual and Report on Engineering Practice - No. 37, Water Pollution Control Federation Manual of Practice - No 9,1969 (second printing, 1976) (Note, while the portions of this manual covering gravity pipe design are largely superceded by ASCE Manual No, 60, this manual contains applicable information on pumping facilities) Design and Performance of PVC Pipes Subiected to External Soil Pressure. Moser, Watkins & Shupe, Buried Structure Laboratory, Utah State University, February 1977 (This research paper contains much of the background material used in later references) Design of Urban Streets. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), Report #80-204, as updated and republished by the California Institute of Transportation Studies and used in their University of California extension course of the same name Draft General Plan. Jones & Stokes, various documents and dates including the Draft Environmental Impact Report, April 1990 and the Draft Policy Document Ductile Iron Pipe and Cast Iron Pipe Handbook. Cast Iron Pipe Research Association, 4th Edition, 1976 (While this handbook contains some text on history and design considerations, it mainly consists of American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards which may be superceded by other standards These ANSI standards are usually conumbered as a corresponding AWWA standard.) Flexible Pavement Structural Section Desiqn Guide for California Cities and Counties. League of California Cities, 1973 (Includes information and examples on calculation of traffic index from truck wheel load data) 55 Gravity Sanitary Sewer Design and Construction. American Society of Civil Engineers Manual and Report on Engineering Practice - No. 60, Water Pollution Control Federation Manual of Practice - No. FD-5,1982 Guidelines for Driveway Design & Location. Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE), Proposed Recommended Practice, ITE Technical Committee 58-13,1985 Handbook of PVC Pipe Design and Construction. Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association, 2nd Edition March 1982 Highway Capacity Manual. Transportation Research Board, 1985 Highway Design Manual. California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), 4th edition & per latest updates issued by Caltrans Introductory Soil Mechanics and Foundations. Sowers & Sowers, Macmillan, 3rd edition, 1971 Residential Streets. American Society of Civil Engineers, National Association of Home Builders and Urban Land Institute; 2nd Edition 1990 (While this reference contains useful general information on design, the various minimum design standards, particularly those for street width, are considered inappropriate for Lodi) Review of (Draft) Sanitary Sewer Design Standards. Ron Heinzen, (Kleinfelder), correspondence January 21. 1988 Sanitary Sewer System Technical Report for the 1990 General Plan Update. Black & Veatch, 1990 Traffic Manual. California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), per latest updates issued by Caltrans Transportation and Traffic Engineering Handbook. Institute of Transportation Engineers, 2nd edition, 1982 Trip Generation. Institute of Transportation Engineers, 4th edition, 1987 Water Master Plan. Psomas & Associates, 1990 Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH Manual), BNi Books, 7th edition, 1990 56 WASTEWATER FLOW CALCULATIONS Land Use, Zoning Location, Area Average Flows Cumu lative Peak Peak Total Node I.D. cfs per Total Resid. Resid Facto Flow FloW Acre cfs ; Non. R. Pop. cfs cfs Acres efs pers Pipe Full Pipe Peak Flow Invert Elev. up/dn ft. Top of Curl Elev. ft. Remarks p in. Slope ft./ft. Len. ft. cfs fps d/D fps •!1� { if Reference: City of Lodi -De ign-St andards- 000-1 .iA I M CALCS.XLS — i J J I I J a E-2 CITY OF LODI CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 6 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Index *6-01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK * Not included in public copies of these Specifications 116-02 QUANTITIES "6-03 MATERIALS " in margin indicates revision *6-04 SCHEDULING PROJECT WORK 6- 04.01 Scheduling Work 6-04.02 Contractor's Cooperation with Other Work 6-04,03 Beginning of Work, Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages *6-05 CONSTRUCTION RIGHT-OF-WAY/PERMITS 6-05.01 Right-of-way 6-05.02 Special Permits 6-05.03 Building Permits 6-06 SPECIFICATIONS 6-06.01 General 6-06.02 Work for Developers and Others 6-10 DUST CONTROL 6-10.01 Dust Control and Watering 6-12 TRAFFIC CONTROL 6-12.01 Traffic Control 6-15 EXISTING FACILITIES 6-15.01 Protection of Existing Facilities 6-15,02 Removal Methods 6-15.03 Abandon Faci lities 6-15,04 Adjusting Facilities to Grade 6-15.05 Salvaged Materials 6-16 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 6-19 EARTHWORK 6-19.01 Roadway Excavation 6-19.02 Pipe and Structure Excavation and Backfill 6-19.03 Slurry Cement Backfill 6-19.04 Excavation Safety 6-19.05 Compaction 6-19.06 Imported Borrow 6-20 SPRINKLERS AND LANDSCAPING 6-20.01 Sprinkler Systems - General 6-20.02 Sprinkler System Materials 6-20.03 Sprinkler System Installation 6-20,04 Turf - General 6-20.05 Turf - Sod 6-20.06 Turf - Seeded 6-20.07 Planting - General 6-20.08 Planting Materials 6-20.09 Planting Operations 6-22 CLEAN-UP 6-26 AGGREGATE BASE 6-36 PENETRATION TREATMENT 6-36.01 Liquid Asphalt Penetration Treatment 6-39 ASPHALT CONCRETE 6-39.01 General 6-39.02 Pavement Reinforcing Fabric 6-39.03 Street Paving 6-39.04 Trench Replacement and Shoulder Paving 6-39.05 Asphalt Concrete Leveling Course 6-39.06 Pavement Repair 6-42 PAVEMENT GRINDING 6-55 STEEL STRUCTURES 6-55.01 General *6-55,02 Picnic Shelter Structural Steel, Metal Decking, Fasteners and Roof 6-59 PAINTING 6-59.01 General *6-59.02 Painting Details 6-62 STORM DRAINS 6-62.01 General 6-63 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PIPE 6-64 ASBESTOS CEMENT STORM DRAIN PIPE 6-65 PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE 6-65.01 General 6- 65.02 Jacked Pipe 6-66 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE 6-70 MANHOLES AND MISCELLANEOUS FACILITIES 6-70,01 Manholes 6-71 SANITARY SEWERS 6-71.01 General 6-71.02 Leakage Tests 6-71.03 Vitrified Clay Pipe (VCP) 6-71.04 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (FVC) 6-72 SLOPE PROTECTION 6-72.01 Rock Slope Protection 6-73 CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE 6-73.01 General 6-76 DOMESTIC WATER FACILITIES 6-76.01 General 6-76.02 Materials 6-76.03 Installation 6-76.04 Testing 6-80 FENCES 6-80.01 General 6-80.02 Chain Link Fence 6-84 TRAFFIC STRIPES 6- 85 PAVEMENT MARKERS *6-86 SIGNALS AND LIGHTING 6-86.01 General 6-86.02 Contract Submittals 6-86.03 Maintaining Existing Systems 6-86.04 Installation 6-86.05 Foundations 6-86.06 Standards, Steel Pedestals and Posts 6-86.07 Conduit 6-86:08 Pull Boxes 6-86.09 Conductors and Wiring 6-86.10 Bonding and Grounding 6-86.11 Service 6-86.12 Testing 6-86.13 Galvanizing and Painting 6-86.14 Solid-state Traffic Actuated Controller 6-86.15 Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption 6-86.16 Vehicle Signals 6-86.17 Pedestrian Signals 6-86.18 Detector 6-86.19 Pedestrian Push Button 6-86.20 Luminaires 6-86.21 Signs 6-86.22 Traffic Signal Payment *6-110 TENNIS COURT RESURFACING 6-141 WATER WELL ABANDONMENT 6-141.01 Permits, Certificates, Laws and Ordinances 6-141.02 Specific Well Details 6-141.03 Abandonment of Wells 6-141.04 Additional Site Work 6-141.05 Concrete 6-141.06 Cement Grout Revised September 1989 - m - REFERENCES TO THE "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS" REFER TO THIS PUBLICATION: STANDARD PLANS STATE OF CALIFORNIA BUSINESS, TRANSPORTATION AND HOUSING AGENCY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION JULY, 1992 �I ISSUED BY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Current price for additional copies of this book may be obtaind by writing STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION GENERAL PUBLICATION DISTRIBUTION UNIT 1900 ROYAL OAKS DRIVE SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95819 Telephone (916)445-3520 6-06 SPECIFICATIONS 6- 06.01 General Section 6-10 through 6-95 of these Specifications (Special Provisions) correspond with the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. Not all the Sections are used. Therefore, there are gaps in the numbering sequence. Sections used contain either: o Changes from the Standard Specifications o Additions to the Standard Specifications o Repetition of the Standard Specifications for clarity and/or emphasis Revised April 1986 • 6-06.02 Work for Developers and Others a) These Specifications shall govern work done within the Right-of-way and Public Utility Easements under the following circumstances: o Work done for subdividers and developers under the terms of a development agreement or encroachment permit; o Vlork done by public utilities or their contractors, however nothing in these Specifications shall be construed so as to conflict with or reduce requirements of the State of California General Orders governing such utility work. o Work done by private parties or others. o Work done for the City of Lodi not done under formal contract. b) All work shall be in accordance with applicable portions of the Standard Specifications. Attention is directed to the following Sections: Section 1 "Definitions and Terms" Section 4 "Scope of Work" Section 5 "Control of Work" Section 6 "Control of Materials" Section 7 "Legal Relations and Responsibilities c) Definitions and Terms shall be as described in Section 1 "Definitions and Terms" of the Standard Specifications and the following: Engineer - The City Engineer of the City of Lodi, California or his authorized representatives. Contractor, Developer or Subdivider - As used in these specifications, the Contractor, Developer or Subdivider shall mean that person, firm, corporation, partnership, company, agency or association who causes land to be divided into a subdivision in accordance with the City of Lodi Subdivision Ordinance and who has entered into or executed a contract and/or agreement with the City of Lodi, providing for the completion of all improvements in connection with a subdivision duly filed with, and approved by the City Council of the City of Lodi, or who has been granted a valid encroachment permit to do work within public rights of way or public utility easements. Construction Specifications - Where reference is made to Construction Specification it shall mean this set of specifications, 6.10 Standard Specifications - In these Specifications, or on the plans, where reference is made to Standard Speicfications or to the Standard Specifications, State of California, it shall mean the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, State of California, Department of Transportation, latest edition. Whenever in the Standard Specifications the following terms are used, they shall be understood to mean and refer to the following: Department - Public Works Department of the City of Lodi. Irit-y - The City of Lodi, California Director of Public Works - Public Works Director and City Engineer of the City of Lodi. Engineer - The City Engineer of the City of Lodi, California or his authorized representatives. Contractor, Developer or Subdivider - As defined above. Laboratory - The designated materials laboratory authorized by the City Engineer to test mterials and work. State - The City of Lodi, California. d) Plans and Specifications on Job Site - A complete approved set of plans and specifications shall be kept on the job site and available at all times. Nonavailability shall be deemed as cause for temporary suspension of the work. e} Lines and Grades All distances and measurements are given and will be made in a horizontal plane unless otherwise noted. The Contractor shall furnish all facilities and work necessary to provide location of the proposed improvements. Three consecutive points shown on the same rate of slope must be used in common, in order to detect any variation from a straight grade. The Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the finished work. All stakes and points set for lines, grades, or measurements of the work shall be preserved in their proper places until their removal is authorized by the Engineer. Section 5-1.07 "Lines and Grades" of the Standard Specifications shall be deleted unless otherwise specified. 6.11 f) Inspection shall be in accordance with Section 5-1.08 "Inspection" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Whenever the Contractor varies the period during which work is carried on each day he shall give due notice to the Engineer, so that proper inspection may be provided. Any work done in the absence of the Engineer will be subject to rejection. Projects financed in whole or in part with state or federal funds shall be subject to inspection at all times by representatives of the Agencies involved or their agents. g) Responsibility for Damage and Work The City of Lodi, the City Council, the City Engineer shall not be answerable in any manner for any loss or damage that may happen to the work or any part thereof, or for any material or equipment used in performing the work; or for injury or damage to any person or persons, either workmen or the public; for damage to adjoining property from any cause whatsoever during the progress of the work or any time before acceptance of the work by the City Council. The City of Lodi, the City Council and the City Engineer shall be indemnified and save harmless from any suits, claims, or actions brought by any person or persons for or on account of any injuries or damages sustained or arising in the construction of the work or in consequence thereof. Except as provided above, until the formal acceptance of the work by the City Council or the City Engineer, the City of Lodi shall not have the charge and care thereof and shall not bear the risk of injury or damage to any part thereof by the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the nonexecution of the work. All injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance shall be rebuilt, restored and made good at no expense to the City of Lodi, except such injuries or damages occasioned by acts of the Federal Government or the public enemy. h) No Personal Liability Neither the City Council, the City Engineer, nor any other officer or authorized assistant or agent shall be personally responsible for any liability arising under the Agreement. i) Responsibility of City The City of Lodi shall not be held responsible for the care or protection of any material or parts of the work prior to final acceptance, except as expressly provided in these specifications. 6.12 j) Work Within Right-of-way of Others The Contractor shall make aT1 arrangements with the appropriate agencies for all work to be performed within the agencies right-of- way and the Contractor shall conduct the work in accordance with any and all of the requirements of the agency involved, The Contractor shall pay the cost of all fees, bonds, permits, licenses and other requirements in connection with work within the right-of-way of the other agencies. k) Contractor's Cooperation with Other Work The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that Pacific Gas and Electric Company, Pacific Telephone Company, Lodi Cable TV, and the City of Lodi and/or their contractors may be installing facilities within the project limits and during the construction of the work; it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to contact these agencies to ascertain their schedules of work. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with other contractors so there is the least amount of conflict during all phases of construction. The Contractor is also responsible for making all necessary agreements with the other agencies that might be required during construction. 1) Measurement and Payment shall be in accordance with the Contract or Agreement between the appropriate parties. Measurement and payment sections in these specifications are those normally used by the City of Lodi in its Contracts and are included for reference only. Revised April 1986 6.13 ���ilib�lK�lId190)1 6-10.01 Dust Control and Watering Dust control and watering shall conform to the provisions in Sections 10 "Dust Control" and 17 "Watering" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, At the request of the Contractor, water for dust control and project construction will be furnished by the City of Lodi without cost to the Contractor. Water is available from fire hydrants within the project boundaries at the locations shown on the plans. The Contractor shall furnish and use City approved hydrant wrenches. Necessary precautions to prevent dust nuisance shall be taken during all phases of construction, on non -working days, and to final acceptance of the work. Payment for dust control and watering shall be considered as included in the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised Dec. 1985 6.14 6-12 TRAFFIC CONTROL 6-12.01 Traffic Control Traffic control shall conform to Section 12 "Construction Area Traffic Control Devices" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Attention is particularly directed to the "MANUAL OF TRAFFIC CONTROLS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE WORK ZONES" published by Caltrans. Nothing in these Specifications is to be construed as to reduce the minimum standards set in said manual. Traffic shall be maintained at all times as provided in these Special Provisions except as otherwise approved by the Engineer. (Insert appropriate wording) The Contractor will be required to keep all residents and businesses notified of the work schedule as it. affects their access. The Contractor shall maintain contact with the City Electric Utility Department dispatch office regarding start and completion of the following: Construction activity that may impede emergency vehicles, school buses, etc. ° Construction activity such as trenches or other excavation that prohibit access. ° Construction activity that removes a fire hydrant from service. The Contractor shall provide the name and telephone number of a person directly responsible for the construction activity. The dispatcher will notify Lodi Police and Fire Departments, Life Medical Paramedic Ambulance Service, and Lodi Unified School District. The phone number is: (209) 368-5735 The City will furnish "No Parking" signs which shall be posted by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying, installing and maintaining such fences, barriers, lights, signs and flaggers as are necessary to give adequate warning to the public at all times that the road or street is under construction and of any dangerous conditions to be encountered as a result thereof. All traffic control equipment shall be removed when it is no longer required. Upon request, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a sketch showing the proposed signing and barricading to be used in the project. All existing warning, regulatory, and information signs shall be maintained in a visible location during all phases of the construction by the Contractor. 6.15 If it becomes necessary for the City of Lodi to replace or place additional barricades in order to provide adequate safety to the public, the Contractor will be charged $1.00 per barricade per day or portion thereof plus the cost of placement and removal. The Contractor will also be charged for replacement of damaged City barricades. The Contractor shall furnish and place barricades within three working days. No removal charge will be made if the Contractor returns City barricades to the Municipal Service Center. Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals for doing all work involved in furnishing and placing barricades, warning devices, and for flaggers as may be required by the Engineer shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised Oct. 1989 6.16 6-15 EXISTING FACILITIES 6-15.01 Protection of Existing Facilities Protection of existing facilities shall conform to a 1 1 the applicable provisions in Section 8-1.10 "Utility and Non -Highway Facilities: and Section 15 "Existing Highway Facilities" of the Standard Specifications, and, these Special Provisions. All known obstructions to the work are indicated on the plans. However, the City cannot guarantee the accuracy of this information. The Contractor will be held responsible for the maintenance and protection of or damage to existing facilities, structures, obstructions and all underground facilities shown on the plans or brought to the Contractor's attention during the course of the work. The Contractor shall notify owner agencies for locations of utilities or facilities prior to excavation. The owning utility shall be immediately notified of any damage which is caused by the operations of the Contractor to any facility, utility or structure. At the owning utilities' discretion, repairs shall be made by the Contractor at the owning utilities' direction or by the utility, all to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the existing storm drain lines and sanitary sewers may be carrying miscellaneous drainage and sanitary sewage. The necessary steps shall be taken to prevent flooding of the trench, structure and/or excavations where ties and removals of the storm drain system and sanitary sewer are made. At connections to existing facilities, approved means of preventing sand and debris from entering the existing lines shall be provided. Payment for protection of existing facilities shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor except as provided in the Standard Specifications. Revised April 1986 6.17 6-15,02 Removal Methods Removal of existing improvements shall conform to Section 15-2 "Miscellaneous Highway Facilities", these Special Provisions and as shown on the Plans. All portions of existing concrete to be removed shall be removed in a smooth, neat, vertical plane. Where expansion, contraction or construction joints are not present, the concrete shall be saw cut to a minimum depth of 1-1/2 inches. If an expansion, contraction or construction joint is within 3 feet of the concrete to be removed, the concrete shall be removed to that joint. Prior to final paving, all portions of existing pavement to be removed shall be cut on a neat, straight line. Pavement removed outside the removal line shall be cut parallel to and at right angles to the removal line. The face of the cut shall be smooth and shall not overhang the removal area. Drop hammers are not allowed. Jackhammers may be used if the cuts are overlapped and meet the above criteria. Where edges of remaining pavement are raised by the removal method used, they shall be flattened with a mechanical tamper prior to setting frames or replacing pavement. Where an excavation leaves less than two feet of pavement adjacent to the gutter, the remaining pavement shall be removed and replaced. All removed material, unless otherwise specified, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of outside of the right-of-way in accordance with the provisions in Section 7-1.13 "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way" of the Standard Specifications. Payment for removal of existing improvements shall be in accordance with Section 15-2,07 "Payment" of the Standard Specifications. Revised June 1988 6-15.03 Abandon Facilities Existing facilities shall be abandoned as shown on to -e plans and in accordance with these Special Provisions. Existing manholes, where shown on the plans to be abandoned, shall be abandoned, in accordance with Section 15-2.05A "Frames, Covers, Grates and Manholes" of the Standard Specifications. Frames and covers may be retained by the Contractor. Existing storm drains and utility pipe lines, where shown on the plans to be abandoned, shall be abandoned in place or at the option of the Contractor, shall be removed and disposed of. All resulting openings into existing structures that are to remain in place shall be plugged with commercial quality concrete. Abandoning storm drains and pipe lines in place shall conform to the following: Storm drains and pipe lines that intersect the side slopes shall be removed to a depth of not less than 3 feet, measured normal to the plane of the finished side slope, before being abandoned. Storm drains and pipe lines less than 24 inches in diameter shall be removed or crushed in place, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Storm drains and pipe lines, 24 inches in diameter and larger, shall be backfilled with sand by any method, acceptable to the Engineer, which completely fills the pipe. Sand backfill material shall be clean, free draining, and free from roots and other deleterious substances. The ends of storm drains and pipe lines shall be securely closed by a 0.5 -foot thick tight fitting plug or wall of commercial quality concrete containing not less than 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard. Storm drains and pipe lines shall not be abandoned until their use is no longer required. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in advance of any intended storm drain or pipe abandonment. Existing catch basins, where shown on the plans to be abandoned, shall be abandoned. Covers and grates may be retained by the Contractor. The top portion of the catch basins shall be removed to a depth of 3 feet below finished grade. Payment for abandoning facilities shall be in accordance with Section 15-2.07 "Payment" of the Standard Specifications. Revised Dec. 1985 6.19 6-15.04 Adjusting Facilities to Grade Miscellaneous facilities shall be adjusted to grade in accordance with these Special Provisions, Upon completion of paving, the Contractor shall adjust a l l utility frames and miscellaneous facilities to within 1/8 -inch of finished grade and shall conform to Standard Plan 123 and the Plans. Water valve frames shall be adjusted to grade within 48 hours after paving is completed. All damaged or non -conforming frames and covers shall be replaced with new frames and covers conforming to City Standard Plans. Undamaged and conforming frames and covers may be reused. Unused frames and covers may be retained by the Contractor. (Use following two paragraphs in lieu of above paragraph when appropriate bid items are provided.) All frames and covers shall be replaced with existing frames and covers except as noted on the plans. Existing broken and non- conforming frames and covers shall be brought to the Engineer's attention at the time of removal. Frames and covers lost or broken by the Contractor shall be replaced at no expense to the City. Unused frames and covers may be retained by the Contractor. The contract price for replacement of frames and covers shall only include the cost of furnishing the new frames and covers indicated on the plans or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. The contract price for adjustment to grade shall apply to both reused and new frames and covers. Payment for adjusting facilities to grade shall be in accordance with Section 15-2.07 "Payment" of the Standard Specifications. Revised November 1986 6.20 6-15.05 Salvaged Materials All materials to be salvaged shall be delivered to the Municipal Service Center, 1331 S. Ham Lane, Lodi, CA 95240, during the hours of 8;00 a.m. to noon or 1;00 p.m. to 4;00 p.m. Payment for delivering salvaged materials shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised Dec. 1985 6.21 6-16 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 6-16.01 Clearing and Grubbing Clearing and grubbing shall conform to the provisions in Section 16 "Clearing and Grubbing" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Clearing and grubbing shall include all those areas to be improved within the construction limits shown on the plans. All vegetable growth, buried logs, trees shrubs, concrete, abandoned miscellaneous facilities and any other objectionable material shall be removed or crushed in place, if applicable, to a depth of not less than 6 inches below any compacted material or as directed by the Engineer. Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be in accordance with Section 16-1.06 "Payment" of the Standard Specifications. Revised Dec. 1985 6.22 6-19 EARTHWORK 6-19.01 Roadway Excavation Roadway excavation shall conform to the provisions in Section 19 "Earthwork" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The roadway excavation shall conform to the line and grades shown on the plans. The compaction requirements for this work shall attain a minimum relative compaction of 95 percent for a minimum depth of 6 -inches. In the event there is surplus excavation, it shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of outside of the right-of-way in accordance with the provisions in Section 7-1.13 of the Standard Specifications. All unsuitable material shall be removed and replaced with material on the site as the Engineer may direct. The contract price paid for roadway excavation shall include full compensation for cutting and removal of existing asphalt concrete, removal and disposal of surplus excavation at a site provided by the Contractor, and shall include the required excavation, grading, and compaction within the work limits as shown on the plans, and specified under these Special Provisions and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. The quantity of roadway excavation shall be considered as a final pay quantity, as specified in Section 9-1.015 "Final Pay Quantities" of the Standard Specifications, and no additional compensation will be provided for except when changes have been ordered by the Engineer. Revised April 1986 6.23 6-19.02 Pipe and Structure Excavation and Backfill Excavation end backfill for pipe, manholes and miscellaneous structures shall conform to the provisions in Section 19.3 "Structure Excavation and Backfill" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Pavement and concrete removal shall conform to Section. 6.15-02 "Removal Methods" of these Special Provisions, A l l excavation shall be made to the lines and grades shown on the plans. Trench edges shall be no closer than 1 foot to the toe of the gutter unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Where mud, peat or any unstable or objectionable materiel is encountered at or within 6 inches of the bottom of any excavation, such material shall be removed to a depth of at least. 12 inches below the established grade and the trench brought, to grade by placing a suitable material thoroughly compacted in place, all as approved by the Engineer. Trench width, bedding and backfill for pipe shall conform to "Pipe Bedding end Backfill Requirements", Standard Plan 501. The bedding shall be Class C or better unless otherwise specified on the plans. Plastic marking tape, 6" wide, shall be buried 18" to 24" below finish grade over any utility main located outside of the street/sidewalk ares, The tape shall be color coded blue for water lines and green for itewater and drainage lines. The tape shall have black lettering with appropriate "caution" wording and shall be approved by the Engineer. Ponding or jetting of backfill is not allowed unless specifically shown on the plans. Trench backfill shall attain a relative compaction of 90 percent. Backfill compaction within the structural section shall be as shown on the plans. Structural backfill around all structures and manholes may be made with native material and shall attain a relative compaction of 92 percent. Backfill in street areas shall be brought to subcrade and the existing surfacing shall be replaced with the structural section shown on the plans. Trench backfill shall be accomplished as soon as possible after the pipe has been installed, and in existing streets there shall be no more than 200 feet of open and/or uncompacted ditch at the end of the working day, unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. The Contractor shall conduct the construction operations so that trench backfill at all intersections is sufficiently adequate to allow two-way traffic in both directions during all phases of construction unless otherwise specified. Payment for pipe and structure excavation and backfill shell be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work requiring excavation and backfill end no additional compensation will be allowed therefor, Revised September 1989 6.24 6-19.03 Slurry Cement Backfill Slurry cement backfill shall be used only where shown on the plans or required in the Special Provisions or as specifically approved by the Engineer. It shall conform to Section 19-3,062 "Slurry Cement Backfill" of the Standard Specifications. Payment for slurry cement backfill shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work requiring slurry cement backfill and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised April 1986 6.25 6-19.04 Excavation Safety Excavation Safety shall conform to th"e provisions Tn Sections 5-1,02A "Trench Excavation Safety Plans", and 7-1,01E "Trench Safety" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. In making excavations for the project, the Contractor shall be fully responsible for providing and installing adequate sheeting, shoring and bracing as may be necessary as a precaution against slides or cave-ins and to fully protect all existing improvements of any kind from damage. The Contractor shall obtain a permit from the Division of Industrial Safety and shall submit a copy of approved permit to the Engineer prior to the start of excavation. The cost of the permit shall be included in the total bid cost. If the shoring and bracing plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer. The criteria given by the California Department of Industrial Relations are MINIMA for the conditions shown thereon. In addition to shoring the excavation as specified, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide any and all additional shoring required to support the sides of the excavation against the effects of loads which may exceed those derived by using the criteria set forth by said governing agency. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any damages which may result from his failure to provide adequate shoring to support the excavations under any or all of the conditions of loading which may exist or which may arise during the construction project. The contract price paid per lump sum for excavation safety shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, permit and equipment and for doing all work involved as specified under these Special Provisions and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised April 1986 6.26 6-19.05 Compaction Subgrade preparation shall conform to all applicable parts of Section 19-5 "Compaction" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. (a) Compact Original Ground Unless otherwise shown on the plans, compaction requirements for compacting original ground shall be a minimum relative compaction of 92 percent for a minimum depth of 8 inches and the limits shall conform to those shown on the plans. Any material that is disturbed below the "compact original ground" shall be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent. (b) Miscellaneous Concrete Subgrade Compaction The relative compaction of subgrade for all curb, gutter, sidewalk and driveways shall conform to these Special Provisions and to the requirements designated on the plans. The miscellaneous concrete subgrade shall be graded to conform to the lines and grades shown on the plans. The compaction of the subgrade for miscellaneous concrete shall attain a minimum relative compaction of 90 percent for a minimum depth of 8 inches and 12 inches for commercial driveways. Any organic Material or other unsuitable material found in the subgrade shall be removed and replaced with an acceptable material, as approved by the Engineer. Concrete shall not be placed upon the subgrade until the subgrade has been approved by the Engineer. Finish grade shall be within 1/4 inch of plan grade. (c) Payment (Use appropriate paragraphs) Payment for compaction shall be in accordance with Section 19-5.06 "Payment" of the Standard Specifications. The contract price paid per square foot for compacting original ground shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment, and for doing all the work involved in compacting original ground as shown on the plans and as specified under these Special Provisions and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. The contract price paid per square foot for miscellaneous concrete subgrade compaction shall 6.27 include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment, and for doing all the work involved in compacting and grading the concrete subgrade as shown on the plans and as specified under these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised April 1986 6-19.06 Imported Borrow Imported borrow shall conform to Section 19-7 "Borrow Excavation" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Payment for imported borrow shall be in conformance with Section 19-7.05 of the Standard Specifications. Revised April 1986 6.29 6-20 SPRINKLERS AND LANDSCAPING 6-20.01 Sprinkler Systems - furnished and installed Provisions and as shown on work not shown or specified part of the work, and necess system. The work includes: General Sprinkler systems shall be in accordance with these Special the plans, including any incidental which can reasonably be inferred as pry to provide a complete and workable 1. Trenching and backfill; 2. Sprinkler material and equipment installation; 3- Maintenance and guarantee of irrigation system for one year; 4. Installation of sprinkler controller, conduit and wiring. (a) "As -Built" Sprinkler Drawings The Contractor shall prepare an "As -Built" drawing on a b l u e l i n e print which shall show deviations from the Bid Documents made during construction affecting the main line pipe, controller locations valves and sprinkler heads. The drawing shall be delivered to Inspector before final acceptance of work. A map diagram showing location of valves, lateral lines and route of the control wires shall be prepared by the contractor. The diagram shall identify valves as to size, station, number and type of planting irrigated, i,e,, shrubs or ground cover. The diagram shall be submitted to Engineer for review and approval. (b) Guarantee Work shall be guaranteed for one (1) year from date of acceptance against all defects in material, equipment and execution. Guarantee shall also cover repair of damage to any part of the premises, resulting from leaks or other defects in material, equipment and execution to the satisfaction of the City. Repairs, if required, shall be done promptly upon notification by City at no cost to City. • (c) Existing Site Conditions Contractor shall become acquainted with all site conditions. Should utilities not shown on the plans be found during excavations, Contractor shall promptly notify the Inspector for instructions as to further action. Failure to do so will make Contractor liable for any and a l l damage thereto arising from Contractor's operations, subsequent to discovery of such utilities not shown on plans, 6.30 Minor adjustments to the sprinkler system layout shall be made as may be required to work around existing construction at no additional cost to the City. (d) Payment The contract price paid for sprinkler system shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor and equipment to complete the work and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. Revised April 1986 6-20.02 Sprinkler System Materials Materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. After award of the contract and prior to beginning work, Contractor shall submit for review six (6) copies of the complete list of materials which Contractor proposes to install. Quantities of materials and equipment need not be included. No deviations from the Specifications shall be allowed. The decision of City shall be final in the determination of the quality of materials and equipment. (a) Plastic Pipe shall be polyvinyl chloride pipe (PVC) conforming to Section 20-153(1) "Plastic Pipe Supply Line" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The class shall be as follows: In Turf Areas and Planters 1/2" - Class 315 PVC 3/4" - Class 200 PVC 1" and larger - Class 160 PVC Main Line Piping or Pipe under constant pressure 2" and larger - Class 200 PVC Piping Under Slabs, Foundations and Paving All sizes - Sen. 40 PVC Plastic fittings - Schedule 40 PVC as manufactured by Sloane, Lasco, or equal. (b) Valves shall conform to the following: Gate valves 3" and smaller shall bronze, Class 125 or 150 with threaded ends, non -rising stem, 0 -ring stem gasket or teflon impregnated asbestos packing and handwheel operator. Gate valves shall be Stockham, Mueller, Kennedy or as supplied with backflow prevention assemblies. 6.31 Remote Control Valves shall be as specified on the drawings. Backflow Assemblies shall be as specified on the drawings. (c) Miscellaneous Materials shall conform to the following: Solvent cement shall be compatible with PVC pipe material and size and be of proper consistency. No mixing of solvent with thinner will be allowed Primers shall be used as recommended by the solvent manufacturer. Control wires shall be 24 volt solid wire U.L. approved for direct burial in ground. (Black #14 OF direct lead and white #12 OF common ground.) 110 volt wire shall be 2-#12, CU, THW, one black, one white, Sprinkler heads shall be of the manufacture specified in legend on Drawings. Valve keys shall be furnished for adjusting remote control valves. (2 - 30" keys) Valve boxes shall be furnished for each control valve. Boxes shall be Ametex 12" meterbox with lid marked, "Irrigation, 11 or approved equal. Quick couplers shall be as indicated on the Drawings. (d) Controller shall be Irri-trol Model MC -4 with P-1 pedestal or Rain Bird Model RC -LS. 6-20.03 Sprinkler System Installation (a) Layout shall be done as accurately as possible to conform to the Plans. The Plans, though carefully drawn, are generally diagrammatic to the extent that swing joints, offsets and all fittings are not shown. Job conditions will not always permit locating piping, valves and heads where shown. When this situation occurs, it shall be brought to the Inspector's attention. The Contractor will be held responsible for the relocating of any items without first obtaining Inspector's approval. (b) Excavating and trenching required for the shall be performed as under this Section, installation of the work included prevent cave-ins, including shoring of earth banks to installations, etc. All surfaces, existing underground , damaged or cut as a result of the 6.32 excavations shall be restored to their original condition. Trenches shall be made with enough width to allow a minimum of 4" between parallel pipe lines. Trenches for pipe lines shall be made of sufficient depths to provide the minimum cover from finish grade as follows: 1. 1811 over main lines to remote control valves; 2. 12" over lateral lines to heads; 3. 24" under paved parking areas or roads. (c) Pipe and fitting assembly shall be done in a workmanlike manner in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Remote control valves shall be installed where shown and grouped together where practical and shall be placed no closer than 1211 and parallel to walk edges, buildings and walls. Boxes shall be set with tops matching finish grade. Pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, dust and moisture before applying primer and solvent. IMPORTANT - Excess solvent shall be cleaned off. Solvent welded joints shall be cured at least 15 minutes before moving or handling, and at least 24 hours before water is permitted in the pipe. Pipe may be assembled and welded on the surface. Pipe shall be shaken from side to side of trench to allow for expansion and contraction. Connections between plastic pipe and metal valves or steel pipe with threaded fittings shall be made using plastic male adapters. A non -hardening pipe dope (Rector seal or teflon tape) shall be applied to male threads. (d) Sprinkler Heads Openings in the pipe shall be capped or plugged to prevent entry of debris. Lawn heads shall be set flush with finished grade or curb and paving, (e) Flushing and testing shall be done after all new sprinkler piping is in place. A full head of water shall be used to flush out the system with all heads removed. After the system is thoroughly flushed, risers shall be capped off and the system pressure tested. All sprinkler lines upstream of remote control valves shall be tested for a period of not less than 2 hours 6.33 and shall show no leakage or loss of pressure. Test pressure shall be 100 psi. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, testing shall be accomplished by openings at the high points of the system and blowoffs at all deadends. The valve controlling the admission of water into the section of pipe to be tested should be opened slowly and fully before closing the hydrants or blowoffs. After the system has been filled with water and all air expelled, all the valves controlling the section to be tested shall be closed, and the line remain in this condition for a period of not less than 24 hours. The pipe shall then be refilled, if necessary, and subjected to the specified pressure for a period of two hours. All sprinkler lines downstream of remote control valves shall be tested under system pressure. Any observable leaks shall be repaired. Minor leakage at swing/swivel joints is acceptable. All leaks that are found shall be immediately corrected and the system again subjected to the same test. All repairs of any damage to the pipes and their appurtenances, or to any other structures, resulting from or caused by these tests, shall be performed by the Contractor as the Engineer may direct, all without cost to the City of Lodi. At the conclusion of the pressure tests, the heads shall be installed and tested for operation in accordance with design requirements under normal operating pressure. (f) Backfill and compaction shall be done after required tests and inspections have been made. Backfill shall be made with clean soil, free of rocks and other material that may damage the pipe. Backfill for all trenches, regardless of the type of pipe covered, shall be compacted to 85% density except where otherwise shown on the Plans. Backfill shall be dressed off to match finish grades. Settling of backfilled trenches which may occur during a one (1) year period after acceptance, shall be repaired by the Contractor, including the complete restoration of damaged planting, paving or other improvements of any kind. 6.34 (g) Automatic control wiring shall be installed with sprinkler mains and laterals in a common trench wherever possible. Wires shall be a minimum of 1" from any pipe or fitting except at terminal points. Slack shall be provided at valves and wires shall be snaked in trenches to allow for contraction of wires. Tie wires in bundles at 10intervals with plastic electrical tape. Control wire splices will be allowed only on runs more than 500 feet. Wires shall be crimped together with Star -Kon #PT -70 connector and sealed with Scotchlok #3576 sealing pack. (h) Electrical service shall be located and installed as shown on the Plans and shall conform to the provisions of Section 20-5,027E "Service" of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall install conduit and wire to the point of connection. Conduit shall conform to the provisions of Section 86-2,05A "Material" of the Standard Specifications. Revised November 1986 6-20.04 Turf - General Turf shall be furnished and installed with these Special Provisions and as shown on the Plans. Subgrade condition and grading shall be approved by the Engineer prior to turf installation, (a) 90 -Day Maintenance Period The Contractor shall be completely responsible for the general maintenance of the entire sprinkler system and the turf for a minimum period of ninety days from the time of first watering. During this maintenance period, any required repairs or adjustments to the sprinkler system shall be made without additional compensation. The Contractor will be required to adequately water the sod, fill low spots, replace unsuitable growth, or do weed control and other work, as determined necessary by the Engineer, during the 90 -day maintenance before final acceptance of the contract. Mowable weeds and grasses shall be kept mowed off before they exceed two inches in height. Clippings shall be removed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The planted areas shall be maintained in a neatly mowed condition at all times. Working days upon which no work will be required, as determined by the Engineer, will be credited as one of the maintenance days, regardless of whether or not the Contractor performs work. 6.35 Working days when the Contractor fails to adequately perform plant establishment work, including but not limited to watering planted area, mowing, filling low spots, replacing unsuitable growth, or controlling weeds, determined to be necessary by the Engineer, will not be credited as one of the maintenance days. At the end of the 90 -day maintenance period, the stand of grass to be acceptable shall be weed free and have no more than 3 percent of the total area in bare spots which shall close in at maturity and produce a full coverage turf. Unacceptable areas shall be reseeded. (b) Cleanup and Final Inspection - Final inspection for approval and acceptance shall be made at the conclusion of the maintenance period. Prior to being considered for inspection, the Contractor shall have performed, within the entire project limits, a final weeding, mowing and clearing of all the debris so as to present the work in a neat and orderly appearance. (c) Imported borrow (topsoil shall conform to the provisions of Section 20-2.01 "Topsoil" of the Standard Specifications. The contract price paid per cubic yard for imported borrow shall include full compensation for furnishing, transporting, placing, grading and compacting, and doing all the work as shown on the Plans and Specifications and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised November 1986 6-20,05 Turf -Sod (a) Sod bed preparation and fertilization shall conform to the applicable provisions of Section 20-3 "Erosion Control" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, Soil amendment shall be added at one (1) inch in depth to existing soil. The existing soil with soil amendment shall be cultivated to a depth of three (3) inches and all clods and lumps shall be broken up or removed. The area shall be raked to remove all debris of any kind. Grading and shaping refinements shall be performed to bring surface to true uniform sloping planes free from irregularities and to provide proper and adequate drainage to designated collection points. Soil amendments shall be Red or Fir compost mix (Marley Company) or equal with 1% nitrogen except as otherwise approved by the Engineer. 6.36 After placing imported borrow and sprinkling and when the soil is friable, the Contractor shall cultivate and cross cultivate the entire area to a depth of six inches. Fertilizer shall then be applied in the amount of 42 pounds of nitrogen, 21 pounds of phosphorus and 42 pounds of potassium per acre (14-7-14 at 7 pounds per 1,000 square feet) and worked into the soil during this cultivating process. At the end of the 90 day maintenance period, one-half of the above named amount shall again be applied. If foreign material is exposed by the cultivation, it shall be immediately removed from the area. When the soil has reached a condition of good tilth, the entire area shall be finish graded with a suitable implement to produce a sod bed which is smooth, uniform and ready for planting. All rocks, clods, etc., over one inch in diameter shall be removed from the upper two inches of soil. (b) Sod shall be weed free, viable, and of the type shown on the Plan. A written certification of the sod shall be furnished upon the request of the Engineer, and no placing of sod shall be allowed prior to approval by the Engineer. (c) Sod installation shall be done with closely fitted joints, and the ends of the strips shall be staggered. On irregular shaped areas, sod shall be laid in both directions from the longest straight line that can be drawn through the area. Sod shall be rolled after an initial watering to eliminate irregularities. Immediate initial watering is very important to sod survival. Do not over irrigate causing a spongy soil condition. The Contractor shall be responsible for such protection of the turfed area as necessary to prevent trespassing. (d) Payment - The contract price paid for turf -sod shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment, cultivating, preparing the soil, placing sod, grading, soil amendment, maintenance, fertilizers, and for doing all work involved in placing sod as shown on the plan and specified under these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 6.37 6-20.06 Turf -Seeded (a) Seed Bed Preparation and Fertilization The seed bed preparation and fertil ization shall conform with the applicable parts of Section 20 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Soil amendment shall be added at one (1) inch in depth to existing soil. The existing soil with soil amendment shall be cultivated to a depth of three (3) inches and all clods and lumps shall be broken up or removed. The area shall be raked to remove all debris of any kind. Grading and shaping refinements shall be performed to bring surface to true uniform sloping planes free from irregularities and to provide proper and adequate drainage to designated collection points. Soil amendments shall be Red or Fir compost mix (Marley Company) or equal with 1% nitrogen except as otherwise approved by the Engineer. After the sprinkler system is installed and before seed bed cultivation, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean the area of all foreign material such as rocks, rubble, sticks, roots, wire and any other objectionable material as the Engineer may direct. After sprinkling and when the soil is friable, the Contractor shall cultivate and cross cultivate the entire area to a depth of six inches. Fertilizer shall then be applied in the amount of 42 pounds of nitrogen, 21 pounds of phosphorus and 42 pounds of potassium per acre (14-7-14 at 7 pounds per 1,000 square feet) and worked into the soil during this cultivating process. At the end of the 90 day maintenance period, one-half of the above named amount shall again be applied. If foreign material is exposed by the cultivation, it shall be immediately removed from the area. When the soil has reached a condition of good tilth, the entire area shall be finish graded with a suitable implement to produce a seed bed which is smooth, uniform and ready for planting. All rocks, clods, etc., over one inch in diameter shall be removed from the upper two inches of soil. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that during final grading, the entire area shall be sloped to drain to the existing catch basins. The Contractor is responsible for eliminating all low spots by regrading or filling during the final grading and maintenance period. 6.38 The Contractor shall not plant seed until the bed has been approved by the Engineer. (b) Seed Turf seed shall be weed free, viable, of the following mix: 40% Manhattan Perennial Rye Grass or approved equal, 98% purity, 90% germination rate; 20% Creeping Red Fiscue, 97% purity, 85% germination rate; 40% Newport Blu Kentucky Bluegrass, 98% purity, 870 germination rate; All seed shall be Blue Tag certified. Seed shall be brought to the job in suitable bags bearing the dealer's label. A written certification of the seed shall be furnished upon the request of the Engineer, and no seeding shall be allowed prior to approval of the seed by the Engineer. (c) Turf Seeding The Contractor shall sow the seed during a windless period by an approved method at the rate of not less than 300 pounds per acre. After seeding, the area shall be rolled with a ring -type roller or an equivalent approved piece of equipment to insure the seed being covered with soil to a depth no greater than 1/4 -inch The seeded area shall be free of any excessive ridges or depressions so as to insure proper surface drainage. Watering of the seeded area shall be done slowly but thoroughly. At the Contractor's option, seed may be sown using the hydromulch method. The equipment and procedure shall be submitted prior to seeding for approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for such protection of the seeded area as necessary to prevent trespassing. (d) Payment The contract price paid for turf -seeded shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment, cultivating, preparing the soil, seeding, grading, maintenance, and for doing all work involved in seeding areas shown on the Plans and specified under these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 6-20.07 Planting - General Planting shall consist of furnishing and installing planting materials including preparing planting areas, planting and establishing plants and other 6.39 incidental work in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 20-4 "Highway Planting" of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and the details shown on the Plans. Payment for planting shall be included in the contract price paid per each for trees and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment involved in excavating, preparing the soil, placing the trees, staking, fertilizing, backfilling, and for doing all the work involved in placing trees as shown on the plan and specified under these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised April 1986 6-20.08 Planting materials shall conform to the requirements of the Plant List on the plans and to "Horticultural Standards" of the American Association of Nurserymen as to kind, size, age, etc. Plant names used in the plant list conform to "Standardized Plant Names" by American Joint Committee on Horticulture Nomenclature, except in cases not covered therein. In these instances, the custom of the nursery trade is followed. Substitution will not be permitted unless approved by the Engineer. All plants shall be sound, healthy, vigorous, free from plant disease, insect pests or their eggs, and shall have healthy normal root systems and comply with all State and local regulations governing these matters, and be free from any noxious weeds. Plants shall not be pruned prior to delivery except as authorized by the Engineer. In no case shall trees be topped before delivery. All plant materials shall be subject to approval of size, health, quality and character by the Engineer. Where caliper or other dimensions of any plant materials are omitted from the Plant List, it shall be understood that these plant materials shall be normal stock for type listed. Plant material larger than those specified may be supplied in complying in all other respects and at no additional cost to City. Plant materials shall be symmetrical, and/or typical for variety and species and conform to size specified in the Plant List. All plant materials shall be provided from a licensed nursery or other source which has been previously inspected by the County Horticultural Department and shall be subject to acceptance as to quality by the Inspector. Plant stakes shall be two (2) inch diameter lodgepole pine and 10 feet in length. 6.40 Plant ties shall be reinforced rubber straps, one (1) inch wide by ten (10) inches long, with a 1/8 inch minimum thickness. Rubber straps shall have double wire ties 12 inches long at each end of strap. Fertilizer tablets shall be 21 ounce size with a composition of 20- 10-5 nutrient mix of nitrogen, phosphate and potash unless otherwise shown on the plans. 6-20.09 Planting Operations A 1 1 plants shall be planted, staked, and tied according to the details shown on the plan. Trees shall be thoroughly watered immediately after planting. In the event that underground construction work or obstructions are encountered in excavation of the tree holes, alternate locations wi11 be selected by the Engineer. All Trees shall be pruned to remove broken and damaged limbs and branches. Revised November 1986 6.41 6-22 CLEAN-UP Clean-up shall conform to the provisions in Section 22 "Finishing Roadway" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Upon completion of the work, and prior to requesting final inspection, the work area shall be thoroughly cleaned of all rubbish, construction forms, stakes, excess material, and equipment, and all portions of the work shall be left in a neat and orderly condition. The final inspection will not be made until this has been accomplished. Full compensation for clean-up shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various contract items of work requiring finishing, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised April 1986 6.42 6-26 AGGREGATE BASE Aggregate base shall be Class 2 and shall conform to the provisions of Section 26 "Aggregate Bases" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Aggregate grading shall be 3/4" maximum unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit current gradation, R -value, sand equivalent, and durability index test results as requested by the Engineer. Aggregate base shall not be placed until the subgrade has been approved by the Engineer. In lieu of the placement requirements specified in Section 26, aggregate base material shall be placed upon prepared subgrade in a uniform windrow or layer, and after placing, the material shall be graded, compacted and watered in accordance with the requirements of Section 26-1.05 "Compaction" of the Standard Specifications and the Construction Plans. Motor graders may be used for the aforementioned grading. Tailgate placing of the material by dump trucks will not be permitted except in areas not readily accessible to approved spreading devices. Aggregate base shall be compacted as specified in the Standard ,,r.?cifications to £ relative compaction of 95 percent. Finished grade shall be within 0.05 feet of plan grade. The contract price paid per ton of aggregate base shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment and for doing all work involved in placing, compacting and watering aggregate base as shown on the plans and as specified in these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised September 1989 6.43 6-36 PENETRATION TREATMENT 6-36.01 Liquid Asphalt Penetration Treatment Liquid asphalt penetration treatment shall conform to the provisions of Sections 36 "Penetration Treatment" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Prior to applying the liquid asphalt, the surface to be treated shall conform to the grades and compaction requirements shown on the plan and described in Section 6-19 of these Special Provisions and shall be clean of all loose or extraneous material. After approval from the Engineer, the roadbed shall be treated with SC -250 liquid asphalt at the rate of 0.45 gallons per square yard in two applications. The first application shall be at the rate of 0.25 gallons per square yard and the balance applied when the first application has fully penetrated the surface, or as approved by the Engineer. Alternate liquid asphalt grades and application rates may be required by the Engineer depending on ambient temperature and other factors. The liquid asphalt shall be applied with a full - circulation bar distributor and in conformance with Section 93- 1.03, "Mixing & Applying,,, of the Standard Specifications. After the final application of liquid asphalt has finished penetrating, any excess asphalt shall be covered with sand in conformance with Section 36-1.05, "Sand Cover," of the Standard Specifications. All evidence of excess liquid asphalt on the curbs, gutter and/or sidewalks and all excess sand shall be removed before final acceptance. The contract price paid per ton of liquid asphalt shall include full compensation for preparation for treatment, furnishing and applying liquid asphalt and sand cover and remaining excess sand and asphalt and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised April 1986 6.44 6-39 ASPHALT CONCRETE 6-39.01 General Asphalt concrete shall be Type B and shall conform to these Special Provisions and the following sections of the Standard Specifications: 39-1 General 39-2 Materials 39-3 Storing, Proportioning and Mixing Materials 39-4.01 Subgrade 39-4.02 Prime Coat and Paint Binder All bituminous binder shall be viscosity grade AR -4000 liquid asphalt except AR -8000 liquid asphalt shall be used when the ambient temperature is over 90 to 95 F. Asphalt shall conform to those applicable parts of Section 92 "Asphalt" of the Standard Specifications. The mineral aggregate shall be 3/4 -inch maximum size for base courses when such work constitutes 100 or more tons, and shall be as specified on the plans for the finish course. ms, the aggregate size may be the same as the finish Asphalt concrete work required at manholes, water valves, ing, and other miscellaneous facilities shall be 3/8 -inch Medium gradations shall be used. For base course work less than 100 tons, the aggregate size may be the same as the finish course, feathering. maximum size, Asphalt concrete shall not be placed until the subgrade has been approved by the Engineer. Unstable subgrade shall not be paved. A prime coat is not required. SS -1 asphaltic emulsion shall be applied to existing pavements, lower courses of new pavements (unless upper course is being applied in the same day and the lower course is clean), and vertical edges of new or existing pavements, prior to paving. If recommended by the manufacturer, the emulsion may be diluted up to 1:1. Immediately before applying the emulsion, the surface shall be cleaned of all dirt and loose material. Asphaltic emulsion and application shall conform to the applicable parts of Sections 94 "Asphaltic Emulsions" and 39-4.02 "Prime Coat and Paint Binder" of the Standard Specifications. Revised Dec. 1985 6.45 6-39.02 Pavement Reinforcing Fabric Pavement reinforcing fabric shall conform to the provisions of Section 39-4.03 "Pavement Reinforcing Fabric" and Section 88 "Engineering Fabrics" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Prior to placing the fabric, the existing pavement to receive the fabric shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer of all materials such as, but not limited to, vegetation, sand, dirt, gravel and water. Cracks in the pavement will be filled by the City prior to placing the fabric. Placement of the fabric shall be made only under the following conditions: 1. The ambient air temperature is above 50°F and rising; 2. The pavement is dry and the pavement temperature is 40 F and rising. The surface area to receive the fabric shall be sprayed with pavement asphalt type AR -4000 at a rate of 0.25+/- 0.03 gallons per square yard. The width of asphalt application will be the fabric width, plus four inches. The fabric shall overlap 2-4 inches at the longitudinal joints and 2-4 inches at the transverse joints. No joints shall be lapped with more than two layers of fabric. Transverse joints shall be shingled in the direction of the paving to prevent edge pick-up by the paver. The fabric shall be placed into the asphaltic binder with a minimum of wrinkles that lap, and broomed or squeeged to remove any bubbles prior to the binder cooling substantially enough so that the fabric will not adhere to it. The equipment used to place the fabric shall be approved by the Engineer. The contract price paid per square yard for the Pavement Reinforcing Fabric shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and placing the fabric complete in place as shown on the plans and as specified under these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised Dec. 1985 M010 6-39.03 Street Paving Street paving consists of spreading and compacting asphalt concrete in streets excluding miscellaneous areas as defined in Section 39-7 and these Special Provisions. Street paving shall be in conformance with Section 39-5 "Spreading and Compacting Equipment" and Section 39-6 "Spreading and Compacting '' of the Standard Specifications. The asphalt concrete shall comply with Section 6-39.01 "Generale of these Special Provisions. The amount of asphalt binder to be mixed with the aggregate shall be between 4 percent and 7 percent by weight of the dry aggregate. The fourth through seventh paragraphs in Section 39- 3.03 "Proportioning" of the Standard Specifications shall not apply. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit a mix design for approval 15 days prior to paving. Spreading and compacting shall conform to the Standard Specifications with the following exceptions: Asphalt concrete shall not be spread with blading equipment; Vibratory rollers may be used with the approval of the Engineer; The roller requirements of Section 39-5.02 "Compacting Equipment" may be reduced to one 2 -axle steel tired tandem roller and one pneumatic tired roller provided the production rate allows the finish rolling to be accomplished satisfactorily; 3 -wheel rollers Asphalt concreteare prohibited; according to the ahal I hp gnrppd and r.rmnartpP in by the Engineer; foil owing table unless otherwi: se ayers approved Compacting equipment reductions in Section 39-6.03 "Compacting" apply except (3) in which the total amount of asphalt concrete included in the contract is reduced to 500 tons; 6. Seal coat per Section 39-7.02 "Seal Coat" is not required. 7. The dumping of material in a windrow, in accordance with Section 39-5.01 "Spreading Equipment", shall be limited to 6.47 an Top ayer Next layer Next laye Total required � r down down 20' or less tota . 25' 0.10 0.15' - .30' 0.15 0.15' - ,35' 0.20' 0.15' - ,40' 0.20 0.20' - ,45' 0.20 0.25' - ,50' 0.20 0.30' - , 55' 0.20 0.151 0 .20' ,601 0.20 0.201 0 .20' ,651 0.20 0.20' 0 .25' 0.70' 0.20 0.20' 0 .30' ayers approved Compacting equipment reductions in Section 39-6.03 "Compacting" apply except (3) in which the total amount of asphalt concrete included in the contract is reduced to 500 tons; 6. Seal coat per Section 39-7.02 "Seal Coat" is not required. 7. The dumping of material in a windrow, in accordance with Section 39-5.01 "Spreading Equipment", shall be limited to 6.47 300 feet in advance of the paving machine, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. This requirement does not relieve the Contractor of other requirements relating to temperature, spreading and compacting. Asphalt concrete shall be placed with pavers equipped with full electronic controls capable of reproducing grade controls with a 0.01 foot tolerance. Grade controls shall be provided on both sides of the paver and shall consist of two of the following: ° Sensors activated by a ski device not less than 30 feet long riding on an approved graded surface; Sensors activated by a foot or shoe riding on a previously placed mat or curb; Sensors activated by a foot or shoe riding on a grade wire with grade stakes at 25 foot intervals provided by an Engineer or Land Surveyor. Should the methods and equipment furnished by the Contractor fail to produce a layer of asphalt concrete conforming to the requirements, including straightedge tolerance, of Section 39-6.03, "Compacting," of the Standard Specifications, the paving operations shall be discontinued and the Contractor shall modify his equipment or furnish substitute equipment. The completed surface shall be thoroughly compacted, smooth, true to grade and cross section and free from ruts, humps, depressions or irregularities. Depressions over 0.02 feet in 10 feet and other surface irregularities shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Miscellaneous facilities shall be adjusted to grade in accordance with Section 6-15.04 "Adjusting Facilities to Grade" of these Special Provisions. Pavement defects shall be corrected at no additional cost to the City. No payment will be made for tonnage of asphalt concrete used in corrective work. The contract price paid per ton of asphalt concrete shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment, furnishing and applying asphalt emulsions, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing, spreading, compacting and correcting asphalt concrete and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised June 1988 6-39.04 Trench Replacement and Shoulder Paving Trench replacement and shoulder paving consists of spreading and compacting asphalt concrete in the following locations: (a) trenches (b) shoulders less than 8 feet wide adjacent to concrete curb and gutter (c) asphalt sidewalks and ramps (d) dikes, gutters, aprons and flares (e) other miscellaneous areas designated by the Engineer Asphalt concrete shall be produced from commercial quality asphalt and aggregates. The spreading and compacting requirements in Sections 39-6.02, "Spreading," and 39-6.03, "Compacting," of the Standard Specifications will not apply. The asphalt concrete shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Asphalt concrete shall be produced at a central mixing plant. 2. Aggregate shall conform to the 3/8 -inch maximum, specified in Section 39-2.02, "Aggregate," of the Standard Specifications. 3. The amount of asphalt binder to be mixed with the aggregate shall be between 4 percent and 7 percent by weight of the dry aggregate as approved by the Engineer. 4. Spreading and compacting shall be performed by methods that will produce an asphalt concrete surfacing of uniform smoothness, texture, and density. 5. Asphalt concrete shall be spread and compacted in layers according to the following table: Total required Top layer Next layer down 0.20' or less total 0.25' total 0.30' 0 . 15' 0 . 15" 0.35' 0.20 0 . 15' 6. Compaction shall be performed with a tandem roller weighing between 4 and 6 tons unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The completed surface shall be thoroughly compacted, smooth, true to grade and cross section and free from ruts, humps, depressions or irregularities. Depressions over 0.03 feet in 10 feet and other surface irregularities shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 6.49 Miscellaneous facilities shall be adjusted to grade in accordance with Section 6-15.04 "Adjusting Facilities to Grade" of these Special Provisions. Pavement defects shall be corrected at no additional cost to the City. No payment will be made for tonnage of asphalt concrete used in corrective work. (Write appropriate payment section) The contract price paid shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment, furnishing and applying asphalt emulsions, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing, spreading, compacting and correcting asphalt concrete and no additional compensation wi11 be allowed therefor. Revised Dec, 1985 6-39.05 Asphalt Concrete Leveling Course Asphalt concrete leveling courses including emulsions shall conform to Section 6- 39.01 "Asphalt Concrete," and these Special Provisions. The intent of the leveling course or courses is to fill low or irregularly shaped surfaces to provide a uniform surface for placement of fabrics and/or asphalt concrete paving. The Contractor shall apply leveling courses to depressions exceeding 0.03 feet in 4 feet and other irregularities as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor's and the Engineer's representatives shall walk the area to be paved and determine the areas to be leveled. Where the required thickness of 0.20 feet, the leveling course application shall be such that bottom and each successive layer lower layer. the leveling course will exceed shall be applied in layers. The the narrowest layer is on the extends beyond the edges of the Where the thickness required is less than one-half inch, asphalt concrete shall be No. 4 maximum in accordance with Section 39 "Asphalt Concrete" of the Standard Specifications. The asphalt concrete shall be spread by any means to obtain the specified results and shall be compacted with a tandem roller weighing between 4 and 6 tons unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, The contract price paid per ton of Asphalt Concrete Leveling Course shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in furnishing and placing asphalt concrete leveling courses complete in place as shown on the plans or as specified under these Special Provisions and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. - "• • -- November 1 986 6.50 6-39.06 Pavement Repair Existing pavement areas indicated on the plans shall be repaired as specified in these Special Provisions. Additional repair areas may be designated by the Engineer in the field. Existing surfacing shall be removed in accordance with Section 6- 15.02 "Removal Methods" of these Special Provisions to a depth of 0.4 feet and replaced with asphalt concrete unless otherwise shown on the plans. The underlying subgrade shall be compacted to a relative compaction of 92% for a minimum depth of 811, In lieu of compaction of native material, the subgrade may be replaced with 6" of Class 2 aggregate base in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 26 "Aggregate Base" of the Standard Specification. The contract price paid per square foot for pavement repair shall include full compensation for cutting and removing existing surfacing, compacting subgrade and replacing with asphalt concrete and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. November 1986 6-42 PAVEMENT GRINDING Pavement grinding shall be done at the locations and to the grades shown on the Plans in accordance with these Special Provisions. Grinding shall be performed with abrasive grinding equipment utilizing carbide or diamond cutting tips. Residue from grinding shall be removed from the roadbed by sweeping or washing. Residue from grinding operations shall not be permitted to flow into gutters or other drainage facilities or across lanes occupied by public traffic. Solid residue resulting from grinding operations shall be removed from pavement surfaces before such residue is blown by the action of traffic or wind. The noise level created by the combined grinding operation shall not exceed 86dBA at a distance of 50 feet measured at right angles to the direction of travel. Pavement grinding shall be measured by the lineal foot or square foot as shown in the proposal. The contract price paid for grinding existing pavement shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in grinding the existing pavement and removing residue, including furnishing water for washing the pavement, as shown on the plans, and as specified under these special provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Revised November 1986 6.51 6-55 STEEL STRUCTURES 6-55.01 General The steel structures shown on the plans shall Tie constructed in accordance with the details shown, the applicable portions of Section 55 "Steel Structures" of the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. Four copies of working drawings shall be furnished to the Engineer for approval at least 10 working days prior to fabrication. The working drawings shall show details of any permitted options proposed in the work, details for connections not dimensioned on the plans, the sequence of shop and field assembly and erection, welding sequences and procedures, the location of butt welded splices, and the location of any temporary supports that are to be used. Unless otherwise noted in the plans and specifications, all materials and fabrication shall conform to Section 55-2 "Materials" and Section 55-3 "Fabrication" of the Standard Specifications. Revised April 1986 6-59 PAINTING 6-59.01 General All required painting shall be done in accordance with the plans, the applicable portions of Section 59 "Painting" of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and the coating manufacturers recommendations. Attention is particularly directed to the following Sections of the Standard Specifications: 59-1.02 Weather Conditions 59-1.03 Application 59-1.05 Protection Against Damage 59-2 Painting Structural Steel Revised April 1986 6.55 6-62 STORM DRAINS 6-62.01 General Storm drain pipe and appurtenances shall be furnished and installed in accordance with applicable sections of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as shown on the plans. Storm drain pipe shall be either asbestos cement pipe, precast concrete pipe, or PVC pipe up thru 15 inch. Cast -in-place pipe and corrugated metal pipe shall only be used where specifically shown on the plans. PVC storm drains shall be furnished and installed in accordance with Section 6-71.04 "Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC)" of these Special Provisions. Approved rubber ring water stops or adaptors shall be used at all junctions with manholes, catch basins and other structures. PVC pipe shall not be used where the depth of cover is less than three feet. Tying pipe into existing structures shall be done by carefully breaking an opening in the wall of the structure and inserting the pipe so the end is flush with the inside wall. After insertion, the annular space shall be tightly packed with a non -shrink grout (Burke, Horn or approved equal). The mortar shall be placed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and troweled smooth and flush with the i-terior surface of ..j.e manhole. At new structures, the pipe shall be cast into the wall as shown on the appropriate Standard Plan. As an alternate, pipe may be laid through the structure and the structure constructed around the pipe. The top of the pipe shall then be removed and the edge grouted smooth. Upon completion of backfill, prior to paving, the City may inspect storm drains with closed-circuit television equipment. Defective work shall be repaired by the Contractor in a method approved by the City prior to final paving. The television logs will be made available to the Contractor for review. Defective work shown by TV or other inspection includes: ° Cracks, openings, leaks, or breaks in the pipe or structures; Joints offset more than 1/2" or 10 of the inside diameter, whichever is greater; ° Standing water exceeding 0.20 foot ° Protruding, folded or otherwise deformed gaskets All repairs of defective work shall be made at no cost to the City. Reinspection of repairs will be made by the City at the Contractor's expense. Trench patch shall conform to the applicable provisions of Section 6-39.04 "Trench Replacement and Shoulder Paving" of the Special'Provisions, and the details shown on the plans. 6.57 "Building A Better Community" Public Works Department Public Improvement Design Standards May 1991 City of Lodi Public improvement Design Standards introduction 1-1 Purpose and Scope....................................................................................................... 1 1 - 2 Design ....................................................................................................................... 1 1 - 3 Authority .................................................................................................................... 1 Section 1 - Streets 1100 General ................................................................................................................ 2 1.101 Scope...:....................................................................................................... 2 1.102 Submittals..................................................................................................... 2 1.200 Design Volumes................................................................................ ........................ 2 1.201 General.......................................................................................................... 2 1.202 Traffic Studies............................................................................................... 3 1.300 Street Design............................................................................................................... 4 1 301 General Design.............................................................................................. 4 1 302 Cross Section................................................................................................ 5 1.303 Intersection/Driveway Sight Distance .'.................................................... 5 1.304 Vertical Alignment........................................................................................ 6 1 305 Horizontal Alignment........................................................................ ....... 8 1 306 Medians............................................................................................. 9 1.400 Driveways............................................................ ......................................................... 9 1.401 General Requirements................................................................................... 9 1.402 Special Driveways.......................................................................................... 9 1403 Width .................... .......... ......... .......... ..................................... ....................... 10 1.404 Distances from Curb Returns..................................................................... '10 1405 Distances From Utility or Safety Devices....................................................... 10 1.406 Distance Between Driveways........................................................................ 10 1 407 Distances From Property Line....................................................................... 10 1.408 Removal.........................................................................................................11 1.409 Parking Lot Driveways.................................................................................1' 1.410 Driveway Slope......................................................................................... 11 1.500 Curb, Gutter and Sidewalk........................................................................................... 11 1.501 General Requirements.................................................................................. 11 1.502 Curb and Gutter Type...................................................................................11 1503 Sidewalk........................................................................................................12 1.504 Wheelchair Ramps.....................:................................................................. 12 1.505 Back of Sidewalk............................................................................................ 12 1.600 Structural Section......................................................................................................... 12 Section 2 -Wastewater 2.100 General..................................................................................................................14 2.101 Scope............................................................................................................ u 2.102 Submittals..................................................................................................... 14 2.200 Design Flow.................................................................................................................. 15 2.300 Pipe Design.......................................................................................................... 16 2.301 Minimum Size..................................................................... .......................... 16 2.302 Design Depth of Flow................................................................................... 16 2.303 Slope............................................................................................................ 16 2 304 Vertical Alignment..................................................................................... 17 2.305 Horizontal Alignment..................................................................................... 17 2.306 Pipe Materials............................................................................:..................18 2 307 Joints and Fittings................................................................................. ...... 18 2.400 Services........................................................................................................................ 18 2.401 General.......................................................................................................... 18 2.402 Monitoring Structures .........................,........................................................ 19 2.403 Traps and Waste Interceptors........................................................... ......... 19 2.500 Manholes and Miscellaneous Structures...................................................................... 19 2.501 Manholes....................................................................................................... 19 2.502 Drop Manholes............................................................................................ 19 2.600 Lift Stations.........................................................................................................19 2.601 General................................................................................................. ........ 19 2.602 Design........................................................................................................... 19 2.603 Force Mains........................................................... ............................ ........21 Section 3 - Storm Drainage 3.100 General......................................................................................................................... 22 3.101 Scope............................................................................................................ 22 3.102 Submittals..................................................................................................... 22 3.200 Design Flow.................................................................................................................. 23 3.300 Pipe Design................................................................................................................. 23 3.301 Minimum Size................................................................................................ 23 3 302 Design Depth of Flow (Hydraulic Grade Line) .............................................. 23 3 303 Slope..........................................................................................................24 3.304 Vertical Alignment....................................................................................... 24 3.305 Horizontal Alignment..................................................................................... 25 3.306 Pipe Materials................................................................................................ 25 3.307 Pipe Joints..................................................................................................... 26 3.400 Services..................................................................................................................26 3.401 General..........................................................................................................26 3.402 On-site Design Requirements........................................................................26 3.500 Manholes and Miscellaneous Structures...................................................................... 27 3.501 Manholes....................................................................................................... 27 3.502 Catch Basins.................................................................................................. 27 3 600 Pump Stations.............................................................................................................. 28 3.700 Detention Basins........................................................................................................... 28 3 701 General Requirements..................................................................... . . . 28 3.702 Temporary Basins .......................................................................... .......... 28 3 703 Permanent Basins .............................................. ................... "' ■ ........... 29 SECTION 4 -Water 4.100 General......................................................................................................................... 30 4.101 Scope............................................................................................................30 4.102 Submittals..................................................................................................... 30 4.200 Design Flow ...................................................... ..... ............ „.................. ..............31 4,300 Pipe Design .................................................................................................................. 31 4.301 Minimum Size............................................................................. .............. 31 4 302 Design Pressure............................................................................................ 32 4.303 Slope.............................................................................................................. 32 4.304 Vertical Alignment........................................................................................32 4.305 Horizontal Alignment......................................................................... ........32 4 306 Pipe................................................................................................................ 33 4 307 Joints............................................................................................................. 33 4.400 Services.................................................................................................................. 33 4.401 General.......................................................................................................... 33 4 402 Domestic Service...................................................................... • • ..... 33 4 403 Fire Service.................................................................................................... 34 4.500 Valves, Fire Hydrants and Miscellaneous Appurtenances ............................................ 36 4.501 Valves............................................................................................................ 36 4.502 Fire Hydrants................................................................................................. 37 4 503 Blow -offs and Temporary Connections........................................................ 37 4.504 Thrust Blocks..................................................................................................37 Section 5 - Miscellaneous Requirements 5.100 Maps and Easements ...................... 5.101 Maps ........................... ........ 5.102 Easements ......................... 38 38 38 5.200 Improvement Plans and Specifications................................................... ..................... 39 5.300 As -built Plans and Certifications................................................................................. 40 5.400 Traffic Control.............................................................................................................. 41 5.500 Soils Reports ................................................................................................................ .41 5.600 Grading and Earthwork................................................................................................ .41 5.601 Grading Plans.................................................................................. ..............41 5 602 Dust Control.................................................................................................. .42 5.603 Erosion Control.......................................................................................... .42 5.700 Trench and Pipe Strength Design................................................................................. 42 5.701 General .............................................................. ......................................... .42 5 702 Soils Investigation........................................................................................ 43 5 703 Flexible Pipe................................................................................................. .43 5.703.1 Ductile Iron Pipe.............................................................................. ...........43 5.703.2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC, ASTM D3034) ...................................................... 44 5.703.3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC, AWWA C900) ............................. ..........44 5.704 Rigid Pipe .............................................. •.................................................... 44 5.704.1 Asbestos Cement Pipe (AWWA C400) ..................................................... 44 5.704.2 Concrete Pipe (ASTM C14, C76)................................................................ 44 5.704.3 Vitrified Clay Pipe (ASTM C700) ................................... .............................. 44 Appendix A -1 Improvement Plan Requirements...................................................... .......... 45 A-1.1 General Requirements................................................................................ 45 A-1.2 Plan Notes.................................................................................................... 45 A-1 3 Checklist....................................................................................................... 46 A- 2 Bid Item List............................................................................................... ......................51 A - 3 Wastewater Flow Calculation Sheet......................................................... ......................53 A - 4 Storm Drainage Calculation Sheet ................................................. ......................54 A- 5 References......................................................................................................................55 CITY OF LOD tFoR�' PUBLIC Frame & cover per Std. Plan 309; Adjust to grade per Std Plan 123 I I Grade Rings I I 3" min. 18" max. I Concentric I— 2" —moi ° 2'-6" cone (1'-3" min.) I I SECTION A—A A Barrel, See �\ 48" Note 7 E-3 48" Manhole For 6" or 8" pipes, dish area in base concrete to allow for camera installation _7 1_,, \ + -L - n Top one half I I of pipe to be broken out L min. 3 feet min. _ it Stainless steel 2" 12" min. stub j + i Construct Bell end smooth flow j j to wall 24" o c channel. Typical Plug (typ) i I all inlets and See Note 4 outlets, Hole 1 " 6�4 Drop Connectior — See Note 3 larger 0 than —Base—See Note 2 incoming pipe. Tee Transition coupling Incoming pipe 8" max Notes. Sch 80 PVC 1 Barrel, cone and grade ring sections shall conform to drop pipe, see note 6. ASTM C478, latest revision Manufacturer to be approved by the engineer 2 Base shall consist of cast—in—place Class B concrete per Sec 90 Caltrans Std Specification Prefabricated bases shall conform to Note 1 and be placed an 4" of concrete or 3/4" Class 'I AB Bedding 3 Rubber ring waterstop or manhole adapter required for PVC pipe installations 4 Plugs shall be compression type as approved by the Engineer 5 Backfill around MH shall be compacted to 95% R C min 6 Drop connection to be used only when shown on the plans or approved by the Engineer Drop pipe to be one size larger than the incoming pipe 7 All barrel joints shall be qrouted inside and outside or sealed .Ram—.nek or approved equivalent. Dr. KT No4 Sate . Rev-isuon Appr. Ch. WS Date ' 24" min. Stainless steel 2" bands anchored to wall 24" o c two bands min Smooth 1/4 radius bend Drop Connectior ,. Detail For Sanitary Sewer only Approved By: STD PLAN W 12/28/0 YIly Sa elin 301 City Enai Date R.C.E. 39895 V '�•w•aj�+ DEPARTMENT CITY OF LODI 48" Manho Std Plan Class A co Cast— in— pl concrete p Saddle Manhole Votes: 1. Make manhole opening in top of pipe before concrete sets and place barrel within following 7 days. Dr. KT No Date Revision Appr. Apprr/o'ved By- e. 70"4� Ch. WS W �Ily Sa elm Date City Engine RC.E. 39895 Undisturbed earth STD PLAN Date ° 1 302 Date r OF <�FoRCITY OF LODI PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Side Inlet Catch Basin T"- Inlet Catch Basin shall be located )ect to the B.C.R., E.C.R., and P/L i below. 1—Faceof curb per appropriate Std Plan. 1 The concrete shall conform to following criteria. A. 2500 P.S.I. at 28 days. B. 11/2" maximum aggregate. C. 4" slump at placing site. D. Light broom finish. E. Impervious membrane cure. 2. When catch basin is to be constructed with stub, the stub shall extend beyond the toe of the curb & gutter and plugged with precast plug. 3. Barrel may be constructed with 18" R.C.P. and grouted smooth. 4. Recornpactover-excavated areas to 92% R.C. 5. Lateral line must be ductile iron pipe when cover is 2' or less. 6. For trench backfill requirements See Std. Pin 501. Dr. No. Date T 1 7/01 UPDATE we Flowline and curb transition (typ.) Catch basin assembly per Std. Plan 307 L 8" 90% R.C. See Note 4 - See Note 3 P/L 6" Keep bolts loose in order to allow for angle to vary, keeping top of assembly level with S.W. grade & vertical grate plum w/ face of curb 7 3/4" Depression across full F \ width of opening Top of curb (T.C.) 12 min. Concrete to - I be placed ( lateral against neat excavation. 2„ 6" See Note 4 __Z Ch. WS 2 2/04 REVISED SICB OPENING DIM Date 3 2/05 REVISED TRANSITION DIM. 12/0 8" 90% R.C. Se( Note 5 Concrete to be placed against neat excavation. Approved By. W jo""� 2/05 9i18 En Per plan o 36" min. 48" max. STD PLAN 303 OF PUBLIC WORKS� uuuiiiuuuu Ill Notes: 1. Conc. 2500 psi at 28 days I 1 /2" max. agg. 4" slump at placing site. Light broom finish. Impervious membrone cure. 2. For trench backfill requirements see Std Plan 501. 3. For 24" catch basin, use Std Plan 310 with slotted cover. 4. Alternate construction— use 18" RCP, grout all openings Dr. KT Drop Inlet Catch Basin If shown on the plan a 2" A.C. apron shall be placed around Drop Inlet Catch Basin. If the size of apron is not indicated on the plan it shall be 4'x4' min. - - Conc to be placed against neat excavation 12" Cast iron ring and grate. City of Lodi Std Plan 308 or equal Approve d By- /Wco 12�28�0� R1y Date E" 39895 STD PLAN 304 �y poi <Oa' CITY OF LODIPUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 1" 1-1/8" 23-3/8" +► 0 A i A --- i - 23-3/8" —►i 7/8" THROUGH HOLE PLAN VIEW FRAME LID UNDERSIDE 18-1/4" -. 23-3/8" - 16-1/2" l 2" L ----- 1/2" 3/4" 9 1 /4�� VERTICAL GRATE --------------_ __ BOLTS TO FRAME 1/2" W/ (2) S.S. BOLTS &NUTS SECTION A -A 1/4" 112" R2" SIDE INLET CATCH BASIN ASSEMBLY NON-SKID SQUARE PATTERN OVER ENTIRE TOP OF LID & FRAME 719'0 PICK HOLE PLAN VIEW LID 9 1/4" X 4 3/4" RECESS FOR PLATE 118" DEEP (NO SKID PATTERN) NO DUMPING DRAINS TO RIVER PRE -FABRICATED ALUMINUM PLATE (PROVIDED BY CITY) PLATE DETAIL L I 1/2" 112" 1/4"� SIDE VIEW LID INSTALLATION SHALL BE AS PER STANDARD PLAN 303 & 314 5-7/8" �— 5-7/8" f R-1/2" 1/2"0 HOLE 1 3/4" THROUGH � 3-7/8.. Ni ��-11-1/4" FRONT VIEW Dr. KG No Date Revision A r. Ap Wed By: — 1 2/05 NEWSTANDARDPLAN WS ,%r1 STD PLAN Ch. cJ'L F. Wally Santlel 2/2/05 oar 307 6-04 R.C.E. 39895 1/2"0 COUNTERSUNK --j CITY OF LODI awPUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 1/8"R--\ w- ---5/16" 5/8" Section i Drop Inlet Catch Basin Assembly 19"- 17 — 3 4 9"17-3/4 1 7-1 / 2 "——i 15-1/2" --•— �T 1 —3/8" 3/4" 1 /2,> 1 6" • 17-7/8" 19-3/8" 21-1/2" Section A—A Dr. KT No Date Re\dsion A r. Approved 14e� STD PLAN Ch. WS 12/28/00 308 Wally Sa elfin Date City Engin Dote , 12100 R.C.E. 39895 liFOR, CITY OF LOD'. WORKS DEPARTMENT - Manhole •.- Side pick hole 1"x1-1/4" ---- STORM 1-1/2" letters or SANITARY SEWER 1" letters centered C 1/8" See Note 1 M Manhole Assembly (24") O� C3 El [j 00 07_10 00 00 00 00 0 1 ❑❑ STORM ❑ 00 00 00 0°0 0o C3 C3 ❑ o°0 00 O°O 4� i o °❑C o°O ❑ o — 27" — 25-1/2" 24" — 32-3/8" 1" hole 1-1/2" 0 3 holes equally spaced ___�1-1/8" Notes: 1. Frame—Approx. wt. 140 lbs. 2. Cover—Approx. wt. 136 lbs. 3. Manhole cover shall be morked "STORM" or "SANITARY SEWER" as oppropriate 4. Material—Cast Iron per ASTM A-48 Class 30 5. See Std. Plan 123 for adjustment to grade. Dr. No Date Revision A r. Approved By: _KT STD PLAN C h . WS /IVB -----_----- .Wally sa ern 12/28/00 309 Date City Engine Date R C.E. 39895 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Cast iron ring and cover City of Lodi Finished Stardard plan 309 adjust to grade per See R.C.P. ASTM Note 1 — C-76 Notes: 1. Backfill around riser shall be a minimum of 92% R.C. 2. Concrete: A. 2500 psi ® 28 days B. 4' slump maximum. C. Class B per Section 90 of Standard Specifications. 1-1/2" max. agg. 3. For depth over 60", use 48" manhole, Standard Plan 301. Dr. KT • Ch. WS Date 1 2 /Ou Approved By: STD PIAN J 12/28/0 Wally So ain - �Gii"" �nglfl Date 310I R. 8. 39895 y OFA •;�� �. CITY OF LODIPUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Notes: Construction Catch Basin Filter 3" T Fabric to extend 3" minimum past bar on front & sides. 40" 7 I. Top 8" typ. 1 40" Front Fabric Hold in place using 40 pound rock bags of ultroviolei stable material. (Typical at 2 places) Approx. 87' 6" 12" I f Side i Isasm per Plan 307 Dr. KT No Date Revision A r. Approved By: STD PLAN Ch. WS //, c W 12/28/01 1 tyWally Sa eli� �2 �0 City Entfit 5 Date 313 OF CITY OF LODI 9LF0 WORKS ' A 4' Transition Gutter Transition Detail 4' Transition 4— 1/2" Curb Height 6 Curb — ----- ----- ----Z-- - ------- --------- — Height t — — — — — — — IJ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — I Lip of gutter J / / A Lip of gutter Flowline _// Opening per Flowline Top of Curb Std Plan 307 Left side for 4-1/2" Curb Height Gutter Transition Detail Right side for 6" Curb Height N ., Date 314 .�, — Dr. No, Date Revision A r. Approved 70-� KT STD PLAN Ch. WS�/ w 12/28/00 Wally Sa eCity Engine 1 7 /(1(1 RCE 39895 lin Date CITY OF LODIPUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Solid Lid per Std Plan 309 Adjust to Grode per Std Plan 123--\ Oil Trap B.O.W. R Construct per Std Plan 301 Removable However use I cap Eccentric Cone rather than Concentric Cone 3„ min. f W To City Manhole or Catch d Basin d r mi 12" min. Sand/Oil Trap 24" min. Sand Trap w/ Grate Riser Grate per Std cu. ft. d W Plan 304 adjust to Grade per 0 — 20,000 3 Std Plan 123 4" 20,000 — 40,000 6 8" 16" d 15" Drainage Area 4000 min. 18" min. Vol. 1 36" min. Dia. varies --� Varies For 24" size construction shall be per Std Plan 310 for greater than 24" Construction shall be per Std Plan 301 Vol. 2 PVC Schedule 40 or greater or ABS (SDR 35). See Note 5 Drainage Area (s.f.) Vol. 1 Vol. 2 (Excluding cu. ft. d W Combined all Landscaping) cu.ft. 0 — 20,000 3 6" 12" 20,000 — 40,000 6 8" 16" Drainage Area 4000 40,000 — 100,000 10 10" 20" 100,000 — 220,000 12 12" 24" Notes: 1. Precast commercial units are acceptable with prior approval. 2. Oil Trap to be outside of fencing and subject to inspection at all times. 3. Larger sizes may be required based on generation of oil and/ or sand (i.e. Bulk oil facilities, Trucking firms) 4. For lower flows Standard Plan 205 can be used with City approval. Dr. KT Ch. WS Date 1 I 2/04 I ADDED REMOVABLE CAP 1 Approved By: STD PLAN � 2/12/04 APPENDIX F Overflow Emergency Response Documents Appendix F includes the following: F-1 Sanitary Sewer Overflow Response Plan F-2 Water Service Division Required Training F-3 Water Service Division Recommended Training -Tail Gate Meeting F-4 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for Spill Mitigation and Containment Revision Date: 08/13/2009 F-1 City of Lodi Water and Wastewater Division Sanitary Sewer Overflow Response Plan R:\GROUP\WWW\SSORP\SSOResponceplan.doc 08/06/2009 Index Introduction.......................................................................... 1 Responding Staff Responsibilities............................................... .2 SpillDefinitions.................................................................... .3 Safety.................................................................................. 4 Sanitary Sewer Overflow Plan Flow Chart ................................... .5-6 Response Plan (Public Right of Way) ............................................. 7 Response Plan (Private Property) .................................................. 8 Incident Staff Responsibilities..................................................... .9 TrainingPlan........................................................................ .10 Customer information sheet ........................................................ 11 Sanitary Sewer Overflow Report Form ....................................... 12-13 Flow Estimation Charts......................................................... 14-19 Wastewater System Map........................................................... .20 Storm Drain System Map ......................................................... ..21 R:\GROUP\WWW\SSORP\SSOResponceplan.doc 08/0612009 Introduction The City of Lodi's Public Works Departments Water and Wastewater Division is Responsible for the operation and maintenance of the city's Wastewater collection system, Strom drain Collection system, Wastewater and storm drain Manholes, and two wastewater transmission lines. The purpose of this system is to collect and convey the city's wastewater to its White slough Water pollution control facility for treatment. These facilities are well maintained and normally should not result in any sewage spills or overflows. However, the possibility exists that unforeseen accidents, unusual equipment failure or other events not controllable by the city could result in a sewage spill/overflow. This procedure provides a plan that when enacted in response to a sewer spill/overflow would reduce or eliminate public health hazards, spillage of raw sewage onto public or private property, unnecessary property damage, contamination of the environment, and the inconvenience of service interruptions. This Sanitary Sewer Overflow Response Plan (SSORP) is designed to assist and train employees to comply with the responsibilities of the plan and to ensure that all citizens and employees health and safety are protected. It is also designed to ensure that all the appropriate entities are informed of all sewage spills. Any Sewage spill over I,000zallons shall be reported to the CaliforniaReeional Water Ouality Control Board — Central Valley Region n,1- 916-255-3000 R:\GROUP\WWW\SSORP\SSOResponceplan.doc 08/06/2009 M Responding; Staff Responsibilities The first crew responding to a sewer backup has the immediate responsibility to protect people, property, and the environment from effects of a sewage spill/overflow. To meet these objectives in a rapid, effective and organized manner, staff will respond and fulfill the duties in the following categories as directed by this plan: #1 CONTAIN spilling sewage from entering waterways • Capture the sewage where it can be recovered and returned to the sewer system. • Contain sewage in an advantageous locations (i.e. flood control facilities, construction excavations locations, vacant lots ect.) • Containment materials include sand, sand bags, poly sheeting, socks, ect. #2 CONTROL the spill overflow and bypass area of failure • Bypass the obstructed line by pumping the spillage into another non- restricted line or vacuum with vactor truck #3 CLEANUP the affected areas to ensure public health and safety • Remove all visible debris • Wash down and contain run-off being careful not to wash sewage into storm drain system • Determine whether to disinfect or not to disinfect? • Consider requirements of other agencies • Consider beneficial use of receiving waters • Consider the uses and ownership of affected properties • Clean all hard/soft surfaces R:\GROUP\WWW\SSORP\SSOResponceplan.doc 08/06/2009 Spill Definitions Minor spill A minor spill is a sewage spill that is contained and can be effectively and satisfactorily cleaned up by city personnel, and does not require regulatory notification. A minor inside spill is one that: 1. Is confined to the affected drain area and does not enter other rooms. 2. Does not contaminate carpet, furniture or other homeowner belongings that require specialized cleaning and disinfection. 3. Does not pose a threat to public health. A minor outside spill is one that: 1. Is less than 50 gallons: or 2. Is between 50 and 1000 gallons and does not occur with in 50 feet of human habitation, does not contaminate public waters, does not pose a threat to public health and/or the environment, and can be cleaned up by city personnel. Mai or Spill A major spill is a sewage spill that contaminates the homeowner's property inside the home, can not be effectively and satisfactorily cleaned up by city personnel, and requires regulatory notification. A major inside spill is one that: 1. Spreads beyond the immediate drain area and into other living areas. 2. Contaminates wall-to-wall carpets, furniture or other homeowner's belongings that require specialized cleaning or disinfection. 3. Poses a threat to public health. A major outside spill is one that: 1. Is greater than 1000 gallons. 2. Is more than 50 gallons but occurs within 50 feet of human habitation, contaminates public water and/or poses a threat to public health and/or the environment. Any Sewage Will over 1,000 gallons shall be reported to the Ca liforniaRegional Water Ouality Control Board — Central Valley Region (& 1- 916-255-3000 R:\GROUP\WWW\SSORP\SSOResponceplan.doc 08/06/2009 Safetv Whenever City personnel respond to a report of an overflow/spill, they may encounter an emergency situation that requires immediate action. The most critical aspect of resolving an incident of this nature is to safely and competently perform the actions necessary to return the damage equipment or facility to operation as soon as possible. The most important item to remember during this type of incident is that safe operations both to the employee and the public always take precedence over expediency or short cuts. Depending on the nature or cause of the overflow/spill, personnel may be performing mechanical or electrical repairs at a pump station, removing a mainline blockage with the vactor truck or repairing a damaged section of pipeline. At this point, it is essential that all applicable safety procedures are followed so that the response does not cause the situation to escalate. Typical responses may require personnel to implement the following types of safety procedures: • Lockout/tagout of equipment for repairs • Confined space entry procedures • Traffic control procedures at site • Equipment and/or vehicle operation • Use of personnel protective equipment Another important aspect of responding to an overflow/spill is the ability to maintain adequate communication via two-way radio and/or cellular telephone. Responders may need to call for additional resources as the situation may warrant as well as to notify other personnel and supervisors of the situation. R:\GROUP\WWW\SSORP\SSOResponceplan.doc 08/06/2009 WATER/WASTEWATER PERSt7NNEL NO ARRIVE AT LOCATION I I IS BLOCKAGE A CITY MAIN LINE? I I IS THE SERVICE LINE CAUSINGAN OVERFLOW INSIDE/OUTSIDE? YES Its NO NOTIFY CUSTOMER & LODI CONTROL TO COMPLETE SERVICE REQUEST IS CONTACTED? YES 1. NOTIFY CUSTOMER TO CLEAR BLOCKAGE AND CLEAN UP. 2. IF ITS A MAJORSPILL(1000 gal. OR MORE) CALL SUPERVISOWSUPERINTENDENT. 3. STAY AT LOCATION TO VERIFY CUSTOMER TAKES CARE OF BLOCKAGE AND CLEAN UP. 4. NOTIFY LODI CONTROL TO COMPLETE SERVICE REQUEST. 5. CHECK BACKAT LOCATION DURING WORKING HOURSTO VERIFY SPILL HAS STOPPED. 2. IF ITSA MAJORSPILL(1000 gal. OR MORE) CALL SUPERV ISOWSUPERINTEN DENT. 3. CLEAR BLOCKAGE, & CLEAN UP SPILL OUTSIDE BUILDING. 4. FILL OUT REPORT FOR BILLINGTHE CUSTOMER. 5. NOTIFY LODI CONTROL TO COMPLETE SERVICE REQUEST. 6. SPILL INSIDE BUILDING IS CUSTOMERS RESPONSIBILITY, PROVIDE CUSTOMER WITH NOTICE CF CLEAN UP RESONSIBILITY. LODI CONTROU ANSWERING SERVICE YES IS THE BLOCKAGE CAUSING AN OVERFLOW INSIDEIOUTSIDE? YES 14--� ---*I NO 11. CLEAR CITY MAIN 2. NOTIFY LODI CONTROL TO ro OVERFLOW NOEPUI�OR gal. ORAN IMMITTTBL SENSITIVE MAJOR OVERFLOW 1.CALL SUPERVISOR/SUPERIN TENDENT. 2. CLEAR STOPPAGE & RESTORE FLOW. 3. CONTAIN SPILL WI EARTH BERMS, PLUGS FOR STORM DRAINS, & SAND BAGS& PLASTIC SHEETS FOR DROP INLETS. 4. INVESTIGATE OVERFLOW INSIDE STRUCTURES& IF POSSIBLETAKE PICTURES. 5. RETURNSPILLTO COLLECTION SYSTEM W I VAC -CON TRUCK, PUMPS% HOSESOR WATER TRUCK. 6. FOLLOW MINOR OVERFLOW TASKS 4 THRU 7. MINOROVERFLOW 1. CLEAR STOPPAGE & RESTORE FLOW. 2. CONTAIN SPILL AND RETURN TO SYSTEM. 3. CLEAN UP 4. REMOVE ALL SIGNS OF GROSS POLLUTION. 5. FLUSH WITH WATER. DISINFECTAREA IF NEEDED. 6. NOTIFY LODI CONTROLTO FOLLOW UP CITY OF LODI PROCEDURES SANITARY SEWER OVERFLOW CAUSES OF SPILL. PLAN 2. ADD TO NEXT DAYS CLEANING SCHEDULE FLOW CHART IF NEEDED. WORKING 3. DON INSPECTION. AFTER HOURS 4. REPAIR OR HOURS LODI SEWER BLOCKAGE CONTROL REPORTED WATER/WASTEWATER PERSt7NNEL NO ARRIVE AT LOCATION I I IS BLOCKAGE A CITY MAIN LINE? I I IS THE SERVICE LINE CAUSINGAN OVERFLOW INSIDE/OUTSIDE? YES Its NO NOTIFY CUSTOMER & LODI CONTROL TO COMPLETE SERVICE REQUEST IS CONTACTED? YES 1. NOTIFY CUSTOMER TO CLEAR BLOCKAGE AND CLEAN UP. 2. IF ITS A MAJORSPILL(1000 gal. OR MORE) CALL SUPERVISOWSUPERINTENDENT. 3. STAY AT LOCATION TO VERIFY CUSTOMER TAKES CARE OF BLOCKAGE AND CLEAN UP. 4. NOTIFY LODI CONTROL TO COMPLETE SERVICE REQUEST. 5. CHECK BACKAT LOCATION DURING WORKING HOURSTO VERIFY SPILL HAS STOPPED. 2. IF ITSA MAJORSPILL(1000 gal. OR MORE) CALL SUPERV ISOWSUPERINTEN DENT. 3. CLEAR BLOCKAGE, & CLEAN UP SPILL OUTSIDE BUILDING. 4. FILL OUT REPORT FOR BILLINGTHE CUSTOMER. 5. NOTIFY LODI CONTROL TO COMPLETE SERVICE REQUEST. 6. SPILL INSIDE BUILDING IS CUSTOMERS RESPONSIBILITY, PROVIDE CUSTOMER WITH NOTICE CF CLEAN UP RESONSIBILITY. LODI CONTROU ANSWERING SERVICE YES IS THE BLOCKAGE CAUSING AN OVERFLOW INSIDEIOUTSIDE? YES 14--� ---*I NO 11. CLEAR CITY MAIN 2. NOTIFY LODI CONTROL TO ro OVERFLOW NOEPUI�OR gal. ORAN IMMITTTBL SENSITIVE MAJOR OVERFLOW 1.CALL SUPERVISOR/SUPERIN TENDENT. 2. CLEAR STOPPAGE & RESTORE FLOW. 3. CONTAIN SPILL WI EARTH BERMS, PLUGS FOR STORM DRAINS, & SAND BAGS& PLASTIC SHEETS FOR DROP INLETS. 4. INVESTIGATE OVERFLOW INSIDE STRUCTURES& IF POSSIBLETAKE PICTURES. 5. RETURNSPILLTO COLLECTION SYSTEM W I VAC -CON TRUCK, PUMPS% HOSESOR WATER TRUCK. 6. FOLLOW MINOR OVERFLOW TASKS 4 THRU 7. MINOROVERFLOW 1. CLEAR STOPPAGE & RESTORE FLOW. 2. CONTAIN SPILL AND RETURN TO SYSTEM. 3. CLEAN UP 4. REMOVE ALL SIGNS OF GROSS POLLUTION. 5. FLUSH WITH WATER. DISINFECTAREA IF NEEDED. 6. NOTIFY LODI CONTROLTO F F,4 FOLLOW UP PROCEDURES 1. INVESTIGATE CAUSES OF SPILL. 2. ADD TO NEXT DAYS CLEANING SCHEDULE IF NEEDED. 3. DON INSPECTION. 4. REPAIR OR REPLACE NY BROKEN LINE SEGMENTS. F F,4 SPILL RESPONSE PLAN jPublic Right of Way) 1. Upon Arrival assess the severity of the spill and determine the manpower and equipment needed. Contain spillage immediately if possible. 2. Locate and clear stoppage and restore unobstructed flow. 3. Prevent contact between public and spill, utilize barricades, cones, and for dangerous traffic areas contact police for assistance in traffic control. 4. Once the blockage has been relieved or problem corrected and the overflow has ceased, every effort shall be made to contain the sewage that has spilled S. If there is flooding or property damage, notify supervisor immediately. 6. Take necessary photographs of the affected area for city records. 7. Solids and debris should be raked up, bagged and disposed of at the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility or returned to an unobstructed sewer main. Wash down and sanitize affected areas. 8. Do not volunteer or disown City liability. Instead, neutral comments should be used by City personnel indicating that the liability issue cannot be addressed until all of the relevant information has been evaluated. 9. After clean up is complete remove barricades to restore public access after area is safe. 10. Contact Lodi control to complete service request. I l .The responding employee shall complete the Sewage Overflow Report and turn it in to the Water/Wastewater Supervisor. R:\GROUP\WWW\SSORP\SSOResponceplan.doc 08/06/2009 SPILL RESPONSE PLAN {Private Property) 1. Upon Arrival assess the severity of the spill and determine the manpower and equipment needed. Contain spillage immediately if possible. If it is determined that it is a customer problem and not a city main line blockage, notify the customer to clear their service line and clean up the spill. Try to contain the spill to the property, if you can not contain the spill call for assistance. 2. If it is a city problem, Locate and clear stoppage and restore unobstructed flow. 3. Prevent contact between public and spill, utilize barricades, cones, and for dangerous traffic areas contact police for assistance in traffic control. 4. Once the blockage has been relieved or problem corrected and the overflow has ceased, every effort shall be made to contain the sewage that has spilled to public property. S. Obtain customer/property owner information, including Name, Address Phone Number, and the date and time they where notified. 6. If there is flooding or property damage, notify supervisor immediately. 7. Take necessary photographs of the affected area for city records. 8. Solids and debris on public property should be raked up, bagged and disposed of at the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility or returned to an unobstructed sewer main. Wash down and sanitize affected areas. 9. Do not volunteer or disown City liability. Instead, neutral comments should be used by City personnel indicating that the liability issue cannot be addressed until all of the relevant information has been evaluated. 1 O.After clean up is complete remove barricades to restore public access after area is safe. 11. Supply the customer with the customer information sheet. 12. For major spills caused by the city, additional assistance may be required, including hotel/motel accommodations. Details and arrangements for Major spills shall be the responsibility of the Water/Wastewater Supervisor. 13. Contact Lodi control to complete service request. 14. The responding employee shall complete the Sewage Overflow Report and turn it in to the Water/Wastewater Supervisor. R:\GROUP\WWW\SSORP\SSOResponceplan.doc 08/06/2009 INCIDENT STAFF RESPONSIBILITIES The Water/Wastewater Superintendent and the Water/Wastewater Supervisor are responsible to ensure that all Operations and Maintenance personnel are trained in and follow these procedures. The responding Employee is responsible for filling out the sewage overflow report form. The Water/Wastewater Superintendent or the Water/Wastewater Supervisor is responsible for notifying regulatory agencies within the required time frames: All spills (regardless of size) shall be reported to State of California Regional Water Quality Control Board — Central Valley Region within 24 hours at: 1-916-255-3000 All Major spills shall be reported verbally to State of California Regional Water Quality Control Board — Central Valley Region at: 1-916-255-3000 And State of California Office of Emergency Services at: 1-800-852-7550 Immediately. A written report shall also be submitted to the State of California Regional Water Quality Control Board — Central Valley Region within 5 Days. A sewage spill that enters the storm system and may be a threat to the environment or sensitive waterways (i.e. Woodbridge Irrigation Canal, Mokelumne River, Lodi Lake, or Mallard Lake.) shall also be reported to the State of California Department of Fish and Game immediately at: 1-916-355-7040. All hazardous materials contact the Lodi Fire Department Immediately at: 369-3531 R:\GROUP\WWW\SSORP\SSOResponceplan.doc 08/06/2009 F-2 F-3 TRAINING PLAN Training is the key to the success of this plan. Employees will participate in an orientation exercise every six months and one tabletop or functional full —scale exercise shall be conducted annually. ORIENTATION EXERCISE — This exercise will consist of a lecture with handouts and overheads covering all aspects of the sewage spill response plan. Each employee will learn individual duties and responsibilities and learn how to effectively use this plan and work together as a team. TABLETOP EXERCISE — In this exercise, equipment or deployment of resources will not be used. All activities will be simulated. Employees will learn through discussion and the use of a facilitator. The exercise will focus on the events leading to a potentially large spill and how to mitigate the effects. FUNCTIONAL FULL SCALE EXERCISE — This exercise will simulate a large scale spill where employees will respond to a mock spill. Equipment will be deployed including sewer trucks, pumps, and containment equipment. Backup resources will be controlled and included in this exercise. A confined space entry exercise will not be conducted and a manhole entry will not be done. Following any of the above mentioned plans a critique will be conducted in order to refine or improve this plan. R:\GROUP\WWW\SSORP\SSOResponceplan.doc 08/06/2009 CUSTOMER INFORMATION SHEET The following list of contacts are for clean up and water damage, they where chosen at random out of the yellow pages, for more details look in the yellow pages under carpets. The companies listed below are all 24 hour services. The city of Lodi will not recommend or endorse any one company. Primo Clean — Lodi 209-333-7272 Servpro — Lodi 209-368-6119 Coit Restoration — Lodi 209-333-0794 Dennis Clean-n-brite - Lodi 209-334-0581 Kleen-Pro — Lodi 209-366-1081 Marlins — Lodi 209-367-7949 If you feel you have a claim against the city, contact the city clerk's office at city hall and obtain all the necessary forms to be filled out. Further instructions will be given to you at that time. City of Lodi contact numbers: Water/wastewater Superintendent — 333-6740 Risk Manager — 333-6704 City attorney — 333-6701 City Manager — 333-6700 Note: Wastewater can be hazardous to human health and should be handled with caution and by professionally trained personnel R:\GROUP\WWW\SSORP\SSOResponceplan.doc 08/06/2009 /i City of Lodi Public Works Department MAJOR SEWAGE OVERFLOW REPORT (Attach Additional Sheets if Needed) Incident Commander Time Arrived Date Location of Overflow (Address/Cross Street/Manhole Numbers): Map Attached YES No (circle one) Time Overflow Reported. Duration of Overflow Amount of Overflow +/- Gallons Time Overflow Stopped Type of Overflow: Domestic Industrial storm (check one) Resources Used: (Attach a completed Water/Wastewater Inventory Report.) Complete written summary of sewage overflow. Refer to Incident Commander's responsibilities. (Attach additional sheets if needed.) R:\GROUP\WWW\SSORP\SSOResponceplan.doc 08/06/2009 E'' FE] AGENCY NOTIFICATION: CRWQCB - CVR (CALIFORNIA REGIONAL WATER QUALITY CONTROL BOARD - CENTRAL VALLEY REGION) 1-916-255-3000 Person Notified Date & Time OES (CALIFORNIA OFFICE OF EMERGENCY SERVICES) 1-800-852-7550 Person Notified Date & Time SCDFG (STATE OF CAL TORNA DEPARTMENT OF FISH AND GAME) Days 1-916-355-7040or Lodi Police Department 333-6727 Person Notified Date & Time LFD (LODI FIRE DEPARTMENT) All Hazardous Materials 369-3531 Person Notified Date & Time OTHER (PROPERTY OWNERS, APARTMENT/PROPERTY MANAGERS, RESIDENTS, PLUMBERS, CONTRACTORS) Title/Resident/Company Phone No. Person Notified Date & Time Summary of Conversation: OTHER (PROPERTY OWNERS, APARTMENT/PROPERTY MANAGERS, RESIDENTS, PLUMBERS, CONTRACTORS) Title/Resident/Company Person Notified Summary of Conversation: R:\GROUP\WWW\SSORP\SSOResponceplan.doc Phone No. Date & Time 08/06/2009 RAG ROUP\WWW\SSORP\SSOResponce plan. doc 08/06/2009 TABLE W ESTIMATED SSO FLOW OUT OF M/H WITH COVER IN PLACE 24" COVER Height of Min. Sewer spout SSO flow SSO flow size in which above M/H 'Q' QI 3/4 6 0.008 these flows rim in gpm in MGD 1 1/4 'H' in height 0.018 are 36" COVER 1/4 1 0.001 1/2 3 0.004 3/4 6 0.008 1 9 0.013 1 1/4 12 0.018 1 1/2 16 0.024 1 3/4 21 0.030 2 25 0.037 2 1/4 31 0.045 2 1/2 38 0.054 2 3/4 45 0.065 3 54 0.077 3 1/4 64 0.092 3 1/2 75 0.107 3 3/4 R7 n.1?ci 36" COVER Height of spout above M/H rim Win hewght SSO flow Q. in gpm SSo flow .Q. in MGD Min. Sewer size in which these flows are possible 11,/44 1 0.002 1/2 4 0.006 3/4 8 0.012 1 13 0.019 1 1/4 18 0.026 1 1/2 24 0.035 1 3/4 31 0.044 2 37 0.054 2 1/4 45 0.065 2 1/2 55 0.079 2 3/4 66 0.095 3 78 0.113 3 1/4 93 0.134 3 1/2 109 0.157 q '3/4 I 1?7 n.1 Al r Example Overflow Estimation: The maintenance hole cover is seated and slightly elevated on a 24" casting. The maximum height of the discharge above the rim is 5 1/4 inches. According to table A, these conditions would yield an SSO of 185 gallons per minute. FLOW OUT OF M/H WITH COVER IN PLACE Height to be measured TABLES' ESTIMATED SSO FLOW OUT OF M/H WITH COVER REMOVED 24" Frame Water Height above M/H frame 'H' in inchw SSO FLOW O' in gpm SSO I FLOW 'Q' in MGD Min. Sewer size in which these flows are possible 1/8 28 0.04 1/4 62 0_09 3/8 111 0.16 6- 1/2 160 0.23 5/8 215 0.31 6' 3/4 354 0.51 8' 7/8 569 0.82 10' 1 799 1.15 12' 1 1/8 1,035 1.49 1 1/4 1,340 1.93 15' 1 3/8 1,660 2.39 1 1/2 1,986 2.86 18' 1 5/8 2,396 3.45 1 3/4 2,799 4.03 1 7/8 3,132 4.51 24' 2 3,444 4.96 21' 2 1/8 3,750 5.40 2 1/4 3,986 5.74 2 3/8 4,215 6.07 2 1/2 4,437 6.39 2 5/8 4,569 6.58 24' 2 3/4 4,687 6.75 30' 2 7/8 4,799 6.91 3 4,910 7.07 3 1/8 9,604 13.83 3 1/4 10,139 14.60 3 3/8 10,625 15,30 36' 3 1/2 11,097 15.98 35" Frame Water Height above M/H frame 'Win inchas SSO FLOW Q. in gpm cen ci nXA1 ,Q, in MGD Min. Sewer size in which these flows are 1/8 49 0.07 1/4 111 0.16 3/8 187 0.27 6- 1/2 271 0.39 5/8 361 0.52 8' 3/4 458 0.66 7/8 556 0.80 10' 1 660 0.95 12' 1 1/8 1,035 1.49 1 1/4 1,486 2.14 15' 1 3/8 1,951 2.81 1 1/2 2,424 3.49 18' 1 5/8 2,903 4.18 1 3/4 3,382 4.87 1 7/8 3,917 5.64 24' 2 4,458 6.42 2 1/8 5,000 7.20 2 1/4 5,556 8.00 2 3/8 6,118 8.81 2 1/2 6,764 9.74 2 5/8 7,403 10.66 2 3/4 7,972 11.48 30' 2 7/8 8,521 12.27 3 9,062 13.05 3 1/8 9,604 13.83 3 1/4 10,139 14.60 3 3/8 10,625 15,30 36' 3 1/2 11,097 15.98 3 5/8 11,569 1 16.66 3 3/4 12,035 17.33 3 7/8 12,486 17.98 4 12,861 18.52 4 1/8 13,076 18.83 4 1/4 13,285 19.13 4 3/8 13,486 1 19.42 Example Overflow Estimation: The maintenance hole cover is off and the flow coming out of a 36" frame maintenance hole at one inch (1 ") height will be approximately 660 gallons per minute. FLOW OUT OF MIH WITH COVER REMOVED (TABLE'S") Height to be measured TABLE V ESTIMATED SSO FLOW OUT OF M/H PICK HOLE TABLE V Height of spout above M/H cover 'H' in inches SSO FLOW 'Q' in gpm 1/8 1.0 1/4 1.4 3/8 1.7 1/2 1.9 5/8 2.2 3/4 2.4 7/8 2.6 1 2.7 1 1/8 2.9 1 1/4 3.1 1 3/8 3.2 1 1/2 3.4 1 5/8 3.5 1 3/4 3.6 1 7/8 3.7 2 3.9 2 1/8 4.0 2 1/4 4,b 2 3/8 4.2 2 1/2 4.3 2 5/8 4.4 2 3/4 4.5 2 7/8 4.6 3 4.7 3 1/8 4.8 3 1/4 4.9 3 3/8 5.0 3 1/2 5.1 3 5/8 5.2 3 3/4 5.3 3 7/8 5.4 4 5.5 4 1/8 5.6 4 1/4 5.6 4 3/8 5.7 4 1/2 5.8 4 5/8 5.9 4 3/4 6.0 4 7/8 6.0 5 6.1 TABLE V Heightofsoout T above MIH cover Win inches SSO FLOW 'Q in gpm 5 1/8 6.Z 5 1/ 6...3 5 3/8 6.3 5 1/2 6.4 5 5/8 6.5 5 3/4 6.6 5 7/8 6...6 6 6.7 6 1/8 6.8 6 1/4 6.8 6 3/8 6.9 6 1/2 7.0 6 5/8 7.0 6 3/4 7.1 6 7/8 7.2 7 7.2 7 1/8 7.3 7 1/4 7.4 7 3/8 7.4 7 1/2 7.5 7 5/8 7.6 7 3/4 7.6 7 7/8 7.7 8 7.7 8 1/8 7.8 8 1/4 7.9 8 3/8 7.9 8 1/2 8.0 8 5/8 8.0 8 3/4 8.1 8 7/8 8.1 9 8.2 9 1/8 8.3 9 1/4 8.3 9 3/8 8.4 9 1/2 8.4 9 5/8 8.5 9 3/4 8.5 9 7/8 8.6 10 8.7 Note: This chart is based on a 7/8 inch diameter pick hole. - Unrestricted M/H cover will start to lift The formula is used to develop Table'C' is Q=CcVA, where Q is equal to the quantity of the flow in gallons per minute, Cc is equal to the coefficientof contraction (.63), V is equal to the velocity cf the overflow, and A is equal to the area of the pick hole. F all units are in feet, the quantity will be calculated in cubic feet per second, which when multiplied by 448.8 will give the answer in gallons per minute. (One cubic foot per second is equal to 448.8 gallons per minute, hence this conversion method.) Example Ovemow Estimation: The maintenance hole cover is in place and the height of the water coming out of the pick hole seven -eights of an inch in diameter (7/8") is 3 inches (Y). This will produce an SSO flow of approximately4.7 gallons per minute. FLOW OUT OF M/H WITH COYER W PLACE Heightto be measure APPENDIX G FOG Control Program Documents Appendix G includes the following: G-1 Fats, Oils, and Grease (FOG) Characterization Data Form G-2 Addendum to Lodi Municipal Code - Section Blank.xxx Discharges of Fats, Oils, and Grease from Food Service Establishments (FSEs) G-3 Hot Spot Cleaning Schedule Revision Date: 08/13/2009 G-1 Group Description Description Total Bakeries Bake — Bread/Other, except Cookies/Crackers Bakeries Total Catering Catering — Direct Sell Catering Total Grocery Grocery —w/Bakery or Deli Grocery —w/Meat Market Grocery Total Hotels w/Restaurant Hotels w/Restaurant Hotelsw/Restaurant Total Industries Bake — Breadlother, except Cookies/Crackers Industries — Candy & Confectionary Industries — Canned Fruits, Vegetables, Preserves, Etc. Industries — Chocolate & Cocoa Industries — Creamery Butter Industries — Dog & Cat Food Industries — Flour & Grain Mill Products Industries — Fluid Milk Industries — Ice Cream & Frozen Desserts Industries — Meat Packing Industries — Meat/Diary/By- Products Industries — Pickled Fruits & Vegetables, Sauces, Etc. Industries — Poultry Processing Industries — Salted & Roasted Nuts Industrial Total Meat Markets Market — Meat Market — Meat& Fish Meat Markets Total Restaurants Eating — Fast Food Eating — Sit Down Dining Restaurants Total Strip Malls Strip Mall —w/Multiple Impact Strip Mall —w/Restaurant Strip Malls Total Grand Total G-2 DRAFT ORDINANCE NO. ORDINANCE OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LODI ADDING CHAPTER 14.14 TO TITLE 14 OF THE LODI MUNICIPAL CODE REGARDING FATS, OILS AND GREASE THE CITY OF LODI ORDAINS: SECTION 1. Chapter 14.14 of Title 14 of the Lodi Municipal Code is hereby added to read as follows: Chapter 14.14 Discharges of Fats, Oils, and Grease from Food Service Establishments. ARTICLE I. GENERAL PROVISIONS 14.14.010 Purpose. A. The purpose of this chapter is to facilitate the maximum beneficial use of the City's sewer services and facilities while preventing blockages of the sewer lines resulting from discharges of fats, oils, and grease (FOG) into the public sewer, and to specify appropriate FOG discharge requirements for food service establishments (FSEs) as defined herein. B. This chapter shall apply to both direct and indirect discharge of wastewater containing FOG carried to the public sewer. C. The provisions set forth in this chapter are designed to ensure compliance with federal, state and local laws and regulations, and to allow the City to meet applicable standards. D. This chapter also establishes quantity and quality standards on all discharges containing FOG, which may alone or collectively cause or contribute to FOG accumulation in the sewer facilities causing or potentially causing or contributing to the occurrence of sanitary sewer overflows (SSOs). 14.14.020 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms related to water quality shall be as adopted in the latest edition of Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater, published by the American Public Health Association, the American Water Works Association and the Water Environment Federation. Testing procedures for waste constituents and characteristics shall be as provided in 40 Code of Federal Regulations 136. Subject to the foregoing, the meaning of the terms used in this chapter shall be as follows: A. "Fats, oils, and grease (FOG)" means any substance such as vegetable or animal product that is used in, or is a byproduct of, the cooking or food preparation process, and that becomes or may become viscous, or solidifies or may solidify, with a change in temperature or other conditions. B. "Food Service Establishment (FSE)" means a facility, including but not limited to, any commercial entity within the boundaries of the City, operating in a permanently constructed structure such as a room, building or place, or portion thereof, maintained, used or operated for the purpose of storing, preparing, serving or manufacturing, packaging or otherwise handling food for sale to other entities, or for consumption by the public, its members or employees, and which has any process or device that uses or produces FOG, or grease vapors, steam, fumes, smoke or odors that are required to be removed by an exhaust hood pursuant to California Health and Safety Code section 114149.1 or in accordance with the California Uniform Retail Food Facilities Law (CURFFL) (California Health and Safety Code sections 113700, et seq.). A limited food preparation establishment is not considered an FSE when engaged only in reheating, hot holding, or assembly of ready to eat food products, provided that there is no wastewater discharge containing a significant amount of FOG. C. "FOG wastewater discharge permit (FOG WDP)" means a permit issued by the City, subject to the requirements and conditions established by the City, authorizing a permittee to discharge wastewater from a FSE into the public sewer. D. "Best management practices (BMPs)" means activities, prohibitions, maintenance procedures and other management practices to prevent or reduce the direct or indirect introduction of FOG into the public sewer. E. "Change in operations" means any change in the ownership, food types, or operational procedures that have the potential to change the amount of FOG discharged by FSEs in an amount that alone or collectively causes or creates a potential for SSOs to occur. F. "City" means the City of Lodi, a municipal corporation. G. "Collection system" means portions of the public sewer consisting of all pipes, sewers and conveyance systems conveying wastewater to the publicly owned treatment works (POTW), excluding privately owned sewer service lateral line connections. H. "Compliance schedule" means a time schedule, enforceable under the provisions of this chapter that contains increments of progress (e.g. milestones, in the form of dates). These milestones shall be for the commencement and/or completion of major events leading to the construction and operation of additional pretreatment facilities or the implementation of policies, procedures or operational management techniques required for permittees to comply with all applicable federal, state or local environmental regulations which may directly or indirectly affect the quality of the permittee's wastewater. 2 I. "Composite sample" means a collection of individual samples obtained at selected intervals based on an increment of either flow or time. The resulting mixture (composite sample) forms a representative sample of the waste stream discharged during the sample period. J. "Director" means the City's Director of Public Works or his or her authorized representative. K. "Discharger" means any person who discharges or causes a discharge of wastewater directly or indirectly to the public sewer. L. "Effluent" means any wastewater outflow from a FSE or privately owned sewer service lateral that is discharged into the public sewer. M. "Enforcement officer" means any City employee or agent of the City with authority to enforce the provisions of this chapter and the authority to make any decision, on behalf of the Director, required or called for by this chapter. O. "Food grinder" means any device installed in the plumbing or sewage system for the purpose of grinding food or food waste. P. "Grab sample" means a sample taken from a waste stream on a one-time basis without regard to the flow in the waste stream and without consideration of time. Q. "Grease control device" means any grease interceptor, grease trap or other mechanism, device or process which attaches to, or is applied to, wastewater plumbing fixtures and lines, the purpose of which is to trap, collect or treat FOG prior to it being discharged into the public sewer. A grease control device may also include any other proven method to reduce FOG subject to the approval of the Director. R. "Grease disposal mitigation fee" means a fee charged to a permittee when there are physical limitations to the property that make the installation of the usual and customary grease interceptor or grease control device for the FSE, impossible or impracticable. The grease disposal mitigation fee is intended to cover the costs of increased maintenance of the public sewer, for inspection and cleaning of FOG that a usual and customary, and properly maintained, grease control device would otherwise prevent from entering the public sewer. S. "Grease interceptor" means a multi -compartment device that is generally required, according to the California Plumbing Code, to be located underground between an FSE and the connection to the public sewer. These devices primarily use gravity to separate FOG from the wastewater as it moves from one compartment to the next. To be effective, these devices must be cleaned, maintained and have the FOG removed and disposed of in a proper manner, at regular intervals. T. "Grease trap" means a grease control device that is used to serve individual plumbing fixtures and should only be used in those cases where the use of a grease interceptor or other grease control device is determined by the Director to be 3 impossible and/or impracticable. A grease trap is typically installed indoors, under or near a dishwashing sink. U. "Hot spots" mean areas in sewer lines that have experienced SSOs or that must be cleaned or maintained frequently to avoid blockages of the public sewer. V. "Inflow" means water entering the public sewer system through a direct stormwater or runoff connection which may cause an almost immediate increase in wastewater flows in the public sewer. W. "Infiltration" means water entering the public sewer from the ground through such means as defective pipes, pipe joints, connections or manhole walls X. "Inspector" means a person authorized by the Directorto inspect any existing or proposed wastewater generation, conveyance, processing and/or disposal facilities. Y. "Interceptor" means a grease interceptor. Z. "Manifest" means that receipt which is retained by a permittee for the disposal of FOG, recyclable wastes and/or liquid wastes. AA. "New Construction" means any structure planned or under construction for which a sewer connection fee has not been paid. BB. "Obstruction" means any discharge which, alone or in combination with discharges from other sources, inhibits or disrupts the public sewer, operations or is otherwise a violation of the Lodi Municipal Code, including, but not limited to its waste discharge requirements. c c . "Permittee" means a Food Service Establishment that has received a Fats, Oils and Grease Wastewater Discharge Permit and is subject to the requirements and conditions established in this chapter or as otherwise established by the Director. DD. "Person" means any individual, partnership, co -partnership, firm, company, association, society, corporation, joint stock company, trust, estate, governmental entity or any other legal entity, or their legal representatives, agents or assigns. The masculine gender shall include the feminine and the singular shall include the plural where indicated by context. EE. "Publicly owned treatment works (POTW)" means as provided in section 14.26.030(39) of Chapter 14.26 of the Lodi Municipal Code. FF. "Public sewer" means a sewer which is controlled by a public authority. GG. "Remodeling" means any physical and/or operational change to a FSE causing a change in FOG quantity or consistency and/or that involves any one or a combination of the following: Under slab plumbing in the food processing area. 4 2. A thirty percent (30%) increase in the net public seating area. 3. A thirty percent (30%) increase in the size of the kitchen area. 4. Any change in the size or type of food preparation equipment. HH. "Sanitary sewer" means a sewer which carries sewage and to which storm, surface and ground waters are not intentionally admitted. II. "Sewage" means a combination of the water carried waste from residences, business buildings, institutions and industrial establishments, together with such inflow and infiltration as may be present. JJ. "Sewer facilities or system" means any and all facilities used for collecting, conveying, pumping, treating and disposing of sewage, wastewater and/or sludge. KK. "Sewer lateral" means a building sewer as defined in the latest edition of the California Plumbing Code. It is the wastewater connection between the building's wastewater facilities and a public sewer. LL. "Sludge" means any solid, semi-solid and/or liquid decant, subnate or supernate from a manufacturing process, utility service, or pretreatment facility. MM. "Storm drain" means a pipe or conduit for carrying storm and surface waters and drainage, but excludes sewage and industrial wastes, other than unpolluted cooling water. NN. "User" means any person who contributes, causes or permits the contribution of wastewater into the POTW. 00. "Waste" means sewage and any and all other waste substances, liquid, solid, gaseous or radioactive, associated with human habitation or of human or animal nature, including such wastes placed within containers of whatever nature prior to and for the purpose of disposal. PP. "Wastewater" means the liquid and water carrying industrial or domestic wastes from dwellings, commercial buildings, industrial facilities, FSEs and institutions, whether treated or untreated, which is discharged into or permitted to enter the POTW. QQ. "Impartial Hearing Officer" Means a person appointed by the City to review FOG violations that are appealed in writing to the City Clerk. ARTICLE II. REGULATIONS 14.14.030 FOG wastewater discharge permit (FOG WDP) required. No person shall discharge, or cause to be discharged, any wastewater from FSEs directly or indirectly into the public sewer without first obtaining a FOG WDP pursuant to this chapter. 5 14.14.040 FOG discharge limitation. No FSE shall discharge FOG, or cause FOG to be discharged into the public sewer that may accumulate and/or cause or contribute to blockages in the public sewer or the public sewer lateral which connects the FSE to the public sewer. 14.14.050 Public sewer overflows; public nuisance; abatement orders and cleanup costs. Any FSE determined by the Director to have contributed to a sewer blockage, SSO or any public sewer obstruction resulting from the discharge of wastewater or waste containing FOG, shall be ordered to install and maintain a grease interceptor, and may be subject to a plan to abate the nuisance created by sewer line failures and blockages, SSOs or any other public sewer obstruction. SSOs may cause threat and injury to public health, safety, and welfare of life and property and are hereby declared public nuisances. Furthermore, sewer lateral failures and SSOs caused by FSEs alone or collectively, are the responsibility of the private property owner, FSE, and individuals who are responsible officers or owners of the FSE. If the Director determines that the public health and safety require the City to act immediately to contain and clean up any SSO caused by blockage of a private or public sewer lateral or system serving an FSE, or if the City so acts at the request of the property owner or operator of the FSE, or because of the failure of the property owner or FSE to abate the condition causing immediate threat of injury to the health, safety, welfare, or property of the public, the City's costs for such abatement may be entirely borne by the property owner or the owner/operator of the FSE, and individuals who are responsible officers or owners of the FSE and may constitute a debt to the City, due and payable upon the City's request for reimbursement of such costs depending upon the Director's determination of the cause of the SSO. 14.14.060 Best management practices (BMPs) required. Every FSE shall implement BMPs in its operations, in accordance with the requirements and guidelines established by the Director, to minimize the discharge of FOG to the grease control device and/or the public sewer. Detailed requirements for BMPs shall be specified in the FOG WDP and all FSEs are required, at a minimum, to comply with the BMPs set forth therein as well as any additional BMPs established by the Director. BMPs may include, but are not limited to, kitchen practices and employee training procedures that are essential in minimizing FOG discharge to the public sewer. 14.14.070 Prohibitions. FSEs are prohibited from doing any of the following: A. Installing food grinders in the plumbing system of new construction. All FSEs that undergo a change in operations or remodeling shall remove any existing food grinders concurrent with such change or remodeling, except as otherwise expressly allowed by the Director. Z B. Introducing any additives into an FSE's plumbing system, grease trap and/or grease interceptor for the purpose of emulsifying FOG, biologically and/or chemically treating FOG for grease remediation and/or as a supplement to grease interceptor maintenance, unless a specific written authorization from the Director is first obtained. C. Disposing waste cooking oil into the public sewer or storm drain. All waste cooking oils shall be collected and stored properly in receptacles such as rendering bins, barrels or drums for recycling or other acceptable methods of disposal. D. Discharging wastewater with temperatures in excess of 140°F into any grease control device, including grease traps and grease interceptors. E. Discharging wastes containing fecal materials from toilets, urinals, washbasins or other fixtures to waste lines directed to grease interceptors and/or other grease control devices, or vice versa. F. Discharging a FOG and solid materials removed from a grease control device to the public sewer. Grease removed from grease interceptors shall be waste hauled to an approved disposal site as part of the operation and maintenance requirements for grease interceptors. G. Operating grease interceptors with FOG and solids accumulation exceeding twenty- five percent (25%) of the design hydraulic depth of the grease interceptor. The grease and solids layers combined shall not exceed 25% of the total interceptor liquid depth to avoid overloading the interceptor. H. Discharging FOG and other pollutants above the local discharge limits set forth in Lodi Municipal Code section 14.26.140. 14.14.080 FOG pretreatment required. Every FSE is required at the time of construction, remodel, and/or change in operations to install, operate and maintain an approved type and adequately sized grease interceptor necessary to maintain compliance with the objectives of this chapter, subject to the variance and waiver provisions of section 13.12.115. The grease interceptor shall be adequate to separate and remove FOG contained in wastewater from FSEs prior to discharge to the public sewer as determined by the then current Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC). Fixtures, equipment, and drain lines located in the food preparation and clean up areas of any FSEs that are a source of FOG discharges shall be connected to the grease interceptor. Compliance shall be established as follows: A. New construction of FSEs New construction of any FSE shall include complete installation of an approved type and adequately sized grease interceptor, with a minimum size of 1,000 gallons, prior to commencing discharges of wastewater to the public sewer. 7 B. Existing FSEs 1. Any existing FSE, which, in the Director's determination, has caused or contributed to grease -related blockage in the public sewer, has one or more sewer laterals connected to hot spots and/or has contributed significant FOG to the public sewer, shall be deemed to have reasonable potential to adversely impact the public sewer and shall be required to install grease interceptors within one hundred eighty (180) days upon issuance of written notification by the Director. 2. Any existing FSE or FSE that changes ownership or that undergoes remodeling and/or a change in operations, as defined in this chapter, shall be required to install a grease interceptor or to obtain a variance or waiver in accordance with section 14.14.130. 14.14.090 Commercial properties. Any owner of a commercial property where FSEs are located or their official designee shall be responsible for the installation and maintenance of a grease interceptor serving multiple FSEs that are located on a single parcel. 14.14.100 Grease interceptor requirements, A. Any FSE required by this chapter to provide FOG pretreatment shall install, operate, and maintain an approved type and adequately sized grease interceptor necessary to maintain compliance with the objectives of this chapter. B. Grease interceptor sizing and installation shall conform to Chapter 10 Traps and Interceptors of the 2006 or most current edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code. Grease interceptors shall be constructed in accordance with the design approved by the Director and shall have a minimum of two compartments with fittings designed for grease retention. The Director reserves the right to make determinations of grease interceptor size, adequacy, location and need, based on review of relevant information, including, but not limited to grease interceptor performance, waste stream characteristics, facility location, maintenance needs, and or inspection needs. C. The grease interceptor shall be installed at a location where it shall be at all times easily accessible for inspection, cleaning, and removal of accumulated grease. D. An access manhole, with a minimum diameter of twenty-four (24) inches, shall be provided over each grease interceptor chamber and each sanitary tee. The access manholes shall extend at least to finished grade and be designed and maintained to prevent water inflow or infiltration. The manholes shall also have readily removable covers to facilitate inspection, grease removal, and wastewater sampling activities. 14.14.110 Grease trap requirements. 9 A. No new construction, change in operation or remodel of an FSE shall include installation of a grease trap without prior express written permission from the Director. B. Existing grease traps shall be maintained in efficient operating condition by daily removal of the accumulated grease. C. Grease traps shall be maintained free of all food residues and any FOG waste removed during the cleaning and scraping process. D. Grease traps shall be inspected periodicallyto check for leaking seams and pipes, and for effective operation of the baffles and flow regulating device. Grease traps and their baffles shall be maintained free of all caked -on FOG and waste. Removable baffles shall be removed and cleaned during the maintenance process. E. Dishwashersand food waste disposal units shall not be connected to or discharged into any grease trap. 14.14.120 Grease interceptor maintenance requirements. A. Grease interceptors shall be maintained in efficient operating condition by periodic removal of the full content of the interceptor, which includes wastewater, accumulated FOG, floating materials, sludge and solids. B. All grease interceptors shall be maintained in a manner consistent with the maintenance frequency approved by the Director. C. All grease interceptors are required to have grease retention fittings as designed for proper function. Any interceptorthat does not have the grease retention fittings shall be repaired and/or retro fitted with appropriate grease retention fittings. D. No FOG that has accumulated in a grease interceptor shall be allowed to pass into any sewer lateral, public sewer, storm drain or public right of way, or onto the surface of any street or parking area. The Director may require any FSE with a grease interceptor to submit data and information necessary to establish the required maintenance frequency of the grease interceptor. F. The required maintenance frequency for every FSE with a grease interceptor shall be determined in one of the following methods: Grease interceptors shall be fully pumped out and cleaned at a frequency such that the combined FOG and solids accumulation in the grease interceptor does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total designed hydraulic depth of the grease interceptor. This is to ensure that the minimum hydraulic retention time and required available hydraulic volume is maintained to effectively intercept and retain FOG from being discharged to the public sewer. ioi 2. Every FSE with a grease interceptor shall fully pump out and clean its grease interceptor not less than once every six (6) months. 3. Grease intercentars shall be fully aumned out and cleaned auarterly when the frequency described in section 14.14.120(F) (1) has not been estadlished. The maintenancefrequency shall be adjusted when sufficient data have been obtained to establish an average frequency based on the requirements described in section 14.14.120(F)(1) and guidelines adopted by the City pursuant to the FOG control program. The City may change the required maintenance frequency at any time to reflect changes in actual opera�,*,ng conditions in accordance with the FOG control program. Based on the actual generation of FOG from the FSE, the required maintenancefrequency may increase or decrease. 4. The owner, operator or FOG WDP permittee of an FSE may submit a request to the Directorfor a change in the required maintenancefrequency at any time. The FSE has the burden of responsibility to demonstrate that the requested change in frequency reflects actual operating conditions based on the average FOG accumulation over time and meets the requirements described in section 14.14.120(F)(1), and that it is in full compliance with the conditions of its FOG WDP and this chapter. Upon determination by the Directorthat the requested revision is justified, the FOG WDP shall be revised accordingly to reflect the change in required maintenancefrequency. 5. If the grease interceptor, at any time, contains FOG and solids accumulation exceeding the requirements described in section 14.14.120(F)(1), the FSE shall be required to have the grease interceptor serviced immediately such that all FOG, and other materials are completely removed from the grease interceptor. If deemed necessary, the Director may also increase the required maintenancefrequency of the grease interceptor. G. Wastewater, accumulated FOG, floating materials, sludge/solids, and other materials removed from the grease interceptor shall be disposed of by waste haulers at an approved disposal site in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and/or local laws. 111.__ _l_._ __ _ J!... .L /1!L 11 i_ S_ _ ISA r1 H. The uuecwr 1-1-1ay d116cr �.uy Stan 'L U- service an r a t s grease in`rereeplrorif, in mem opinion of the Director, the FSE has failed to comply with the terms of the FOG WDP or with this ordinance. The FSE shall ba responsible for any and all expenses df the amity in undertaking such work. 14.14.130 Variance and waiver of grease interceptor or grease trap requirement. A. Variance from grease interceptor or grease trap requirements. An FSE may request that the Director grant a variance from the grease interceptor or grease trap requirementto allow alternative pretreatment technology in lieu of a grease interceptor or grease trap, if the FSE demonstrates that the alternative equals or exceeds the effectiveness of a grease interceptor or grease trap, and that it is 10 impossible or impracticable to install, operate or maintain a grease interceptor or a grease trap. The Director's determination to grant a variance will be based upon, but not limited to, evaluation of the following conditions: There is no adequate space for installation and/or maintenance of a grease interceptor or a grease trap. 2. There is no adequate slope for gravity flow between kitchen plumbing fixtures and the grease interceptor or the grease trap and/or between the grease interceptor or the grease trap and the private collection lines or the public sewer. 3. The FSE can prove that the alternative pretreatment technology is equally or more effective than a grease interceptor or a grease trap in controlling its FOG discharge. In addition, the FSE must be able to demonstrate, after installation of the proposed alternative pretreatment, its effectiveness to control FOG discharge through downstream visual monitoring of the public sewer, for at least three (3) months, at its own expense. A variance may be granted if the results show no visible accumulation of FOG in its lateral and/or tributary downstream sewer lines. Any variance issued pursuant to this section may be revoked at any time in the discretion of the Director. B. Conditional waiver of requirement to install grease interceptor or grease trap. A conditional waiver of the requirement to install a grease interceptor or a grease trap may be granted for FSEs that the Director determines to have negligible FOG discharge and insignificant impact to the public sewer. Although a waiver from installation of a grease interceptor or a grease trap may be granted, the FSE may be required to provide space and plumbing segregation for future installation of a grease interceptor or a grease trap. The Director's determination to grant or revoke a conditional waiver shall be based upon, but not limited to, evaluation of the following conditions: Quantity of FOG discharge as measured or indicated by the size of the FSE based on water usage, menu, seating capacity, number of meals served, amount of on-site consumption of prepared food, number of plumbing fixtures and other conditions that may reasonably be shown to contribute to FOG discharges. 2. Adequacy of implementation of BMPs and compliance history. 3. Sewer size, grade, condition based on visual and other information, FOG deposition in the sewer by the FSE, and history of maintenance and SSOs caused by FOG from the FSE. 4. Changes in operations that significantly affect FOG discharge 5. Any other condition that the Director deems reasonably related to the generation of FOG discharges. C. Waiver of grease interceptor or grease trap installation requirementwith a grease disposal mitigation fee. Where the installation of a grease interceptor or a grease trap is not feasible and no equivalent alternative pretreatment can be installed, an FSE may be granted a waiver of the grease interceptor or grease trap requirement upon the payment of a grease disposal mitigation fee as described in section 14.14.160. Additional requirements may also be imposed to mitigate the discharge of FOG into the public sewer. The Director's determination to grant the waiver upon the payment of a grease disposal mitigation fee will be based upon, but not limited to, evaluation of the following conditions: There is inadequate space for installation and/or maintenance of a grease interceptor or a grease trap. Z. There is inadequate slope for gravity flow between kitchen plumbing fixtures and the grease interceptor or the grease trap and/or between the grease interceptor or grease trap and the private collection lines or the public sewer. 3. A variance from grease interceptor or grease trap installation to allow alternative pretreatment technology cannot be granted. D. Application for variance or waiver of requirementfor grease interceptor or grease trap. An FSE may submit to the City of Lodi Wastewater Division an application for waiver or variance from the grease interceptor or grease trap requirement. The FSE bears the burden of demonstrating that the installation of a grease interceptor or a grease trap is not feasible or otherwise required. Upon determination by the Directorthat reasons are sufficient to justify a variance or waiver, the FOG WDP will be issued or revised to include the variance or waiver and relieve the FSE from the requirement. E. Terms and conditions of variance or waiver. A variance or waiver shall contain the terms and conditions that serve as the basis for its issuance. A variance or waiver may be revoked by the Director at any time upon his or her determination that any of the terms or conditions for its issuance is not satisfied or if the conditions upon which the variance or waiver was based have changed so that the justification for the variance or waiver no longer exists. The variance or waiver shall be valid so long as the FSE remains in compliancewith the terms and conditions until the expiration date specified in the variance or waiver. ARTICLE III FEES. 14.14.140 Purpose. It is the purpose of this article to provide for the recovery of costs from users of the public sewer for the implementation of the program established in this chapter. 14.14.150 Charges and fees. 13 A. The city may adopt charges and fees by resolution which may include: Fees for reimbursementof costs of setting up and operating the City's FOG program; 2. Fees for consistent removal by the City of pollutants otherwise subject to Federal Pretreatment Standards; 3. Otherfees as the City may deem necessaryto carry out the requirements contained in this chapter. B. Costs incurred by the city as a result of required on-site sampling and analysis shall be reimbursed to the City by the owner, user or FOG DWP permittee. 14.14.160 Grease disposal mitigation fee. Any FSE that operates without .a grease tontroi interceptor or a grease tV may be required to pay an annual grease disposal mitigation fee to equitably cover the costs of increased maintenance of the public sewer as a result of the FSE's inability to adequately remove FOG from its wastewater discharge. This section shall not be interpreted to allow now construction or an existing FSE undergoing remodeling and/or a change in operations W operate without an approved grease interceptor or a grease trap unless the Director has cbetermined that it is impossible or impracticable to install and/or operate a grease control interceptor or a grease trap for the subject facility under the provisions of section 14.14.130 of this chapter. A. Fhe grease disposal mitigation fee shall be established annually by the Director, and shall be based on the estimated annual increased cost of maintainingthe public sewer for inspection and removal of FOG and other viscous or solidifying agents attributable to the FSE resulting from the lack of a grease interceptor and/or a grease trap. B. The grease disposal mitigation fee may be waived or reduced, not more frequently than annually, when the discharger demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of the Director that the discharger has used BMPs and waste minimization practices on a regular basis that have significantly reduced the introduction of FOG into the public sewer. C. The grease disposal mitigation fee may not be waived or reduced when the FSE does not comply with the minimum requirements of this chapter and/or its discharge into the public sewer in the preceding twelve (12) months has caused or potentially caused or contributed, alone or collectively, sewer blockage or SSOs in the sewer downstream, or in the area surrounding the FSE, in the twelve (12) months prior to the waiver request. ARTICLE IV. ADMINISTRATION 13 14.14.170 FOG WDP application A. Any person required to obtain a FOG WDP shall complete and file with the Director, prior to commencing or continuing discharges, an application in a form prescribed by the Director. All applicable fees required by this chapter shall accompany the application. The FOG WDP application may be obtained from the City's Industrial Waste Division. B. Applicants may be required to submit site plans, floor plans, mechanical and plumbing plans, and details to show all sewers, FOG control device, grease interceptor or other pretreatment equipment and appurtenances by size, location, and elevation for evaluation. C. Other information related to the applicant's business operations and potential discharge may be requested to properly evaluate the FOG WDP application. D. After evaluation of the data furnished, the FOG WDP may be issued, subject to terms and conditions set forth in this chapter and as otherwise determined by the Director to be appropriate to protect the public sewer. 14.14.180 FOG WDP application fee. A FOG WDP application fee shall be paid by the applicant in an amount established by resolution of the City Council. Payment of the FOG WDP application fee must be received by the Director upon submission of the FOG WDP application. A permittee shall also pay any delinquent invoices in full prior to any FOG WDP renewal. 14.14.190 FOG WDP conditions. The issuance of a FOG WDP may include, but is not limited to, any of the following conditions or limits: A. Limits on discharge of FOG and other pollutants. B. Requirements for proper operation and maintenance of grease interceptors and other grease control devices. C. Grease interceptor maintenance frequency and schedule. D. Requirements for implementation of BMPs. E. Requirements for maintaining and reporting status of BMPs. F. Requirements for maintaining and submitting logs and records, including waste hauling records and waste manifests including the ultimate disposition of the wastes that contain FOG. G. Requirements to self -monitor. 14 H. Requirements for the FSE to construct operate and maintain, at its own expense, grease control device and sampling facilities. Additional requirements as otherwise determined to be reasonably appropriate by the Director to protect the public sewer or as specified by other regulatory agencies. J. Other terms and conditions which may be reasonably applicable to ensure compliance with this chapter. 14.14.200 FOG WDP modification of terms and conditions. A. The terms and conditions of an issued FOG WDP may be subject to modification in the sole discretion of the Director during the life cf the FOG WDP based on: The permittee's current or anticipated operating data; 2. Changes in the requirements of state or federal regulatory agencies that oversee and monitor the City; or 3. A determination by the Director that such modification is appropriate to further the objectives of this chapter and all applicable regulations. B. A permittee may request modification of the terms and conditions of an issued FOG WDP. Any request shall be in writing stating the requested change and the reasons for the change. The Director shall review the request, make a determination on the request, and respond in writing. C. A permittee shall be informed of any change in the FOG WDP limits, conditions and/or requirements at least forty-five (45) days prior to the effective date of the change. Any changes or new conditions in the FOG WDP shall include a reasonable time schedule for compliance. 14.14.210 FOG WDP duration and renewal. FOG WDPs shall be issued annually. At least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the FOG WDP, the permittee shall re -apply and pay applicable fees for the renewal cf the WDP in accordance with the provision of this chapter. 14.14.220 Exemption from FOG WDP. A. A limited food preparation establishment may not be considered an FSE and may be exempt from obtaining a FOG WDP. Exempt establishments shall be engaged only in reheating, hot holding or assembly of ready to eat food products and as a result, there may not be wastewater discharge containing significant amount of FOG. B. An exemption from obtaining a FOG WDP may be requested in writing. If the Director determines that the reasons for the request are valid, an exemption may be granted. 15 C. A limited food preparation establishment may be required to follow the BMPs defined for all FSEs. A limited food preparation establishment that discharges FOG in excess of the defined limits may be reclassified as an FSE and required to obtain a FOG WDP at the Director's discretion. 14.14.230 Non -transferability of a FOG DWP. A FOG WDP issued pursuant to this chapter is for a specific FSE, for a specific operation and creates no vested rights. No holder of a FOG WDP shall assign, transfer and/or sell the FOG WDP and/or use the FOG WDP on any premises or for any facilities, operations and/or discharges not expressly encompassed within the FOG WDP. Any FOG WDP that is transferred to a new owner and/or operator and/or to a new facility in violation of this chapter is void. 14.14.240 Facilities and drawing submittal requirements. Upon request by the City: A. Any FSE may be required to submit two (2) copies of facility site plans, mechanical and plumbing plans and details to show all sewer locations and connections. The submittal shall be in a form and content acceptable to the Director for review of the existing or proposed grease control device, grease interceptor, monitoring facilities, metering facilities, and operating procedures. The review of the plans and procedures shall in no way relieve the FSE of the responsibility of modifying the facilities or procedures in the future as necessary to produce an acceptable discharge, and to meet the requirements of this chapter or the requirements of any other regulatory agency. B. The City may require the drawings be prepared by a California registered civil, chemical, mechanical, or electrical engineer. C. All drawings shall be submitted to the Wastewater Division. 14.14.250 Monitoring and reporting conditions. A. The Director may require periodic reporting of the status of implementation of BMPs, in accordance with the FOG control program. B. The Director may require visual monitoring at the sole expense of the permittee to observe the actual conditions of the FSE's sewer lateral and sewer lines downstream. C. The Director may require reports for self-monitoring of wastewater constituents and FOG characteristics of the permittee needed for determining compliance with any conditions or requirements as specified in the FOG WDP or this chapter. Monitoring reports of the analyses of wastewater constituents and FOG characteristics shall be in a manner and form approved by the Director and shall be submitted upon request of the Director. Failure by the permittee to perform any required monitoring, or to submit monitoring reports required by the Director constitutes a violation of this 16 chapter and shall be cause for the City to initiate all necessary tasks and analyses to determine the wastewater constituents and FOG characteristics for compliance with any conditions and requirements specified in the FOG WDP or in this chapter. The permittee shall be responsible for any and all costs and expenses of the City in undertaking such monitoring analyses and preparation of reports. D. Other reports may be required, such as compliance schedule progress reports, FOG control monitoring reports, and any other reports deemed reasonably appropriate by the Directorto ensure compliance with this chapter. 14.14.260 Recordkeeping requirements. The permittee shall be required to keep all manifests, receipts and invoices of all cleaning, maintenance, grease removal of/from the grease control device, disposal carrier and disposal site location for no less than three years. The permittee shall, upon request, make the manifests, receipts and invoices available to the Director, any inspector and/or any enforcement officer. These records may include: A. An on-site logbook of grease interceptor, grease trap or grease control device cleaning and maintenance practices. B. A record of BMPs being implemented, including employee training. C. Copies of records and manifests of waste hauling interceptor contents. D. Records of sampling data and sludge height monitoring for FOG and solids accumulation in the grease interceptors E. Records of any spills and/or cleaning of the sewer lateral or public sewer F. Any other information deemed appropriate by the Director to ensure compliance with this chapter 14.14.270 Falsifying information or tampering with process. It shall be unlawful to make any false statement, representation; record; report I plan or other document that is filed with the City and/or the Director, or to tamper with or knowingly render inoperable any grease control device, monitoring device or method or access point required under this chapter. 14.14.280 Inspections and sampling conditions. A. The Director may inspect or order the inspection and sample the wastewater discharges of any FSE to ascertain whether the intent of these regulations is being met and the permittee is complying with all requirements. The permittee shall allow access to the FSE premises, during normal business hours, for purposes of inspecting the FSE's grease control devices or interceptor, reviewing the manifests, receipts and invoices relating to the cleaning, maintenance and inspection of the grease control devices or interceptor. 17 B. The Director shall have the right to place or order the placement on the FSE's property, or other locations as determined by the Director, such devices as are necessary to conduct sampling or metering operations. Where an FSE has security measures in force, the permittee shall make necessary arrangements so that the Director and/or an inspector shall be permitted to enter without delay for the purpose of performing their specific responsibilities. C. In order for the Director to determine the wastewater characteristics of the discharger for purposes of determining compliance with FOG WDP requirements, the permittee shall make available for inspection and copying by the Director, an inspector, an enforcement officer and/or service personnel, all notices, monitoring reports, waste manifests, and records including, but not limited to, those related to wastewater generation and wastewater disposal. All such records shall be kept by the permittee a minimum of three (3) years. 14.14.290 Right of entry. Users or permittees of premises where wastewater is created or discharged shall allow the Director, an inspector and/or an enforcement officer reasonable access to all parts of the wastewater generating and disposal facilities for the purposes of inspection and sampling during all times the FSE is open, operating, or any other reasonable time. No persons or occupants of premises shall interfere with, delay, resistor refuse entrance to the Director, an inspector and/or an enforcement officer attempting to inspect any facility involved directly or indirectly with a discharge of wastewater to the public sewer. In the event of an emergency involving an actual or imminent SSO, the Director, an inspector and/or an enforcement officer may access adjoining businesses or properties that share a public sewer with an FSE in order to prevent or remediate the actual or imminent SSO. 14.14.300 Notification of spill. A. In the event a permittee is unable to comply with any FOG WDP condition due to a breakdown of equipment, accidents, or human error or the permittee has reasonable opportunity to know that their discharge will exceed the discharge provisions of the FOG WDP or this chapter, the user/permittee shall immediately notify the City by telephone at the number specified in the FOG WDP. If the material discharged to the public sewer has the potential to cause or result in sewer blockages or SSOs, the user/permittee shall immediately notify the City. B. Confirmation of this notification shall be made in writing to the Director at the address specified in the FOG WDP postmarked no later than two (2) calendar days from the date of the incident. The written notification shall state the date of the incident, the reasons for the discharge or spill, what steps were taken to immediately correct the problem, and what steps are being taken to prevent the problem from recurring. C. Such notification shall not relieve the permittee of any expense, loss, damage or other liability which may be incurred as a result of damage or loss to the City or any ff-11 other damage or loss to persons or property; nor shall such notification relieve the permittee of any fees or other liability which may be imposed by these regulations or other applicable law. 14.14.310 Notification of planned changes. A. A permittee shall notify the Wastewater Division at least sixty (60) days prior to any facility expansion or remodeling, or process modifications that may result in new or substantially increased FOG discharges or a change in the nature of the discharge. A permittee shall notify the Wastewater Division in writing of the proposed expansion or remodeling and shall submit any information requested by the Wastewater Division for evaluation of the effect of such expansion or remodeling on the permittee's FOG discharge to the public sewer. ARTICLE V. ENFORCEMENT 14.14.320 Harmful discharge. A. The City may suspend the wastewater service or revoke a FOG WDP when such suspension or revocation is necessary, in the opinion of the Director, in order to stop an actual or threatened discharge which presents or may present an imminent or substantial endangerment to the health or welfare of persons, to the environment, or which causes obstruction to the collection system or the P O W, or causes the City to violate any condition of its permits. B. Any person notified of a suspension of the wastewater treatment service and/or revocation of a FOG WDP shall immediately stop or eliminate all discharges to the public sewer. In the event of a failure of the person to comply voluntarily with the suspension order, the Director shall take such steps as he or she deems necessary, including immediate severance of the sewer connection, to prevent or minimize damage to the collection system or the P O W. The director shall reinstate the FOG WDP and/or the wastewater treatment service only upon proof of the elimination of the nonconforming discharge. A detailed written statement submitted by the user describing the causes of the harmful discharge and the measures taken to prevent any future occurrence shall be submitted to the director within fifteen (15) days of the date of occurrence. 14.14.330 Determination of non-compliance with FOG WDP conditions. A. Sampling and inspection procedures Sampling and inspection of FSEs shall be conducted in the time, place, manner, and frequency determined at the sole discretion of the Director. 2. Noncompliance with FOG WDP discharge conditions, or any discharge provisions of these regulations may be determined by an inspection of the grease control device, grease interceptor and associated manifest and documentation, or analysis of a grab or composite sample of the effluent of an FSE. W 3. Any sample taken from a sample point, as determined representative by the Director, is considered representative of the discharge to the public sewer. B. Notice of violation Any permittee found to be in violation of the FOG WDP terms and conditions may be issued a warning notice of violation in which there will be a specified time period to correct the violation. If the violation is not corrected within the specified time period the permittee may be issued a notice of violation, with a specified time period to correct the violation. If the violation is not corrected within the time period specified the permittee shall be considered in noncompliance. C. Noncompliance fee Any permittee determined to be in noncompliance with the terms and conditions specified in its FOG WDP or with any provision of this chapter may be required to pay a noncompliance fee. The purpose of the noncompliance fee is to compensate the City for costs of additional inspection and follow-up, sampling, monitoring, laboratory analysis, treatment, disposal, and administrative processing incurred as a result of the noncompliance, and shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any penalties as may be assessed pursuant to section 14.14.360. Noncompliance fees shall be in the amount determined by the Director. If the permittee remains compliant for twelve (12) consecutive months following the notice of noncompliance, the fee may be waived at the discretion of the Director. 14.14.340 Compliance schedule. A. Upon determination that a permittee is in noncompliance with the terms and conditions specified in its FOG WDP or any provision of this chapter, or needs to construct and/or acquire and install a grease control device or grease interceptor, the Director may require the permittee to enter into a compliance schedule on terms and conditions specified by the Director. B. The compliance schedule may contain terms and conditions including but not limited to requirements for installation of a grease control device, grease interceptor and facilities, submittal of drawings or reports, audit of waste hauling records, BMPs and waste minimization practices, payment of fees, or other provisions to ensure compliance with this chapter. C. If compliance is not achieved in accordance with the terms and conditions of a compliance schedule during its term, the Director may issue an order suspending or revoking the FOG WDP pursuant to section 14.14.350 of this chapter. 14.14.350 FOG WDP suspension and/or revocation. A. The City may suspend and/or revoke any FOG WDP when the Director determines that a permittee: Fails to comply with the terms and conditions of a compliance schedule order. 20 2. Knowingly provides a false statement, representation, record, report, or other document to the City and/or the Director. 3. Refuses to provide records, reports, plans, or other documents required by the City and/or the Director to determine FOG WDP terms or conditions, discharge compliance or compliance with this chapter. 4. Falsifies, tampers with or knowingly renders inaccurate any monitoring device or sample collection method. 5. Refuses reasonable access to the FSE for the purpose of inspection and monitoring. 6. Fails to make timely payment of all amounts owed to the City for user charges, FOG WDP fees or any other fees imposed pursuant to this chapter. 7. Causes obstruction, sewer blockages or SSOs in the public sewer. 8. Violates grease interceptor or grease trap maintenance requirements, any condition or limit of its FOG WDP or any provision of this chapter. 9. Fails to report significant changes in operations, or wastewater constituents and characteristics. 14.14.360 Violation -Penalty. A. Any violation of this chapter, or the orders, rules, regulations and permits issued under this chapter, is unlawful and shall be an infraction or misdemeanor as determined by the City Attorney. B. Any user, discharger and/or permittee in violation of this chapter, or the orders, rules, regulations and permits issued under this chapter, may be ordered by the Director to cease and desist operations until the violation is cured. Continuance of operations after notice to cease and desist has been furnished to the user and/or permittee shall be unlawful and an infraction or misderneanor as determined by the City Attorney. Each day in which any such violation shall continue shall be deemed a separate offense. C. The violation of any of the provisions of this chapter, or the orders, rules, regulations and permits issued under this chapter, or the doing of any act prohibited or the failure or omission to do any act required by this chapter, or the orders, rules, and regulations and permits issued under this chapter, is a public nuisance and may be enjoined by the City Attorney. D. If any violation of this chapter, or the orders, rules, regulations and permits issued under this chapter, causes darmage to the POTW, the Director may seek to recover civil damages from the user causing such damage. 21 E. The Director is authorized to levy against any person administrative fines of up to ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00) per day for each violation of the rules, regulations, and permits issued under this chapter. The notice shall provide information as to the reason for the administrative fine and the authority and the notice shall also specify the person's right to appeal. The Director shall provide written notice of such levy to the person by certified mail. The user, discharger and/or permittee have the right to appeal the administrative action to the City of Lodi Impartial Hearing Officer by filing an appeal with the City Clerk. 2. The appeal shall be submitted within twenty (20) days of receipt of the notice and shall be accompanied by a nonrefundable fee of $75.00. 3. The user, discharger and/or permittee have the right to appeal the decision of the City of Lodi Director to the City Council. The appeal shall be submitted to the City Clerk within twenty (20) days of the decision of the Lodi and shall be accompanied by a nonrefundable fee of $75.00. F. The remedies and provisions of this section are cumulative, and are in addition to any other remedy or provision of law. SECTION 2. This ordinance shall be effective at the expiration of thirty (30) days from the date of adoption. SECTION 3. The City Clerk is hereby directed to cause this ordinance to be published in full at least once within fourteen (14) days after it is adopted in a newspaper of general circulation in the City, or shall within fourteen (14) days after its adoption cause this ordinance to be posted in full in at least three (3) public places in the City and enter in the Ordinance Book a certificate stating the time and place of said publication by posting. PASSED AND ADOPTED by the Council of the City of Lodi this Blank day of Blank Month, by the following vote on roll call: AYES COUNCILMEMBERS: NOES COUNCI LMEMBERS: ABSENT COUNCILMEMBERS: ATTEST City Clerk 22 G-3 City of Lodi Two Month Cleaning List No From MH To MH MH -MH ID Size Footage Note 42 J2080 J1979 J2080 -J1979 6 178 43 K1633 L1603 K1633 -L1603 8 457 44 K1729 K1833 K1729 -K1833 6 485 45 K1759 K1862 K1759 -K1862 6 340 46 K1862 K1864 K1862 -K1864 6 402 47 48 K1809 K1911 K1864 K1911 K1809 -K1911 K1Ei12 K1911 -K 1912 K1865 K1864 -K1865 6 6 6 129 (Downtown) 268 (Downtown) 429 49 50 51 K1865 K2091 K2134 K2135 K1867 K2094 K21351 K2137 K1865 -K1867 K2091 -K2094 K2134 -K2135 K2135 -K2137 6 134 1 304 K2137 K2139 K2137 -K2139 6 307 K2139 K2230 K2139 -K2230 6 90 52 K2130 K2131 K2130 -K2131 6 1«3 K2131 K2132 K2131 -K2132 6 163 K2132 K2133 K2132 -K2133 6 140 K2133 K2134 K2133 -K2134 6 130 53 K2025 K2026 K2025 -K2026 6 179 K2026 K2038 K2026 -K2038 6 311 K20*'R K2: 1<9130 112 K2038 -K2130 K2223 -K2212 6 6 63 125 K2212 K2213 K2212 -K2213 54 K2223 K22021 K2213-K:?202 55 K2222 K2223 K2222 -K2223 56 K2232 K2224 K2222 -K2224 6 6 6 6 56 153 68 265 57 K2242 K2: K2221 K22 K2242 -K2221 6 6 210 30 K2222 I K2222 K2222 -K2222 6 278 K2262 I K22421 K2262 -K2262 8 258 60 L1693 M1633 L1693 -M1633 6 503 Earl mornin run - bus street- notify 61 M1633 M1663 M1633 -M1663 6 479 Earl mornin run- busy street- notify 62 631 L1991 L2054 L1911 L2066 L1991 -L1911 L2054 -L2066 6 6 18.7 358 L2066 L2160 L2066 -L2160 6 443 64 65 L2130 L2270 L2134 L2272 L2130 -L2134 6 613 L2270 -L2272 6 208 L2272 L2242 L2272 -L2242 6 380 66 M2190 M2180 M2190 -M2180 6 102 67 M2197 M2199 M2197 -M2199 6 303 68 M2191 M2193 M2191 -M2191 6 201 69 M2193 M2197 M2193 -M2197 6 593 70 M2098 M2196 M2098 -M2190 6 309 71 M2196 M2191 I M2190 -M2191 6 189 72 M2095 M2096 M2095 -M2096 6 44 M2096 M2098 M2096 -M2098 6 433 73 N1921 M1992 N1921 -M1992 6 315 74 M1992 M1972 M1992 -M1972 6 276 79 N1209 N1289 N1209 -N1289 6 237 76 N1394 N1374 N1394 -N1374 8 279 77 N1744 N1734 N1744 -N1734 12� 2 of 4 City cf Lodi Two Month Cleaning List No From MH To MH MH -MH ID Size Footage Note 1 H1592 H1532 H1592-1-11532 6 836 2 11501 H1592 11501-H1592 8 76 3 H1760 H1761 H1760 -H1761 6 129 H1761 H1764 H1761-1-11764 6 419 4 11359 11451 11359-11451 6 174 5 11451 11421 11451-11421 6 314 6 11511 11501 11511-11501 8 232 7 11554 11541 11554-11541 6 394 8 11579 11577 11579-11577 6 318 11577 11566 11577-11566 6 241 11566 11554 11566-11554 6 302 9 11737 11739 11737-11739 6 291 10 11739 11851 11739-11851 6 282 11 11851 11852 11851-11852 6 47 12 11888 11868 11888-11868 6 429 13 11868 11858 11868-11858 6 230 14 11858 11838 11858-11838 6 318 15 11892 11896 11892-11896 6 616 16 12089 12059 12089-12059 8 440 17 12185 12155 12085-12155 6 415 18 J1578 J1569 J1578 -J1569 6 160 Early morning run - busy street - notify 19 J1569 11548 J1569 -J1548 6 193 Early morning run - busy street - notify 20 J1569 J1567 J1569 -J1567 6 155 Early morning run - busy street - notify 21 J1747 J1861 J1747 -J1861 6 705 22 J1757 J1769 J1757 -J1769 6 529 23 J1757 J1747 J1757 -J1747 8 43 24 J1747 J1737 J1747 -J1737 6 154 25 J1717 J1821 J1717 -J1821 6 513 26 J1797 K1705 J1797-1<1705 6 324 K1705 K1704 K1705-1<1704 6 176 K1704 J1793 K1704 -J1793 6 261 J1793 J1791 J1793 -J1791 6 137 27 J1816 J1813 J1816 -J1813 6 492 28 J1890 J1894 J1890 -J1894 6 576 J1894 K1806 J1894 -K1806 6 323 29 J1896 J1886 J1896 -J1886 6 45 J1886 J1876 J1886 -J1876 6 32 J1876 J1866 J1876 -J1866 6 162 30 J1903 J1901 J1903 -J1901 6 220 31 J1913 J1914 J1913 -J1914 6 207 32 J1973 J1955 J1973 -J1955 6 193 33 J1955 J1933 J1955 -J1933 6 335 34 J1933 J1913 J1933 -J1913 6 264 J1913 J1903 11913-J1903 6 26 35 J1971 J1973 J1971 -J1973 6 379 36 J1973 J1974 J1973 -J1974 6 207 37 J1971 J1950 J1971 -J1950 6 291 38 J1950 J1846 J1950 -J1846 6 379 39 J1979 J1949 J1979 -J1949 6 431 40 J2080 J2041 J2080 -J2041 6 525 41 J2082 J2080 J2082 -J2080 6 196 of 4 City of Lodi Two Month Cleaning List No From MH To MH MH -MH ID Size Footage Note N1734 N1704 N1734 -N 1704 6 396 78 N1920 N1921 N1920 -N1921 6 215 79 N1921 N1923 N1921 -N1923 6 172 80 N1930 N1920 N1930 -N1920 6 340 81 N2025 N2027 N2025 -N2027 6 338 N2027 N2121 N2027 -N2121 6 382 82 N2045 N2140 N2045 -N2140 6 667 83 N2030 N2022 N2030 -N2022 6 276 84 N2022 N2025 N2022 -N2025 6 338 85 N2040 N2045 N2040 -N2045 6 626 86 N2055 N2170 N2055 -N2170 6 649 87 N2170 N2160 N2170 -N2160 6 64 88 N2095 N2190 N2095 -N2190 6 685 89 N2140 N2144 N2140 -N2144 6 667 90 N2164 N2165 N2164 -N2165 6 41 91 N2165 N2168 N2165 -N2168 6 518 92 N2160 N2164 N2160 -N2164 6 673 93 N2190 N2195 N2190 -N2195 6 685 94 N2242 N2232 N2242 -N2232 6 42 95 N2232 N2231 N2232 -N2231 6 60 96 01743 01746 01743-01746 6 404 97 01746 01756 01746-01756 6 49 Requires 3 man crew - pull hose 98 01756 01759 01756-01759 6 300 Requires 3 man crew - pull hose 99 02202 N2272 02202-N2272 8 340 N2272 N2242 N2272 -N2242 8 371 100 02202 N2283 02202-N2283 6 175 101 P1663 P1624 P1663 -P1624 6 533 102 P1662 P1622 P1662 -P1622 6 531 103 P1660 P1662 P1660 -P1662 8 245 104 P1662 P1663 P1662 -P1663 6 255 P1663 P1664 P1663 -P1664 6 75 105 P2199 P2290 P2199 -P2290 6 149 Early morning run - Wendys P2290 P2291 P2290 -P2291 6 99 P2291 P2293 P2291 -P2293 6 267 106 Q1911 Q1951 Q1911 -Q1951 6 404 Q1951 Q1981 Q1951 -Q1981 6 397 107 R1708 R1728 R1708 -R1728 6 333 108 11529 11525 11529-11525 6 510 109 11525 11534 11525-11534 6 140 110 11534 11533 11534-11533 6 143 111 11852 11853 11852-11853 6 140 11853 11856 11853-11856 6 482 K1839 K1942 K1839 -K1942 8 394 From Monthly List (Downtown) K1842 K1945 K1842 -K1945 8 482 From Monthly List (Downtown) 11836 11837 11836-11837 6 151 Added to 2 month list from notes 11837 11838 11837-11838 6 95 Added to 2 month list from notes 11838 11839 11838-11839 6 21 Added to 2 month list from notes 11839 11818 11839-11818 6 73 Added to 2 month list from notes 11818 11808 11818-11808 6 245 Added to 2 month list from notes 11837 11807 11837-11807 6 250 Added to 2 month list from notes K1280 K1260 K1280 -K1260 15 258 Added to 2 month list from notes 3 of 4 City of Lodi Two Month Cleaning List No From MH To MH MH -MH ID Size Footage Note K2026 K2016 K2026 -K2016 4 179 Added to 2 month list from notes L1566 L1567 L1566 -L1567 6 66 Added to 2 month list from notes L1567 L1568 L1567 -L1568 6 175 Added to 2 month list from notes L1539 L1548 L1539 -L1548 6 125 Added to 2 month list from notes L1548 L1558 L1548 -L1558 6 156 Added to 2 month list from notes L1558 L1557 L1558-1-1557 6 165 Added to 2 month list from notes L1557 L1556 L1557 -L1556 6 150 Added to 2 month list from notes L1556 L1567 L1556 -L1567 6 176 Added to 2 month list from notes 45,763 Footnotes Number of reaches added is 50 bringgin the total to161 of 4 APPENDIX H System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan Documents Appendix H includes the following: H-1 Technical Memorandum-SSMP Audit System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan H-2 Technical Memorandum -Trunk Sewer Hydraulic Analysis H-4 Wastewater Condition Assessment Date — Power point Presentation H-5 Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) Lodi Wastewater Collection System Condition Assessment H-6 2009 Wastewater Capacity Study Revision Date: 08/13/2009 CITY OF LODI 2009 Wastewater Capacity Study June 2009 ! �,a n pi4� 'tAMa+�749 CMV H-6 TABLE OF CONTENTS LISTOF TABLES............................................................................................................. 1 LISTOF FIGURES........................................................................................................... 1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.................................................................................................. 2 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.................................................................................................. 2 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION........................................................................................ 3 1.1 Background and Study Objective...................................................................... 3 1.2 Study Area......................................................................................................... 3 1.3 Existing Sewer System...................................................................................... 3 1.4 Report Organization.......................................................................................... 4 CHAPTER 2 DRY WEATHER FLOW........................................................................ 5 2.1 Data Sources..................................................................................................... 5 2.2 Existing DryWeather Flow................................................................................ 5 CHAPTER 3 WASTEWATER MODEL BUILDING AND CALIBRATION .................. 7 3.1 Model Software................................................................................................. 7 3.2 Building the Model............................................................................................. 7 3.3 Flow Generation................................................................................................ 7 3.4 Flow Monitoring Study....................................................................................... 8 3.5 Flow Pattern Generation................................................................................... 8 3.6 Model Calibration.............................................................................................. 9 3.7 Wet Weather Flow Setup................................................................................ 10 CHAPTER 4 CAPACITY ANALYSIS....................................................................... 15 4.1 Dry Weather Flow Analysis............................................................................. 15 4.2 Wet Weather Flow Analysis............................................................................ 15 CHAPTER 5 RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCES AND CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS....................................................................................... 21 5.1 Recommendations.......................................................................................... 21 5.2 Conclusion....................................................................................................... 22 LIST OF TABLES Table2-1 Unit Flow........................................................................................................ 5 Table 3-2 Flow Meter Location....................................................................................... 8 Table 3-3 Unit Flow Adjustment................................................................................... 10 Table3-4 Peaking Factors........................................................................................... 10 Table 5-1 Wastewater Pipe Monitoring Location......................................................... 21 Table 5-2 Capital Improvement Projects...................................................................... 21 Table 5-3 Future Flow Monitoring Locations................................................................ 22 LIST OF FIGURES Figure 3-4 City of Lodi Diurnal Curves....................................................................... 9 Figure 3-1 Existing Wastewater Pipe System........................................................... 12 Figure 3-2 Tributary Area Map.................................................................................. 13 Figure 3-3 Wastewater Flow Monitoring Location ..................................................... 14 Figure 4-1 Existing Dry Weather Capacity................................................................ 16 Figure 4-2 COL (2 Yr) Wet Weather Capacity.......................................................... 17 Figure 4-3 5 Yr Storm Wet Weather Capacity.......................................................... 18 Figure 4-4 10 Yr Storm Wet Weather Capacity........................................................ 19 Figure 4-5 Wet Weather HGL Profile -Washington Street ...................................... 20 Figure 5-1 Dry Weather Peak VelocityAppendix A Model results vs Measured Values at Flow Monitoring Locations.............................................................................. 23 Appendix A Model results vs Measured Values at Flow Monitoring Locations ........... 24 Executive Summary The purpose of this wastewater capacity study is to investigate the dry weather and wet weather flow capacities of the City's wastewater pipe system in accordance with State Water Resources Control Board Statewide General Waste Discharge Requirements Order No. 2006-0003. Data for existing wastewater mains having diameters of 8 -inches or larger was used to develop a wastewater model to simulate various flow scenarios. In addition, a city-wide flow monitoring study was conducted to provide the necessary flow data to calibrate the wastewater model under both dry weather and wet weather conditions. The model results indicate that the City's wastewater mains can accommodate dry weather peak flow conditions without surcharging. For wet weather conditions, the model has identified several locations throughout the City that experience surcharge conditions during peak flow, but in no case did the model predicted a wastewater overflow condition (hydraulic grade line elevation higher than structures). In order to provide greater wet weather over flow protection and increase the distance between the ground surface and hydraulic grade line, upsizing of several wastewater mains is recommended. A list of the recommended capital improvement projects is shown below and also in Table 5-2. The total cost of the improvements is estimated to be $1,050,000. Wastewater From To Description Footage cost Main Hutchins Sycamore Kettleman Increase from 1,292 $250,000 Street 18" to 21 " Stockton Vine Kettleman Increase from 2,560 $500,000 Street 18" to 21 " Lodi Avenue Sacramento Hutchins Increase from 1,857 $300,000 12" to 15" Total Cost $1,050,000 The model does not include wastewater mains smaller than 8 inches. Since the majority of the City's wastewater mains are 6 -inch pipe, the wastewater model should be expanded in the future to include the 6 -inch wastewater mains. Expansion of the model will allow development of a more comprehensive capital improvement project program. The modeling exercise also revealed the need to adopt a design storm (5 -year or 10 - year storm event) for designing wastewater pipes for wet weather peak flow conditions. Staff is currently working on identifying the most appropriate design storm for the City of Lodi. 2 Chapter 1 Introduction 1.1 Background and Study Objective The State Water Resource Control Board (SWRCB) adopted the Statewide General Waste Discharge Requirement Order No. 2006-0003 (Order) in May 2006. The Order requires that all public wastewater collection systems comprised of more than one mile of pipeline be regulated and that each operator of a publicly -owned collection system develop and implement a Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP). The SSMP is to be comprised of eleven elements including but not limited to: • Collection System Management Goals • Organization of Personnel O Legal Authority for Permitting Flows to the System • Operation and Maintenance Activities • Design and Performance Provisions • Overflow Emergency Response Plans • Fats, Oils and Grease Program • System Capacity Assurance Plan o System Monitoring and Measurement Plan • Internal SSMP Audits • SSMP Public Communications Program. This report will focus on the System Capacity Assurance Plan (SCAP). The SCAP will include a capital improvement plan (CIP) to provide the hydraulic capacity for key sanitary sewer system elements for dry weather peak flow and the appropriate design storm (wet weather) event for wet weather peak flow. The plan will include four elements: System Evaluation, Design Criteria, Capacity Enhancement Measures, and CIP Schedule. 1.2 Study Area The study area for this report is the area within the current 2009 City of Lodi city limits as shown on Figure 3-1. The study area covers approximately 11 square miles. 1.3 Existing Sewer System The City's existing wastewater system includes a gravity pipe system and seven wastewater pump station systems. The majority of the City is served by the gravity system (5,670 acres or 8.2 square miles). The collection system is composed of 181 miles of pipe ranging from 4 -inches to 42 -inches in diameter. The pipelines discharge into a recently rehabilitated 48 -inch sewer outfall line which flows southwest to the City's White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility located approximately 6 miles west of town. The existing wastewater collection system is shown in Figure 3-1. The wastewater pipelines are constructed primarily of clay, concrete, and PVC pipe materials. The wastewater pipes in the central, eastern and downtown area of the City are the oldest (over 80 years of age) and are primarily clay pipe with concrete joints. The City has initiated a Wastewater Pipe Replacement Program to rehabilitate the wastewater pipes in these areas. The program includes lining the old wastewater pipes 3 with a plastic liner to seal cracks in the pipes and pipe joints and to enhance system efficiency. The existing 48 -inch outfall trunk line was originally constructed of concrete material and was recently (2008) lined with a dual wall PVC slip -line pipe material. Although the liner has effectively reduced the outfall trunk line diameter from 48 -inches to 42 -inches, the reduction in the interior roughness of the outfall pipeline is expected to offset the slight decrease in the pipe diameter. 1.4 Report Organization This report is organized as follows: • Chapter 1, Introduction • Chapter 2, Dry Weather Flow Conditions • Chapter 3, Wastewater Model Building and Calibration • Chapter 4, Capacity Analysis — Dry Weather and Wet Weather • Chapter 5, Recommended Maintenance and Capital Improvement Programs • Appendix A, Model results vs Measured Values at Flow Monitoring Locations Special thanks to Mr. Glenn Hermanson of RMC Water and Environment consultant for providing assistance to initiate this study and for providing sample data and reports from other cities to aid in drafting this report. Chapter 2 Dry Weather Flow This chapter describes the methodology used to establish the existing dry weather wastewater flows in the City's wastewater collection system which serves as the basis of the wastewater system capacity analysis for normal peak flow. The wet weather flow analysis is presented in Chapter 4 of this report. 2.1 Data Sources Wastewater generation analysis was based on the design criteria presented in Section 2 of the current City of Lodi Public Improvement Design Standards (Design Standards). In addition, the following wastewater monitoring flow studies were used to compare the actual flow with the calculated results: City of Lodi Flow Monitoring Services, March 2002, by E2 Consulting Engineer Sanitary Sewer Flow Monitoring and Inflow/infiltration Study, March 2009, by V&A The City's existing wastewater system map was used to set up the wastewater model and existing parcel maps were used to define the wastewater flow sub -basin boundaries and acreages. 2.2 Existing Lky Weather Flow Wastewater flow for residential and non-residential land uses were first estimated using the Design Standards and Table 2-1: Table 2-1 Unit Flow Designation Land Use Unit/Acre Population/ Unit Average Flow C Commercial _tgpd/Acre 2500 IND Industrial 2000 HDR High Density Residential 22 2.0 4400 MDR Medium Density Residential 12 2.6 2700 LDR Low Density Residential 6.5 3.0 1780 School School 1 22 d/att The dry weather flow was estimated by defining sub -basins along the major trunk lines (8 -inch or larger) and calculating acreages for each land use based on existing parcel maps. The flow was then calculated based on the land uses and unit flow criteria in Table 2-1 above and assigned to the nearest downstream node in the wastewater model. To calculate flows generated by low and medium residential development, the parcel acreage associated with those land uses in each sub -basin was determined and the appropriate units per acre and flow criteria applied. Flows generated by high density residential developments were calculated by determining the number of units, using aerial photographs to actually count the number of units or by estimating the number of 5 units based on the units per acre criteria in Table 2-1, and then applying the appropriate flow criteria. The population density in the residential area east of the Union Pacific Railroad (UPRR), north of Kettleman Lane, and south of Lockeford Street, is generally higher per household (lot) than the City's standard. A separate land use category (Eastside Residential) was created to provide a more accurate estimate of the wastewater flow generation from this area. The population density for the Eastside Residential category was assumed to be 4 persons per unit. For school sites, the actual number of students attending each school was acquired from the Lodi Unified School District and used to calculate the wastewater flow from each school site. For commercial and industrial sites, the parcel acreages and flow criteria from Table 2-1 were used to calculate the wastewater flow during dry weather conditions. Wastewater flow from industrial developments was divided into two categories: the standard industrial use shown in Table 2-1 (2,000 gpd/acre) and an industrial warehouse use which was assigned an average flow rate of 90 gpd/acre. The standard industrial category represents manufacturing uses that require large quantities of process water (i.e. General Mills and the Pacific Coast Producers cannery). The industrial warehouse category includes uses such as auto repair, machine shops and storage warehouses. The majority of the industrial land use east of Highway 99 is represented by warehouse uses. 1.1 Chapter 3 Wastewater Model Creation and Calibration This chapter presents the methodology used to create the City's wastewater model and to calibrate the model using the collected field data. This chapter also presents the peak design criteria used in the model. 3.1 Model Software The City selected Bentley's SewerCAD V8i modeling software for the wastewater model. Since the City has been using Bentley's WaterCAD and StormCAD software for modeling the City's water and storm drainage systems, it seemed reasonable to use wastewater modeling software from the same company for consistency. SewerCAD contains a graphical/GIS interface and has the ability to model dry/wet weather flows in extended period simulations along with other useful tools for wastewater system modeling. The software has the ability to import GIS layers and output files to AutoCAD. 3.2 Building the Model The City's wastewater system map was imported as a background for the base model. Only pipes 8 -inch or largerwere modeled. As -built drawings were used to determine the invert elevations for the pipes and manholes as well as ground elevations. For those locations where as -built drawings were not available, invert elevations were determined by field surveys. There are seven (7) existing public wastewater pump stations in the City as shown on Figure 3-1. They are the Woodlake, Evergreen, Rivergate, Mokelumne, Cluff, Tienda, and Harney Lane wastewater pump stations. Data for the pump stations and pump curves were obtained from the design/as-built drawings for the pump stations. Overall the model consists of 284 pipe segments and 276 manholes (Figure 3-1). There are many "overflow" connections (diversion nodes) incorporated into the City's wastewater trunk lines. These are junctions in the wastewater system that have two out - flowing pipes. SewerCAD has a feature called "diversion flow" which simulates this condition by assigning a portion of the flow to the additional out -flowing pipe based on a predefined curve input by the user. The outfall in the model is located at manhole U0439 on the 48 -inch outfall pipeline as shown on Figure 3-1. As previously mentioned, the 48 -inch outfall pipeline was lined with a PVC liner in 2008. Although the effective inside diameter was reduced from 48 inches to 42 inches, the roughness coefficient factor was also reduced due to the smoother inside pipe wall. The outfall pipe line was modeled as a 42 -inch pipe with an "n" factor of 0.010. 3.3 Flow Generation Once the physical elements were incorporated into the model, the study area was divided into five (5) wastewater tributary areas (Figure 3-2). Each tributary area was further subdivided into many sub -basins. The wastewater flow from each sub -basin was calculated and assigned to the nearest downstream manhole. rA Only dry weather flows were assigned to the manholes. The wet weather flows were applied as peaking factors in the model to simulate the inflow during wet weather scenarios. 3.4 Flow Monitoring Study The City retained V&A Consultants Engineers to perform a flow monitoring study on the City's wastewater system. The study period was December 2008 though January 2009. The purpose of the study was to collect dry weather and wet weather flow data through the use of flow meters and one rain gauge which were installed throughout the City. The flow meter and rain gauge locations are shown on Figure 3-3. The flow meter locations are also listed in Table 3-2 below. Table 3-2 Flow Meter Location Location Manhole Number Note Site A21 R1109 Measured the flow from Tributary Area A north of Kettleman Lane. Site A42 R1109 Measured the combined flow from the all the Tributary Areas at the Century Blvd. trunk line. Site B R1594 Measured flow from Tributary Area B north of Century Blvd. Site C R1759 Measured flow from Tributary Area C north of Century Blvd. Site D R1989 Measured flow from Tributary Area D north of Century Blvd. Site E R2380 Measured flow from Tributary Area E, which is entirely developed with industrial land uses. Site F J2420 Measured flow generation from the Cluff Avenue Pump Station which collects flow from industrial develo ment. Evergreen n/a Measured the flow generation from the Evergreen PS Pump Station Area which collects flow from residential development. A copy of the flow monitoring study is on file. The 2003 Flow Monitoring Study performed by E2 Consulting Engineers was used to determine the wastewater flow from the east side residential area in the vicinity of Vine Street and Central Avenue. 3.5 Flow Pattern Generation Flow patterns (diurnal curves) for the residential and industrial developments were developed based on the wastewater flow monitoring studies. The diurnal curve for commercial development is based on a typical commercial development curve provided by RMC Water and Environment consultants. The resulting curves are shown in Figure 3-4. W 2.2 2 1.8 1.6 1.4 s V L 1.2 LL R E 1 0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 Figure 3-4 City of Lodi Diurnal Curves Diurnal Curves 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Time of the Day 3.6 Model Calibration --4—East Side R —W -Commercial --&—Industdal —X Residentiel After verifying the accuracy of the model data, an extended period simulation (EPS) for a 72 -hour period scenario for dry weather flow was run. The results of the EPS were compared to the actual measured resultsfrom the flow monitoring studies. The calculated flows from the initial run of the EPS were generally higherthan the measured flows. The unit flows for residential, commercial and industrial developments were then adjusted until the model results and flow monitoring date were closely matched. Based on the flow monitoring study, the industrial area served by the Cluff Avenue Pump Station only has a unit flow of about 90 gpd/acre versus the City's standard of 2,000 gpd/acre for general industrial use. The lower measured unit flow results from the pattern of development in the lift station service area which consists primarily of warehouses and small machine shops. A separate unit flow category (Industrial Warehouse) was created to more accurately model the flow from the lift station. For residential areas, the flow monitoring study indicated that the average per capita flow for the residential developments served by the Evergreen Pump Station was approximately 65 gpd as opposed to the City's standard of 100 gpd. The results for the East Side Residential area conformed to the City's standard per capita flow rate of 100 gpd. The resulting flow generation adjustments are listed in the Table 3-3. Table 3-3 Unit Flow Adjustment Development/Use Standard Flow Adjusted Flow Commercial 2500 d/acre 2016 d/acre Industrial 2000 d/acre 1440 d/acre Industrial Warehouse n/a 90 d/acre Residential 100 d/ erson 65 d/ erson East Side Residential n/a 100 d/ erson After the flow generation adjustments were made, the model was run again for comparison with the flow monitoring study data. Based on these results, additional adjustments to the diversion nodes (nodes that have two out -flowing pipes) were made to balance the flow to the different trunk lines in each tributary area. The results from the final calibrated model were plotted against the measured values at each flow monitoring station (Appendix A). Overall the results from the calibrated model corresponded to the data measured in the field. There were, however, two locations (Sites C and E) where the results from the calibrated model were somewhat different that the monitoring study data. These discrepancies could be caused by the number of diversion points in the upstream pipes. In our opinion, further calibration of these nodes would require significant effort and would not result in significant improvements in the model accuracy. 3.9 Wet Weather Now Setup The standard peaking factors listed in Section 2.200 of the City of Lodi Public Improvement Design Standards include an allowance for an infiltration/inflow (1/1) condition. The design storm on which these peaking factors were based is unknown, however, using the City's standard peaking factors in the calibrated model yielded results corresponding to a 2 -year design storm. Although there are no universal standards for which design storm (2, 5 or 10 -year) should be used for wastewater collection system design, it is common for local agencies in a semi -arid climate similar to Lodi to adopt a 5- or 1O -year storm event. The peaking factors for the 2-, 5- and 1O -year storm events are listed below in Table 3-4. Table 3-4 Peaking Factors Development 2 -year Storm 5 -year Storm 10 -year Storm Commercial 3 3.2 3.5 Industrial 2 2.8 3.0 Industrial Warehouse n/a 8.0** 11** Residential * 1.0 1.1 1.2 10 There is no peaking factor in the Design Standards for the Industrial Warehouse development category. Due to the low average flow generated by this type of development, a higher peaking factor is needed to account for the inflow as shown in Table 3-4. The City should re-examine this peaking factor for Industrial Warehouse development to reflect the wet weather flow conditions. 11 WOODBRIDGE RD O H 4 �� ^ �\WKBGiE r - W — : ► PUMP LAKE TUER RD U n P PUMP ATION — . 1 t � PIInFY,gU3 U.PJt.R. VICTOR RDJ 1" = 30001 L w I FIGURE 3-1 — — _ NEST SIN r EXISTING WASTEWATER PIPE SYSTEM N o m PIPE DWMETERJ TYPE t- o s I 6" OR SMALLER HWY. 12 � m O 8" 6 MILES TO 1.5 I. AN LN ~ J 10" TO 15" �• ' 16" TO 24" �•1 30" TO 36' 42" TO 48' I g o o FORCE MAIN aP b; U �q O LN � ~ CITY BOUNDARY Q O MANHOLE srATwN o d Q PUMP STATION 3 a r - - - — O MODELOUTFALL PUMP STATION BOUNDARY K\DESIGN\Projects\Wastewater CapacityStudy\Draft Report\Capacity Exhibhs.dwg, PIPE SYSTEM, 06101/200910:23:06 AM, ichang MDESIGNTrojectsMastewater Capacity StudylDraft ReporACapactly Exhihits.dwg, TRIS MAP, 06/01/200910:22:31 AM, Ichang V = 3000' FIGURE 3-3 WASTERWATER FLOW MONITORING LOCATIONS PIPE DIAMETER 8" 10" TO 18" IS" TO 24" 30" TO 36" 42" . 48" FORCE MAIN C I N BOUNDARY Q PUMPSTATION Q PUMP STATION BOUNDARY FLOW METER LOCATION A RAIN GAUGE LOCATION KADESIGN%Projeeb\Wastewater Capacity StudylDmit ReporpCapochy E#db9s.dxg, MON LOC. 06/01/200910:21:55 AM, Ichang Chapter 4 Capacity Analysis This chapter presents the wastewater model results. 4.1 Dry Weather Flow Analysis The calibrated model was run for existing dry weather flow conditions (2008) using the EPS 72 -hours simulation method to identify any deficiencies in the existing wastewater mains. Under the dry weather peak flow condition (generally occurring about 8:00 pm), the model results indicate that the majority of the pipes have a depth to diameter ratio (d/D) of 50% or less. A few pipes were identified that experience a d/D of more than 50% but less than 75%. No surcharged pipes were identified in the system for the dry weather peak flow condition (Figure 4-1). 4.2 Wet Weather Flow Analysis Steady state analysis was used to calculate the peak wet weather flow in the City's wastewater system and identify any deficiencies in the existing wastewater mains under the peak wet weather flow conditions. Three storm events (2-, 5-, and 10-yr)were simulated in the model. The model results indicate that the majority of the wastewater mains in the City have a d/D of 75% or less for all three storm events (Figure 4-2 through Figure 4-4). A few pipes were identified that experience a d/D of more than 75% but less than 99%. Some pipes were identified that experience surcharge conditions. Those pipes are shown in red on the above referenced figures and are mainly located along Lower Sacramento Road north of the Woodbridge Irrigation District (WID) canal, Ham Lane north of Lodi Avenue, Hutchins Street from RibierAvenue to Lodi Avenue, and Washington Street from Vine Street to Lockeford Street. Based on the model results, the pipeline along Washington Street experiences the most severe surcharge conditions. The profile of this pipeline is shown on Figure 4-5. The surcharge condition for this pipeline under the 2 -year and 5 -year storms is marginally acceptable, indicating approximately 2 feet of ground cover in the worst location. Forthe 10 -year storm scenario, the hydraulic grade line elevation is about 1 foot below the lowest manhole rim elevation. This section of the pipeline includes about eight (8) overflow connections (diversion nodes) to the parallel wastewater main in Stockton Street. The presence of the diversion nodes may relieve this section of pipeline from sewer overflow conditions. Additional flow monitoring will be required to provide a more detailed analysis of this pipeline because of the diversion nodes. Overall, the model indicates that there are no locations that experience sewer overflow conditions during the 5 -year and 10 -year storm events, but there are some locations in the wastewater system that experience surcharge conditions during these design storms. 15 \\\� WOODBRIDGE RD o_. 1 �UMNE RIVER = O Q P�uMPW \'� i`,+NAW / 3 PSI LAKE TUIER RD O o > 1 naww`r Arrau 9CrF00.� puu.nwon¢s 1 it—&—u-PAR. �RRD J .72 J V 3000' f— c c.C.. 1 NE ST Y VIN T N Z o w " FIGURE4-1 o�— = I EXISTING DRYWEATHER CAPACITY 6 MILES TO 1-5I I LN FLOW DEPTH RATIO&D % ~ C < so 50-75 y 75-99 w p -- �I� �jj o SURCHARGE U UNMODELEDSEWERS CITYBOUNDARY uuaErw vuuvsrAnou PUMP STATION 3 a I Q PUMP STATION BOUNDARY K:\DESIGN\Projects\Wastewater Capacity Study0raft Report\Capacity Exhibits.dwg, DRY WEATHER FLOW, 06101/200910:21:26 AM, Ichang WOODBRIDGE RD ✓- \ 14OxEI.UNINE RIVER 3 PUMP IT"-� A110N \ /Nl TU ER RD rj O n r WNP AlWN 'C/FORA YIIBIlCvr✓RIt8 1 U.P,RR, NVYi'12=RD J 1 1"=3000' I _ I O VIN NEST w FIGURE4-2 [— o 2 YR STORM WET WEATHER CAPACITY HWY. 12 __j 6 MILES TO W t•EMM LN FLOW DEPTH RATIO dID % I 50575 75-99 erC� I I o SURCHARGE WPB F fx UNMODELEDSEWERS 0 P,Kfie I _ LN ~ CITY BOUNDARY f1ARnM W vuwv rRAnox Q PUMP STATION 0 d q V G i PUMP STATION BOUNDARY K:\DESIGN\Projects\Wastswatsr CapackyStudy\Draft ReporWApacKy Exhibits.dwg, WET 2YR, 061011200910:20:46 AM, Ichang WOODBRIDGE RD O 1 � o✓- "j J%� r OFWMNEJ/Ij�\NER = w _ ° GUMY 3 'PSI LAKE r TUR IER RD v O Q `i R#IP ATION U.PRR VICTOR RD71 D HYYY. 12 I V = 3000' c.c.. L J 'd l INE ST O VIN T _ w FIGURE 4-3 T ° 5 YR STORM WET WEATHER CAPACITY HWY. 12 w— U 6 MILES TO IS I n AN LN FLOW DEPTH RATIOdM % ~ J I '50 I I 50-75 w n 75-99 �aFo 0 1 '�',"� o SURCHARGE a 1J x F UNMODELEDSEWERS _ O LN CITY BOUNDARY HNaIEY W vurvs AT10N Q PUMPSTATION v d � I 0 3 n PUMP STATION BOUNDARY MWESIGN1PIojecls\Wastewater CapacityStudylDratt RepwOCapacity E#IiWts.dwg, WET SYR 06101/200910:19:42 AM, Ichang K,. DESIGMProjeds\Wastewater CapackyStudy\Draft ReporWApedty ExhibkLdwg, WET 10YR, 06101/200910:19:07 M1 Ichang FIGURE4-5 WET WEATHER HGL PROFILE WASHINGTON STREET eb.m 122M - J2245 BECKMAN J2253 WASHINGTON 'H4 s1m K2100 R p K2064 a R9yST ( J2133 CJS `�FFOR K=05 WASHINGTON O5 s,a J21 L2024 U93L20g5 �� Mmas,`n ppm $ 5 12Aj WASHINGTON epm f°h N200 02005 SNF 02°99 k w 4>m STOCKTON STOCKTON Q, 4>m �^. 01909 P2000 G x''00 pp •7 � 1pq fph ,eo tse 4A00 W en am s /OM 181n > am 1 [n p f iGq etm WASTEWATER PIPE fC, `am 61m �m a>m MANHOLE „ 'B apm nm um Ob0 9b0 fOgO 15b0 a0b0 YSbO 9M00 3600 C0�00 'M00 3MW 65b0 BObO p5b0 >Ob0 >Sb0 50bp Station (ft) 8500 9M0p p5b0 t00b0 fO5b0 ssuo 110b0 1f5b0 1TOb0 ,2400 ,aD�00 f1MW GROUND SURFACE PROFILE 2 YEAR STORM HGL S YEAR STORM HGL O YEARSTORM HGL Chapter 5 Recommended Maintenance and Capital Improvement Programs 5.7 Recommendations Based on the flow monitoring studies and modeling results, the following actions are recommended: The V&A flow monitoring study indicated that an unusually high amount of inflow/infiltration (1/1) is occurring in the industrial area (especially the area served by the Cluff Avenue Pump Station). An aggressive inflow monitoring program needs to be implemented in that area to identify and eliminate cross connections and illegal pumping of storm water into the wastewater system. The balance of the City also has some 1/1 problems and would benefit from a continuous inflow monitoring program to eliminate cross connections. 2. Since the majority of the wastewater mains in the City experience flow velocities of less than 2.0 feet per second during dry weather peak flow conditions (Figure 5-1), the mains should be regularly inspected and cleaned to remove debris, especially in preparation for the wet weather season. It is recommended that the following wastewater mains be monitored and cleaned regularly: Table 5-1 Wastewater Pipe Monitoring and Cleaning Location Wastewater Main Segment From To Washington Street Lockeford Street Vine Street Crescent Avenue Vine Street Kettleman Lane Hutchins Street Locust Street Lodi Avenue Church Street Alley N/Pine Street Walnut Street Stockton Street Alley N/Locust Street Alley S/Pine Street Calaveras Street Pioneer Drive Lockeford Street Sycamore Street Sacramento Street Hutchins Street The following table presents the recommended capital improvement projects to accomplish these results: Table 5-2 Capital Improvement Projects Wastewater From To Description Footage cost Main Hutchins Sycamore Kettleman Increase from 1,292 $250,000 Street Street Lane 18" to 21" Stockton Vine Street Kettleman Increase from 2,560 $500,000 Street Lane 18" to 21" Lodi Avenue Sacramento Hutchins Increase from 1,857 $300,000 Street Street 12" to 15" Total Cost $1,050,000 21 4. Due to the number of diversion nodes in the City's wastewater system, additional flow monitoring should be performed to provide data to increase the accuracy of the wastewater model. Additional flow monitoring should be conducted at the following locations: Table 5-3 Future Flow Monitoring Locations Monitoring Location Cross Street Number of Flow Sensors Stockton Street Kettleman Lane 2 Washington Street Alley N/Walnut Street 2 Washington Street Alley N/Locust Street 2 Kettleman Lane Hutchins Street 2 Ham Lane Tokay Street 2 Cherokee Lane Kettleman Lane 2 Cherokee Lane Delores Street 1 Lower Sacramento Road N/Kettleman Lane 1 5.2 Conclusion Based on the modeling results, no capital improvement projects are required in the immediate future to accommodate both dry weather and wet weather flows. The surcharge conditions present during wet weather flows could be improved by the recommended capital improvements projects listed in Table 5-3. A design storm (either 5 -year or 10 -year storm) for wastewater water peak flow design for new developments needs to be adopted and incorporated into the City's Design Standards. Since the wastewater model was limited to pipes having diameters 8 inches or larger, and since the majority of the City's wastewater pipes are 6 -inch pipes, the wastewater model should be expanded to include 6 -inch wastewater mains to increase the accuracy and flexibility of the model. 22 i OF O U O Q 9��FORa 1 ID I' = 3000' FIGURE 55-1 DRY WEATHER PEAK VELOCITY FLOW VELOCITY (ft/s) < 1.0 1.0-1.5 1.5-2.0 2.0-10 3,0-4.0 UNMODELEDSEWERS CITY BOUNDARY A PUMPSTATION Q PUMP STATION BOUNDARY K:\DESIGN\Projects\Wastewater CapackyStudy\Draft Report\Capacity Exhibits.dwg, DRY PEAK VEL, 06101/2009101758 AM, Ichang Appendix A Model results vs Measured Values at Flow Monitoring Locations 24 APPENDIX A Model Results vs Measured Values at Flow moniroting Locations Site A-21 1.400 1.2000 7.0000 s 1.0001.. ■ - ■ ■ 6.0000 0-8m 6.0000 - - - - 0.60a ■ 0.4000 ■ - ■ 2.0000 - ■ ■ 02m D.0000 x 000 26.000 ` 28.000 30.600 32.000 34.000 36.600 36.600 40.600 42.000 44.000 46.000 48.001 Tone (hom) GO -10 - Exbting Dry Wea6iar EPS - Fbw s SN A -2f j Site A-42 8.0000 7.0000 ■ ' ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 8 a ■ 6.0000 6.0000 - - - - 4.0000 ■ 3.0000 ■ - ■ 2.0000 - - 1.0000 D.0000 24-00) 26.000 26.000 30.600 32.000 34000 36.000 30.000 40.000 42000 44000 46000 46.000 Tkm (h0 ) I CO2-EKhikg Dry WesMerEP3-Flow i SNA -42 1 Site B 4.0000.. 3.0000 30000. .. 2600 .. 2.6000 -■ - ■- - 2000 8 ■ 2.m ■ 1.6000.. - - - 1000 ■ 1.00W - ■ 0.6000 ■ ■ ■ ■ 0.0000 29000 28.000 28.000 30.000 32.000 34.000 30.000 38.000 40.000 42000 44.000 40.000 48-00io Time (hues) GO -245-E " Weadw EPS -Flue ■ SMB Site C 4000 .. 3500 . 3000 ■ 2600 .. 2000 8 ■ 1 1600 1000 s s )fi00 ■ ■ ■ ■ )000 29 1 28.000 25.000 30.000 32.000 MOW 38000 38.000 40000 42.000 44.000 46.000 41000 Time Own) CO -166 - ExMN Dry WeaVw EPS - Flow 8 Sie O 2.0000 Cam 1.0000 1.40W 1.2000 E 1.0000 rl 0.e00o 0.0000 0.4000 0.2000 0.0000 24 Site D Tme ftm) CO -161 - EXMig Dry WeaVw EPS - Fbw ■ Site O ' Site E 1011 0.6000. 0.4600 0.4000 - 036W ■ 0.3000 ■ ■ E 0.2600 ■ ■ ■ ■ W 0.20W - - - ■ 0.1600. . ■ ■ ■ o.f000 ■ 0.0600 O.0ow . 24.000 28.000 28.000 30.000 32.000 34.000 38.000 38.000 40000 42000 44.000 48.000 46.000 Time Owin) CO -137 - Ezisft Dry Wealfter EPS - Flow 0 Site E Site F .0300 - .0276 .0250 ■ .0225. ■ • ■ ■ ■ .0260. - - - - 0176 ■ ■.. .0150 0125 ■ 0100 .0075 ■ ■ 0060 .. - 0025 0000 24.000 26.000 28.000 30.000 32.000 34.000 36.000 38.000 40.000 42.000 44.000 46.000 41 000 Tm (hats) �W-287- E*stitp DryWeather EPS -Flow ■ Guff Pump Sta Evergreen Pump Station Tine (hers) CO -204 - EAsft Dry WeWw EPS - Flow ■ Pad(West PUFTW SU APPENDIX Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications Documents Appendix I includes the following: I-1 Water Service Division SSMP Implementation Schedule 12 Water Service Division Fiscal Year System Information, Financial Information, Sewer Maintenance, and Performance Measures 1-3 Historical Summary of Sanitary Sewer System Overflows Revision Date: 0811312009 City of Lodi SSMP Implementation Schedule The Sewer System Management Plan, also called an SSMP, implementation schedule is developed to support the City's SSMP goals. The implementation schedule is an action plan with activities, schedules, and resources estimated to implement the SSMP. Goals Table 1 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the SSMP Goals. Table 1- Goals 01 Responsible to properly manage, operate, and maintain all parts of the sanitary sewer system to help reduce and prevent SSOs as well as mitigate any SSOs that do occur 1-1 Organization Table 2 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Organization. The Public Works Department has the primary responsibility for compliance with the state order. The Public Works Director is Richard Prima; the tasks associated with the compliance are shared between the Water Services Division and the Engineering Division. The manger for the Water Services Division is Charles E Swimley Jr.; the Manager for the Engineering Division is F. Wally Sandelin; the superintendent for the Water Services Division is Vacant. Kevin Gaither is the Water Services Technician and is assigned as the project manager for the development of the Sanitary Sewer Management Plan (S SMP). Table 2 - Organization Mit es 101 Date Responsible Identifythe name of the responsible or authorized 11/02/07 K. Gaither representative Identifythe names and telephone numbers for management, p g 11/02/07 K. Gaither administrative, and maintenance positions responsiblefor implementing specific measures in the SSMP program Identify the chain of communication for reporting SSOs, from 11/02/07 K. Gaither receipt of a complaint or other information, including the person responsiblefor reporting SSOs to the State and Regional Water Board and other agencies Legal Authority Table 3 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Legal Authority. Table 3 —Legal Authority —0, t tles Y P1ari Date Resparisible Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City 5/02/09 K. Gaither possesses the necessary legal authority to prevent illicit discharges into its sanitary sewer system Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City 5/02/09 K. Gaither possesses the necessary legal authority to require that sewers and connections be properly designed and constructed; Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City 5/02/09 K. Gaither possesses the necessary legal authority to ensure access for maintenance, inspection, or repairs for portions of the lateral owned or maintained by the PublicAgency; Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City 5/02/09 K. Gaither possesses the necessary legal authority to limit the discharge of fats, oils, and grease and other debris that may cause blockages, and Demonstrate through the municipal ordinance that the City 5/02/09 K. Gaither possesses the necessary legal authority to enforce any violation of its sewer ordinances Operation and Maintenance Program Table 4 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Operation and Maintenance Program. Table 4 — Operation and Maintenance Program Plan Date Respon ' Include an up-to-date map of the sanitary sewer system 5/02/09 W. Sandelin Describe routine preventive operation and maintenance 5/02/09 K. Gaither activities by staff and contractors Develop a rehabilitation and replacement plan to identify and 5/02/09 K. Gaither prioritize system deficiencies and implement short-term and long-term rehabilitation actions to address each deficiency including regularvisual and TV inspections of manholes and sewer pipes Provide training on a regular basis for staff in sanitary sewer 5/02/09 K. Gaither system operations and maintenance Provide equipment and replacement part inventories 5/02/09 K. Gaither Design and Performance Provisions Table 5 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Design and Performance Provisions. Table 5 — Design and Performance Provisions cttvities inDate I Responsib lM Document design and construction standards and 8/02/09 W. Sandelin specifications for the installation of new sanitary sewer systems Document procedures and standards for inspecting and 8/02/09 W. Sandelin testing the installation of new sewers Overflow Emergency Response Plan (OERP) Table 6 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Overflow Emergency Response Plan. Table 6 — Overflow Emergency Response Plan Document that the Overflow Emergency Response Plan 5/02/09 K. Gaither (OERP) contains proper notification procedures so that the primary responders and regulatory agencies are informed of all SSOs in a timely manner Document that the OERP contains a program to ensure an 5/02/09 K. Gaither appropriate response to all overflows; Document that the OERP contains procedures to ensure 5/02/09 K. Gaither prompt notification to appropriate regulatory agencies and other potentially affected entities of all SSOs that potentially affect public health or reach the waters of the State in accordance with the GWDR Monitoring and Reporting Program (MRP). Document that the OERP identifies the officials who will receive immediate notification Document that the OERP contains procedures to ensure that 5/02/09 K. Gaither appropriate staff and contractor personnel are aware of and follow the OERP and are appropriately trained Document that the OERP contains procedures to address 5/02/09 K. Gaither emergency operations such as traffic and crowd control Document that the OERP contains a program to ensure that 5/02/09 K. Gaither all reasonable steps are taken to contain and prevent the discharge of untreated and partially treated wastewater to waters of the United States and to minimize or correct any adverse impact on the environment resulting from the SSOs, including such accelerated or additional monitoring as may be necessary to determine the nature and impact of the discharge Fats, Oils, and Grease (FOG) Control Program Table 7 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the FOG Control Program. Table 7 — FOG Control Program Evaluate the City's service area to determine whether a FOG 6/1/10 K. Gaither control program is needed. If FOG is found to be a problem, prepare and implement a FOG source control program to reduce the amount of these substances discharged to the sanitary sewer system. This plan shall include the following as appropriate • An implementation plan and schedule for a public 6/1/10 K. Gaither education outreach program that promotes proper disposal of FOG • A plan and schedule for the disposal of FOG generated 6/1/10 K. Gaither within the sanitary sewer system service area • The legal authority to prohibit discharges to the system 6/1/10 K. Gaither and identify measures to prevent SSOs and blockages caused by FOG • Requirementsto install grease removal devices, design 6/1/10 K. Gaither standards for the removal devices, maintenance requirements, BMP requirements, record keeping and reporting requirements • Authority to inspect grease producing facilities, 6/1/10 K. Gaither enforcement authorities and sufficient staff to inspect and enforce the FOG ordinance • Identification of sanitary sewer system sections subject to 6/1/10 K. Gaither FOG blockages and establishment of a cleaning maintenance schedule for each section • Development and implementation of source control 6/1/10 K. Gaither measuresfor all sources of FOG discharged to the sanitary sewer system System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan Table 8 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan. Table 8 — System Evaluation and Capacity Assurance Plan Prepare and implement a capital improvement plan (CIP) that 8/02/09 W. Sandelin will provide hydraulic capacity of key sanitary sewer system elements for dry weather peak flow conditions, as well as the appropriate design storm or wet weather event. At a minimum, the plan must include: • Evaluation: Actions needed to evaluate those portions of 8/02/09 W. Sandelin the sanitary sewer system that are experiencing or contributing to an SSO discharge caused by hydraulic deficiency • Design Criteria: Where design criteria do not exist or 1/1/10 W. Sandelin are deficient, undertake the evaluation identified above to establish appropriate design criteria • Capacity Enhancement Measures: Establish a short- 3/1/10 W. Sandelin and long-term CIP to address identified hydraulic deficiencies, including prioritization, alternatives analysis, and schedules. The CIP shall include an implementation schedule and shall identify sources of funding. • Schedule: Develop a schedule cf completion dates for 3/1/10 W. Sandelin all portions of the capital improvement program. Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications Table 9 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications. Table 9 — Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications Develop and maintain relevant information that can be used 311/10 K. Gaither to establish and prioritize appropriate SSMP activities Develop and monitor the implementation and, where 3/1/10 K. Gaither appropriate, measure the effectiveness of each element of the SSMP Assess the success of the preventative maintenance program 3/1/10 K. Gaither Update program elements, as appropriate, based on 3/1/10 K. Gaither monitoring or performance evaluations Identify and illustrate SSO trends, including: frequency, 3/1/10 K. Gaither location, and volume Program Audits Table 10presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the SSMP Program Audits. Table 10 - Program Audits Conduct periodic internal audits, appropriate to the size cf the 6/1/10 K. Gaither system and the number of SSOs. At a minimum, these audits must occur every two years and a report must be prepared and kept on file. Communication Program Table 11 presents the plan for meeting the GWDR requirements for the Communication Program. Table 11- Communication Program Communicate on a regular basis with the public on the 1/1/10 K. Gaither development, implementation, and performance of its SSMP. The communication system shall provide the public the opportunity to provide input as the program is developed and implemented. Also create a plan of communication with systems that are tributary and/or satellite to the City's sanitary sewer system 1-3 City . .,di Sanitary Sewer Overflow Data Sheet 194 S ill Date I Locaton/MH Number _ Category Report time ArrivalDepart Time Response Time StopLme Spol Duration Volume of Volume of Spill Rewvery State Report# #SSO's/10 I Miles _ NSC Block Harold St/#N2124 2 9:00 36 36_ 01/05/2009 60ak St/#L1933 _-- 2 7829 7850 2010 021 ---18M--:-----0-2-1----- 2 -_ 1018 10 10 737475 C 1440 01/21/2009704 Windsor Dr/#01734 2 9.34 940_1.404 8_-- 006 948 014 - 4- 4_-- 732262 _ 1 NSC __011/18/2009 419 Forrest Av / #11769 2 9:49 10 30 11/20/2007 0.41 11:15 1.26 15 15 732502 L 0 02/01/2009 735S Washington/#N2045 _- 2 1006 1040 0:34, 20 20 _ 034 1114 _ 1 08 60 60 733278 _ _ 15 35 03/29/2009420NChurch Pnvate 1902 79200 Hutchins Street Square Private 1500 018 1915 0.13 __ 0_ L_ 0 7000 1030_ 194 600 Block E Lockeford / Multiple .... 1 14 06 1-1420 1 1930 546T9kay St/#Nl706 2 1347 _ 1347 14:30 No Spill Certification SEB) _ NSC Block Harold St/#N2124 2 9:00 36 36_ -'f19066- No Spill_Certrf cation LMARZ _ _NSC 724823 25 25 120 Chesnut St/#M 1829 -_ 2 -_ 1018 1030 1035 1665W Lockefortl_St/#J1476 2 1440 7505_ 1525 No S NSC _- _ 1145 _ 020 _ Ill _ _ 045 50 _0 V Ilage St/ #01879 2 15:42 (_ 76:20 17:20 No Spill Certification (JULY1 1 NSC 8:30 - __ _ 1350W Walnut 1#1-1566 2 11/20/2007 1020_ 1145 Pinewood Ct/#K1493 2 1902 19.20 2006. 967 i 0 715937- 900 Block Grant / #11703 2 12.28 _13:15 _ 425 Eden St /Lateral Pr valet 16,05 B58 2200 712021 13 00 1705 10 10 715769 _. 20 20 716_112 Block Harold St/#N2124 2 9:00 36 36_ -'f19066- _ 925 - 40 40 724823 25 25 724905 1 631 EOak St/Lateral_ vale 1301 176 mi ISpill I n/#K2180 08/08/2007 08/09/2007 900 Block Grant / #11703 2 12.28 _13:15 _ 425 Eden St /Lateral Pr valet 16,05 17:00 13 20 _0.471 1810055 13 00 1705 0.32 _ 50 _ 0 _ 1:00 200 0 _ 129 15 09/05/2007400 Block Harold St/#N2124 2 9:00 915 _ 940 015 _ 925 025 30- 0-- _ 657421 2120 09/26/20N 1 631 EOak St/Lateral_ vale 1301 0 Ct/#11233_ 2 15 1715 7735 020 10/11/2007' _Pr 230 N Central Av _ Pr ate1040 11:00- _ 1145 _ 020 _ i 1125 - _ 045 50 _0 Private I 1330 10/24/2007800 Block Garfield/#N2195 2 6:46 I,_ 7:00 8:45 014 8:30 1:44 500 441 706602 kee Ln/GT Prate 11/20/2007 _ 1354 W W alnut St / #L1566 2 8;14 8.45 9.45 L --U1 1.16 40 40 708438 150_ 0 11/23/2007 Aladd nwy 1 #K1266 2 13:26 :_,13,48_ _ 14 33 0:22 14.00 0:34, 20 20 F 708599 _ 1'5111 024 11126/2007 200 Block Turner Rd / #11808 2 15.19 15.30 15:46 I 011 _ 15 35 0.16 25 25 708671 010 12/04/2007 Hutchins Street Square Private 1500 7515 1600 015 f 7600 100 15 - 0 928 7000 1030_ 12/07/2007600 Block Lockeford/Multiple 1 10.30 11.00 1300 I 030 _ 7130- 1:00 _ 4734 77800_ 708900_ 2 11102 12/18/2007 200 Block N Pleasantl #K1806 2 14 15 14:30 14:55 0:15 74:35 L 0.20 10 100 709928 100 I 0 12/31/2007 _, 346 EElm / #K2180 - 2 ', 10.43 ; 10:55 _ 11:35 01271:35 __ 0:52 282 500 I 710736 17- 0:50 Yearly Totals (average) Is (average) 0:23 0:47 377 72926 _ 6.38 782 mi (Spill Date _ _ [oca_tioNMH Number., Category Reporttme Arr val DepartTime )Response Time�ilFf Volume of Spill Duration Volume of Spill Recovery - _ _ State Report# #SSO's/10 Miles 2.006 02/11 /2006 _ __ 524 Yokuts / #H2167 2 17 12 _ _ 11 45 12 15 0:33 1l.45______0.33 5 0 03/08/2006 220 W Tu'ne'/ #11808 2 1 14.30 14.45 1505 0.15 14.50 0.20 2 0 03/13120061Fairmont &Lockeford/_#J1674 2 9:45 950 _ _ _ _ 958 005- 953 _ _ 008 25 - 0 05/08/2006 1 '207 WOak /Lateral Private 1000 1020 10.45 020 1025 025 15 0 176 mi ISpill I n/#K2180 1 2 1831 191_0____20.40__ 039 1 20.00_1 129 15 0 n / #K2180 2 19:31 2030_ 22.20 0 59 2120 1 49 _ 30 0 Ct/#11233_ 2 16.55 1715 7735 020 _ _ 17.15 020 5 0 ,on Private I 1330 __.� __ 25 0 kee Ln/GT Prate 11:45 _30 150_ 0 iWy/#K1268 _ 2 14:46 7455 1735 009 _ 1'5111 024 5 0 \v/#11685 2 14:50 15001 1530 010 1530 040 25 0 al Av/#M2098 - 2 928 7000 1030_ 032_ 1000_ 032 20 _ 0 St I #K1483 2 11102 77 55 1455 - 153 12.00 1:58 100 I 0 Church St/#1 2 7010__ 10.45 1245 0.35 7100 0:50 100 0 Is (average) ___ _ I.. 039 I 1:00 54 0 454 1 0712312009858 AM R\GROUP\WWW\SSO\SpillResponc TimeAverages As APPENDIX J SSMP Program Audit Documents Appendix J includes the following: J-1 Procedure for Audh Form J-2 Audit Form Revision Date: 08/13/2009 APPENDIX K Communication Program Documents Appendix K includes the following: K-1 Water Service Division WDR Awareness Program PowerPoint Presentation K-2 Sanitary Sewer Systems Regulations/Waste Discharge Requirement PowerPoint Presentation (Governing Board/PUC/City Council) K-3 Two Newsletters Preventing FOG in the Pipes and Not Flushing Medications Down the Sewer K-4 FOG Outreach Program - Marketing Objective and Strategy Revision Date: 08/13/2009 K-1 City of Lodi Sanitary Sewer System Regulations State Water Resource Control Board Waste Discharge Requirement (WDR) What Is A WDR ? WDR was issued in May 2006 by the SWRCB To: Provide enhanced protection for public health and recreational waters. • Require more rigorous sanitary sewer overflow (SSO) reporting. • Require development of a Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP). • Set compliance schedules. • Inform, Educate, Communicate and Keep Public Apprised of SSMP Status- Sanitary Sewer Overflows (SSOs • Old reporting requirements: • Greater than 1000 gallons or • Impacts Waters of the State and • Occurred from the public sewer • Written report to RWQCB and call in to OES Sanitary Sewer Overflows (SSOs) : New reporting requirements. • All SSOs regardless of quantity or if impacts Waters of the State • Occurs from a public sewer • Voluntary reporting of private sewer spills • Electronic Web -based reporting Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP) Objectives • Reduce number and quantity of SSOs • Comply with notification and reporting requirements • Ensure proper funding and management of sewer systems • Available to the public • Approved by Governing Board at a public meeting Key Components of SSMP • Organizational Structure •Legal Authority O&M Program • Design and Construction standards • Emergency Response • Fat, Oils and Grease (FOG) control • Capacity Assurance • Performance Measures • Self Audit Program • Communication Program 0 SSMP Implementation Schedule Task Population > Population Population Population < 1009000 10,000 to 2,500 to 2,500 100,000 10,000 Plan and 8/02/07 11/02/07 2/02/08 5/02/08 Schedule Goals 11/02/07 11/02/07 5/02/08 5/02/08 Organization Emer. Resp. Plan Legal Authority 11/02/08 5/02/09 11/02/09 2/02/10 O&M Plan FOG Plan Design and Perfor. Standards System Capacity 5/02/09 8/02/09 5/02/10 8/02/10 Plan Final SSMP and Certification iiii • 1 1 i Zanions 4_ S_ 9: January 2. 2nn7 K-2 ry 0 �I 0 co LL N O L O ss: 5-- CT 0 0 r _ V / 0 L I..L 0 co LL N O L O ss: 5-- X1•]6 JAM 44 I mIT Ir_ On -Line Reporting Requirements cwea III or, i z MEN 'MAO" • _ _ • . • ,Timeframes (continued) www.cwea.org/sso Caution! These requirements do not supercede required timeframes for reporting to the Office of Emergency Services, County Health Departments and Regional Water Boards! !!! r f.. www.cwea.org/sso 10 N 0 W W r-- R 0 SSMP Components (continued) E Design and Performance Standards �- System Capacity Assurance Plan �t- Monitoring, Measurement, and Program Modifications SSMP Program Audits Communication Program Final Certification www.cwea.org/sso 13 Final Certification certification ;- Progr Ii mmvk�!&O-. 4 0 mm A LO O O M 00 O o O �- N N CL LO 00 C O 0 0 O O 00 O N 00 CN O O ` CV Q� O O N O O I lit 0 CD c O N o N :3O O Q ^ O 0 C) Q. C) O 0o I� CD O 00 NO O O N O r- r-- M N CU c M U) CU U O cu 76 CD O N (� w °i 0 LL `� j � C6 o o- cn a LL U Summary (continued) budget plannin www.cwea.org/sso 17 P 3 �7*w h ; 1 0 SSMP development and i ea.org/sso plementation 9 19 Le'ctives & co W R training -aw=r"piam tommee iarice,-schedule. Obi encs. := Develop dBase simulation r r www.cwea.org/sso M 21 FV CWEA Planning & Progm evelopment Board CommittE CWEA SSO WDR Training MM Task Force Chair IrAdvisroryroup Nick Pinhey, CWEA 'dBase WorkTraining Design Training Roll Group Team Out Team Warren Tellefson Kathy Suter Julie Taylor Sandbox � Subject Matter CWEA Staff Testers � Experts Trainers Training model highlights 7 201?,